Skip to main content

Full text of "Grammatica Anglo-Lusitanica & Lusitano-Anglica: or, a New Grammar, English and Portuguese, and Portuguese and English; divided into two parts ... to which is now added Grammatica Anglo-Lusitanica & Lusitano-Anglica: ou, Grammatica Nova, Ingleza e Portugueza, e Portugueza e Ingleza ..."

t** .t 



t 




-' '* * 




* .v 



/> / ' 1 '" 





Crammatica Anglo-LuJitamca &? LuJttano-Anglica : 

NEW GRAMMAR, 

ENGLISH and PORTUGUESE, 

AND 

PORTUGUESE andENGLisH; 

Divided into Two PARTS: -- 

The FIRST, for the Inftru&ion of the ENGLiH,who are de* 

iirous to attain to the Knowledge of the Portuguefe Language. 
The SECOND, for the Ufe of the PORTUGUESE, who have 

the like Inclination to the Er.glt/b Tongue. 

The Firft Part of which is corrected and amended, and the Second 
executed in a plain, familiar, andeafy Method. 

The SECOND EDITION. 

To which is now added, 

Grammatical Anglo-Lufitanica & Lufitano-Anglica : 

o u, 

GRAMMATICA.NpVA, 

I N G L E Z A C Po 



PORTUGUEZA C 

Dividida em 




A PRiMEIRA,para a 

alcazar o conhecimento 
A SEGUNDA, paraouzodos PORTUGUEZES que tit-erem 

amefma Inclina9a6 a Lingua Ingleza. 

Das quais a Primeira efta corrigida e emendada, a Segunda exe* 
cutada por Methodo claro, familiar, e facil. 

Par J. C A s T R o, Me/Ire e Traduftor deambas as Lingua s. 



LONDON: 

Printed for W. M E A D o \v s, at the Ang rl in CombUl; and 

E. C o M Y N s, at theSautb-Gate of the Royal ~Ex(hange, 

Ki.D,CC .LI. 




T O T H E ( 

READER. 



INCE the Porfuguefe Language is 
of great Ufe in Commerce, we juft- 
ly admire how it comes that it is fo 
little known among us. Moft People 
think it a harm and unpolite Language ; and 
as the Spanijh is commonly imagin'd to be its 
Mother, we generally apply ourfelves to this, 
and neglect the other j but that thefe are vulgar 
Errors, and that the Portuguefe is as valuable 
a Language as the Spant/h, both in refpect to 
its Original and Ufe, I hope to prove by the 
following Remarks. 

To trace the Rife of this Language, as well 
as of all others, we muft look back into Hif- 
tory, to know what Nations have inhabited 
this Country. The earlieft Account we have 
is, that the Grecians and Carthaginians had 
feveral Colonies in Spain j but as the Romans^ 
when they made themfelves Matters of the 
Kingdoms of Spain and Portugal^ foon ex- 
pell'd them, there is hardly any Sign of their 
Language either in the Spanifi or Portuguefe 
remaining, 

A 2 As 



L>- 



iv To the R E A D E R. 

As the Roman Language, by reafon of their 
powerful Conquefls, became a kind of a uni- 
verfal Language, fo it obtained likewife in 
Spain andPorfugal, where (for about fiveCen- 
turies) it was fpoken as familiarly as mLatium 
itfelf. Then the Goths and Vandah made them- 
felves Mailers of thefe Countries, and poflefs'd 
them almoft 200 Years, till the Saracens were 
call'd over from Africa, to revenge an Injury 
their Gothick King Roderick had done to a 
Lady of an antient and noble Family. Upon 
this the Saracens render'd themfelves Matters 
of Spain and Portugal, and remained in Pof- 
feffion of them till they and the Jews were 
expell'd by King Ferdinand in 1485 ; who, as 
the moft fecure Means of keeping out thofe 
Nations, fet up an Inquifition, for which Pope 
Innocent gave him the Surname of Catholick 
King, 

All thefe Nations, who made themfelves 
Mafters of Spain, fubdued likewife the Pro- 
vince of Liifitania, now calFd Portugal, be- 
caufe of its lying fo conveniently on the Ocean, 
which open'd a Commerce to other Parts, and 
fecur'd the quiet Poffeffion of the reft. 

Thus we fee the Portuguese Language is 
coasval with the Spanijk, and that it cannot be 
faid to proceed from the Spanifli, fmce it had 
the fame Original with that Language. 

But that it has a different, or, which fome 
will call a more barbarous Sound, proceeds 
from this, that Henry Duke of Burgundy \ one 
of the Family of the Dijkes of Lorrain, (who 

married 



To the R E A D E R. v 

married a Daughter of Alphonfo VI. King of 
Caftile, with whom he had the Province of 
Lufitania for a Portion) introduced the Gaulle 
Dialed: : And this we may conclude with the 
more Probability, fince that French Prince was 
the Occafion that the Province Lufitania re- 
cei/d the Name of Portugal-, for great Num- 
bers of his Countrymen follow'd him, who 
intermarry 'd with the People of Oporto, where 
his Court then relided -, and from this Mix- 
ing of the Gauls with the People of Oporto, 
the Kingdom obtained the Name of Porto-gal. 
And if we obferve that the Difference there 
is betwixt the Sfanijb and Portuguese Pronun- 
ciation, is all conformable to the Gaulic or 
French Dialed, I hope this Conjecture will be 
-allow'd a good one. Thofe that know French, 
and compare their Pronunciation with the 
Portugtiefe, require no farther Demonftration ; 
but for the fake of others who have not that 
Advantage, I here obferve the following Par- 
ticularities. 

The Portuguefe then differ from the Spa- 
niards in the Sound of their g, j, m, x, Ih, ."0, 
ces, fa. The Spaniards found the g,j, and x 
as a Guttural, with a ftrong Afpiration in the 
Throat ; but the Pcrtugueje found the g and^/ 
exactly like the French, and the x they ufe 
inftead of the French ch, except in fome Words 
derived from the Latin, as is fhewn in the 
Grammar, where it keeps the Sound it has 
in tho-Engli/b Tongue. The m founds like 
tng in Engljjh : This is a true French Sound j 
3 for 



vi To tie READER. 

for when the Portuguefe found bom good, and 
the French their bon good, there is no Diffe- 
rence at all to be perceived. Likewife the 
Portuguefe Words fom, torn, a Sound, a Tone, 
the French write^, ton, but pronounce ex- 
actly alike. The Ibe founds like the French II 
when an i ftands before it, and another Vowel 
follows; thus theFrencbWordflte, a Daugh- 
ter or Girl, would be wrote by the Portuguefe 
flhe. The ab is pronounced like aung in En- 
glijh, which is alfo of French Extraction -, and 
the French Words faon, paon, a Deer, a Pea- 
cock, if wrote in Portuguese Characters, muil 
'bo.fao orfam, or poo or pam. Befides, it is 
obvious that the French often found the em 
like aung. The 6ens is pronounced like oings; 
this alfo is eafily perceived to be a French 
Sound, and therefore, for Brevity 'sfake,^ we'll 
fay no more on this Head, but take it for 
granted that the Sounds wherein \hs,Portuguefe 



And as the French Language has fo generally 
obtained all over Europe, by reafon of its Soft- 
nefs of Sound and Expreffion, it is furprifmg 
that what is admired in the French Tongue, 
fhould be condemned and defpifed in the Por- 
tuguefe. What I have faid here is to vindicate 
the Portuguefe Tongue from the Prejudices 
which it labours under in the Opinion of Men, 
And to conclude this Argument, we may very 
juftly fay that the Portuguefe Tongue has a 
Mixture of the Spanijh Gravity and French 
Softnefs, and is as ufeful in Commerce as the 

Spantjh 3 



To the READER. vii 

Spanijh, and therefore equal (if not fuperior) 
to its Rival. 

Was I to enumerate the many Portuguefe 
Settlements on the African Coaft and both 
the Indies, I could eaiily verify what I ad- 
vance 5 but that is too obvious to need being 
taken notice of here ; I will only obferve that 
the Portuguefe being near akin to the Lingua 
Franca, it is current upon all the Coafts of 
theEaft Indies and Africa; and as a Portuguefe 
is eaiily underftood by a Spaniard, one may 
correspond to all their Dominions in Europe 
and America in that Language ; to which I 
may add, that the Portuguefe is eaiier for an 
Englifhman's Tongue than the Spanijb ; and 
that that Nation are better and more conflant 
Friends to the Englijh than the Spaniards. 

By reafon of the aforefaid Prejudices Men 
have had in Favour of the Spanijh Tongue, 
the Portuguefe has lain disregarded and uncul- 
tivated among us - y infomuch, that hardly any 
Portuguefe Books are imported, and within 
thefe thirty Years paft but one Grammar has 
been printed^ which Work was done in fo con- 
fufed a Method, that many did not learn the 
Language for want of a proper Guide ; and 
thofe who refolved to make a Progrefs in it 
were confufed by the many Contradictions, 
and led into grofs Miftakes by the erroneous 
Account the Author gives of the Declenfions 
and Conjugations. 

All thefe Difadvantages, I hope, have been 
removed in this prefent Undertaking. I have 

con- 



viii To the READER. 

confulted the Grammars of all the European, 
Languages, to bring this into the beft Method 
poflible ; and fince I am acquainted with all 
thofe Languages, I have endeavour'd to ex- 
plain in an ealy Manner the Difficulties of the 
Portuguefe Tongue, by comparing them with 
one or other of the modern Languages. 

Firft, the Letters and their Pronunciation, 
and the Reading of them, is fhewn in an eafy 
Method, from Englijh Examples : That done, 
the Accents are treated on ; and then to ac- 
quaint the Learner with what he is going to 
do when he handles Nouns, Verbs, &c. all 
the Parts of Speech are explain'd to him in fo 
familiar a Manner, that the weaker! Capa- 
city may learn thereby, that Nouns, Verbs, 
Participles,Adverbs, &c. are not fuch Myfte- 
ries as in fome Grammars they feem to be. 
The Signification of Cafes, and Numbers, 
Singular and Plural, both in Nouns and Verbs, 
is afterwards explain'd ; fo that this Grammar 
may ferve as well as any to one who has a 
Defire of knowing the Rudiments of Gram- 
mar, be it for what Language foever, the 
Foundations being laid down here in a clear, 
intelligible, concife, and methodical Order. 

When the Reader takes a View of the Con- 
tents of the Chapters, the Work will fpeak 
- for itfelf. 

The Articles, which moft Beginners are 
ftrangely perplex'd at, are in no Grammar that 
I have feen yet explained in fo plain and am- 
ple a Manner as in this- The Declenfions of 

Nouns 



To the R E A D E R. ix 

Nouns and Pronouns, I flatter myfelf, will be 
found clear and fatisfactory. In the Conjuga- 
ting of Verbs I have avoided the unneceffary 
Multiplication of Moods, and only fet down 
the Indicative, Imperative, Optative or Sub- 
junctive, and Infinitive. Some are fond of 
others they call Potential^ Permi/five, and Con- 
jtttoffroey which many and hard Words deter 
and difcourage the Learner, thinking he has fo 
many different Moods and Terminations yet 
to learn, when, in effect, thofe Moods are 
nothing elfe but the Indicative or Subjunctive, 
conjugated with fome Conjunction prefix'd, 
which governs either the one or the other of 
thefe Moods ; and if the Multiplication of 
ftrange and hard Things adds to the Beauty of 
a Grammar, I have fhewn the Reader how 
at Leifure he nlay compofe as many different 
Moods as there are different Kinds of Con- 
junctions. The permi/Jive Mood, taken notice 
of, p. 82, feems fome what confufed on account 
of the Word amaffe^ which is faid to be of the 
perfect Signification ; but as fome Authors 
make ufe of it in that Senfe, I hope the Cri- 
tick will lay the Fault on the Idiom of the 
Language, and not on me. The Ufe of thefe 
Moods muft be learnt by Practice ; and when 
the Learner once knows how to apply the 
Conjunctions, which we have fhewn in the 
Syntax,hewill in courfefpeakin thePermiffive, 
Potential, &c. Moods, without knowing there 
are any fuch perplexing Things belonging to 
Grammar. 

a The 



CONTENTS. 

Chap. IX. Of the Prepsfitions P. 143 

Chap. X. Of the InterjetJions 150 

The Orthography of the Portuguefe Language ibid. 

The Etymology and Obfervations on the Language itfelfi$*$ 

The Profodie, or the Accenting of Syllables 157 

Tiie VOCABULART : Nouns Subjlantive 163. Nouns 

AdjeEli've 192. The Numbers 195, The Colours 

197. The Verbs ibid. 

The DIALOGUES 202 



ADVERTISEMENT. 

rHE Author of this Grammar, who has lately pub- 
lijb'd a Treatife, intitled, A Prefent for young 
Gentlemen on entring the Compting-houfe, teaches, 
either at his Houfe in Houndfditch, between the Sun and 
Crown, near Bifhopfgate, or abroad, young Gentlemen, 
Ladies, &c. Writing, Ariihmetick, and the true Italian 
Method cf Book-keeping, in a Jbort Time (without the 
common Detail of Rides, Tables, and impertinent, or 
rather unnecejjary ghiejlions) by a fuccefsful and approved 
Method of Injlruftion, in a Merchant-like Manner, 



o 



ADVERT EN CIA. 

Author defta Qrammatica o qual ultimamente pu- 
blicou hum Tratado, intitulado, Hum Prefente 
Qara os Mancebos em entrando ao Cantor, emfma, tanto 
cm fua Caza em Houndfditch^ entre as Infignias do Sol c 
Coroa, perto de Bijhopfgate, como por fora a Ler, Efcre- 
ver, Contar, e Livro de Caixa pello Modo Jtaliano e 
em pouco Tempo (fern as coftumadas Regras, Taboa- 
das, e impertinentes ou inutils Queftoens) por hum Me- 
thodo, claro, patente, e bem a provado no cftilo Mer- 
cantil. 



GRAM- 



GRAMMATICA 

Anglo - Lufitanica. 

CHAP. I. 

Of the Letters, and their Pronunciation. 

THE Portttguefe endeavour to pronounce 
as they write, and to found all their 
Letters ; feveral of them have Sounds 
peculiar only to that Nation, which 
we have attempted here to reprefent by Ex- 
amples from the Englijh Tongue, to the End 
that the Reader, with very little Afiiftance, may 
be able to attain the true Pronunciation of that 
Language. 

They have Twenty-foui^Letters, as 



Six of them are Vowels, viz. a y *, /, y t 0, u. 

A is pronounced like the Engli/h au or a in 
//, wall, fall , as amor Love, read aumor \ 
amo a Mafter, r. aumo. 

It is fometimes long, fometimes Ihort, accord- 
ing as the Accent is placed, as ihall be fhewit 
hereafter. 

E founds like the Englijh e in every y or a in 
fame 5 edifcdr> to build, r. adificaur*, efcola, 

B 



2 Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitanica. 

a School, r. dfcoluu. It is both Mafculine and 
Feminine^ the Mafculine .is- mark'd with an Ac- 
cent, the Feminine not , as Pedro, Peter, r. Pa- 
dre , but bufque, I look'd for, r. boojkd* 

I founds like e or i in intimate ; as indiciar, to 
difclofe ; intimar, to intimate. 

7*ftands alfo for e, but with this Difference, 
that it is pronounced longer, or like ee, Rey, 
the King, r. Rat-, as monument o, a Monument, 
r. monumento ; and before a and o it is perceived 
moft ; as joya 9 a Jewel, r. joe-iau -, joyo, Dar- 
nel, or Tare, r.joe-io. ' 

O founds like o in over, open, &c. 

U is pronounced like oo \njhoot, or ouinyou; 
as abfoluto, abfolute, r. aubfslooto. 

The CONSONANTS are, 

B, which has the fame Power or Sound as the 
Engli/h. 

C before e and /founds like s, and before 0,0, and 
, like a -, but when 'tis mark'd with a little j, 
or a Stroke underneath, which they call a Plica, 
it alfo afiumes the Sound of an s, or rather a_^" 
before <z, o, and ; as fapato, a Shoe, r.faupauto, 
afoute, a Whip, r. 0^0ifc ; /rw<?, Juice, r. fumo. 

D and F always retain the fame Sound they 
have in other Languages, 

G before a, o, and u founds like the Englifh, 
but before e and i like a French g, much fofter 
than the Englijk, or like the in Edge, if that 
Word could be imagined to be pronounced with- 
out the */in it, which is always heard before the 
Englifh , and caufes that Difference there is in 
the Sound between the Englifh and French, or 
Portuguefe g , but as we have no Example truly 
to represent its Sound, we muft leave it to be 
learnt from a Voice. Gue and gut are pronounc'd 
hard, .and the lajl Vowel only heard, as guerra, 

War ? 



' Grammatica Anglo- Lufitanica. 3 

War, r. garrau ; gttifa, a Manner, r. like gi in 
give, gifau. 

When g ftands before ua, the two Vowels 
muft be founded diftinctly -, as guarda, a Guard, 
r, gu-aurdau. 

H before a Vowel has hardly the Force of any 
Sound ; as in bomem, berdeyro, honrado^ r. omeng, 
erda-eero^ onraudo. 

But this Letter is of Ufe in a peculiar Man- 
ner among the Portuguefe, when placed after the 
Letters c, /, , as cb, Ib, nh. 

Cha, che, chi> cho, cbu, pronounce as you do th? 
cb in Chamber, Cherry, Child, Choice, Church : 
Thus chave^ a Key, r. cbau-ve ; chegdr, to ar- 
rive, r. cbegaiir ; chinela, a Slipper, r. cheendlau ; 
chordr* to cry, r. cboraur; chupar* to fuck, r. 
cboopaur. 

83* Some pronounce the cb as the EngUJh dojh 9 
but as that Cuftom has not yet universally pre- 
vailed, we cannot lay it down for a Rule. 

Lha, Ibe, Ihi, lbo y Ihu, r. liau, liee, le-a^ li-o, li-oo ; " 
as abelba, a Bee, r. aubal-eau ; Mulber, a Wo- 
man, r. Mool-edr ; colbido, gather'd, r. col-e-eedo ; 
jilho, a Son, r. feel-e-o ; olbudo, full of Eyes, r. 
ol-e-oodo. 

Nba, nbe, nhl^ nho^ nbu, r. ne-au, nt-a, ne~ee* 
ne-6, ne-oo\ as unba, a Nail, r. oon-e-au-, dinbeyro* 
Money, r. deen-e-dero ; grunhir, to grunt, r. 
groon-e-eer , llnho^ Flax, r. leen-e-o \ nenbum, 
Nobody, r. nan-e-oom. 

N. B. Obferve the b in cba, cbe, cbt, cbo, 
cbu, and nba, nbe, nhi, nbo, nbu, flands for an /, 
or EngUJh e, which, however, ought to be pro- 
nounced very fhort. 

7 or the j Confonant, founds like their , 
with this Difference, that it is foft before all 
Vowels, without Exception. 

L, whether fingle or double, always founds 
B 2 like 



4 Grammatica Angk-'Lufoanica; : 
Jikc the Englijh I; lado, a Side, r. laudo-, allt, 
there, r. dike. 

M founds like the Englijh m ; as macho* a 
Male, r. maucho -, but am, em, im, om, urn, at the 
End of Words read aung, eng, ing, ong, oong -, as 
carvam, a Coal, r. caurvaung -, bem, well, r. beng ; 
affim, fo, r. #/wz ; bom, good, r. fo// ; algurn, 
fomebody, r. algoong. 

Am, im, om, am, in the Beginning or Middle 
of Words, retain their natural Sound : But em, 
cither in the Beginning or Middle of a Word, 
founds like eng ; as emgano, a Cheat, r. eng-gauno ; 
dizemlhe, they tell him, r. dcefenglie, except in 
the Words that come from the Latin, where the 
m keeps its natural Sound j fo emperador, an Em- 
peror, r. emperador -, exemplo, an Example, r. 
exemplo. 

N founds like the Englijh. 

P founds like the Englijh. 

Q before ua, r. kuaw , thus qual, which, 
r. kuall -, but que and qui, r. ha and he -, quebrar* 
to break, r. kabraur ; quinta, a Country Seat, 
r. keentau. 

R, or rr, is pronounced as in other Languages. 

S, OTjf, the fame. 

?*, the fame, except that before i it never af- 
fumes the Sound of a c, as in Englijh ; thus, fa- 
tiar, to cut, r. faut-e-aur\ fatza de pam, a Slice 
of Bread, r. fauteeau de paung. 

V founds like the English. 

X, pronounce like fh -, queyxdda, a Cheekbone, 
r. ka'j/haiida; queyxarfe, to complain, r. kdi- 
fhaurfe ; but in fome Words derived from the 
Latin, beginning with a and e, it retains its na- 
tural Force, as in axungia, exemplo, &c. 

Z is pronounced like / j thus produzir, to pro- 
duce, r. prodoofeer -, prezar, to value, r. prefaur ; 
rffeo, Reafon, r. rafaung. 

2 The 



Grammatica Angk-Lufitanica. 5 

The DIPHTHONGS. 

The Portuguefe have many Diphthongs, which 
they generally pronounce like diftinct Letters, 
with this Difference, that the firft Letter muft be 
founded longer than the fecond ; as, mats, more, 
r. mau-is ; ndo, a Ship, r. nau-o ; auto, an Act, 
r. au-uto-, deitOj I fling away, r. dd-ito-, veftio % 
I cloath, r. veftio-, pots, then, r. po is ; peffoa, 
a Perfon, r. peffo-au ; rua, a Highway, r. roo-au. 

The Diphthongs or Combinations of Vowels 
are of five Sorts. 

The firft is the ae, as cae, caem, he falls, they 
fall ; alfo in ay, as pay, Father; inao, asinpdo, 
Wood; mdo, bad; and in au, as in caufa, a 
Caufe ; paufa, a Paufe. 

The fecond is in ea, ey, ei, eo, and eu, as cea, a 
Supper ; rey, ley, a King, the Law ; veo, I fee ; 
mcu, ten, feu, mine, thine 4 his. 

The third in ia and io\ Clemencia, Clemency ; 
fugio, he fled. 

The fourth in oa, oe, oy, and ou, as peffoa, a 
Perfon ; poem, they put ; boy, an Ox ; dou, I 
give. 

The fifth in ua, ue, ui, and uo, as guarda, a 
Guard ; guerra, War ; guinchar, to cry aloud ; 
quotidiano, daily. 

Obferve, The /before the o in Words derived 
from the Latin is fhort ; as, necejjario, neceflary, 
r. neccffdur-e-O', contrario, contrary, r. contraur-e-o. 

Alfo when two Confonants follow, the firft 
Vowel of the Diphthong is fhort ; as poente, 
the Weft, r. po~ente ; doente, fick, r. do-ente\ 
migalha, a Crum, r. mig auliau. 

i before is fhort when a Syllable follows ; as, 
viuva, a Widow, r. ve-oovau j miuda> fmall, r. 
me-6odau. 

B 3 Likewifc 



6 Grammatica Angh-LuJitanica. 

Likewife when an rorz follows after a Diph- 
thong, the firft Vowel is fhort ; as doer, to feel 
Pain, r. do-ar ; roer, to gnaw, r. ro-dr ; juiz, 
a Judge, r.jou-ees. 

And the / in uim and oim is long , as ruina, 
Ruin, r. roo-eenau , ra>, evil, r. ro-mg. 

oens is pronounced 0-w and 0-f/zgj ; as ga- 
lioens, Galeons, r. gaulio-ins-, rezoens, Reafons, 
r. rezo-mgs-, others write 6es inftead of oens ; as 
galtoes, rezoes, di la foes, cargafoes, &c. 

Ou is founded by fome like oi ; thus, euro, 
Gold, is pronounced by fome oiro -, outro, ano- 
ther, they read oiiro j but the politer Way is to 
pronounce it like the ow in a Bow ; thus, oufro, 
r. owtro\ euro, r. owro, &c. 

ao with a Stroke over them, cali'd Til, founds 
like am, and they are indifferently wrote one for 
the other, tho' fome pretend, that putting am 
inftead of ao, is the moft elegant Way of Wri- 
ting, thus, nafam, or nafao, a Nation, r. nauf- 
faung, provijao, or provifam, Provifion, r.pro- 
vifaung. 

aa pronounce aung ; thus, irmaa, a Sifter, 
r. eermaung ; mafaa, an Apple, r. maujfaung. 

aes, r. au-engs ; thus, eferivaes, Writers or 
Clerks, r. efcree-vauengs. 

They have alfo fome Triphthongs, which al- 
ways have the Accent plac'd on the middlemoft 
Vowel ; as poeira, Duft, r. poe-ira. 

Many other Exceptions might be added ; but 
as too v rhany Rules commonly perplex the Rea- 
der, we leave the reft to be attain'd by Practice. 
To put thefe Rules about Pronunciation in 
Practice, we'll give the Reader here a few Lines 
Of Portuguefe, exprefs'd after the Englijh Way of 
Spelling, to fhew how eafy it is for any one to 
learn, almoft by himfelf, to read that Language, 
by the Help of thofe Rules. 

PQR- 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. j 

PORTUGUESE. LNGLISH. 

Tive a honra de fuas Teeve au honra de 

'de quinze e vinte do fuaus de kinze e veente 

mes paffado pello cor- do mes pauflfaudo pello 

reo, e de 22 ditto pel- Cor.rao, a de 22 -ditto 



lo navio A. Capitam 
j pellas quais recebi 
fuas ordens de carregar 
por feu rifco e Conta 
a bordo do primeiro 
bom navio, fazendo a 
yiagem paro Amburgo 
25 caixas de Acucares 
com 6. Caixas de bran- 
cos, e 50 rolos de Ta- 
baco confignados aos 
feus amigos e Corre- 
fpondentes os fenhores 
A. B. e Companhia o 
que tudo a feu tem- 
po fera puntualmente 
comprido. Pello Cor- 
reo proximo paflfado 
'remety a V. M. 2 Le- 
tras de cambio, hua" 
por 11. Efterl. 250 e ou- 
tra por 320 ditto, das 
quaes defpois de chaga- 
das nao duvido de de- 
vido comprimento ; 



pello Nau-veeo A. Cau- 
pitaungj pellausqu-auis 
recebee foo-aus ordengs 
da cauregaur por fa-oo 
rifco a Conta au bordo 
do prima-iro bong nau- 
veeo, fauzendo au vee- 
augeng paurau Aum- 
boorgb 25 Cau-ifhaus 
de Aufoocaures cong 
6 Cau-ifhaus de braun- 
cos, a 50 rolos de Tau- 
bauco confignaudos au- 
os fa oos aumeegos e 
Correfpondentes osSan- 
iores A. B. a Compa- 
panee-au, o Ice toodo 
au fa-oo tempo farau 
poontooaulmente com- 
preedo. Pello Corrao 
proximo pauflado re- 
metee au VofTau Mer- 



ced. 2 Letraus decaum- 
bio, hooma por 11. E- 
fterl, 2 50 a ovg;rau por 

pel la primeira occafiam 320 ditto, daus qu-auis 
avizarey a V. M. o ne- defpo-es de chegaudaus 
ceflario mais larga- nau-ong dooveedo de 
mente. deveedo comprimento; 

pellau prima-ira ocau- 
fiauong aveez-anra-ee a 
V. M. o necefiaurio 
mau-is largaumente. 
B 4 CHAP. 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufoamca. 

CHAP. Jl. 

Of the decent* and Apoftropfe. 

ACcents are little Notes, invented to mark 
the Tone of the Voice in the Pronuncia- 
tion. 

Thefe Inflections of the Voice are of three 
Sorts ; the railing it, the falling it, and that 
which partakes of both railing and falling the 
Voice in the fame Syllable. 

Therefore Men have invented three Sorts of 
Accents, two of them fimple, viz. the Grave 
and Acute; and the third compofed of both, to 
wit, the Circumflex. 

The Acute raifes the Syllable a little, and is 
mark'd by a little Line that rifes from the Left 
to the Right ; thus, ('). 

The Grave falls the Syllable, and is mark'd 
by a little Line defcending from the Left to the 
Right ; thus, f ). 

The Circumflex is compofed of both, and is 
mark'd thus, ( A ). 

The Portuguese don't ufe many Accents; but 
when they do, it is to diftinguifh the different 
Signification of fome Words depending upon 
the placing of the Accent; for which ufe they 
commonly apply the Acute, as efta, the Accent 
being placed upon the firft Letter, is the Pro- 
noun this ; and efid the Accent on the laft, is the 
Verb efiou I am, in the third Perfon Singular, of 
the Indicative Mood, Prefent Tenfe; partiram, 
the Accent over the ;", is the third Perfon Plural, 
of the Imperfe6t Subjunctive, of the Verb par- 
ttr, to part, and partirdm the third Perfon Plu- 
ral of the future Indicative. 

The 



Grammatlca Angk-Lufitamcd* 9 

TheGrave has but little fhare in their Writing, 
and is only placed over fome few Monofyllablcs, 
as the Feminine Article in the Dative Cafe, and 
the Adverb ja, already : But many mark even 
thefe with the Acute Accent. 

The Circumflex is alfo but feldom made ufe 
of, it being look'd upon as no Fault to put the 
Acute inftead of it, as no a Knot, is likewife 
wrote by fome no. Here an Accent is abfolute- 
Jy required to diftinguifh it from the Particle no 9 
in the, e. g. Day hum no no Cordel, make a Knot 
in the Rope. 

To know which Syllables are long and to be 
mark'd with Accents, belongs to another Part 
of Grammar, and mail be Ihewn under the Head 
of the Profodia. 

& We have made ufe of more Accents in this 
Grammar than is cuftomary, which we beg 
the Criticks not to find fault with, it being 
done to point out the Letters the Strefs fhou'd 
be put upon, for the fake of Beginners. 

The dpcftrephe likewife takes place in this as 
in other Languages, being defigned only for the- 
more pleafant and eafy Pronunciation of Words, 
by cutting off a Vowel j as de ouro, de arroz, de 
ovos, the Vowel e of the Particle de is fupplied 
by a Synalepha or Vocal Note, or what wd com- 
monly call an Apoftrophe, and is writ as follows, 
d'ourv, d'arroz, d*ovos ; but they generally put 
the Letters clofe together, and place an Acute 
on the firft Vowel inftead of the Apoftrophe ; as 
douro, darroz, ddvos, nefte> mile, dellf, &c. 



CHAP. 



-'10 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 

CHAR III. 

Of the Parts of Speech. 

TH E Portuguese, as well as the Latins, have 
Eight Parts of Speech, which we think 
proper to explain before the Declenfions and 
Conjugations, that the Learner may know what 
is meant by the Word Noun Subftantive or Ad- 
jective, Pronoun, a Verb, &fc. before he under- 
takes to decline, or conjugate them. 

A Speech or Difcourfe is compofed of Sen- 
tences, a Sentence of Words, a Word of Syl- 
lables, and a Syllable of Letters. N. B. Some 
Words have but one Syllable, which are called 
Monofyllables, as bem, well ; fern, without; for, 
for. 

By the Parts of Speech we mean here Words, 
which of what Signification foever they may be, arc 
reduced under the eight following Heads, viz. 
Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Participle, Prepojition, Ad- 
verb, Conjunction, and Interjefiion. Some call the 
Article the ninth Part of Speech, which however 
upon due Confideration will be found to belong 
to the Clafs of the Pronouns. 

A Noun exprefles a Thing that may be felt, 
heard or underftood -, it is of two Kinds, as the 
Subftantive and Adjective. 

A Noun Subftantive ( from the Latin, nomen a 
Name, fubftantivum (landing by itfelf, homfub- 
Jifto, I fubfift) may be underftood by itfelf, with- 
out the Addition of any other Word; and is di- 
vided into two different Clafies : As Appellative 
and Common. 

The 



Grammatical Angh-Lufitanica. 1 1 

The Noun Subftantive Appellative is the Chri- 
ftian or Sirname of any Man or Woman, Town 
or Country -, as Joam, John ; Carlos, Charles ; 
Anna, Anne ; Gathering Catherine ; Londres y 
Franca, London, France, &c. 

The Noun Subftantive Common, is a Word 
that is common to all Things of the fame Sort ; 
as homem, a Man , mutter, a Woman ; caza, a 
Houfe ; pam, Bread ; cam a Dog , gallo, a Cock ; 
pedra, a Stone , mvio, a Ship , livro, a Book ; 
euro, Gold ; fogo, Fire , agua, Water, &c. 

A Noun Adjettive (from adjicio, I add) is a 
Word that has no determinate Signification of its 
own, but is commonly join'd to a Noun Sub- 
ftantive to fignify its Quality : Therefore when- 
ever you can join the Word Thing with it, 'tis 
a certain Sign of its being a Noun AdjecYive. 
Thus you may fay a great, handfome, white, 
black, good, long, full, hard, &c. Thing ; but 
a Man, Woman, Child, Table, Pen, Book, 
a Houfe, is a Noun Subftantive ; becaufe you 
cannot fay a Man, Woman, Child, Table, Pen, 
Book, Houfe Thing. 

And grande, great , bello^ handfome ; bronco^ 
white i negro, black , bom, good ; longo, long ; 
cheyo, full -, duro, hard, csiV. cannot be under- 
ftood till fome Noun Subftantive is joined with 
'em, to explain who or what is great, handfome, 
white, black, good, long, full, hard, &c. as a 
great Houfe, a handfome Woman, a white 
Hand, black Ink, a good Law, a long Street, a 
full Meafure, a hard Metal or Stone, &c, and 
you may fay a great, handfome, white, black, 
&c. Thing. 

A Pronoun (i. e. pronomen, a Fore-name, or 

fomething before the Name) is a Word which 

(lands inftead of fome other Noun to denote a 

Perfon or Thing ; as, ett> iu> elle> I, thou, he; 

2 



'12 Grammatica Angk-LuJitanka. 

que, what ; quern, who ; efte> this ; aquelfe, that ; 
as, que dzz elle ou ella, what doth he or me fay ? 
Here the Pronouns elle and ella denote the Per- 
fon of a Man or Woman that fpoke before ; 
and que, what, the Thing fpoke of; quern be 
efte, who is that ? here quern and efte indicate the 
Perfon of fome Man. 

A Verb (i. e. Verbum a Word) is a Word that 
fignifies either fome Action or Pafllon ; as, quero, 
I will; ftguo, I follow; encho y I fill; tolero, I 
fuffer; feu or eftou, I am ; ey or /f^, I have. 

A Participle (from participo, I partake) is 
made of a Verb, and partakes of it in fuch a 
Manner that it may alfo be ufed for a Noun, and 
always has regard to fome Perfon. There are 
Participles of three different kinds, as of thePre- 
terperfect Tenfe, in Latin awatus, bejoved ; of 
the Prefent Tenfe, loving, amans ; and the Fu- 
ture, as amaturus, he that Ihall or will love. 

& We make ufe here of Examples from the 
Latin, becaufe they exprefiing the Thing in 
one Word may bed ferve to illuftrate the Na- 
ture of this Part of Speech; which the mo- 
dern Languages have retained, tho' they can- 
not exprefs themfelves in fo fimple and pure a 
Manner, but are fain to make ufe of fome 
auxiliar Verbs for that purpofe ; as may be 
feen in its Place in the Conjugation of the 
Verbs, whither we refer the Reader. 

The Adverb (from ad to, verbum a Word) is 
joined to the Verb to fignify fome Qualification : 
Thus to exprefs the Manner how I read, write, 
&<:. cannot be done without the Help of an Ad- 
verb, e. g. leyo bem, efcrevo mat, I read well, I 
write ill. Vid. the Chap, of Adverbs. 

The 



Grammatical Anglo-Lttfitankal 13 

The Conjunction (from conjungo, I join together) 
is a Particle which joins Verbs and Sentences to- 
gether ; as, e, and; 7^, if 9 ou, or, que, that; 
mas, but, meo pay e may, my Father and Mo- 
ther \fe tudizesque efta coufa be verdadeira oufalfa> 
7/you fay, that this Thing is true or falfe, &c. 

A Prepofition (from prapono, I put before) is 
an indeclinable Particle, and is often joined with 
Nouns, Pronouns and Verbs, to modify their 
Signification : Such are the Words em, in ; fora 9 
without ; fern, without , a, to ; de, from, Csfr. 
(Vid. the Chap, of Prepof.) as eflar em caza y to be 
in the Houfe, or at Home -, efcrever a bum amigo 9 
to write to a Friend , nao pode viver fern elle, he 
cannot live without him ; em amdr, in loving i 
pera ler^ for to read. 

An Interjection (from interjicio to caft between) 
is a Particle not declinable, ufed to exprefs fome 
Emotion of the Mind, as Surprize, Admiration ; 
as My de //', woe be to thee ! O que mepefa, O how 
forry am I ! O que Deos he grande, O how great 
God is ! mof'mo de mim, O miferable that I am ! 

13" Ifyoufhou'd find thefe Rules too few and 
fhort, to conceive a perfect Idea of all the 
Parts of Speech and their Ufe, you may turn 
over the Syntax, where you will find more 
ample Inftruction. 



CHAP. 



1 4 Grammatica Anglo- Lufitanica* 

CHAP. IV. 

Of the Genders, Numbers, and Cafes* 



THE Portuguefe Nouns have but two Gen- 
ders, viz. the Mafculine, which is fignt- 
fied by the Article o t and the Feminine, by the 
Article a, anfwering to the Latin hie and h*ec. 
Some of their Pronouns have alfo the Neuter 
Gender, which may be feen under the Head of 
the Pronouns Demonftrative -, fome Nouns both 
Subftantive and Adjective are of the Mafculine 
and Feminine Gender at once*. 

The Declenfion, which is a Changing of a 
Noun into feveral Cafes, has' two Numbers, viz. 
the Singular which ipeaks but of one, and the 
Plural comprehending many ; as in Singular 
livro a Book, in Plural livros Books. 

The Plural is commonly made by adding an s 
to the Singular : As caza, a Houfe ; muro, a Wall j 
ciddde, a City ; in Plural cazds, Houfes ; muros, 
Walls ; cidddes, Cities. 

They have fix Cafes, qr Changes, viz. the 
Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Accufative, Voca- 
tive, and Ablative, to denote 'fo many different 
Senfes the Word fhou'd be taken in. 

The Nominative (from the Latin nominare to 
name) only names the Perfon or Thing, as homem, 
a Man ; pedra, a Stone. 

The Genitive (from generare to beget) betokens 
that one Perfon or Thing proceeds from, de- 
pends from, or is another's Property; as filho 
de Joam, the Son of John , here Joam Hands in 
the Genitive Cafe, being the Perfon the Son be- 
longs to, proceeded or depended from : Caza de 

Pedro, 



Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitanica. 1$ 

Pedro, the Houfe of Peter, or Peter's (his) Houfe, 
Peter flands in the Genitive, he being the Perfon 
the Houfe belongs to. 

The Dative (from the Latin dare to give) de- 
notes the Feribn to whom a Perfon or Thing is 
given ; as dou a Pedro, I give to Peter. 

The Accufative (from the Latin accufare, to 
accufe) fignifies the Perfon or Thing we do or 
intend to act upon ; as efcreuo a carta, I write 
the Letter , lerey o livro, I will read the Book ; 
aputarey a Pedro, I will whip Peter-, here carta, 
livro, and Pedro, ftand in the Accufative, being 
the Subject of fome Adion. 

The Vocative (from the Latin vocare, to call 
upon) fignifies that a Perfon or Thing is call*d 
upon ; as O filho qiie fazes! O Son, what doft 
thou ! O defgraciada cafa ! O unhappy Houfe ! 
Jilho and cafa being here call'd upon, ftand in- 
the Vocative Cafe. 

The 'Ablative (from the Preterperfefb Partici- 
ple ablatus, the Verb aufero, I take from) fhews 
that Perfon or Thing, a Perfon or Thing is tak- 
en away from ; as venbo da cidade, I come from 
the City ; Pedro ofaho do fogo, Peter faved him 
from the Fire -, here cidade and fogo ftand in the 
Ablative, becaufe fomething comes from, or is 
taken from the City and the Fire. 

For a farther Information about the Ufe of 
trie Cafes, and how they are often govern'd by 
Prepofitions, I refer the Reader to the Syntax, 
the prefent being only to inftrucl: him fo far that 
he may know what he doth when he declines a 
Noun thro* the Numbers and feveral Cafes. 



CHAP. 



i6 Grammatka Anglo-Lufitanica* 



CHAP. V. 

Of the Articles, and their Decknfions. 

TH E Articles properly belong to the Pro- 
nouns, as we faid above ; but as no Noun 
can be declined without them, I thought it ne- 
cefiary to fhew how they are declined, before we 
enter upon Nouns Subftantive and Adjective. 

The Articles are either definite or indefinite. 

The Mafculine Article The Feminine Article 

definite. definite. 



Singular Number. 
N. o, the. 
G. do, of the. 



Singular Number. 
N. a, the. 
G. da, of the. 



D. ao, pera o, pello, to D. a, pera a pella, tti 



the. 

Ac. o, ao, the. 
V. o, 3. 
A. do, from the. 

Plural Number. 
N. os, the. 
G. dos, of the. 
ZX aos, pera os, pellos, 

to the. 

Ac, os, aos, the. 
V. o, o. 
A. d6s 9 from the. 



the. 
Ac. a, the. 
V. o, 6. 
A. da, from the. 

Plural Number. 
N. as, the. 
G. das, of the. 
D. as, pera as, pcllas, 

to the. 
Ac. as, the. 
V. o, 6. 
A. das, from the. 



"When the Portuguefe would exprefs the Englijh 
Article //, they make ufe of the Article o, and fay 
w nao o vi 9 I have not feen it , and therefore, we 
juftly afcribe alfo a neuter Gender to this Ar* 

tide j 



Grammatica Angh-Lufitamca. 17 

t*cle ; which has only a Singular Number, and is 
declined in the Manner following : 

Sing. 

N. o, ;'/. Ac. o, //. 

G. do, of it. V. caret. 

D. ao, to it A. do, from it. 

The Article a in EngliJJ^ is exprefTed by the 
Pertuguefe bitm^ buma, and declined as follows : 

Sing. Plttr. 

N. hum, ma, a. JV. huns, mas, feme. 

~G. de hum, ma, of a. G.dehuns, mas, offome. 

D. a hum, ma, to a. D. a huns, mas, tofome. 

Ac. a hum, ma, a. Ac. a huns, mas t jbme. 

V. caret. V. caret. 

A. de hum, m^from a. A. de huns, mas, from 

fome. 

Obferve, the Englijh Article it has no Plural, 
but borrows another Word to exprefs the Plural 
Signification. 

Of the Article indefinite. 

This Article has noDiftindtion of Genders, and 
only four Cafes ("in the Spanijh and Portuguefe, 
and but three in French and Italian] which ferve 
both in the Singular and Plural Number, viz. 

Gen. de, of. 
Dat. a 2? pera. to. 
Ace. a fs* pera. 
Abl. de or por,from. 

By the following Example you may fee, that 
the Words which are declined with the Article 
indefinite, have no Article in the Nominative, 
and Vocative Cafe, 

C N. Roma, 



1 8 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanicd. 

N. Roma, Rome. 

G. de Roma, of Rome. 

I), a &* pera Roma, to Rome. 

Ac. a Roma, Rome. 

V. Roma, Rome. 

A. de Roma, /r Rome. 

The Article Indefinite ferves to decline the 
Names of Angels, Men, Towns, the Names of 
the Months, and the Pronouns. 

This Article is alfo put with any other Noun, 
when two Nouns meet together, the laft being in 
the Genitive Cafe, and having no determinate 
Signification affign'd to it \ as bumadtfcia de meyas^ 
a Dozen of Stockings-, hum nwnero de cazas, a 
Number of Houfes ; humel arrat de came, a 
Pound of Flefh. Here 'tis not determined whar 
Stockings, Houfes, or Flelh you fpeak of-, and 
when you employ the indefinite Article of in 
Engtijh) the Portuguefe do fo likewife, 

When the Article indefinite de precedes a 
Word which begins with a Vowel, the e is often 
caft away, and the next following Letter mark'd 
with an Acute Accent -,- as algum delles* fome one 
of them-, and fome leave a little Space betwixc 
the d and the next following Letter, with an 
Apoftrophe on the Top -, as algum d'elks v but 
the firft Way is moft practifed at prefent, as we 
have faid above. 
5^- Of the Ufe, Application, and Diflinction 

of thefe two Articles, fee the Syntax. 

CHAP. VI. 

Of the Decknfwns of the Nouns Subftantiva. 
and their Terminations. 



T 



HE Portuguefe have but one Sort of De- 
clenfion ; and their Cafes, which admit of 

no 



fSrammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 19 

no Variety of Termination, as was ufual with the 
Romans, are only diftinguifh'd by prefixing the 
Articles, and the Plural Number is commonly 
made by adding an s to the Singular. 

An Example of the Mafciiline Gender, 

The Singular Number. 
N. o Templo, a or the Church. 
G. do Templo, of the Church. 
D. ao 5? perao, pello Templo, to the Church. 
<Ac. o, ao Templo, the Church. 
V. 6 Templo, o Church! 
A. do Templo, from the Church. 

'The Plural Number. 
N os Templos, the Churches. 
Q. dos Templos, of the Churches. 
D. aos 6? peraos, pellos Templos, to the Churches ,- 
Ac. os, aos Templos, the Churches. 
V. 6 Templos, o Churches. 
A. dos Templos, from the Churches. 

An Example of the Feminine Gender. 

The Singular Number. 
.AT, d Caza, a or the Houfe. 
G. da Caza, of the Houfe. 
D. a. & pera a, pella Caza, to the Houfe. 
Ac. a Caza, the Houfe. 
P. 6 Caza, o Houfe! 
A. da Caza, from the Houfe. 

The Plural Number. 
N. as Cazas, the Houfes. 
G. das Cazas, of the Houfes. 
D. as fc? pera as, pellas Cazas, to the Hoafes. 
Ac. as Cazas, the Houfes. 
V. 6 Cazas, o Houfes. 
A. das Cazas, from the Houfes. 

C 2 DC- 



20 Gr&mmatlca Anglo-'Luftianica. 

Declenfions of the Nouns in m. 

Singular. Plural. 

N.a.Adem^aortbeDuck. N. as Adens, the Ducks. 

G. da Adem, of tbe Duck. G. das A densoftbeDucks. 

D. a & pera a, pella D. as &? pera as, pellas 

Adem, to the Duck. Adens, to the Ducks, 

Ac. a Adem, the Duck. Ac. as Adens, the Ducks. 

V. 6 Adem, o Duck! V. 6 Adens, 6 Ducks. 

A. da Adem, from the A. das Adens, from the 

Duck. Ducks. 

Declenfion of the Nouns terminating in ax. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. o Rapaz, a or the Boy. N.os Rapazes, the Boys. 

G. do Rapaz, of the G. dos Rapazes, of the 

Boy. Boys. 

D. ao 6? pera o, pello D. aos 6? pera os, pellos 

Rapaz, to the Boy. Rapazes, to the Boys. 

Ac. o, ao Rapaz* the Ac. os, aos Rapazes, the 

Bey. Boys. 

V. 6 Rapaz, o Boy! V. 6 Rapazes, 6 Boys! 

A. do Rapaz, from tbe A. dos Rapazes, frotii 

Boy. tbe Boys. 

They have Nouns Subftantive of many other 
Terminations, which it will be neceflary to fet 
down here, to fhew how they change their Sin- 
gulars into Plurals. 

All Portuguefe Nouns Subftantive end either 
with the fix Vowels a> *, /, o, u t y, or thefe five 
Corifonants, /, w, r, j, z ; which complicated with 
the Vowels, make 



al 



Grammatlca Anglo-'Lujitamca. 21 



07 


am 


ar 


as 


az 


el 


em 


er 


es 


(Z 


il 


im 


ir 


is 


iz 


t>! 


cm 


or 


OS 


DZ 


til 


urn 


r 


us 


HZ 



Examples of the feverai Terminations. 



The Singular. 
A. Maria, Catherine. 
a Alma, a SGU!. 
a Vida, Life. 
a Romaa, a Pome- 

granate. 
a Macaa, an Apple* 

E. o Barrete, a Cap. 
o Capote, a Cloak. 



o Nebri, a Hawk. 
o Rubi, a Ruby. 

o Pay, a Father. 

a May, a Mother, 

a Ley, a Law. 

o Rey, a King. 
O. Antonio, Anthony. 

o Livro, a Book. 
U. o Peru, a Turkey. 

o Mu, a Mule. 

o Judeu, a Jew. 
Al.o Avental, an Apron. 

o Punhal, a Ponyard. 

o Hofpital, an Hof- 

pital. 
EL Daniel, DanieL 



?he Plural 
Marias, Catherinas. 
Almas, Souls. 
Vidas, Lives. 
Romaas, Pomegranates. 

or Romaens. 
Mafaas, Apples, er Ma- 



Barretes, Caps. 
Capotes, Cloaks. 
Thalfys, 
lins. 



brins. 
Rubiys, Rubies, or Rw- 

bins. 

Pays, Fathers. 
Mays, Mothers. 
Leys, Laws. 
Reys, Kings. 
Antonios, Anthony's. 
Livros, Books. 
Perus, Turkeys. 
Mus, Mules. 
Judeus, Jews. 
Avantays, Aprons. 
Punhays, Ponyards. 
Hofpitays, HofpitaJs. 

Danieys, Daniels. 
C 3 o Granel, 



22 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica, 

he Singular. The Plural, 

o Granel, a Granary. Graneys, Granaries. 

o Capitel, a Head of Capiteys, Head? of Pil- 

a Pillar. lars. 

H. o Barril, a Barrel. Barriys, Barrels. 

o Gomil, a Leaver. Gomiys, Leavers. 

o Funil, a Funnel. Funiys, Funnels. 

O/.o Sol, the Sun. Soys, Suns. 

o Caracol, a Snail. Caracoys, Snails. 

o Lanfol, a Sheet. Lanfoys, Sheets. 

VI o Sul, South. Suis, Souths. 

o Taful, a Gamejler. Tafuys, Gamejiers. 

Words ending in am regularly make their Plurals 
in 6 ens -, as 

o Trovam, Thunder. Trovcens. 

o Padram, a round Padroens, round Pillars 
Pillar or Pofl. cr Pojls. ' 

o Feijam, a French Feijoens, French or Kid- 
Bean, ney Beans. 



Except fome that make their PJural in aos j as 

o Cortezam, a Courtier. Cortezaos, Courtiers. 

o Irmam, a Brother. Irmaos, Brothers. 

o Vill^rn, a Countryman. Villaos, Countrymen. 

o Cidadam, a Citizen. Cidadaos, Citizens. 

o Chriftam, a Chriftian. Chriflaos, Chrijtians. 

And except, fecondly, fuch as make their Plurals 
in aes ; as 

o Cam, a D.og. Caes, Dogs. 

o Efcrivam, a Clerk or Efcrivaes, Qtrks. 
Writer. 

o Capitam, a Captain. Capitals, Captains. 

DA 
o ram. 



Grammatica Anglo-Liifitanica. 23 

'The Singular. The Plural. 

o Pam, Bread. Paes, Bread, or Loave* 

of Bread. 

o Rufiam, a Ruffian. Rufiaes, Ruffians. 
o Gaviam,tf Sparrow- Gaviaes , Sparrow - 

Hawks. 



o Alernam, aGerman. Alemaes, Germars. 



t. a Adem, a Duck. Adens, Ducks. 
o Almazem, aWare- Almazens, 

boufe. 

o Homem, a J^Ian. Hdmens, Men. 
Iw.o Chim, a Ckinefe. Chins, Cbinefi. 
o Rocim, a Horfe. Rocfns, Horfes. 
o Efpadim, a little Elpadins, little Swords, 

Sword. 

Om. o Tom, a Tone. Tons, Tones. 

o Dorn, a Gift. Dons, Gifts. 

Umo Atum, Tunny- Atuns, Tunny-FiJhes, 

Fijh. 

o Jejum, a Faft. 
Ar. Celar, Gejar. 
o A 911 car, Sugar. 



Er. o praier, Pleafure. 
o A luguer, 



Ir 



Jejiins, Fafts. 
Cefares, C*fars, 
Afticares, Sugars. 

o Polegar, aTbumb. Polegares, Thumbs. 
Prazeres, Pleafures. 
AJugucres, Rents of 

Houfes. 

Tr. o Martyr, a Martyres, Martyrs. 
Martyr. 

o A for, an Hawk. A fores, Hawks. 
oBcmfeitor, a Be- Bemfeitores, Benefac- 
mfaclor. tors. 

Cafadores, Huntfmen. 



a Houfe. 



man. 



o Lavrador, a Huf- Lavradores, Hufband- 
bandman. 



men. 



C 4 



24 Grammaiica Angk-Lujitamcct. 

. The Singular. The Plural 

Ur. Catur, a {mail Veffel Catures. 
at Sea, in Latin 
Liburnum. 

Az. o Pri maz, a Primate. Pri mazes, Primates. 

o Arcaz, a 'Trunk- Arcazes, 'Trunk - M&- 
Maker. kerf. 

o Rapaz, a Boy. Rapazes, Boys. 

Ez. o Inglez, an Eng- Inglezes, Englifomen. 

lijhman. 

o Mez, a Month. Mezes, Months. 

o Marqucz, ^ Mar- Marquezes, Marqjtijfes* 

quis. 

Iz. o Apprendfz, ^ Apprendizes, Appren-. 

Apprentice. tices. 

a Codorniz, a.Quail. Codornizes, Quails. 

a Rafz, ^ Root. Raizes, Roots. 

Oz.o Arrioz, a Globe of Arriozes , Globes of 

Stone. Stone. 

Uz. o A beftruz, an 0- Abeftruzes, Oftriches. 

ftrich. 

oArch2.buz t aMu/%et. Archabuzes, Mujkets. 

Nouns Subftantive Irregular. 

Some of them have only a Singular Number ; 
as Gz/, Lime , Sal, Salt ; Ptz, Pitch; Ar^ Air ; 
Dotnfa, Sicknefs ; Proveito, Profit. 

Others have only a plural Termination, altho* 
they fignify but one fingle Thing, and have the 
plural Article prefix'd to them ; as os Ldyvos, the 
Foulnefs of the Face j as Grelhas, a Gridiron ; 
as Calf as ) Breeches ; as Migas, Sops ; as Ceroulas, 
Drawers -, Andds, a Carriage , Andillas, a little 
Litter; as Cdmaras, a Flux or Loofenefs ; as 
Pareas, a Tribute ; as Primicias, the Firft-fruits ; 
as Cocegas, Ticklifhnefs ; as Cuftas, Expence ; os 
Edifts ; as Entrdnbas, Bowels ; as Exe* 



Qrammatlca Anglo-Lufitanica. 23 

qutas, a Funeral ; os Erpes, mortified ; os Torneos 
f as Jujlas, Tilts and Tournaments ; refto, on 
demazia, an Overplus. 

N. B. I cannot forbear obferving one of the Beau- 
ties of this Language, which is, that the Par- 
ttfguefe have many Nouns Subftantive ending 
in ada, which cannot be exprefs'd in other 
Languages without Circumlocution; asPedra- 
da, a Blow with a Stone , Pancada, a Blow with 
a Stick or Club ; Cutildda, a Cut with a Sword ; 
EJtoctida a Stab with a Sword or Dagger, &c. 

CHAP. VII. 

Of Nouns Adjective, regular and irregular; 
their Genders, Terminations^ Decknfions t 
and Comparijbns. 

TH E Nouns Adjective, like the Subftantive, 
have but two Genders, viz. the Mafculine, 
which they fignify by the Article 0, and Femi- 
nine by a, and fome Words are both Mafculine 
and Feminine. 

Their Terminations are, 

Singular. Pfarat. 

A. o Virtuofo, virtuous, os Virtuofos, virtuous. 

o Linda,/#/r. os Lindos,//>. 

E. o &? a Grande, great, os 6? as Grandes, great. 

o fc? a Forte, Jlrang. os & as Fortes, ftrong. 

O. o Fermofo, handfome. os Fermofos, bandfome. 

p So & a So, tf/^w, os Sos &? as Sos, ^/^^ 
adj. or only, 

U. o Nu, 



26 . Qrammatica 

Singular. 

f/. o Nu, a nua, naked, 
o Cru, a crua, raw. 
oMeu,aminha, mine. 
o Ten, a tua, thine. 
o Sen, a fua, hi$. 
Al.Q fcf a principal, 

chief. 

o s? a Geral, general, 
j/. o y a Agradavel, a- 

gre table. 

//. o 6f a Sotil,y//?. 
o 5? a Util, /y/. 
O/. o Efpanhol, a Ef- 
panhola, ^ Spanijh 
Man y or Spanijh 
Woman. 

Ul. o &? a Azul, /#*. 
Ow. o Bom, a boa, good, 
Urn. Nenhum,. nenhu- 

ma, no one. 
o Co mum, acomua, 

common. 
Algum , alguma , 

fomebody. 
Ar. o Csf a Particular, 

particular. 
G 6f a Singular,/;*- 



Or. o fc? a Melhor, 
o fc? a Mayor, 



Az. o 6? a Mordaz, ^ 
fpiteful Man or 
Creature. 
o j? a Capaz, 



Plural 

os Niis, as nuas, naked. 
os Crus, as cruas, raw. 
osMeus, asminhas,0#. 
os Tens, as tuas, thine, 
os Seus, as fuas, theirs. 
QS & as Principals, /* 

chief. 

os 6? as Gcrais,^ffiWtf/^. 
ps 45 1 as agradaveis, a- 

greeabte. 
os s? as 

os 5? as Utiys, 
osEfpanhoys,asEfpan- 

holas, Spanijh Men,, 

or Spanijh, Women. 



os 6f as Azuys, 

os Boris, 6? as boas, good, 

Nenhums, nenhuas, 



os Corriuns, as comuas, 

common. 
Alguns, algumas,y2>/jf. 

os C^ as Particulares, 

particular. 
os & as Singulares, /7f- 



os Csfas Melhores, ^//^r. 
os 6f as May ores, ^rw/- 

er. 

os 5? as Mordazes, 
fpitefulnefs. 

os {5 1 as Capazes, wpa- 



z. o&?alnglez, Englijb. 



a Por- 



Grammatka Angk-Lufitamca. 27 
Singular. Plural. 

z. o & a Portuguez, os 6? as Portugueses, 
- a Portuguefe Man, Portuguefe Men, and 
a Portuguefe Wo- Portuguefe Women. 

man. 

o 5? a Cortt,z, cour- os & as Cortezes, cour- 

teous. teous. 

/z. o &? a Feliz, happy, os fc? as Felizes, bapfy. 

o & a Belliz,/w/>. os 6? as Bellizes,y?w/>; 

Oz. o &* a Feroz, farce. os &? as Ferozes, fierce. 

Uz. o & a. Truz, cruel, os &? as Truzes, cruel. 

Irregular Adjedlives 

Are fuch as admit of no Plural Number; as 
the numerical Adjeftives, trinta, thirty ; qudrenta, 
forty ; cincoenta^ fifty ; fejjenfa, fixty -, fettenta, 
feventy ; outenta, eighty -, noventa, ninety ; cem^ 
hundred. But &#w, one -, is in the Plural buns^ 
fome -, cento, hundred, in Plural, centos^ hun- 
dreds , conto & milham^ a Million ; contos & mil- 
Millions. 



jV. B. Some who pretend to be curious in this 
Language, think it no Impropriety to admit 
even of Plurals to all or moil of the Numeral 
Adjectives, e. g. muytos vintes^ 'muytos trintas j 
manyTwenties, many Thirties. Alfo inArith- 
metick it is ufual to fay, naves fora , caft away 
the nines. 

Some of thefe Numerals are efteemed irregu- 
lar for want of the Singular Number *, as duzen- 
/.?/, two hundred , trezentos, three hundred , &c. 
for duze'nto and trezento, which are not allowed. 

The Nouns Adjective are declined like the 
Subftantives; yet to remove all Difficulties, we 
fhall let down here a few Examples of them. 

S Declcn- 



2 8 Grammatka Anglo- Lujitamca, 

Declenfion of the Termination in o and s. 

Singular. 

N r o Fermofo, a fermofa, -handfomt. 
G.. do Fermofo, ~da Fermofa. 
JJ. ao & pera o, pello Fermofo ; a & pera, a pella 

fermofa, 

Ac. o, ao Fermofo, fermofa. 
V. o Fermofo, o fermofa. 
Ab. do Fermofo, da fermofa. 

"Plural. 

N. os Fermofos ; as fermofas. 
G. dos Fermofos ; das fermofas. 
&. aos & pera os, pellos Fermofos ; as pera as 

pelias fermofas. 

As. os, aos Fermofos ; as fermofas. 
Y. o Fermofos, o fermofas. 
Ab. dos Fermofos, das fermofas. 

Declenfion of the Termination al of the Com- 
mon Gender. 

Singular. 

JV. o & a Principal, Principal, 
G. do & da Principal. 

Z>. ao, pera o, peJlo ; a & pera a, peila Principal. 
Ac. o, ao ; a, Principal. 
^. o Principal. 
Ab. do -, da, Principal. 

Plural. 

JV. os & as Principais. 
G. dos ; das Principais. 

D. aos pera os ; pellos; as, & pera a?, pelias Prin- 
cipals. 

Ac. os, aos ; as, as Principais. 
y. o Principais. 
Ak. dos i das Principais. 

All 



Grammatka Angh-Lufitanka. 2$ 

All Nouns Adjective are declined in this Man- 
ner. It would be fuperfluous to infert more Ex- 
amples, when I am perfuaded that you'll find no 
Difficulty to decline any of them, by the Help of 
the foregoing Table of Terminations. 

Companion of Nouns Adjective. 

The Adjectives have three different Degrees 
of increafmg or diminifliing their Signification, 
which is called Ccmparifon. 

1. The Pqfitive, which is the pofitive or fimpte 
Signification of the Thing, as grande, great ; 
peqiieno, little-, mdo, bad. 

2. The Comparative ', which makes a Comparifon 
between Things, andincreaies the Signification 
of the Pofitive, as mayor, greater, menor, lefiec* 
peyor, worfe. 

3. The Superlative, which fignifies the Manner 
of the Thing in the greateft, or leaft Degree, 
and with Excefs ; as m&ximo, the greateit j 
minima, the leaft; pefftmo y the worft. 

But all Adjectives have not this pure Way of 
Comparifons, for they commonly make their 
Comparative by adding the Word mats olr more, 
or menos lefs, to the Word, e.g. perfeito, perfect j 
in Comparative maisperfeito, more perfect ; in Su- 
perlative perfeitrjfimo, the moft perfect. Poderofo^ 
powerful j mats poderofo, more powerful , podero- 
fiffimo, the moft powerful. Excsllente, excellent; 
mais excdlente, more excellent-, excel lent iffmo, the 
moft excellent. 

Thus many Portuguese Words, derived from the 
"Latin* make their Superlative in tffimo ; but for 
the Generality their Comparifons are made by 

the 



^6 Grdmmatica Anglo- Lufitamca. 

the Particle mais, as mat s grande, greater, or more- 
great, for the Comparative ; and o mats, the 
moft, as o mats grande, the greateft, for the Su- 
perlative. 

Poftttve. Comparative. Superlative. 
Fermofo, fa, mais Fermofo, fa, Fermosiffimo, or 
bandforney handfomer y 6 mais fermofo, 

the handfomcft. 

Sotil c. mais Sotil, more Sotiliffimo, or 6 
fubtle y Jubtle. mais fotil, the 

moft fubtle. 

Valente, c. mais Valente, o mais Valente, 
valiant* more valiant, the moft valiant ', 

&c. 

The Comparative is known when you find one 
Compared with many, or with many of a diffe- 
rent Kind , e. g. Hum Europeo he mais valente que 
muitos Americanos, one European is more valiant 
than many Americans. Os Inglezes fam maisvd- 
lentes que os Francezes, the Englifhmen are more 
valiant than the Frenchmen. 

The Superlative is \7hen one Thing is compared 
with many, or with many of the fame Kind, e. g. 
Efte Portugtiez be o m'ais valente de todos os Portu- 
gttezes, this fortuguefe is the moft valiant of all 
the Portuguefe. Os Inglefes fdm os inais valentes de 
todos os homens, the Englifii are the moft valiant 
of all Men. Some, tho* not fo elegantly, exprefs 
the Superlative in this Manner; as, EftePortuguez 
he mais valente que todos os Portuguezes, and Os In- 
glefes Jam mais valentes $ue todos os homens, this 
Portuguefe is more valiant that all the Portuguefe, 
and the Englifh are more valiant than ?\\ Men. 



e H A P 



Grammatica Anglo- Ltifitanica. $i 

CHAP. VIII. 

Of the Pronouns. 

Their feveral Sorts, and how they are declined. 

PRonouns are ufed mftead of a Noun to avoid 
Repetition. They are divided into feven 
Clafles, viz. into Perfonal, Conjunctive, Poffeffivc, 
Demonftrative, Interrogative, Relative and Im- 
proper. 

Of the Pronoun Pcrfonal. 

This Pronoun is to mark the firft, fecond and 
third Perfon in both Numbers, as in Singular, 
Eu, I, for the firft Perfon ; tu, thou, the fecond ; 
die, he, the third. And ii\ Plural, Nos, we, the 
firft ; vos, you, the fecond ; and dies they, the 
third Perfon ; to which Clafs alfo belong the 
Pronouns /* or_/?, himfeJf. 

.Declenfions of the Pronouns Perfonal. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. Eu, /. N. Nos, we. 

G. de Mim, of me. G. de Nos, of us. 

D. a Mim, & pera mim D. a Nos ^ pera nos, 

ff me, to me. to us. 

Ac. a Mim fc? me, me. Ac. a Nos, us. 

V. caret. V. caret. 

Ab. de Mim, from me. Ab. de N6s,/r0w us. 

Declcn- 



3 2 Grammatlca Angto-Lufitanica. 

Declenfion of the Pronoun of the fecond Perfort. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. Tu, tbou. V6s,jy or you. 

<. de Ti, of thee. G. de Vos, of you. 

D. a 6? pera Ti &f Te, D. a s? pera Vos, /a 

/<? thee. you. 

Ac. a Ti 6? Te, thee. Ac. a Vos, jy0# or ye. 

V. o Tu, 6 thou. V. o Vos, 6 you or ye! 

A. de v Ti } from thee. A* de Vos, from you. 

Declenfion of the Pronoun of the third Perfon. 

Elle and Ella are declined like Nouns Adjectives, 
The Pronoun Se, or 6z, him or himfelf, has no 
Nominative or Vocative, and is only declined in 
the Singular, which ferves alfo for the Plural 
Signification. 

G. de Si, of him\ of her ; of it (felf). 
D. a Si 57* Se, to him ; to her ; to it (felf). 
Ac. a Si ff Se, him ; her ; it (felf). 
A. de Si, from him ; from her ; from it 



id* Me, TV, and Se are ufed both in the Dative and 
Accufative Cafe ; as for Example in the Dative ; 
meu pay me da? men pay te da, my Father gives 
me or to me, my Father gives thee or to thee , 
elk me fax bonra, elle te fax honra^ he doth me 
(to me) Honour, he doth thee (to thee) Honour 5 
nao fe Ihe da diffo, he doth not care for it. In 
the Accufative Cafe, as meu fay me, tecbama, my 
Father calls me or thee ^ entreterfe^ abrirfe, &c. 

Of the Pronoun Conjunctive. 

This Pronoun has a very near Refemblance to 

the Perfonal, but differs in this, that it is never 

5 ne 



Grammatica Anglo- Lufitanica, 33 

the Nominative Cafe to the Verb ; it always pre* 
cedes as well as the other, but always is the Da- 
tive or Accufative of the faid Verb. 

There are fix Pronouns of this Order viz. 
tote, me ; te, thee -,fe, himfelf; nos, us; vos^ you ; 
Ibe, and Ibes, him, her, and them , e. g. men pay 
me f alia, my Father fpeaks to me -, tett amigo te 
efcreve^ thy Friend writes to thee ; muitos natnfe 
conhecem, many don't know themfelves; os fihfo- 
fos nos dizem, the Philofophers tell us -, o Rev vos 
ordena, the King orders you ; eu Ihe, or Ibes fago* 
I pay him, or them. 

N. B. The Pronoun elle, ella, & ifto t in Dative- 
Cafe a elle, a ella, a ifto^ is exprefs'd by Ihe^ 
which ferves in all the Genders ; and in Dative 
Plural a elks .& ellas by Ihes ; e. g. men irmzb 
cu minba irmaa mepergunfou, mas naoquero dizer- 
the, my Brother or my Sifter has afk'd me, but I 
don't care to tell him or her. Likewife in 
Plural they fay, dizelbes., tell them, fpeaking 
of Men or Women. 

Of the Pronoun PoflfefEve. 

The Pronoun Pofleffive is that which indicates 
a Property or Poffeffion. There are fix ofthefe 
Pronouns, three Singular and three Plural, vzz. 
meu & minha, mine -, teu & tua, thine ; feu, fua, 
his, hers , nojjo, nojja^ our ; VGffo, vojja, your ; 
feus, fuas, their: As meu pay, my bather; tua 
may, thy Mother \feu livro, his Book ; noffa cazn, 
our Houfe ; voffo cam, your Dog ; feus amigos> 
their Friends. 



D Of 



34 Grammatica Angh-Lufitanka. 

Of the Pronoun Demonftrative. 

This Pronoun points out either a Perfon or a 
Thing, and is both Mafculine, Feminine, and 
Neuter. This 'is the only Inftance, befides the 
Article, where the Portuguefe, as well as the Spa- 
niards, admit of the Neuter Gender, which reigns 
only in the Singular, and not in the Plural. Thus 
you fay in Mafculine, <?//, he ; in Feminine ella y 
fhe; and in the Neuter, tfto 9 that. 

In Mafculine efte, this , in Feminine ejia^ this; 
in Neuter ifto^ this (Thing) ; as efte bomem, this 
Man ; efta Mulher^ this Woman , ifto naome agra- 
da, this doth not pleafe me ; and in Mafculine 
ejfc, that (Man) ; Feminine ejja> that (Woman) ; 
Neuter tffb, that (Thing) ; as ejftpam, that Bread ; 
ijja pedra, that Stone, and ijjb he verdade, that 
is true. Thefe, as all Pronouns in general, are 
declined like Nouns Adjective, and therefore 'tis 
not neceflary to decline them here ; but the Word 
aquelle being irregular in its Declenfion, we put 
it down here at large. 

Singular. 

Mafculine. Feminine. Neuter. 

N, aquelle, this aquella, this. aquelle, /#/. 

G.d'aquelle,?/ d'aquella , of d'aquelle , of 

this. this. that. 

D. a &? pera a- a & pera a- a & pera a- 



Ac. a ifto cf a eila, effa, this, a ifto, iflb, that. 

iflb, this. 
V. caret. 
A. d'ifto,/;r0#* d'eRa.,fromtbis. 

this. 

d'iffo, from d'etta-frmtbat. 

that. 

Plural 



Grammatka Anglo-Lufitanica. 35 

Plural. 

Mafculine. Feminine. 

N. aquelles. aquellas tbofe. 

G. d'aquelles. d'aquellas, of thofe. 

D. a & pera aquelles. a & pera aquellas, to 

thofe. 

Ac. a aquelles. a aquellas, tbofe. 
y. caret. 
A. d'iftos, d'ifibs. 



Pronouns Interrogative. 

As the Name fufficiently declares, they ferve 
in the afking a Queftion \ as que, what; que 
dizes? what do you fay ? quern, who ; quern he 
efle ? who is that ? ##/, which ; qual \dos dous ? 
which of the two ? cujo and cuja, whofe ; cujo 
f avails he effe? whofe Horfe is that? cuja caza he 
efta ? whofe Houfe is this ? 

The Pronoun Relative 

Points out the Subject without repeating it; as 
for Example, Deos, quern eu adoro he o criador^ &c. 
God whom I adore, is the Creator, &V. where 
the Relative whom refers to God, the Subject of 
my Adoration, and amounts to the fame as if I 
had faid, God, which God I adore \ is the Creator, 
&c. Hither belongs alfo the Word cujo, cuja, 
whofe ; as meu amigo cujo honor, &c. my Friend, 
whofe Honour, &c. And thus the Words quern y 
and cujo, cuja, which we faid before were Interro- 
gatives, are alfo often ufed as Relatives, accord- 
ing to the Manner in which they are apply'd ; 
and if you take but Notice of the Senfe of the 
Claufe, you'll never fail difcerning when thofe 
Words are Interrogative, and when Relative. 

D 2 83* When 



3 6 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 

83 s When they (land in the Beginning of a Phrafe 
they are Interrogatives, when in the Middle 
Relatives. 

The Pronouns Improper. 

Some Grammarians bring under this Clafs the 
Words tal, fuch ; algum, alguma, fomebody , ca- 
da, every ; quern, who ; qu.e, what ; nenhum, nen- 
huma, none ; certo, certa, certain ; outro, outra, 
another -, todo, toda, all , mefmo, the fame. 

JV. 5. The Latins treat the Words nullus, certus, 
alter, and totus^ as Nouns Adjedive. 

Before we proceed, we cannot but obferve a 
fmgular Propriety of this Language, which great- 
ly contributes to the Softnefs of its Tone, and 
renders fome Words very expreflive -, which is, 
that they join the adjundtive Particle N ( which 
Hands for em, in) clofe to fomc of their Pronouns 
in both Numbers and Cafes, to intimate an In- 
dication. As for Example, mile, nella-, miles,, 
nellas ; in him or it, in her; in them. In the 
fame Manner you fay, ndquelle, ndquella, ndquillo y 
ndquelles, ndqudlas , nefte, nefta, nzfto, neftos, neftas ; 
nejfc, nej/a, riiffo, neffes, nejjas. 

The Portuguefe likewife join the Word outro to 
the forementioned Pronouns aquelle, efte, ejje, e.g. 
aquelloutro, that other, eftoutro, ejjoutro, this other. 

For the other Remarks concerning Pronouns, 
we refer the Reader to the Syntax. 

But obferve, that when a Vowel is omitted 
for the fake of joining two Words together, the 
iirft Vowel after that which was omitted, ought 
to be mark'd with an Accent Acute ; as ejjoutro, 
for ejfe outro ; here an Accent is placed on the 0, 
to fignify that a Letter was left out. 

CHAP. 



Grammatica Angh-Lufitamca. 37 

CHAP. IX. 

Of the Verb) its Moods, Tenfes, and Perfom. 

TH E Verb is a Part of Speech which varies 
its Termination, but not after the fame 
Manner as the Noun doth, which has fix Cafes, 
and marks no Time or Mood j whereas the Verb 
is conjugated with Moods and Tenfes, has a Sin- 
gular and Plural Number, and three Perfons. 

The Moods determine the Signification of the 
Verb, as to the Manner and Circumftance of the 
Affirmation ; as Hove, love thou, that / may love, 
and to love. Tenfes are Diftinclions of Time -, as 
I do love, and Idifl love ; and to conjugate a Verb 
is to form or vary it according to its feveral 
Moods, Tenfes, Numbers, and Perfons. 

There are five Moods : The firft is the Indica- 
tive^ from the Latin Word indico, I mew, which 
fimply denotes the Action; as eu leyo, I read ; eu 
quero, I love. The fecond is the Imperative, 
from imperare, Latin, to command ; as le tu, read 
thou ; ouve tit, hear thou. The third is the Op- 
tative, from optare, to wifh, to defire, to pray ; 
as oxala amdra eu, proveira & queyra Deos &f praza 
a Deos, amdra eu & amajfe eu, God grant (that) 
I did love. The Particles o and affim alfo ex- 
prefs the Optative Mood; thus you fay, ofefojfeeu 
tal, O that I were fuch ; afflm Deos me ajude, fo 
help me God. The fourth is the Conjunffivf, 
which is known by the Particle como -, as como eu 
amo, when I love , como eu amava, when I did 
love ; como eftiveftes muyto tempo doente, fince you 
have been a long Time fick ; but as this Mood is 
nothing but the Indicative conjugated through all 
the Tenfes with the Particle como before it, we 
thought it needlefs to fwell the Conjugations bv 
D 3 inferting 



38 Grammatka Angh-LuJitanica; 

inferring it. The fifth is the Infinitive, from the 
Latin infinitus, becaufe it is not limited either by 
Number or Perfon, as other Moods are , as ler y 
to read. 

Verbs have alfo Gerunds and Participles in the 
Portuguese as well as in the Latin. 

The Gerund is fo calTd from^m?, I bear, from 
its bearing a double Signification, viz. that of a 
Noun and that of a Verb. There are three of 
thefe Gerunds^ as in Latin; amandi, of loving; 
amandO) in loving, and amandum to love , for that 
in di the Portuguese ufe the infinitive Mood, with 
the Prepofition de\ as de amdr^ of loving: The 
Gerund in do follows the Latin exactly , thus the 
Pcrtuguefe fay, amando, lendo> in loving, in read- 
ing; for the Gerund in dum they ufe the Infini- 
tive Mood, and the Prepofition a and pera -, 2&a 
amar ; or pera dmar> a ler, and pera ler, to love, 
and to read. 

A Supine is a Termination of a Verb, and has 
the fame Signification as the prefent Tenfe of the 
Infinitive Mood, either active or pafiive ; amatum y 
in Latin to love ; amatu, to be loved ; in Portu- 
guefe a amar^ to love, and defer amado., to be loved. 
A Participle derives its Name from pars and 
capio, as it partakes both of a Noun and a Verb. 
There are three Sorts in Latin^ as 

The Participle of the Perfect Tenfe ; as Latin 
afflatus, Portuguese amado ^ amada 9 beloved. 

The Participle of the Prefent Tenfe ; as Latin 
amans, Portuguese amante ; o que ama, loving, or 
he that loves. 

And the Participle of the Future Tenfe in rus, 
in active, and in dus in pafiive ; as Latin ama- 
turus, Portuguefe o que ha de amar, he that Khali, 
will, or is about to love ; and Latin, amandus, 
Portuguefe^o que ba defer amado ^ he thatihall, will, or 
is to be loved ; this laft belongs to the Verbpaflive. 
i This 



Grammatica Angh-LuJitanica. 39 

This Account of the Verb and Moods being 
fufficient, I now proceed to fpeak of the Tenfes. 

There are properly but three Tenfes or Times^ 
viz. the Paft, the Prefent, and the Future, or 
what is to come. 

The Preterperfeft Tenfe mews the Action of 
the Verb either perfectly paft ; as Latin amavi, 
Portuguefe amey, or tenho amado, I loved or I have 
loved ; or imperfectly paft in the Imperfect Tenfe; 
as Latin, amabam, Portuguefe^ amava, I did love ; 
which is ufed when the Adlion e. g. of loving is 
paft, in regard to the Time in which I fpeak ; 
and prefent, with refpecl: to fome Circumftance; 
as I did love (when I was young) , I did learn 
(when I was at School ,) or, laftly, when an Ac- 
tion is paft before fome Circumftance happen'd, 
which is alfo paft, and then it is called the Pre- 
terpluperfeft ; as I had fupp'd when you came in, 
eu tinha ceado quando V M entrava. 

The Preterperfeft is again divided into the De- 
finite and Indefinite ; the former determines the 
Time of the Action of the Verb entirely paft ; as 
I faw your Uncle Yefterday, *oi a feu tfio ontem. 

The Preterperfecl Indefinite is when you men- 
tion the Time yet paffing ; as I have feen your- 
Uncle this Morning, tenho vifto a feu io efta man- 
ham. In Englifh we are not fo nice in this Dif- 
tin6tion ; for we fay indifferently, / faw your 
Uncle this Morning, or / have feen your Uncle this 
Morning. 

& The natural Order of Things requires the 
Paft or Preterperfect Tenfe to ftand before the 
Prefent ; but as all Grammarians make the 
Prefent Tenfe the firft in their Conjugations, 
to avoid being particular, or breeding Confu- 
fion, we have follow'd the fame Method. 

D 4 The 



40 Grammatica Angh-Lufitanica. 

The Prefent Tenfe mews the prefent Action 
of the Verb , as eu leyo, I read ; eu amo, tu amas* 
elk ama, I love, thou loved, he loveth ; nos a- 
mamos^ vos amays, elles amam y we love, ye love, 
they love. 

The Future Tenfe points out a Time to come ; 
as Latin^ amabo, amarcy, I will love. We have in 
Englijh two Signs to this Tenfe, which, for want 
of Obfervation, Foreigners often confound ; the 
one is conditional, as I Jhall \ the other pofitive, 
as I will. Some don't diftinguifh between thefe 
two Words; and it's common to hear I Jhall for 
/ will, and <? contra \ as / will fall for 1 Jhall fall * 
and I Jhall 0, for I will go. 

The Portuguefe have two Futures, the one im- 
perfect or fimple, the other perfect or compound- 
ed , the fimple eu amarey^ I will or mail Jove ; 
the compounded eu terey amado^ I fhall have 
loved. 

There are then fix (or with the Subdivifion of 
the Future andUncertainTenfe,eight)Tenfes,w2J. 
the Prefent, the PreterimperfecT:, the Preterper- 
fec~t definite, the Preterperfecl; indefinite, the Pre- 
terpluperfecT:, the Future imperfect and perfect, 
and the uncertain Tenfe, of which we fhall fpeak 
at large in the Syntax. 

A Tenfe has two Numbers, viz. the Singular 
and Plural, and three Perfons in the Singular ; as 
in, I ; the fecond /, thou -, the third, elle, ella, 
he, fhe-, and as many in fhe Plural; the firfl 
<3j, we ; the fecond vos, ye and you , the third 
tiles, they ; e. g. eu amo, I love ; tu amas, thou 
loved ; elk ama^ he loves ; nos amamos, we love ; 
V.W amays, yc love j dies amam> they love. 



A P. 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanka. 41 

CHAP. X. 

*The Divijion and Conjugations of the Verbs. 

THE Verbs are commonly divided into Ac- 
tive, Paffive, Neuter, Reciprocal, and Im- 
perfonal. 

A Verb Active fignifies an Action, and hasal- 
ways a Paflion oppofed to it ; as / love, the Paf- 
fion oppofed to it is I am loved-* I read, I am read; 
I hear i I am t beard : Or, to make it yet plainer, 
join with the Verb the Words a Perfon, or & 
Thing, and if then it makes good Senfe, it is an 
Active; thus you may fay, I fee a Perfon or a 
'Thing, Iftrike a Perfon or Thing, I follow a Perfon 
or Thing. 

The Verb PaJJive fpeaks a Sufferance -, as I am 
loved, and is formed of the Verb Subftantive ; as 
/ am, and the Participle of the Prcterperfect 
Tenle ; as eu fou amado, I am loved ; tu eras a- 
mado, thou wert loved ; elk he amado, he is lov- 
ed, &c. 

The Verb Neuter fignifies an Action not con- 
vey'd unto another, but remaining within the Per- 
fon acting, and has no Paffion oppofed to it ; as 
IJleep, I walk, I come in, I tremble ', I fail, Igrow 
pale, cannot make a Paflive / amjlept* I am 
walked, &c. neither will they make Senfe if join'd 
to the Words a Perfon or Thing ; thus you can- 
not properly fay, IJleep a Thing, I walk a Thing or 
Perfon, If all, I grow old, &c. 

Some of the Verbs Neuter make ufe of the 
Verb ey, I have ; and others of fou, I am, in the 
Preterperfed Tenfc. 

The Verb Reciprocal has the fame Perfon for its 
Nominative and Subject -, as me efpanto, I am for- 
prized. This Sort of Verb is hardly known in 

the 



42 Grammatica jingh-LuJitanica. 

the Englijh) tho* very common in the Italian, 
French^ Spani/h, and Portuguefe Languages. 

Verbs Imperfonal have only the third Perfon, be- 
ing called fo from their wanting the firfl and fe- 
cond ; as cbove, it rains , gea, it freezes ; troveja, 
k thunders, &c . they are conjugated throughout 
in the third Perfon, and in the Singular Number 
only. See the Conjugations below; 

Verbs again are divided into 

Regular and Irregular. The Regular are fuch 
as are confined to general Rules : The Irregular 
have none, and differ from the former, in the firft 
Preterperfecl. of the Indicative Mood, and Preter- 
perfccl: of the Conjunctive. 

The Conjugations of Verbs 

Of this Language, both regular and irregular, 
are commonly reduced to three Terminations, and 
as many Conjugations , the firft Conjugation is 
known by the Termination of the Infinitive Pre- 
fent in ar, as amo, I love, amar, to love , the fe- 
cond terminates in er in Infinitive, as Uyo, I read, 
#r, to read ; the third in *>, as oiifo, I hear, otwir, 
to hear. 

ft^ The Verb ponho, I put, in Infinitive Prefent, 
for, to put, with its Compounds, of which we 
(hall fpeak at the End of the Conjugations, is 
the only one of the Termination in or, and 
therefore hardly deferving to make a Conju- 
gation by itfelf. 



CHAP. 



Grammatlca Anglo -Lujitanha* 43 

CHAP. XL 

Of the Auxiliary Verbs aver and ter. 

AS the auxiliary or helping Verbs aver and ter, 
to have, are necefiary for the conjugating 
the Preter perfects of the Verbs, both Active, Pal- 
five, Neuter and Reciprocal ; and fmce without 
the Verb fou and ejlou> I am, the Paffive Verb 
cannot be conjugated, 1 fhall begin with thefe two 
Verbs, as abfolutely neceflary to be firit learned. 

The Conjugation of the auxiliary Verb Aver. 
Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. r Eu ey, / have. 
.liTuhas, thou haft. 
^ CElleha, betas. ^ 

. rNos hemos, avemos, we have. 
^ < V6s eys, aveys, ye have. 
^ C Elles ham, they have. 

Imperfeft Tenfe. - 

f Eu avia, 7 had. 
-If \ Tu avias, thou hadft. . 
^ CElleavia, be bad. 

Nos aviamos, we had. 

Vos avieys, ye had. 

EUcs aviam, they bad. 

Firjl Preterperfeft Tenfe. 

. f Eu ouve, 7 have had. 
. J Tu ouvifte, thou baft bad. 
*? CElleouve, h has had. 

Plur. 



44 Grammatica Angh-Lufitanic&. 
v - rNos ouvemos, we have had, 
-* < V6s ouveftes, ye have had. 
^ C Elles ouveram, they have had. 

Second Preterperfeft Tenfc, 

. r Eu tenho avido, / have had. 
^ } Tu tens avido, thou haft had, 
^ C Elle tern avido, he has had. 
^ c Nos temos avido, we have had. 
-^ < V6s tendes avido, ye have had. 
^ * Elles tern avido, they have had. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

Eu tinha avido, / had had. 
Tu tinhas avido, thou badft had. 
Elle tinha avido, he had had. 
Nos tinhamos avido, we had had. 
Vos tinheys avido, ye had had. 
Elles tinham avido, they had had. 

Future Imperfeft Tenfe. 

. r Eu averey, / jhall or will have. 
-1 \ Tu averas, thoujhalt or wilt have. 
60 C Elle avera, he /hall or will have. 
j. r Nos averemos, we Jhall or will have. 
^ < Vos averey s, ye Jhall or will have. 
7* C Elles avera m, they Jhall or will have. 



*i!l 

tf! 



Eu terey avido, I Jhall then have had. 
Tu teras avido, thou /halt have had. 
Elle tcra avido, he Jhall have had. 
Nos teremos avido, we Jhall have had. 
Vos tereys avido, ye /hall have bad. 
.. Elles teram avido, they Jhall have had. 

Imperative. 



Grammatka Anglo-Lufitanica. 45 

Imperative. The firft fanfc. 

Has no firft P erf on. 

ajas, ou ha tu, have thou. 
, aja elle, let him have. 

Ajamus nos, let us have. 

Ajays vos, have ye or you. 
Ajam elles, let them have. 

Ihe ficond fenfe. 

. r Has no firft Perfon. 
.| < Averas tu, thoujhalt have. 
t Avera elle, he Jhall have. 
Averemos nos, we Jhall have. 
Avereys vos, ye Jhall have. 
Averam elles, they Jhall have. 



Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

x ala a] a eu, God grant I may have. 

- Oxala ajas tu, God grant thou mayji have. 

- Oxala aja elle, God grant he may have. 

- Oxala ajamos nos, God grant we may have. 
} OxaJa ajays vos, God grant ye may have. 

- Oxala ajam elJes, God grant they may have. 

Imperfeff Tenfe. 

.Oxala ouvera, ouvefle cu, would to God I had 

or might have. 
Oxala ouveras, ouvefles tu, would to God 

t*"" C 

-jj j thou badft, or might eft have. 

Oxala ouvera, ouvefle elle, would to God he 
had, or might have. 

Plur. 



46 Grammatica Angh-Lufoanica. 

Oxala ouveramos, ouvefTemos nos, would to 

God we had^ or might have. 
Oxala ouvereys, ouvefTeys vos, would to God 

ye bad, or might have. 
OxaJa ouveram ouvefiem elles, would to God 

they had, or might have. 

The Uncertain Ttnfe. 

. r Eu averfa, / would or might have. 
.If J Tu averias, thou wouldft or mightft have. 

CElle averia, he would or might have. 

. r Nos averiamos, we would or might have. 
. s Vos avenays, ye would or might have. 
* ' Elles averiam, they would or might have. 

Preterpcrfeft Tenfe. 

r Queyra Deosque eu tenha avido, God grant 

I have had) or might have had. 
Queyra Deos que tu tenhas avido, God grant 

thou baft had, or mighteft have had. 
Queyra Dcos que elle tenha avido, God grant 

he has had, or might have had. 
Queyra Deos que tu nos tenhamos avido, God 

grant we have had, or might have had. 
Queyra Deos que vos tenhays avido, God 

grant ye have had^ or might have had. 
Queyra Deos que elles tenham avido, God 

grant they have had^ or might have had. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

Prouvera Deos queeu ouvera, ou ouveflfe avi- 
do, would to God I had had. 

Prouvera Deos que tu ouveras, ou ouvefles 
avido, would to God thou hadft had. 

Prouvera Deos que elle ouvera, ou ouvefle 

' avido, would to God he had had. 

Phtr. 



- 



Grammatlca Angh-Lufitanka. 47 

fc Prouvera Deos que nos ouveramos, ououvef- 
fcmos avido, would to God we had had. 

Prouvera Deos que vos ouverys, ou ouveffeis 
avido, would to God ye had had. 

Prouvera Deos que elles ouveram, ou ouvef- 
fem avido, would to God they had had. 

Future Imperfeft Tenfe. 

. f Quando eu ouver, when I Jhall or will have. 
^ \ Quando tUQuvirt^ when thoujhaltor wilt have. 
C Quando elle ouver, when he Jhall or will have. 
Quando nos ouvermos, when we Jhall or will 

have. 
Quando vos ouverdes, when ye Jhall or will 

have. 

Quando elles ouvcrem, when they Jhall or will 
have. 

Future fetf eft Tenfe. 

Quando eu tiver avido, when I Jhall or will 

have had. 
Quando tu tiveres avido, when tbou jbalt or 

wilt have had. 
Qiiando elle tiver avido, when he Jhall or will 

have had. 
r Quando nos tivermos avido, when we Jhall or 

will have had. 
Quando vos tiverdes avido, when ye Jhall or 

will 'have had. 
Qiiando elles tiverem avido, when tbsyjball 

or will have had. 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 
Aver, to have. 



Prefer- 



4^ Grammatlca Angh-LufitanicA* 

Preterperfeft Tenfe. 
Ter avido, to have bad. 

Future Tenfe. 

Terde aver 0#Efperar de aver, (to have to 
to hope to have) to have hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Avendo, in having, 6? de aver, of having. 

Participle Prefent. 
Ouvente, having , o quc ha, he that has. 

Participle Preterperfttf. 

Avido, avida, having bad; o que ha avido, he 
that has had. 

Participle '"future. 

que ha de aver .&? efpera de aver, he (one) that 
is to have, or hopes to have. 

It may not be improper to obferve here, that 
the Verb ey, has, ha, I have, thou haft, he has, 
aflift all Sorts of Verbs in their Moods, Tenies, 
and Perfons, both in the Active and Paffive Sig- 
nification. In the Active by adding the Particle 
de to the Prefent Tenfe of the Infinitive of the 
Verbs, e. g. Ey de amar, I am about to love, or 

1 fhall love ; Ey de ler, ouvir, I am about to hear, 
or mall read or hear, &c. and fo in the other 
Perfons and Tenfes. 

In the Paffive Significations are added to the 
Particle de the Prefent Tenfe of the Infinitive of 
Ser, and the Participle of the Preterperfecl: Tenfe 
of any Verb, as Ey de fer amada, I fhall or will 

be 



Grammatlca Anglo-Lufltanicti. 49 

be loved; has de fer ouvido> thou fhalt or wilt 
be heard ; ba de fer lido, he or it fliall be read. 



j. r 

-S } 

C 



The Auxiliary Verb, 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Vertfe. 

Eu ten ho, I have ; 

Tu tens, thou haft. 

Elle tern, be has. 
j. r N6s temos, we have. 
$ < V6s tendes, jy^ y&^-z;^. 
" CEJles tem, they have.' 

Jmperfeft Tenfi. 

-rEu tinha, I had. 

. i Tu tinhas, thou hadft. 

69 C Elle tinha, ^ ^^. 

Nos tf nharrros, we had. 

Vos tinheys, ye had. 

Elles tinham, tbty bad. 

Firft Preterptrfeft Tcnfe. 

. f Eu tive, / have had. 
.|J Tu tivefte, thou haft had. 
CElle teve, he hath had. 

5 Nos tivemos, we have had. 
Vos tiveftes, ye have had. 
Elles tiveram, they have bad. 



Second Preterperfeft 

. r Eu tenho tido, / have had. 
,*f < Tu tens tido, thou haft bad. 
3 * Elle tem tido, be has had, 
E 



^ 

* 

<*> 



50 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitantca. 

. r Nos temos tido, we have had. 
j* ) Vos tendes tido, ye have had. 
^ I Elles tem tido, they have had. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

Eu * tinha tido, I had bad. 
Tu tinhas tido, thou hadft had. 
Elle tinha tido, he had had^ 
Nos tinhamos tido, we had had. 
Vos tinheys tido, ye had had. 
, Elles tin ham tido, they had had. 

Future Imperfeft. 

Eu terey, IJhall or will have. 
Tu teras, thoujhalt or wilt have. 
Elle tera, he Jhall or will have. 
Nos teremos, wejhall or will have. 
Vos tereys, yt jhall @r will have. 
Elles teram, they Jhall or will have* 

Future PerfeR. 

Ja entam eu terey tido, IJhall (then already) 
have had. 

Ja entam tu teras tido, thoujhalt (then alrea- 
dy) have had. 

Ja entam elle tera tido, he Jhall (then already) 
have had. 

. Ja entam nos teremos tido, wejhall (then al- 
ready) have had. 

Ja entam vos tereys tido, ye Jhall (then al- 
ready) have had. 

Ja entam elles teram tido, theyJJwll (then al- 
ready) have had. 

* Some exprefs the Preterpluperfeft, tho' improperly, by 
iivcra, fiver at, tivira j tiviramsi, tivcreyi, tivtram. 

Imperative 



^Grammatica Anglo-Lufiianica. 5 I 

Imperative Mood. Firft Tenfe, 

. rHas nofrflPerfon. 
,*) Tern ou tenhas tu, have thou. 
** L Ten ha elle, let him have. 

. rTenhamos nos, let us have. 
^ jTende ou tenhays vos, have ye. 
k CT6nham elles, let them have. 



Second Tenfe. 

Has no firft Perfon. 
Teras tu, tboufyalt have. 
^ C Tera elle, hejhall have. 
. rTeremos, nos, wejhall have. 
K v Tereys vos, yejhall have. 
^ i Teram elles, theyjhatt havi. 



Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. f Oxala tenha eu, would to God I may have. 
|f) Oxala tenhas tu, would to God thou may ft have. 
03 C Oxala tenha elle, .would to God he may have. 

. r Oxala tenhamos nos, would to Godwemay have. 
J* \ Oxala tenhays vosj would to God ye may have. 
^ t Oxala tenhem elles, would to God they may have 

Imperfeft Tenfe. 

. r Oxala tivera, tiveffe eu, wifh to God 1 had. 
< Oxala ti veras, tivefles tu, wifh to God thou badji. 
^ ' Oxala tivera, tiveffe elle, wifh to God he had. 
Oxala tiveramos, tiveffemos, nos, wifh to 

God we bad. 

Oxala tivereys, tivefleys vos, wife to Godyehad. 
Oxala tiveram, tiveffem elles, wijh to God 
L they bad. 

E 2 Uncertain 



52 Grammatica Ahgk-Lufitanicd* 
Uncertain Tenfe. 



. f 

-S } 
I 

j. r 

-^ < 
^ I 



Eu teria, / would or might have. 
Tu terias, thou wouldji or mightft have. 
Elle teria, he would or might have. 
Nos teriamos, we would or might have. 
Vos terieys, ye would or might have. 
Elles teriam, they would or might have. 



Preterperfett Tenfe. 



.Queyra Deos que eu tenha tido, God grant 

that I may have had. 
Queyra Deos que tu tenhas tido, God grant 

that thou mayft have had. 
Queyra Deos que elle tenha tido, God grant 

that he may have had. 
.Queyra Deos que nos tenhamos tido, God 

grant that we may have had. 
Queyra Deos que vos tenhays tido, God grant 

that ye may have had. 
Queyra Deos que elles tenham tido, God 

grant that they may have had. 

Preterpluperfeft 'Tenfe. 

Prouvera Deos que tivera ou tivefle eu tido, 
would to God I had had. 

Prouvera Deos que tiveras ou tivefles tu ti- 
do, would to God thou hadft had. 

Prouvera Deos que tivera ou tivefle elle tido, 
would to God he had had. 

Prouvera Deos que tiveramos ou tiveflemos 
nos tido, would to God we had had. 

Prouvera Deos que tivereys, ou tivefleys vos 
tido, would to God ye had had. 

Prouvera Deos que tiveram ou tiveflem elles 

tido, would to God they had had. 

Rrfi 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 53 

Firft Future Tenfe. 

. + Quando eu tiver, when 1 Jhall have. 
.I?) Quando tu tiveres, when tboujhalt have. 
C Quando elle tiver, when be /hall have. 

. f Quando nos tivermos, when wejhall have, 
4! < Quando vos tiverdes, wbenye fhall have. 
^ C Quando elles tiverem, when they floall have. 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Quando eu tiver tido, when IJhallbave had. 
Quando tu tiveres tido, when tbou (halt have 

bad. 
Quando elle tiver tido, when be Jhatt have 

bad. 
.Quando nos tivermos tido, when we Jhall 

have bad. 
Quando vos tiverdes tido, wbenye Jhall have 

bad. 

Quando elles tiverera tido, when they Jhall 
to have bad. 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent lenfe. 
Ter, to have. 

Preterperfetl fenfe. 
Ter tido, to have had. 

Future Tenfe. 

Aver de ter (to Jhall or will have, to be to have) 
to have hereafter, 

E Gerund 



J4 Gramtnatica Angh-Lufitanica; 

Gerund. 
Tendo, in. having ; de ter, of having. 

Participle Prefent. 

Em ter, having ; o cpe tern, he that has. 
Participle PreterperfecJ. 

Tido, tida, having bad; o que ha tido, be that, 
has had. 

Participle Future. 

o que ha de ter, o que efpera de ter, he that is to 
have, or hopes to have. 

Obfervations on the Verb Ey and Tenho. 
The Verb Ey has one Irregularity peculiar to 
itfelf, and not to be found in other Verbs, which 
is, that in all Moods, Tenfes, and Perfons of the 
Singular Number, it ferves Nouns both Singu- 
lar and Plural; e. g. ha hum anno, it is a Year; 
ba muitos annos, it is many Years; avia hum anno, 
&? avia muitos annos, as the French fay, ily a un 
an, ^ ily aplufieurs annees, which is alfo a ufual 
Way of exprelfing themfelves in the Spanifh 
Language. 

This Verb is made, ufe of in all Moods, Ten- 
fes, and Perfons, with the Addition of the Par- 
ticle de, with the Prefent and Imperfect of the 
Verb Subftantive Sou and Eftou; as ey defer, a- 
mar, ler, I fhall be, love, read ; avia de fer, a- 
mar, ler, and ouve defer, amar, ler. The Verb 
"Tenho in this Form is improper, altho 5 elegant 
enough in Spanijh ; for the Portuguefe do not fay 
tenho de amar, ler, efcrever ; but the Spaniards fay 
properly enough tengo de an ir, ler, efcrivir, I am 
to love, read, write, &c. 

The 



Grammatka Anglo-L,ujitanica. 55 

The Particle me is alfo fometimes added, and 
muft always be placed before the Particle de\ as 
ha me de cuftar, it will coft me , ba me de dar, he 
lhall give me ; it being improper to fay ba de me 
dar, ha de me cuftar, &c. 

The Verb Ey is alfo often ufed with the Particle 
4e 9 and the Infinitive of the Verb Sou, that is,/*r, 
join'd with the Participle Preterperfect of any Verb 
in the Paflive Voice, e.g. ey de fer amado, I am to 
be loved i ey defer lido, ouvido, &c. I am to be 
read, heard ; fo avia de fer amado, lido, ouvido, 
and fo thro' all the Numbers and Perfons. 

The Verb Ey in Paflive Voice is always put 
before the Infinitive fer; as ey defer, avia defer* 
&c, but in the Active Voice it is not only put 
before the Verb to which it is join'd, but fome- 
times after -, as fe tnefzerdes a vontdde, deyxdr vos 
ey for meu erdeyro, if you pleafe me, I will make 
you my Heir ; fe fordes obedient e a vojjbs pays, far- 
ms ba Deos muytas merces, if you are obedient to 
your Parents, God will bellow many Bleffings 
on you. 

The Word quve, I had, he had, the firft or 
third Perfon in Singular of the firft Preterperfe<ft 
Tenfe of the Verb Ey, is the fame with ouve, the 
third Perfon Singular Prefent Indicative of the 
Verb oufo, I hear, which muft be diftinguifh'd 
by Experience. "I 

The Verb Tenho, I have, is often join'd with 
Verbs Active and Neuter, not in all the Tenfes, 
only the Preterperfect and Preter pluperfect of the 
Indicative, Optative, and Subjun&ive Moods \ as 
alfo in the Futures Perfect of the Indicative and 
Conjunctive. Examples ; tenho amado, I have 
loved ; tivera (tinha) amado, I had lov'd ; prou- 
vera Deos que tivera eu amado, would to God I had 
lov'd ; tendo amado, having lov'd ; ter amado, to 
E 4 have 



5 6 Qrammatica Anglo-Lufitanka. 

have loved; euterey amado, I fhall have loved; 
quando eu river amado, when I lhall have loved. T 

The Verb Tenbo is auxiliary to other Verbs 
through all its Moods and Tenfes, only in an Ac- 
tive Senfe, with the Addition of a Participle 
Preterperfect Tenfe of the faid Verb ; as tenbo 
amado, I have loved; fens, tern amado, lido, ou* 
iJido, loved, read, heard; tinha, I had, tinhas, 
tinha amado, lido, ouvido, &c. And note, That 
the three auxiliary Verbs, fou, ey, and tenbo, are 
i often auxiliary to one another , as ey defer, I fhall 
be ; tenbo Jldo, I have been ; tenbo avido, I have 
had ; and fometimes the fame Verb is auxiliary to 
itfelf ; as ey de aver, I fhall or am to have; tenbo 
tido, I have had, &c. but is not well join'd with 
all Participles of the Active Voice; for it would 
be improper to fay tenho podido, I have been able ; 
or tenho qtterido, I have defired ; tenbo rido, I have 
laugh'd ; tenho abborrecido ; I have abhorred , for 
ey podido, querido, rido, abborrecido, becaufe the 
Verb tenbo doth not fquare with. the Signification 
of all Verbs, of which Experience will be the beft 
Informer. 

Note, That the Verbs which admit not of the 
auxiliary Verb tenbo, are generally of the fecond 
or third Conjugation, and thoferare; it is join'd 
with all of the firft Conjugation, excepting the 
Verb ma tar, to kill ; for it would be improper to 
lay tenbo matado, but rather tenho morto, I have 
killed. 

^ The Imperfect Tenfe of the Verb tenbo, tin- 
ba, I had, is exactly exprcfs'd as the Word tin- 
ha, a Scald Head : Tinha is alfo both the firft 
and third Perfon Singular of the Imperfect In- 
dicative Mood ; the third Perfon Singular of 
the Indicative Prefent equivocates with the third 
in the Plural ; thus you write, ellctem, fc? elles 

tern, 



Grammatica Anglo-Luptanica, 57 

tern* he has and they have. Likewife the Verb 
ponbo, I put, is in the third Perfon Singular 
elk poem ; and in the third Perfon Plural of the 
Indicative Prefent you fay elks poem, they put. 
The Verb foy equivocates alfo in the firft Per- 
fon Singular of the Imperfect Indicative with 
the third Perfon Singular ; as eu era, & elle 
era, I was and he was ; fo you fay eu tivera &? 
tile tivera, ,all which is eafily learnt by Expe- 
rience, and the Senfe the Words Hand in. 

CHAP. XII. 

Of the Verbs Sou and Eftou, 1 am. 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

Eufou, eftou, I am^- 
Tues, eftas, tbouart. 
Elle he, efta, be is.' 
Nos fomos, eftamos, we are. 
Vos foys, eft|ys, ye are. - 
Elles fam, eftam, they are. 

Imperfeff Tenfe. 

.,.) 

Eu era, eftava, I was. 

Tu eras,, eftavas, tbou waft* 

Elle era, eftava, be was. 
\ rNoseramos, eftavamos, we were. .... 

^ \ Vos ereys, eftaveys, ye were. 
^ 'Elles eram, eftavam, tbey were. 

Firft Prtterperfeft Tenfe 

. c Eu foy, eftive, / have been. 

IfxTufofte, cftivefte, thou baft been. 

vElle foy, efteve, be has been. \ 

^ rNos fomos, eftivemos, we have been. 
^ < Vos foftes, eftiveftes, ye bave been. 
V/ ' Elles foram, eftiveram, tbey bave been. 

Second 



5& Grammatka Anglo- Lufitanica. 

Second P erf eft. 

. f Eu tenho fido, ou eftado, I have been. >- 
.|f < Tu tens fido, ou eftado, thou haft been. 
00 ' Elle tern fido, ou eftado, he has been. 
Nos temos fido, ou eftado, we have been. 
V6s tendes fido, ou eftado, ye have been~- 
Elles tern fido, ou eftado, they have been. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

. f Eu *. tinha fido, eftado, I had been. 
. s Tu tinhas fido, eftado, thou hadft been. 
03 'Elle tinha fido, eftado, he had been. 

. f Nos t^nhamos fido, eftado, we had been^ 
^ j V6s tinheys fido, eftado, ye had been. 
^ C. EUes tinham fido, eftado, they had been. 

m 

Future ImperfeR. 

. f Eu ferey, eftarey, I/hall or will be. 
, \ Tu feras, eftaras, thoujhalt or wilt be. 
^ CElle fera, eftara, hejhallar will be. 
^ f N6s feremos, eftaremos, we Jhall or will be* 
^ < V6s ferey s, eftarey s, ye Jhall or will be. 
^ lEHesferam, eftaram, they Jhall or will be. 

Future Perfeff. 
.Ja entam eu terey fido, ou eftado, I Jhall 

then already have been. 
Ja entam tu teras fido, ou. eftado, thoujhalt 



sr 

CO 



then already have been, 



Ja entam elle tera fido, ou eftado, he Jhall 

then already have been. 
Ja entam nos teremos fido, ou eftado, we 

Jhall then already have been 
Ja entam vos terey s fido, ou eftado, ye Jhall 

then already have been. 
Ja entam elles teram fido, ou eftado, they 

Jhall then already have been. 

* Seme ufe fora &ej}i e uera,foras, eftiveras, &C. for the Plu- 
pcrfeft tenbojido, which however is not fo proper. 

5 Impe- 



Grammatlca Anglo- Lufitanlca. 



Imperative Mood. Firjl Tenfe. 

Has no firft Perfon. 
Se tu, efta, be tbou. 
( ' Seja elle, efteja, behe, or let him be. 

Sejamos nos, eftejamos, let us be. 
ISedevos, eftay, be ye. 

Sejam elles, eftejam, let them be. 

Second Tenfe. 

, r Has no fiifl Perfon. 
a |f JSeras tu, eftaras, thoujhalt be, or be 
^ C Sera elle, eftara, he/hall be, or be be. 

. rSeremosnos, eftaremos, wejhallbe. 
^ <Sereys vos, eftareys, ye Jhall be, or be ye. 
^ ISeramclles, eftaram, they {hall be ^ or be they* 



Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

Oxala feja eu, ou efteja, ivijh to God I map 

be. 
Oxala fejas tu, ou eftejas, wi/h to God tbou. 

mayft be. 

Oxala feja elle, ou efteja, wijb to God he may 
* be. 
^ Oxala fejamos nos, ou eftejamos, wijh to God 

we may be. 
Oxala fejays vos, ou cftejays, wijh to God ye 

may be. 

Oxala feja m elles, ou eftejam } wijh to God 
*" they may be. 



Imperfed 



, Grammaika Angk-Lufttamcd. 

ImperfeR Tenfe. 

Oxala fora eu ou fofTe, eftivera ou eftivefTe, 

would to God I were. 
Oxala foras tu ou foffes, eftiveras ou eftivefles, 

would to God thou werf. 
Oxala fora elle ou fofie, eftivera ou eftivefle, 

would to God be were. 
Oxala foramos nos ou foffemos, eftiveramos 

ou eftiveffemos, would to God we were. 
Oxala foreys vos ou fofleys, eftivercys ou 

eftiveffeis, would to God ye were. 
Oxala foram elles ou foflem, eftiveram ou 

eftivefTem, would to God they were. 

$be Uncertain Tenfe. 

E^u feria, eftaria, / might b$. 

Tu ferias, eftarias, thou migbtft be. 
00 C Elle feria, eftaria, be might be. 

r Nos fenamos, efteriamos, we might be. 
< Vos ferieys, eftarieys, ye might be. 
C Elles feriam, eftariam, they might be. 

Preterperfeft fenfe. 

Queyra Deos que eu tenha fido eftado, God 

grant I may have been. 
Queyra Deos que tu tcnhas fido eftado, God 

grant that thou may ft have been. 
Queyra Deos que elle tenha fido eftado, God 

grant that be may have been. 
Queyra Deos que nos tenhamos fido cftado ? 

God grant that we may have been. 
Queyra Deos que vos tenheys, fido eftado, God 

grant ye may have been. 
Queyra Deos que elles tenham fido eftado, 

God grant that they may have been. 

Pre- 



Grammatica Angh-Lufeanica,. 6 i 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 
.Prouveyra Decs que eu ouvera, ouvefle fido 

would to God that I had been. 
Prouveyra Deos que tu ouveras, ouveffes fi- 

do, would to God that thou hadft keen. 
Prouveyra Deos que elle ouvera, ouvefle fi- 

do, would to God that he had been. 
Prouveyra Deos que nos ouveramos, ouvefle- 

mos fido, would to God that we had been. 
Prouveyra Deos que vos ouvereys, ouvefTeys 

fido, would to God that ye had been. 
Prouveyra Deos que elles ouveram, ouvefiem 

fido, weuld to God that they had been. 

, Firfl Future Tenfe. 
Quando, praza a Deos que eu for, eftiver, 

when orpleafe God IJhallormaybe hereafter. 
Quando, praza a Deos que tu fores, eftiveres, 

when orpleafe God thou fo alt ormay be hereafter. 

Quando, praza a Deos que elle for, eftiver, 

L when orpleafe God hejhall or may be hereafter. 

-Quando, praza a Deos que nos formos, efti- 

vermos, when or pleafe God wejhatt or may 

be hereafter. 
Quando, praza a Deos que vos fordes, efti- 

Verdes, when or pleafe God yejhatt or may 

be hereafter. 
Quando, praza a. Deos que elles forem, efti- 

verem, when orpleafe God theyjhatt or may 

be hereafter. 

Second Future Fenfe. 

Quando eu tiver fido, ou eftado, when I 
Jhall have been. 



1 Quando tu tiveres fido, ou eftado, when thou. 
Jhalt have been. 

I Quando elle tiver fido, ou eftado, when he 
Jhall have been. 

Plur, 



$2 Grammattca Angh-Lufitanica. - 

.Quando nos tivermosfido, ou eftado, when, 

we {hall have been. 
Quando vos tiverdes fido, ou eftado, when 

yejhatt have been. 

Quando elles tiverem fido, ou eftado, wheti 
L they Jhall have been. 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 
Ser, eftar, to be. 

PreterperfeB Tenfe. 
Aver fido, eftado, to have been. 

Future. 
Aver de fer, eftar, to be hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Sendo, eftando, in having j de fer, eftar, of having. 

Supine. 
a fer, eftar, 6? pera fer, eftar, to be. 

Participle Prefent. 

Em fer> eftar, being ; o quehe,efta, one (he} that is. 
Participle Perfetl. 

Sido> eftado, having been , o que ha fido, eftado, 
he (one} that has been. 

Participle Future. 

o que ha, ou efpera de fer, ou eftar, he (one) that 
is or hopes to be. 

Obfer- 



i&rammatica Angh-LuJitanica. 63 

Obfervations on the Verb ?tf, I am. 

The Verb&?, I am, is exactly exprefs'd and 
pronounced in the Preterperfect Tcnfe, like the 
Verb vou, I go, by the Word eufuy in both, for 
I have been and I went ; only with this Diftinction, 
that the Preterperfect Tenfe of the Verb vou, I 
go, is always followed by a Subftantive of Place 
and Motion : As for Example, fuy a Roma, I 
went to Rome -, fuy a Londres^ I went to Lon- 
don ; and fometimes with an Adjective adjoined ; as 
fuyafamofa Roma, f went to famous Rome. Some- 
times follows a Verb of the Infinitive Mood ; as 
fuy ver, fuy ler, I went to fee, I went to read ; 
but the Preterperfect Tenfe of the Verb Sou hath 
always a Subftantive or Adjective following it, 
and fignifies no Motion -, e. g. fuy bom eftudiante^ 
I have been a good Student ; Lijboa foy fondada 
for Uliffes, Lifbon was founded by UlyfTes, &c. 
See the Verb vou t I go.. 

Befidesthefc Equivocations, there are alfo many 
others of the like Nature, v. g. the third Perfon 
of the Prefent Tenfe of the Indicative Mood of 
the Verbfou, fam, they are, is written and pro- 
nounc'd as the Word fam, well or found ; era> I 
or he was, and era, an Ivy-tree , eras, thou waft, 
and eras, Ivy-trees ; oufara, I might be, and,/0ra, 
without *, foram, they might have been, and/0- 
rdm, a Ferret, diftinguim'd only by the Accent \ 
Jeram, they mail be, and feram,. the Beginning 
of the Night ; fe tu, be thou, and /*, himfelf ; 
fede vat) be 'ye, zndfede, Thirft ; tut/las, thou art, 
and eft as * thefe ; ejta, he is, and efta, this; which 
Words are to be diftinguim'd by the Accent, or 
Connexion of the Difcourfe. 

CHAP. 



#4 Grammatka Anglo-Lufitanka. 

CHAP. XIII. 

Of the Regular Verbs, and their three Cori- 
jugations. 

The Firft Conjugation in ar. 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

* r Eu amo, 1 love. 
.|jTu amas, tbou loveft. 
CElIe a ma, be loveth. 
Nos amamos, we love. 
V6s amays, ye love. 
Elles amam, they love. 

Imperfeft Venfe. 

Eu amava, 7 loved or did love. 

Tu amavas, tbou lovedjl or didft love* 
t Elle amava, be loved or did love. 
^ r Nos amavamos, we loved or did love. 
^ \ V6s amays, ye loved or did love. 
^ C EJJes amavam, they loved or did love, 

Firft Preterperfett Tenfe. 

. r Eu amey, / have loved. ~ 
.| < Tu amafte, thou baft loved. 

5 C Elle amou, be bath loved. 

. ^Nos amemos, we have loved, 
^ J Vos amaftes, ye have loved. 
^ C Elles amaram, they have loved. 



. r 

-S \ 
** C 



Second Preterperfeft Tenfe. 

Eu tenho amado, / have loved. 
Tu tens amado, tbou haft loved. 
Elle tern amado, he has loved. 



Qrammatica Anglo-Lufitanka. 65 

. rNos temos amado, we bave loved. 
\ Vos tendcs amado, ye bave loved. 
^ L EJles tern amado, they bave loved. 

PreterpliiperfeR Tenfe. 



Eu * tinha amado, 1 bad loved. 
s 
3 ' Elle tinha amado, be bad loved. 



. r 
. s 

3 ' 



s Tu tinhas amado, tbou hadft loved. 



r 
\ 
' 



Nos tinhamos amado^ we bad loved. 
Vos tinheys amado, ye bad loved. 
Elles tmham amado, tbey bad loved. 

Future Imperfeft Ttnfe. 



. r Eu amarey, IJhall or will love. 
.** < Tu amaras, tboujhalt or wilt love. 

C Elle amara, bejhall or will love. 
^ f Nos amaremos, we Jhall or will love. 
^? \ Vos amareys, ye Jhall or will love. 
' Elles amaram, they Jhall or will love. 

Future Perfeft Tenfe. 

Ja entam eu terey amado, IJhall then bave 

loved. 
Ja entam tu teras amado, tboujhalt then bave 

loved. 
Ja entam elle.tera amado, bejhall tben bave 

loved. 

Ja entam nos teremos amado, we Jhall tben 
1 bave loved. 
[a entam vos tereys amado, ye Jhall then 

have loved. 
[a entam elles teram amado, they Jhall then 

bave loved. 

* Some ufe amara, amaras, amara, &c. for the Prefer - 
pluperfeft, which by the beft Criticks is judged an Impro- 
priety, it being the Imperfeft of the Optative Mood. 

F Imperative 



66 Grammatica Anglo-LuJitanica} 



Imperative Mood. Firji Tcnfe. 

Has nofirft P erf on. 
A ma tu, love tbou. 
Ame elle, let him love. 
Amcmosnos, let us love. 
A may vos, love ye. 
Amem clles, let them love. 

Second Fenfe. 

Has nofrft Perfon. 
Amaras tu, thoujhalt love. 
Amara elle, heJhaH love. 
Amaremos, nos, wejhall love. 
Amareys vos, yejhall love. 
Amaram elles, they Jhall love* 



Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. ^ Oxala ame eu, Iwijb I may love. 
.* ^Oxala ames tu, Iwifh tbou may ft love. 
cOxala ame elle, 7 wi/b he may love. 

Oxala amemos nos, Iwijh we may love. 

Oxala ameys vos, Iwijhye may love. 

Oxala a mem elles, Iwijh they may love. 

Imperfeft Fenfe. 

Oxala amara, ou amaffe eu, would I might 

or could love. 
Oxala amaras, ou amafles tu, would tbou 

mighteft or couldft love, 
Oxala amara, ou amaffe elle, would be migbt 

or could love. 

i Plur. 



Grammatlca Angh-Lufitanica. 67 

Oxala amaramos, ou amafiemos nos, would 

we might or cotfd love. 
Oxala amareys, ou amaffeys vos, would ye 

might or cotfd love. 
Oxala amaram, ou amafTem elles, would 

they might or coud love. 

Uncertain 'Tenfe. 

. r Eu amaria, I might love. 
-1^ Tu amarias, thou mightft love. 
03 C Elle amaria, be might love. 

. c Nos amariamos, we might love. 
<! < Vos amaricys, ye might love. 
*** t EUcs amariam, they might love. 

PreterperfeSf Tcnfc. 



W 
* 



Queyra Deos que tenha eu amado, God grant 

that I may have loved. 
Queyra Deos que tenhas tu amado, Gvd grant 

that thou mayft have loved. 
Queyra Deos que tenha elle amado, Godgrant 

that he may have loved. 
Queyra Deos que tenhamos nos amado, God 

grant that we may have loved. 
Queyra Deos que ten hays vos amado, God 

grant that ye may have loved. 
Queyra Deos que tenham elies amado, God 

grant that they may have loved. 

Preterpluperfecf Tenfe. 

Prouveyra Deos que tivera ou tivefle eu ama- 
do, would to God that I had loved. 

Proveyra Deos que tiveras ou tivefTes tu a- 
mado, would to God that thou badft loved. 

Prouveyra Deos que tivera ou tivefife elle a- 
mado, would to God he had loved. 

F 2 Plur. 



68 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitantcd. 

^Prouveyra Deos que tiveramos ou tiveflemos 
nos amado, would to God that we bad loved. 
: Prouveyra Deos que tivereys ou tiveffeys 
vos amado, would to God that ye had loved. 
Prouveyra Deos que tiveram ou tiveffem elles 
amado, would to God that they had loved. 

Firft Future. 

, r Quando eu amar, when IJhall or will love. 

-S 3 Quando tu amares, when thou/halt or wilt love. 

C Quando elle amar, when bejhall or will love. 

f Qy an< ^ n ^ s amarmos, when wejhallorwilllove. 

^ ^ Quando vos amardes, when ye Jhall or will love. 

^ C Quandoellesamarem, whentheyjhallorwilllove. 

Second Future. 

Quando eu tiver amado, when I /hall or will 

have loved. 
Quando tu tiveres amado, when thou/halt or 

wilt have loved. 
Quando elle tiver amado, when he /hall or 

will have loved. 
^Quandb nos ttvermos amado, when we Jhall 

or will have loved. 
Quando vos tiverdes amado, when ye Jhall or 

will have loved. 

Quando elles tiverem amado, when they Jhall 
*" or will have loved. 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 
Amar, to love. 

Preterperfeft Tenfe. 
Ter amado, to have loved. 

Future 



Grammattca Angh-Lufoamcai 69 

Future Tenfe. 

Ter de amar, ou efperar de amar (to have to love, 
to hope to love) to love hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Amando, in loving ; and de amar, of loving. 

Supine. 
a amar, ou pera amar, to love. 

Participle Prefent. 

Amante, loving ; o que ama, be (or one) that loves. 
Participle Perfect. 

Amado, having lov'd ; o que ha amado, be (or 
one) that has lov'd. 

Participle Future. 

O que ha de amar, ou efpera de amar, be (or one) 
that is to love, or hopes to love. 



The Firft Conjugation in the Paffive Voice. 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 
. r Eu fou amado, / am lov'd. 
.| ) Tu es amado, tbou art lov'd. 
^ C El]e he amado, be is lov'd. 
j. f Nos fomos amados, we are lov'd. 
j5 S V6s foys amados, ye are lov'd. 
- ' Elles fam amados, they are lov'd. 

Imperfett 'Tenfe. 

. f Eu era amado, I was loved. 
.5 < Tu eras amado, tbou wert loved. 
3 I Elle era amado, be was loved. 

F 3 Pfar. 



70 Grammatica Anglo-Lufoanica, 
. f N6s eramos amados, we were loved* 
.-2 < Vos ereys amados, ye were loved. 
^ C Elles eram amados, they were loved. 

PreterferfeR Tenfe. 

Eu fuy amado, I have been loved. 

Tu fofte amado, tbou haft been loved. 

EJle foy amado, be has been loved. 
r Nos fomos amados, we have been loved. 
\ Vos foftes amados, ye have been loved. 
' Elles foram amados, //6^y ^-u^ been loved. 



Thefe three Tenfes may fuffice to mew how the 
Verb Paflive is conjugated, which confifts in this, 
that you conjugate the Verb Subftantive Sou thro* 
ail the Moods and Tenfes, adding the Participle 
of the Perfect Tenfe of the Verb to it ; as amadd y 
lido, ouvido, which in the Plural Number are put 
in 0j, or in as if of the Feminine Gender -, thus 
you fay, os homens fam amados, the Men are be- 
loved ; a s mulheres fam amadas, the Women are 
beloved. 

Note, If you fpeak but to one Perfon, you put 
rhe Verb/?# in Plural, but the Participle in 
Singular -, as digo a Voffe que foys amado , amada^ 
lido, lida^ fcf ouvido, ouvida, I tell you, Sir, 
or Madam, that you are beloved, read, 
and heard ; for the Plural, or when you fpeak 
to more than one Perfon, you fay, e. g. digo 
a Voffes que foys amados^ amadas, lidos JJidas, &? 
ouvidos, ouvidas, I tell you (to Men or Wo- 
men) that you are beloved, read, and heard. 



Example 



Grammatlca Anglo-Luptanlca. 



Example of the Second Conjugation in er. 
Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

Eu Icyo, I read. 
Tu les, thou readeft. 
Elle le, be reads. 
Nos lemos, we read. 
V6s ledes, ye read. 
Elles lem, they read. 

Imperfeft Tenfe. 

Eu lia, / read or did read. 
Tu Has, thou readeft or didft read. 
Elle lia, he read or did read. 
Nos liamos, we read or did read. 
V6s lieys, ye read or did read. 
Elles liam, flsey read or did read* 

Firft Prcterperfeff Tenfe. 

Eu H, / read. 

Tu lefte, thou readeft. 
lElle leo, he read. 

Nos lemos, we read. 
\ Vos leftes, ye read. 

. Elles leram, they read. 

Second Preterperfect Tenff. 

rEu tenho lido, I have read. 
J Tu tens lido, thou haft read. 
L Elle tern lido, be has read. 
f-N6s temos lido, we have read. 
) Vos tendes lido, ye have read. 
I Elles tern lido, they have read. 

F 4 Prefer- 



72 Grammatka Angk-Lufitanica. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

. e Eu * tinha lido, / had read. 
.*fi Tu tmhas lido, thou badft read. 
0/3 t Elle tin ha lido, be bad read. 

. r Nos tinhamos lido, we bad read. 
. \ Vos tinheys lido, ye bad read. 
"< t Elles tmham lido, they bad read. 

Future Imperfeff Tenfe. 

. r Eu lerey, IJhatt or will read. 
-I} Tu leras, tboujhalt or wilt read. 
^ L Elle lera, hejhall or will read. 
^ r^ Nos leremos, we /hall or will read. 
^. < Vos lereys, yejhall or will read. 
^ i. Elles Icram, they Jhatt or will read. 



id 

'xi \ I 
S^j J 
*** < 

OQ 1 

u 



Future Perfett Tenfe. 

Ja entam eu terey lido, I then Jhatt have read. 
~a entam tu teras lido, tbou then /halt have 

read. 

a entam elle tera lido, be thenjhall have read. 
r Ja entam nos teremos lido, we then JhaU 

have read. 

Ja entam vos tereys l\do,ye thenjhall have read. 
Ja entam elles teram lido, they then JhaU 
have read. 



Imperative Mood. Firft Tenff. 

Has no firjl Perfon. 

Le tu, read tbou. 

Leya elle, let him read, read be. 

Leyamos nos, let us read. 

Lede vos, read ye. 

Leyam elles, let them read. 

* Some exprefs the Preterpluperfeft by /era, leras, lera, &c. 
tho' improperlj', it being the Imperfeft of the Optative Mood. 

Second 



Grammatlca Angh-Lufitanica. 73 

Second Tenfe. 

. rHas nofirft Perfon. 
.|)Lerastu, thoujhalt read. 

3 CLcra elle, hejhall read. 
^ r Leremos nos, we Jhall read. 
-5 ^Lereys vos, ye Jhall read. 
^ CLeram elles, they Jhall yead. 

Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. r Oxala leya eu, would to God I may read. 
.|?< Oxala leyas tu, would to God thou mayjl read. 

3 { Oxala leya elle, would to God he may read. 

^ r Oxala ley amos nos, would to God we may read. 
-5 \ Oxala leyas vos, would to God ye may read. 
^ C Oxala ley am elles, would to God they may read. 

Imperfeft Tenfe. 

Oxala lera, ou lefle eu, would 1 might or could 

read. 
Oxala leras tu, ou lefles tu, would thoumightjl 

or couldft read. 

Oxala lera elle, ou lefle elle, would he might 
*" or could read. 
f Oxala leramos nos, ou leflemos nos, would 

we might or could read. 
Oxala lereys vos, ou lefleys vos, would ye 

might or could read. 

Oxala leram elles, ou leflem elles, would 
w they might or could read. 

Preterperfeft Tenfe. 

Queyra Deos que tenha eu lido, God grant 

that I have or may have read. 
Queyra Deos que tenhas tu lido, God grant 

that thou haft or may ft have read. 
Queyra Deos que tenha elle lido, God grant 

that be hath or may have read. 

Plur. 



feo 



74 Grammatlca Angk-Lufoanica. 

r Queyra Deos que tenhamos nos lido, God 
grant that we have or may have read. 

Queyra Deos que tenhays vos lido, God 
grant that ye have or may have read. 

Queyra Deos que tenham elles lido, God 
grant that they have or may have read. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

p Prouvera a Deos que tivera ou tivefie eu Ifdo, 
would to God I had read. 

Prouvera a Deos que tiveras ou tivefles tu li- 
do, would to God thou hadft read. 

Prouvera a Deos que tivera ou tivefie elle 
lido, would to God he had read. 

Prouvera a Deos que tiveramos ou tivefie- 
mos nos lido, would to God we had read. 

Prouvera a Deos que tivereys ou tivefieys vos 
lido, would to God ye had read. 

Prouvera a Deos que tiveram ou tiveflem el- 

' les lido, would to God they had read. 

Firft Future Tenfe. 

. r Quando eu ler, when I Jhall read. 
,| \ Quando tu leres, when thou /halt read. 
* C Quando elle ler, when he Jhall read. 

- C Quando nos lermos, when we Jhall read. 
_ < Quando vos lerdes, when ye Jhall read. 
^ 'Quando elles lerem, when they Jhall read. 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Quando eu tiver lido, when or pleafe God 1 

Jhall have read. 
Quando tu tiveres lido, when or pleafe God 

thoujhalt have read. 
Quando elle tiver lido, when or pleafe God 

hejliall have read. 

Plur. 



Grammatka Angh-Lufeanlca. 75 

, Quando nos tivermos lido, when or pleafe 

God wejhall have read. 
Quando vos teverdes lido, when or pleafe 

Godyejhall have read. 
Quando elles tiverem lido, when or pleafe 

God they jhall have ready 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent fenfe. 

Ler, to read. 
Preterperfeft Tenfe. 
Tcr lido, to have read. 
Future. 

Aver de ler, ou efperar de ler, (to be or to have 
to read) to hope to read, or to read hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Lendo, in reading^ and de ler,, of reading, 

Supine. 
a ler, on pera ler, to read. 

Participle Prefent. 

Lente, reading ; ou que le, he (one) that readeth. 
Participle Perfeff. 

Lido, having read; o que ha lido, he (one) that 
has read. 

Participle Future. 

O que ha de ler, ou efpera de ler, he (one) that 
is to read or hopes to read. 

The 



76 Grammatica Anglo- Lttfitanica. 

The Pafiive Voice of the Verb ler, to read, is 
alfo formed by conjugating the Vcrbfer to be, 
thro' all its Moods and Tenfes, and adding the 
Participle //W0,f read, to it ; which in the three 
Perfons in Singular remains lido, and in Plural is 
lidos ; as eu fou lido, tu es lido, elle he lido ; nos fomos 
lidos, vos foys lidos, elles fam lidos : Thus in Im- 
perfect, eu era lido \ in Perfect, fuy lido ; Preter- 
pluperfecl, fora lido ; and in Future, ferey lido ; 
and fo thro* all the Moods and Tenfes, as we 
obferv'd above of the Verb amo. 



An Example of the Third Conjugation, in ir. 
Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. c Eu oufo, / hear. 
.I?* Tu ouves, thou heareft. 

10 ' Elle ouve, he heareth. 

. c Nos ouvimos, we hear. 
^ s V6s ouvieys, ye hear. 
^ C Elles ouvem, they hear, 

ImperfeR Tenfe. 



. * 
^ -) 



r Eu ouvia, / heard or did hear. 

% Tu ouvias, thou heardft or didft hear. 

'Elle ouvia, he heard or did hear. 

Nos ouviamos, we heard or did hear. 

Vos ouvieys, ye heard or did hear. 
C Elles ouviam, they heard or did hear. 

Firft PreterperfeR Tenfe. 

Eu ouvf, / have beard. 
Tu ouvifte, thou haft beard. 
Elle ourio, be has heard. 

Plur. 



GrammaticaAngk-LuJltanica. 77 

^ r N6s ouvimos, we have heard. 
.$ < Vos ouviftes, ye have heard. 
^ CElles ouviram, they have heard. 

Second Preterperfeft tfenfc. 

. r Eu tenho ouvido, / have heard. 
-1 \ Tu tens ouvido, thou baft heard. 
~ C Elle tem ouvido, he has heard. 
^ r Nos temos ouvido, we have heard. 
a! i V s ten< ^ es ouvido, ye have heard. 
CElles tem ouvido, they have heard. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

. rEu * tin ha ouvido, I had heard. 
,|< Tu tin has ouvido, thou hadft heard. 
00 C Elle tinha ouvido, he had heard. 

. rNos tinhamos ouvido, we had heard. 
^ \ V6s tinheys ouvido, ye had heard. 
^ C Elles tinham ouvido, they had heard. 

Future Imperfeft Tenfe. 

r Eu ouvirey, 1 Jhall or will hear. 
^\ Tu ouviras, thou /halt or wilt hear. 
^ CElle ouvira, he Jhall or will hear. 

. r Nos ouviremos, , we Jhall or will hear. 
js ) Vos ouvirey s, ye Jhall or will hear. 
^ CElles ouviram, they Jf jail or will hear. 

Future Perfeft. 

Ja entam eu terey ouvido, I Jhall then have 

heard. 
Ja entam tu teras ouvido, thoujhalt then have 

heard. 
Ja entam elle tera ouvido, heftall then have 

beard. 



* Some exprefs the Preterpluperfeft by ouvira, 
ouvera, &c. the Imperfect of the Optative, which the bell 
Criticks find fault with. 

Plur. 



7 ^ Grammattca Angh-LuJitamca. 

r ja entam nos teremos ouvido, we Jhall then 

have beard. 
Ja entam vos tereys ouvido, ye Jhall then 

have beard. 

Ja entam elles teram ouvido, they Jhall then 
have heard. 

Imperative Mood. The Firjt Tenfe. 
. cHas nofirjt Perfon. 
je<Ouve tu, hear thou. 
' Ouve elle, let him hear. 

. r Oufamos nos, let us bear. 
4? ^Ouvi vos, hear ye. 
* I Oiifarn elles, let them bear. 
The Second Tenfe. 

, fHas nofirji Perfon. 
JS} Ouviras tu, thoujhalt hear. 
03 I Ouvira elle, he Jhall hear. 

. rOuviremos nos, we Jhall hear. 
^ < Ouvireys vos, ye /hall hear. 
^ COuviram elles, they Jhall hear. 

Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. r Oxala oufa eu, would I may hear. 
,.) Oxala dufas tu, would thou mayft hear. 
00 C Oxala oufa elle, would he may hear. 

. r Oxala oufamos nos, would we may hear. 
. i Oxala du9ays vos, would ye may hear. 
P" C Oxala ouf am elles, would they may hear. 

Imperfeft Tenfe. 

Oxala ouvira ou ouvifle eu, would 1 might or 

could hear. 
Oxala ouviras ou ouvifles tu, would thou 

mightjt or couldjl hear. 
Oxala ouvira ou ouvifle elle, would he might 

or could hear, 

Plur. 



Grammatica Anglo- Lujitamca, 79 

Oxala ouviramos ou ouviflemos nos, would 

we might or could hear. 
Oxala ouvireys ou onviffeys vos, 'would ye 

might or could hear. 
Oxala ouviram ou ouviffem elles, would 

they might or could hear. 

The Uncertain Tenfe. 

. r Eu ouveria, / might hear. 
. < Tu ouverias, thou mightft hear. 
60 ' Elle ouveria, he might hear. 

^ f Nos ouveriamos, we might hear. 
: j Vos ouverieys, ye might hear. 
0-1 ' Elles ouveriam, they might bear. 

Preterperfeft Tenfe. 

Queyra Deos que tenha eu ouvido, God grant 

that I have beard. 
Queyra Deos que tenhas tu ouvido, God. 

grant that thou haft heard. 
Queyra Deos que tenha elle ouvido, God 

grant that he hath heard. 
^Queyra Deos que renhamos nos ouvido, God 

grant that we have heard. 
Queyra Deos que tenhays vos ouvido, God 

grant that ye have heard. 
Queyra Deos que tenham elles ouvido, God 

grant that they have beard. 



Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

f-Prouvera Deos que tivera ou tiveffe eu ouvi- 
do, would to God I had heard. 
Frouvera Deos que tiveras ou tivefTes tu ou- 
vido, would to God thou hadft heard. 
Prouvera Deos que tivera ou tivefle elle ou- 
vido, would to God he bad beard. 

Plur. 



8o Grammattca Angk-Lufitanica. 

r Prouvera Deos que tiveramos ou tiveflemos 
nos ouvido, would to God we had heard. 

Prouvera Deos que tivereys ou tivefieys vos 
ouvido, would to God ye had heard. 

Prouvera Det>s que tiveram ou tiveffem elles 
ouvido, would to God they had heard. 

Fir ft Future Tenfe. 

^ r Quando eu ouvir, when I Jhall hear. 
\ Quando tu ouvires, when thou Jhalt hear. 

t Quando elle ouvir, when he Jhall hear. 

^ r Quando nos ouvirmos, when we /hall hear. 
~j* < Quando vos ouvirdes, when ye Jhall hear. 
I Quando elles ouvirem, when they Jhall hear. 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Quando eu tiver ouvido, when I Jhall have 

heard. 
Quando tu tiveres ouvido, when thou Jhalt 

have heard. 
.Quando elle tiver ouvido, when he Jhall 

have heard. 
Quando nos tivermos ouvido, when we Jhall 

have heard. 
Quando vos tiverdes ouvido, when ye Jhall 

have heard. 

Quando elles tiverem ouvido, when they 
L Jhall have heard. 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

i 
Ouvir, to hear. 

Preterperfeft Tenff. 
Ter ouvido, to have heard. 

Future 



Granmatica Anglo-Lnfitanica. 8 1 
Future Tenfe. 

Aver de ouvir, on efperar de ouvir, to be to bear* 
to hope to bear, or to hear hereafter. 

Gerund. 
Ouvindo, in hearing. 

Supine. 
a ouvfr, ou pera ouvir, to hear. 

'Participle Prefent. 

Ouvcnte, o que ouve, o que efta ouvindo, 4 
(am) that hears, or is hearing. 

Participle Preterperfeft. 

Ourido, having heard ; o que tern ouvido, he 
(one) that has heard. 

Participle Future. 

O que ha de ouvir, ou efpera de ouvir, he (one) 
that is to hear, er hopes to hear. 

Obferve, 

Some pretend to enrich the Portuguefe Verbs 
by Moods not common to other Languages, 
and therefore, befides the Indicative, Impera- 
tive, Optative, and Infinitive Moods, fet down 
a Conjunctive Mood, a Conjunctive peculiar to 
the Portugiteje Language, a Potential Mood, 
and a Permiflive Mood. The Conjunctive 
Mood is nothing elfe but the Indicative conju- 
gated with the Particle como, as, or when. 

The Conjunctive peculiar to the Portuguefe 
Language is the Subjunctive conjugated with 
the Words pofto que, altho', or fuppofing that. 
G The 



82 Grammatka Anglo-'LufitamcA. 

The Potential Mood in the Prefent Tenfe is^ 
que ame eu, that I may love -, the Imperfect Tenfe 
is amaria eu, mould or could I love ; the Preter- 
perfect Tenfe ispude eu amar, I might have lov'd ; 
the Preterpluperfect Tenfe is eu pudera ter amado t 
I might, could, or would have lov'd -, the Fu- 
ture Tenfe amarey, poderey amar^ I fliall or will 
love, I mail or will be able to love. 

The Permiflive Mood in the Prefent Tenfe is 
ame #*, let me love, doulbe que ame^ I grant I 
may love -, the Imperfect Tenfe amara, I did 
love, doulbe que amara, I grant I did love ; the 
Preterperfect Tenfe amaffe eu, I have lov*d, 
doulbe, que amaffe cu, I grant I have loved, and 
mas que tenba atnado, altho* I have loved; the 
Preterpluperfecl: Tenfe amara eu, I had loved> 
doulhe que amara, \ grant I had loved ; mas que 
tivera amado^ altho' I or he had loved ; the Fu- 
ture Tenfe doulhe que venha ou cbegue eu a amar, 
I grant that I may come to love. 

It appears then that thefe Moods have no ex- 
traordinary Terminations belonging to them, but 
that they are only compofed of Particles join'd 
to the Verb in the Mood which thofe Particles 
require, and conjugated in the common Man- 
ner. I thought it therefore needlefs to fwell 
and embroil the Conjugations with thofe Moods, 
fince the Learner, when he comes to be ac- 
quainted with the Conjugations, and knows 
what Moods the feveral Conjunctions govern, he 
not only will find the abovementioned Moods 
very eafy to him, but alfo may make as many 
more if he pleafes, giving them Names accord- 
ing to the Nature of the Conjunction join'd with 
them, which may be done in any other Lan- 
guage ; and therefore I can't fee in what RcfpecT: 
thofe Moods are peculiar only to the Portuguefe. 

CHAP. 



^rammatlca Angh-"Lufitamcfc 83 

CHAP. XIV. 

Of the Terminations , Formations, and Equivo- 
cations of the three regular Conjugations. 

THE firft Conjugation, as was faid above, 
is known by the Termination of the fe- 
cond Perfon of the Prefent Tenfe of the Indica- 
tive Mood, and the Prefent of the Infinirive ; as, 
amo, amas, and in the Infinitive amar, to love; 
en/ino, I teach, enfinas, thou teacheft, enfmar^ to 
teach ; Jouvo, I praife, louvas, thou praifeft, 
touvar, to praife. 

The firft Conjugation is fo regular, that it 
keeps the fame Characters through all its Moods 
and Tenfes, changing only the laft Letter into 
fuch Letters as the Tenfes are terminated in, e.g. 

Indie. Prefent. Imperf. Tenfe. Perfect Tenfe. 

Amo, amava, amey, 

/ love. I did love. I have lov'd. 

Chamo, chamava, chamey, 

/ fall. I did call. I have call'd. 

i 

Except the Verb dou, I give, which in the reft of 
the Tenfei lofeth its two laft Letters ou, e. g. 

Dou, Dava, Dey, 

/ give. I did give. I have given. 

As alfo fuch Verbs as end in co. 

Fico, Ficava, Fiquey, 

/ remain. I did remain. I have remained. 

Finco, Fincava, Finquey, 

Ifajlen, I&dfaften. Ihavefaftened. 

G 2 Obferve 



84 Grammatica Anglo-LuJitanicii. 

Obfervc here, that in Verbs of the firft Con- 
jugation in the Prcfent Tenfe, the firft, fecond, 
and third Perfons of the fingular Number are of- 
ten written and exprefs'd with the very lame 
Letters without any Difference, and their Signi- 
fication is only to be guefs'd at by the Connexi- 
on of the Matter difcourfed of. 

Verbs of the firft Conjugation equivocate three 
Ways with Nouns exprefied in the fame Form. 

Firft, when the Verb and Noun are exprefled 
with the fame Letters in the Indicative Prefent 
and the firft Perfon, as for Example. 

Agouro, I divine, and Agouro, Divination. 

Abrafo, / embrace, and Abraco, an Embrace. 

Canto, Ifmg, and Canto, a Song. 

Choro, / cry, and Choro, a Crying. 

Defprezo, / defpife, and Defprezo, a Contempt. 

Dezejo, / defire, and Dezejo, a Defire. 

Enfino, / teach, and Enfino, a 'Teaching. 

Furto, Ifteal, and Furto, a Stealth. 

Livro, I free, and Livro, a Book. 

Rogo, / dejire, and Rogo, a Defire. 

Soluco, I fob orfigh, and Soluco, a Sigh, &c. 

Secondly, Verbs equivalent to, and writ the 
fame with Nouns Subftantive, are very numerous 
in the fecond Perfon of the Indicative Prefent j as, 

Brigas, tbou fighteft. and Brigas, Fights and Quar- 
rels. 

Bufcas, tboufcekeft. and Bufcas, Seekings or 

Searches. 

Culpas, tbou blamejl. and Culpas, Faults, &c. 

Thirdly, alfo of the third Perfon ; as, 
Briga, hefighteth, and Briga, a Fight. 
Bufca, he fearcbeth, and Bufca, a Search. 
Culpa, he blameth. and Culpa, a Fault, &c. 

There 



Grammatlca Anglo-Ltifitamca. 85 

There are alfo Verbs of the firft Conjugation, 
which, in the Indicative Prefcnt equivocate with 
Nouns in all three Perfons of the Singular, and 
the third Perfon Plural, v. g. arno, I love, and 
a Matter of a Houfe or Family; amas, thou Jo- 
veft, the Miftrefles (of a Houfe) or Nurfes of 
Children; ama, he loveth, Miftrefs or Nurfe ; 
fiarro, barms, barra ; ameafo, ameafas, aweafa, &c. 
So in the third Perfon Plural, arepeUam, they 
pull out the Hairs, arepellam, a Pulling out or 
Cutting off the Hair ; and fo in many other 
.Verbs which Ufe muft teach you, and I here, 
omit to avoid Tedioufnefs. 

The fecond Conjugation is of Verbs that in the 
fecond Perfon of the Indicative Prefent end in 
is 9 and in the Infinitive in er, as, 



Leyo, / read. 
Conheco, / 
know. 
Efcrevo, / 
write. 


Itt^thoureadeft. 
conheces, thou. 
knoweft. 
efcreves, thou 

write/I. 


ler, to read. 
conhecer, to 
know. 
efcrever, to 

write. 



Take Notice, that as there is very little Variety 
or Difference in the Terminations of Verbs of the 
firft Conjugation thro* all its Moods and Tenfes, 
fo the faid Difference is very confiderable in the 
fecond and third Conjugations, their Verbs not 
keeping the fame Letters as in the firft, but either 
altogether lofmg or changing them. For Exam- 
ple, in the fecond Conjugation they do not only 
lofe the laft Letter o of the Prefent Indicative in 
the other Tenfes, but alfo in the Imperfect and 
Preterperfect change the Sy liable ' ey into ;', viz. 

Leyo, / read. If a, I did read. If, I have read. 
Creyo, / be- crfa, / did be- erf, / have be- 
lieve, lieve. tieved. 

G 3 The 



6 Grammatical Anglo-Lufaanlcd, 

The Verb vcjo, I fee, lofes the Letter j in moft 
Tenfes , as via, I did fee ; vi and vtra^ \ have 
and had feen ; except the Prefent of the Opta- 
tive , as oxala veja eu, God grant that I may 
fee-, in the third Perfons Singular and Plural of 
the Prefent Imperative, as veja ells y let him fee, 
and vejam elks, let them fee, and in the Prefent 
of the Conjunctive. 

Some Verbs that have c before o in the Prefcnt 
Indicative, change it in the other Tenfes in d\ as 
percO) I lofe -, pcrdia^ I did lofe ; perdi, I have 
loft ; perdera, or tinha perdido^ I had loft. 

The third Conjugation is of Verbs that termi- 
nate the fecondPerfon Indicative Prefent in , but 
the Infinitives end in />, v. g. otifo, I hear, ottves 9 
thou heareft, ouvtr, to hear j fnjo y I feign, fn- 
ges^ thou feigneft, fngir, to feign ; abro 9 I 
open, abres^ thou openeft, abrir^ to open. 

In the Verbs of the third Conjugation there is to 
be obferved a ftrange Mutation, even in the Pre- 
fent Indicative ; as in the Verb oufo 9 ouves, ouve^ 
ouvtmoS) ouviyS) ouvem. The Verb ougs changes 
its $ into a v in all the Tenfes except thofe men- 
-tion'd above in vejo. 

The Verb mefo, I meafure, changes its f into d 
in the reft of the Tenfes ; as mefo^ medes ; in Im- 
perfect media ; in Perfect medi. So pefo, I defire, 
pray, or beg ; pedes, pede> and pedza, I did defire 5 
fedi, I have defired. 

Verbs that have a j before o in the Prefent In- 
dicative, change the j into" in the other Tenfesj 
as jinjo^ I feign , finges, finge -, fingza^ I did feign; 
fingi, 1 have feigned ; qfflijo, I afflict ; qffliges^ af- 
ftg e J affiig* I did afflict , affligf, I have afflicted, 
&c. So in the Verb dirijo^ I direct , frijo, I fry 5 
tinjo, I dye , cinjo, I gird, t$c. 



Grammatlca AngJo-Lufttamca. 87 

There are other Verbs that do not only lofe the 
laft, or change the laft Vowel, but alfo the laft 
but one, or the Penultima, and that in twoKinds. 
The firft change * in the Penultima into e in the 
reft of thePerfons and Tenfes, v g. firo, 1 ftrike, 
feres , fere, feria^ I did ftrike ; feri^ I have ftruck ; 
figOi I follow, ftgucs, fegue ; feguia^ I did follow ; 
fegui-t I have followed ; minto^ I lye, mentes, men- 
tia, I did lye ; menti^ I have lyed. Thus/n/0, fre- 
ggs ; tirno, cernes ; fmto, fentes ; perjtgo^ perfegues ; 
firvoi ferves^ and the like ; but they keep the 
Letter i in the third Perfons Singular and Plural 
Prefent of the Imperative ; zsfiga elle, Jigam dies* 
let him follow, let them follow ; and in the Pre- 
fent Optative in all the Perfons ; as oxalajiga ett> 
figas, Jiga, &c. Alio in the firft Perfons of the 
Conjunctive j as como eufigo, when I follow. 

The fecond Kind are fuch Verbs as have an in 
the Penultima, and in all the other Tenfes and Per- 
fons change it into o , v,g. bulo, I meddle with; 
boles^ bole ; bolia* I did meddle with ; bolir, to 
meddle with , durmo^ I fleep, dormes, dorme ; dor- 
mia^ dormir -, engulo^ I fwallow, engoles, engole j en- 
golia^ engolir -, funto, I fum, femes, feme ; fomza* 
fsmir ; cubro, 1 cover, cobres, cobre ; cobria, co- 
brir ; fubo^ I come or go up, fobes^ fobe \ fobta> 
fobir j tuffo, I cough, tofles, toffe, tojjpa, tojfir, 
And thus they are eafily diftinguifh'd from fuch 
as never lofe the Vowel a, nor change it into o 5 
as conduo, conducs, concluir:,grunbo, grunhe^grun- 
bir ; z#0, zunss, zunir. But thofe Verbs that 
change u into <?, do not admit of any Change in 
the third Perfon Singular and Plural of the Pre- 
fent Imperative ; as bula ou fuba elle y bulam oufu- 
fam elles, let him or them meddle or come up : 
So in all Perfons of the Prefent Optative, as 
*xs!a bula> fuba fu, bulas, fubas /, God grant 
G 4 that 



Grammatka Anglo-ljiifitanicai 

that I or thou may or mayftmeddle or come up, 
6f f . Alfo in the firft Perlbns of the Conjunctive,' 
as como fubo, when I go up. 

The Participle of the Preterperfefl Tenfe of 
the Verb Pafllve of the fecond and third Conju- 
gation, are alfo fubject to fome Variation ; for 
altho 1 they commonly end in ido, as lido^ ido, ven- 
cido, corrida, yet feveral end in #, as feyto, made 
or done, from the Verb fa fo, I make or do ; vtfto^ 
feen, from vejo, I fee j roto, torn, from rompo -, 
lento^ bleficd, from benzo^ I blefs j pbjlo, put, from 
fonho \ ckeyo, full, from encbo ; eleito, chofen, from 
tie jo ; ditOy faid, from digo ; abfolto^ abfolved, from 
abfolvo -, refoluto, refolv'd, from refolvo ; e/crito 9 
written, from efcrevo. All thefe are of the fecond 
Conjugation. Of the third Conjugation are the follow- 
ing ; as/r//0, fryed, from frigire, fur to y rifen, from 
furgir -, abcrto, open'd, from abrir ; cuberto, co- 
ver*d, from cobrir , correito, corrected, from cor- 
rigir. The Verb venbo and its Compounds end 
their Participle in inda -, as vindo 9 come. 

But it is remarkable that but few Verbs of the 
fecond and third Conjugation equivocate with 
Nouns ; of the fecond Conjugation are corro, I run; 
como, I eat \Jorvo, I fwallow ; and corro, a Run- 
ning, como, as if, forvo, a Soop : And of the 
third fayOy I go out , rio, I laugh ; and faya, a 
Petticoat, and ra, a River, which, : tho* they 
equivocate in the firft Perfon of the Indicative 
Mood Prefenr, and Singular Number, with 
Nouns fo exprefs'd, they are altogether diffe- 
rent in other Perfons, 



CHAP. 



Grammatica Anglo- Lufitanica. 89 

CHAP. XV. 

Of the Irregular Verbs, and their Formation. 

IT has been already obferv'd, that few or no 
Verbs of the firft Conjugation are reputed ir- 
regular ; but of the fecond and third there are 
found feveral. Of the fecond the Verbfou,fer> is 
accounted one, the fecond Prefent Perfon Indica- 
tive ending in es. So likewife are the Verbs ey and 
ttnho^ with all its Compounds , as atenbo^ contenho^ 
detenho, mantenho, rctenho, foftcnbo^ and the fol- 
lowing Verbs. 

Ind,Pr. Imperf. . Perf. Infn. 

Sey, fabia, foube, faber, to know. 

PofTo, podia, pudc, poder, to be able. 

Quero, queria, quiz, querer, todejirc, will or kvc< 

Faco, fazia, fiz, fazer, to do, make. 

Digo, dizia, dice, dizer, to fay. 

Trago, trazia, trouxe, trazer, to bring. 

Likewife the Defective Verb 

Preterp. Infin. 

Agradame, it pkafeth me, agradoume, agradecer, 
agradate, agradalhe. 

As alfo the Defective Verb 

Soes, foe, & foem, foia, foias, foia, as foe fazer, 

be is acccuftom'd to do. 

Irregular Verbs belonging to the third Conjugation. 

Ind.Pref. Imperf. Perf. Infin. 
Cayo, cahia, cahi, cahir, to fall. 
Sayo, fahia, fahi, fahir, to go oat. 
PofTup, pofluya, peffuy, pofluir, to pojfifs. 
Venho, vinha, vim, vir, to come. 

As 



Grammattca 

As alfo its Compounds, Auenho, antevenbo^ ton- 
venho, intervenho, and the Imperfonal convent, it 
behoveth , Preterperfect^jrc^i Infinitive comir\ 
it wants a Participle Perfect. 

Hitherto is alfo referr'd the Verb vou, which, 
as it is a very cornmon Word, and one of the 
moft irregular, we will conjugate it here at large. 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

SEtrvou, I go. 
Tu vas, tbou goeft. 
Elle vay, be goetb. 
^ rNosvamos, we go, 
^ < V6s vays, ye go. 
$ C Elles vam, they go. 



Imperfett 

. . fEuhia, / went or did go. 

,R< Tu hi as, tbou wentft or didft g8 

60 t Elle hi a, he went or did go. 

. r Nos hfarrios, we went or did go* 
4 < Vos hieys, ye went or did go. 
^ C Elles hiam, tbeywent or did go. 

Firft Preterperfett Tenfe. 

. r Eu fuy, / have gone or have been. 
^ \ Tu fofte, tbou haft gone or haft been. 
03 'Elle foy, be has gone or bath been. 

. r Nos fomos, we have gone or have been. 
^ < V6s foftes, ye have gone or have been. 
^ 'Eiles foram, they have gone or have 



Second Preterperfecf* 

. rEu tenho ido, I have gone or have been. 
-.5 < Tu tens ido, tbou baft gone or haft been. 
^ I Elle tern ido, he bath gone or bath been. 

Plur. 



GrammaticaAnglo-Lujitamca. 91 

. f Nos temos ido, we have gone or have been. 
Js ) Vos tendes ido, ye have gone or have been. 
^ i Elles tern ido, they have gone or have been. 

Preterpluperfett Tenfe. 

. r Eu * tinha ido, / bad gone or had been. 
.5 < Tu tinhas ido, tbou had/I gone or had/I been. 

3 C Elle tinha ido, he had gone or had been. 

. c Nos tin ham os ido, we had gone or bad been, 
J Vos tinhes ido, ye hadg9ne or had been. 

^ V Elles tmham ido, they bad tons or had been. 

- . 

Firjl future Fenfe. 

Eu irey, Ijhall or will go. 
Tu iras, tbou {halt or wilt go. 
Elle ira, be Jh all or will go. 
Nos iremos, we /hall or will go. 
Vos ireys, ye /hall or will go. 
Elles iram, they/hall or will go. 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Ja en tarn eu terey ido, 1 /hall then bave gont. 

or been. 
Ja entam tu teras ido, thou/halt then have gont 

or been. 
Ja entam elle tera ido, we /hall then have gone 

or been. 
Ja entam nos teremos ido, we/ball then have 

gone or been. 
Ja entam vos tereys ido, ye {hall then bave 

gone or been. 
Ja entam elles tcram ido 3 they /hall then have 

gone or been. 

* Some conjugate the Pluprfeft/ertf,/0rff.r,/inz, faramoj t 
f$rtys 3 foram, 

Imperative 



9 2 Grammatics Angh-Lufaanlca. 



Imperative Mood, Prefent fcnfe. 
. f Has no firft Perfon. 
~S \ Va tu, ^ /^0. 
CVa elle, /,?/ him go. 
Varoos nos, /^/ j ^0. 



^ idevos, 

^ C V^yam dies, let them go. 



Future 






.S Iras tu, tboujhalt go. 

3 I Ira elle, kejhallg*. 

^ /-Iremos nos, wejhallgo. 
^ <J Ireys vos, yejhallgo. 
^ llram clles, tbty/hallgo. 



Optative Mood. /V<f/tf 

Oxala vaya eu, would to God I may go. 

Oxala vayas tu, would to God tbou triayft go. 
v Oxala vaya elle, would to God he may go. 
. r Oxala vayamos nos, would to God we may go. 
s Oxala vayais vos, would to God ye may go. 
t Oxala vayam elles, would to God they may go. 

Imperfett Tenfe. 
Cj 

Oxala fora & fofle eu, would 1 might go. 
Oxala foras& foflfestu, would thou tuigbtft go. 
Oxala fora & fofle elle, would he might go. 
rOxaJaforamos&foflemosnos,'^;^/^^?/^/^. 
< Oxala foreys & fofleys vos, would ye might go t 
C Oxala foram & foffcm e 1 les, would they mightgs. 

Ibe 



fjrammatica Angk-Lufoanica. 95 

tfbt Uncertain Tcnft. 

rEu iria, I might or would go. 
jji\ Tu irias, thou mightjl or wouldft go. 

tElle iria, he migbt or would go. 

. r- Nos iriamos, we might or would go. 
J| ^ V6s irieys, ye might or would go. 
^i t. Elles iriam, they might or would go. 

Preterperfeft Tenfe. 

^ Queyra Dcos que eu tenha ido, God grant 

that I may have gone or been. 
Queyra Deos quc tu tenhas ido, God grant 

that thou mayfl have gone or been. 
Queyra Deos que elle tenha ido, God grant 

tfxit he may have gone or been. 
^Queyra Deos que nos tenhamos ido, God 

grant that we- may have gone or been. 
Queyra Deos que vos tenhays ido, God 

grant that ye may have gone or been. 
Queyra Deos que elles tenham ido, God 

grant that they may have gone or been. 

Preterplupsrfcft lenfe. 

Provera Deos que eu tivera, ou tivelfe ido, 

would to God I had gone or been. 
Provera Deos que tu tiveras, ou tivefifes ido, 

would to God that thou hadft gone or been. 
Provera Deos que elle tivera, ou tivefIS ido, 
' would to God that he had gone or bem> 
Provera Deos que nos tiveramos, ou ti vrfTemos 

ido, would to God that we had gone or been. 
Provera Deos que vos tivereys, ou tiveffeys 

ido, would to God that ye had gone or been. 
Provera Deos que elles tiveram, ou tiveflem 

ido, would to God that they had gone or been. 

Firjt 



CO 



fi" Grammatica Angk'Lujitamcal 

Firfi Future Fenfe. 

Quando ou como eu for, when or as IJhall 

have gone or been. 

Quando ou como tu fores, when or as thott, 
fhalt have gone or been. 
Quando ou como elle for, when or as hejhall 

have gone or been. 
Quando ou como nos formos, when or as we 

Jhall have gone or been. 
Quando ou como vos fordes, when or as ye 

Jhall have gone or been. 

Quando ou como elles forem, when or as they 
L Jhall have gone or been. 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Como ou quando eu tivcr ido, when or as 1 

Jhall go or Jhall have gone or been. 
Como ou quando tu tiveres ido, wlun or as 

thoujhalt go or Jhalt have gone er been. 
Como ou quando elle tiver ido, when or as 

he Jhall go or Jhall have gone or been. 
Como ou quando nos tivermos ido, when or 

as we Jhall go or Jhall have gone or been. 
Como ou quando vos tiverdes ido, when or 

as ye Jhall go or Jhall have gone or been. 
Como ou quando elles tiverem ido, when or 

as they Jhall go or Jhall have gone or been. 



Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tevfe. 
Ir, to go. 

Preterperfeft fcnfc. 
Ter ido, to have gone. 

Future 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica, 95 

Future Tenfe. 
Tcr dc ir, to go hereafter (to have, or to be to go.) 

Gerund. 

hindo, going. 

Participle Prefent. 

o que va, be (or one) that goes. 

/ Participle Prcterperfeft. 

ido, gone. 

Participle Future. 
G que tern de ir, be (or one] that is to go. 



We faid above that there are but three Conju- 
gations and Terminations of Verbs, in #r, er % 
and />, which Rule is fo far general, that it has 
but one Exception, to wit, the Verb ponbo, in the 
Infinitive por, with its fourteen Compounds, an- 
teponho, poftponbo, deponho, componho^ difponho, 
exponbo, imponho, interponbo, opponbo, preponho, 
reponbo^fupponbo, trefponbo , but as it is not worth 
while to make a fourth Conjugation for the fake 
of one Verb, we let it pafs among the Irregulars, 
and becaufc it is very frequently ufed, we here 
conjugate it at Length. 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Venft, 

. r Eu ponho, I put. 
,|f < Tu poens, tbou puttejt. 
63 CEllepoem, be puts. 

. rNosponhamos, we put. 
^* < Vos ponheys, ye put. 
^ C Elles poem, they p*t. 

Jmpcrfeft 



Qrammatica Angh-Lufitanice. 

Impcrfett Tenfe. 
Eu punha, 1 did put. 
Tu punhas, tbou didft put. 
Elle punha, be did put. 
Nos punhamos, we did put. 
Vos punheys, ye did put. 
Ellcs punham, they did put. 

Firft Preterperfiff Tenfe. 

5Eu puz, I put. 
Tu puzefte, tbou putieft. 
Elle poz, be put. 
. rNos puzemos, we put. 
,* < Vos puzeftes, ye put. 
^ v Elles puzeram, they put. 

Second Preterperfett Tcnfe. 
. . c Eu tcnho pofto, / have put. 
.|f < Tu tens pofto, tbou baft put. 
^ ^Elle tern pofto, be bath put. 
, . rNos temos pofto, we baveput. 
^ < Vos tendes pofto, ye have put. 
^ ' Ellcs tern pofto, they have put. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

. f Eu * tinha pofto, I had put. 
. \ Tu tinhas pofto, thou hadft put. 

CElle tinha pofto, be bad put. 
. f Nos tinhamos pofto, we had put. 
^ 4 Vos tinheys pofto, ye had put. 
^ C Elles tinham pofto, they had put. 

Firft Future. 

. r Eu porey, IJhall or will put. 
.^J Tu poras, thoujhalt or wilt put. 
60 CElle pora, hejhdlcr will put. 

* Some conjugate the Preterpluperfeft puzira, puzirat, px~ 
xcra, puzcramof, pttzereys, puzeram. 

Plur. 



Grammatlca Anglo-Ltifitamca: 97 

,. rNos poremos, we Jhall or will put. 
^ < Vos poreys, ye Jhall or will put. 
^ C Elles poram, they Jhall or will put. 

Second Future. 

. r Eu terey pofto, IJIiallhave put. 
.sf-J Tu teras pofto, tbouJJjalt have put. 
^ ' Elle tera pofto, be Jhall have put. 

Nos teremos pofto, we Jhall have put. 

V6s terey s pofto, ye Jhall have put. 

Elles teram pofto, they Jhall have put. 



r 
< 

C 



Imperative Mood. Firft fenfe. 

?Has nofirft Perfon. 
Poem tu, put thou. 
Ponha elle, let him put. 
j. r Ponhamos nos, let us put. 
^ < Ponhays vos, put ye. 
^ CPonham elles, let them put. 

Second Tenfe. 

. rHasnofirJt Perfon. 
.|iporas tu, thou Jhalt put. 
^ CPora elle, he Jhall put. 

. ^Poremos nos, we Jhall put. . 
.* ) Poreys vos, ye Jhall put. 
^ t Poram elles, they Jhall put. 



Optative and Subjunftive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

SOxala ponha eu, would to God that I may put. 
Oxala ponhas tu, would to God that thou may ft 
put. 
Oxala ponha elle, would to God that be may put. 
H Plur. 






. 



98 Grammatica Anglo-'Lufitamcct. 

Oxala ponhamos nos, would to God that we 

may put. 
Oxala ponhays vos, would to God that ye may 

put. 
Oxala ponham elles, would to God that they 

may put. 

Imperfeft Tenfe. 

^ Oxala puzera ou puzefle eu, would to God I 

did put. 
Oxala puzeras ou puzefles tu, would to God 

thou didft put. 

Oxala puzera ou puzeffe elle, would to God 
' be did put. 
.Oxala puzeramos ou puzefiemos nos, would 

to God we did put. 
Oxala puzereis ou puzefieis vos, would to God 

ye did put. 
Oxala puzeram ou puzeflera elles, would to 

God they did put. 

Preterperfetf Tenfe. 

Queyra Deos que tenha eu pofto, God grant I 

have or may have put. 
Queyra Deos que tenhas tu pofto, God grant 

thou haft or may ft have put. 
Queyra Deos que tenha elle pofto, God grant 

he has or may have put. 
.Queyra Deos que tenhamos nos pofto, God 

grant we have or may have put. 
Queyra Deos que tenhays vos pofto, God 

grant ye have or may have put. 
Queyra Deos que tenham elles pofto, God 

grant they have or may have put. 



Preterpluperfeft 



3 



Grammatlca Anglo- LMJitamvd. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe^ 

Prouvera Deosque tivera ou tiveffe eu poftoj 

would to God I bad put. 
Prouvera Decs que tiveras ou tiveffes tu pofloj 

would to God. tbou badft put.. 
Prouvera Deos que tivera ou tiveffe elle pofto* 
*" would to God he had put. 
Prouvera Deos que tiveramos ou tiveffemos 

nos pofto, would to God we had put, 
Prouvera Deos que tivereys ou tiveffeis vos 

pofto, wouldto God ye had put. 
Prouvera Deos que tiveram ou tive'ffem ellei 
pofto, would to God they had put, 

Firft future Tenfe. 

' C Qi? an ^ eu puzer, when IJhdll put. 
S i Quando tu puzeres, when tboujhaltput. 
^ tQuando elle puzer, when hejhall put. 

. r Quando nos puzermos, when we /hall put. 
Js < Quando vos puzerdes, when yejh all put. 
^ C Quando elles puzerem, when they /halt put* 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Quando eu river pofto, when I Jhall bavc . 

put. 
Quando tu tivcres pofto, when tboujhalt kave 

put. 

Quando elle tiver pofto, when be Jhall have 
put. 
~ Quando nos tivermos pofto, when we /baU 

have put. 
Quando vos tiverdes pofto, wben ye Jba U 

have put. 
Quando elles tiverem pofto, when they fiall 

have put. 

H 2 Infinitive 



too Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 

Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

Par, to put. 
Preterperfeft Tenfe. 
Ter pofto, to have put. , 

Future Tenfe. 
Ter de por, to (be to put) put hereafter. 

Gerund. 

Pondo, inputting. 

Participle Prefent. 

O que poem, one (he) that puts. 

Participle Preterperfeft. 

pofto, put. 

Participle Future. 

O quc tem de por, one (he) that is to put* 

CHAP. XVI. 

Of the Reciprocal Verbs. 

REciprocal Verbs are called thofe that have in 
all their Moods, Tenfes, Numbers, andPer- 
fons, join'd to them the Pronouns me, te, fe^ nos, 
vets, fe t me, thee, him or herfelf, us, you and 
themfelves ; as eu me.queixo^ I complain ; tu tt 
queixavas, thou didft complain , ellefe queixou, he 
complained ; nos nos ttnhamos qucixado, we did 
complain ; vos vos queixareys, you will complain ; 
dies fe quexdram they mail or will complain. 

Of 



Grammatka Anglo- Lufitanica. i o I 

Of the fame Kind are the Verbs irdrfs and a- 
gaftdrfe, to grow angry ; deifarfe, to lie down, 
defconfiarfe, to miftrufl , lembrarfa to remember ; 
arrependerfe^ to repent ; acentarfe, to fit down ; 
&c. which are alfo reciprocal in the Italian, 
French, and Spanijh Languages, except irarfe, 
to grow angry, which is in the Italian andar in 
colera, and acentarfe^ in Italian Jedere. 

The Pronoun (lands before thefe Verbs in the 
Indicative and Subjunctive Moods, but in the Im- 
perative and Infinitive behind them. 

As thefe Verbs do not differ from the others in 
their Conjugations, we fhalj only fet down here 
one Example to mew how they are handled. 



Indicative Mood Prefent Tenfe. 

Eu me acento, I fit down. 

Tu te acentas, thoufitteft down. 
03 ' Elle fe acenta, be Jits down. 

. c Nos nos acen tamos, we fit down. 
^ } Vos vos acentays, ye fit down. 
^ CElles fe acentam, tbeyftt down. 

Imperfeft Tenfe. 

. rEu me acentava, I did Jit down. 
. < Tu te acenta vas, tbou didft fit down. 
60 C Elle fe acentava, be did fit down. 

^ r Nos nos acentavamos, we did fit down, 
jg j Vos vos acentaveys, ye did fit down. 
^ tHes fe acentavam, they did fit down. 

Firft PreterperfeR Tenfe. 

Eu me acentey, I fat down. 

Second Preterperfeft Tenfe. 

Eu me tenho acentado, 7 bave fat down. 

H 3 Prefer- 



Gratqmatica Angk-LuJttanicaj 
Preterplupcrfett Tenfe. 

Eu me acentaraou tinha acentado, 1 had fat down 9 

Firjl Future. 

Eu me acenterey, 1 will fit down. 
Second Future. 

Ja cntam eu me terey acentado, IJhaU then 
fat down. 



Imperative Mood. Firft 

^ f Has no frft Per fan. 

j|| \ Acentate, Jit thou down. 

I Acente fe elle, let him fit down. 

. r Acentemos nos, let us fit down. 
^ \ Acentayvos, Jit ye down. 
^ C Acentem fe elles, let them fit down* 
Second Tenfe. 

. r Has no firft Perfon. 
. ) Acentarafle, thoujhaltfjt down. 

- t Acentarafe elle, hejhallfit down. 
^ c Acentaremos nos, we.jhalljit down. 
^ < Acentareys vos, yejhallfit down. 
^* t Acentaramfe elles, they /hall fit down', 



Optative or Subjunctive Mood. Prefent Tenft, 
Oxala eu me accnte, would I may fit down, 

* 

Imperfeft fenfe. 

Oxala eu me acentara ou aflentafle, would I might. 
Jit down. 

Uncertain Tenfe. 
Eu me acentaria, I might or could fit down. 



(jrammatica Angk-LuJitanica. 103 

Preterperfecl Tenfe. 

Qucra Deos cu me tenha acentado, phafe God I 
may have fat down. 

Preterpluperfeft 'Tenfe. 

Praca a Deos eu me tivera ou tiveflfe acentado, 
pkafe God or wi/b to God I bad fat down. 

Fir/} Future Tenfe. 

Como ou quando eu me acentar, as or when IJball 
fit down. 

Second Future Tenfe. 

Quando cu me tiver acentado, when I /ball have 
fat down. 

Infinitive Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 
Acentar fe, to fit down. 

PreterperfeR Tenfe. 
Terfe acentado, to have fat down. 

Gerund. 
Acentando fe, ou em acentar fe, in fitting down. 

Participle Prefent. 
O que fe acenta, he (or one) that Jits down. 

Participle Prelerperfeft. 
Acentado, fat dawn. 

Participle Future. 

Oque haou tern dacentarfe, one (or hi), that is 
to fit down. 

^ Obferve, that all Verbs Active may be made 
reciprocal. 

H 4 As 



104 Grammatica Angk-Lufaanka. 
As for Example, you may fay, 

. rEume amo, Ihvcmyfelf. 
. < Tu te amas, thou loveft thyfelf. 
t Elle fe ama, he lovetb bimfelf. 

JNos nos amamos, we love ourfelves. 
Vos vos amays, yeloveyourfehes. 
Elles fe amam, they love themfshes. 

And fo in all the other Tenfes. 

Of the Imperfonal Verbs. 

There are three Sorts of Imperfonal Verbs that 
have but the third Perfon in Singular. 

The firftarethofe that are properly imperfonalof 
themfelves, and require no Pronoun with 'emj as, 

He mefter, it is necejfory. 
Chove, it rains. 
Trovoa, it thunders. 
Pedrifca, /'/ bails. 

Neva, it fnows. 

The fecond come from the Verbs Aftive, and 
are accompanied by the Particle/?, which renders 
them imperfonal, and gives them a Paflive Signi- 
fication, asfe diz, it is faid ; fecre^ it is believed ; 
feefcreve^ it is wrote, which anfwers to the French 
Expreffion, ondif, on croit^ on ecrit : This Way 
of exprefling themfelves is very common to the 
Portuguese and Spaniards. 

The third Sortrefemble the Reciprocal Verbs, 
and are conjugated with the Pronouns, me, te,fe y 
lbt-> no s^ vos, fe, and Ihes. Such are a mint me fa- 
cede, it happens to me ; a mint me baft a, it is e- 
nongh for me ; a mim me parece, it feems to me. 

jV*/* Thefe are alfo often ufed like thofc of the 
firft Order. 

The 



GrammaticaAnglo-Lufitanica. 105 
Verb da* he or it gives, is alfo often 
ufed as an Imperfonal of this Clafs ; for when 
they would fay, I do not fancy this, or this 
doth not pleafe me, they exprefs it nam fe me 
da difto t or he doth npt fancy it, nam fe the 
da difto. 

The firft is conjugated thro' all or mod of the 
Tenfes and Moods, but only in the third Perfon, 
and can never have any Perfon join'd to it ; as, 

Indie. Pref. Trovoa, it thunders. 
ImperfeR. Trovoava, // did thunder. 
Prcterperfeff. Trovoau, it has thundered. 

The Word he mefter, it is neceflary, is conju- 
gated by changing the Verb ty> or third Perfon 
he^ through all the Tenfes and Moods, the 
Word mefter remaining inflexible i as, 

Indie. Pref. He mefter, ;/ is mceffary. 
Imperfeft. Avia mefter, /'/ was neceffary. 
Preterperfeft. Ouve mefter, // has been neceffary. 

The fecond Sort, which are accompanied by 
the Particle fe, are alfo fometimes exprefs'd by 
the third Perfon in Plural, without the Pronoun 
fe; 2&dizem^ efcrevem, lem, they fay, they write, 
they read, which is the fame Senfe as it is faid, 
jt is wrote, it is read ; as fe diz que efte homemhe 
vnuito rico> it is faid that this Man is very rich ; 
and dizem que efte homem he muito rico, they fay 
that this Man is very rich. 

The third Sort of the Imperfonal Verbs are 
thofe which are conjugated with the Pronouns 
me, te, fe, lhe> nos, vos, fe Ihes. Example, 

Indicative 



io6 Grammatlca Angh-Lufitanica* 

Indicative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 

. r A mim me parece, // feems to me. 
|s A ti te parece, it feems to thee. 

"" t A elle Ihe parece, it feems to him. 

. r A nos nos parece, it feems to us. 

js < A vos vos parece, it feems to you. 
S*"i'A clles Ihes parece, it feems to them 

Imperfeft lenfe. 
A mim me parecia, /'/ did feem to mf> 

Firft Prcterperfeft ftfife. 
A mim me parecco, it feem'd to me. 

Second Preterperfeft fenfe. 
A mim me ha parecido, /'/ has fsem'd to mt, 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 
A mim me avia parecido, it bad feem'd to me. 

Firft Future. 
A mim me parecera, it will feem to me. 

Second Future. 
A mim me avera parecido, itwittbaLve feem' d tome. 

Optative Mood. Prefent Tenfe. 
Oxala a mim me parefa, would it may feem to me. 

ImperfeR Tenfe. 

Oxala a mim me parecera ou'parecefle, would 
it might feem to me. 

Uncertain Tenfe. 

A mim me pareceria, // would y could, or might 
feem to me. 

Preterperfefi 



Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitanka. 107 

Preterperfeft fenfe. 

a mim me aja parccido, would it may have 
feemed to me. 

Preterpluperfeft Tenfe. 

Oxala ou prouvera a Deos a mim me ouvera ou 
ouveffc parecido, would or pleafe God it bad 
feemed to me. 

Firft Future. 

Quando ou como a mim me parecer, when or as 
to me it jhall feem. 

Second Future. 

Como ou quando a mim me ouvera parecido, as 
or when to me it Jhall. have feenfd. 

Infinitive Mood; Prefent lenfe. 
Parecer, to feem. 

Participle Prefent. 
Parecido, feemed^ &c. 

Verbs of this Order are alfo, a mim me fucede^ 
it happens to me ; a mim me defcontenta, it dif- 
pleales me j a mim me agrada, and a mim me con- 
ienta, it pleafes me ; a mim me pefa, I am forry 5 
and many others, which the Reader, by the Help 
of the above Obfervations, will eafily difcover. 

The Verb ka, he, fhe, or it has, in the third 
Perfon Singular of the Indicative Prefent ferves 
likewife often for an imperfonal Verb, and i$ 
joined with Nouns both in the Singular or Plu- 
ral Number, in the fame Manner as the French 
ufe their il y a ; and as they fay, il y a un bomme, 
and il y a plufteurs homines, fo the Portuguese fay 
Iil$ewife 3 ha humhomem^ and ha muitos homcns, there 



*o8 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitamca. 
is one Man, and there are many Men ; and & 
uera bum bomem, & avera muites bomens, there 
will be one Man, and there will be many Men; 
which Way of expreffing themfelves is alfo ufual 
in the Spanijb Language. 

t^Obferve, that the Portuguefe, both for Ele- 
gancy of Sound, and Concifenefs of Expref- 
fion, join to their Verbs the following Parti- 
cles, me, te, fe, Ibe, me, thee, him ; nos, 
<vos, Ikes, us, you, them : Alfo mo, to, Ibo, 
contracted from me o, te o, Ihe o, it to me, it 
to thee, it to him or her ; alfo md, id, lbd y 
her to me, her to thee, her to him , and in 
Plural mos, tos lbos y mas, tas^ Ibas, them to 
me, them to thee, them to them. 

Alfo <?/<?, volo, from nos o, vos o, it to us, it 
to you, and nola, vola -, notes, volos, no las, votes, 
her to us, her to you, them to us, them to you. 

The Articles o, a, os, as, are likewife joined 
to the End of Verbs, as in the Gerund fendoo, 
fendoa, he or it being, (lie being ; and in Plural 
fendoos, fendoas, they being ; amandoo, amandoa, 
hndoo, kndoa, amandoos, amandoas, lendoos, len- 
doas, &c. But when the Articles o, a are join- 
ed to a Verb in the Infinitive Prefent, the r is 
changed into a // -, as amatto, amalla, to love 
him, it, or her ; dallo, datta, &c. 

The following Example may ferve to illuf- 
trate thefe Difficulties. 

Aprefente be para referirlbe, que tenbo comprado 
o rehgio de prata, por 8 libras Eftarlinas. Eu vz 
dous outros douro, bem condicionados, mas nao po- 
drey procurarlbos polio prego que aponta ; fern embargo 
dtjto offreceomos por 20 Guineas cadahum, &c. The 
Prefent is to advife you that I have bought the 

Silver 



Grammatica Angh-Lufitamca. 109 

Silver Watch for 8 /. Sterling. I have feen two 
others of Gold, well condition'd, but I fhall 
not be able to procure 'em you for the Price 
you appoint -, however, he hasoffer'd *em to me, 
for 20 Guineas each. 

Ette nao que r ddrnolo^ ddrvolo, ddrnola 9 ddrvola^ 
dartwloS) darvolos, darvolas, por effe dinheir^ he 
will not give it us, give it you, give them to us, 
give them to you, for that Money. 



THE 



no Gramma fica Anglo-Lufitanha. 



THE 

SYNTAX. 

Some General Remarks. 

THE Word Syntax- comes from the Greek 
(ruvT<*<nr, I put ,in order, and therefore 
whatever* Obfervations or Rules contribute to- 
wards-a juft Uie and Difpofition of all the Parts 
of Speech, belong properly under this Head. 

The Conftrudion or Compofition of Words 
into Sentences^ is divided into Common and Fi- 
gurative. The Common is that which we ufe 
in common Difcourfe. By converfing with Men 
who fpeak a Language correctly, we may learn 
to fpeak Grammatically true, and arrive to fuch 
a Nicety that the Ear lhall be fhock'd to hear a- 
ny one fpeak againft the Rules of Grammar, 
tho' we cannot give any Reafon for our Diflike : 
For Example, if one was to fay many People has 
been> &c. or Tejierday will be a fine Day, there is 
hardly a Peafant who would not find fault with 
it, tho' he were not able to mew the Solecifm. 
The Figurative deviates fomewhat from the com- 
mon way of exprefling one's Thoughts, and is 
ufed by Authors for Concifenefs or Elegancy. 

Threfe Things are chiefly to be obferved in the 
Syntax ; the firft, that the Adjective, Pronoun, 
and Participle are never applied in Speech with- 
.out a Noun Subftantive exprefs'd or underftood, 
with which it muft .agree in Gender, Number ? 
and Cafe. Thus when the Noun Subftantive is 

of 



Grammatka Anglo-Lufoanica. 1 1 1 

of the Mafculine Gender, and in Nominative 
Singular, the Noun Adjective and Pronoun mufl 
be joined to it in the fame Order, as efte bomem 
be muy caritativo, this Man is very charitable ; 
and in Plural, eftes bomens fam muy caritativ&s : 
Example of the Feminine, effa mofa be fermofa 
that young Woman is handfome, effas mofas fam 
fermofas^ thofe young Women are handfome. 

The fecond, that the Verb may be placed in 
the due Tenfe, and always fitted in Perfon and 
Number to the Nominative or Perfon it fpeaks 
of -, as eftes bomens, thefe Men, the Pronoun 
Handing in Plural, and being of the third Per- 
fon, the Verb to be joined with it muft alfo be 
of the third Perfon Plural, and therefore you are 
to fay, eftes bomens fam, thefe Men they are - 9 
and not eftes bomens foys, thefe Men ye are, or 
tftes bomens be, thefe Men is. 

Thirdly, the Relative ought always to corre- 
fpond with the Antecedent Noun in Gender and 
Number, as o Izvro* no qual tenho Mo, the Book 
in which I have read -, and not o livro nd qua!, 
Sec. livro the Noun to which no qual refers being 
Mafculine. AS cidades as quays fam deftrozdas, 
the Cities which are deftroyed , and not as cida- 
des os quays, nor cidades a qual ; cidades being of 
the Feminine Gender and in Plural Number, 
with which the Relative as quays ought to agree. 

Thefe three are trie fundamental Rules of the 
Syntax, which being well fixed in the Learner's 
Mind, the reft will feem very eafy to him. 

CHAP. I. 

Of the Genders. 

THE Genders of all Nouns in this Language 
are reputed only to be two, as Mafculine 
and Feminine, which are known by the Articles 
i o &c a, 



112 Grammatka 

o & a, do & da. There is alfo a Neuter Gender 
ufed fometimes in the Article o, and the Pro- 
nouns tffb and aquillo, as may be feen in the Be- 
ginning of this Grammar ; and fome Words 
partaking both of the Mafculine and Feminine 
Gender are faid to be of the Common Gender. 

The Particles o & ao, or os and aos preceding 
any Noun, it is a certain Sign of its being of 
the Mafculine Gender-, and a, a, Seas Seas, de- 
note the Feminine. 

Obferve, the Letter a is fometimes found be- 
fore e Mafculine, as convent a pedro, it behoveth 
Peter ; elk matou a feu irmao, he has kill'd his 
Brother ; of which fee the Article Indefinite. 

The following Rules may ferve to diftinguifh 
the Genders of the Nouns Subftantive by their 
Signification. 

It is a general Rule, tho 5 not without Excep- 
tions, that thofe which end in o are of the Maf- 
culine, and thofe in a of the Feminine Gender. 

All proper Names of Men are of the Mafcu- 
line Gender ; alfo all Names of Angels, all the 
heathen Gods, the Names of the Winds ; all 
Titles, as Emperador, Rey, Principe, &c. the 
Names of Trades, as alfaydte, a Taylor ; fapa- 
teyro, a Shoemaker ; taverneyro, a Vintner, or 
Tavern-keeper ; all the Names of the Months. 
Of the Feminine Gender are all Women's Names, 
as Maria, Anna, Catherine?, &c. all heathen God- 
defies ; alfo the Names of Nymphs, and Names 
of Dignity, as Emperatriz, and whatfoever other 
Nouns concern the Feminine Sex. All the 
Names of Iflands, Provinces, Cities, Villages, 
Ships, &c. ending in a are of the Feminine Gen- 
der ; alfo all Names of Fruits, Trees, and Flow- 
ers, terminating in a. Thofe that are not com- 
prehended in thefe Rules, are bed learnt from 
Obfervation ; too many Rules commonly ferving 
rather to embroil than to inftrucT: a Beginner. 

Ob- 



Grammatica Angh-Lufitamca: if j 

Obfervations how to know the Genders of Nouns 
Subftantive by their Terminations. 

1. Nouns ending in a or aa are Feminine,whe- 
ther Proper or Common, as Maria, Roma, 
Franfa, &c. Pcejia, Villa, Mufica, Romaa, Ma- 
aa, Avellia, Mary, Rome, France, Poetry, a 
Town, Mufic, a Pomegranate, an Apple, a Small- 
nut. Except fuch Names as denote a manly Of- 
fice ; as mariola, a Porter, mejlrefcola, a School- 
mafter, and Sirnames, and the Word dia, a Day ; 
alib feveral Words deriv'd from the Greek and 
Latin, as clima, fantafma, poema, epigramma, enig- 
ma, diadema, dilemma, eftratagema, cometa, planets, 
which are all of the Mafculine Gender. The W&rd 
c-ada, every, is adapted to both Genders ; as cada 
bomem, cada mulher, every Man, every Woman. 

2. Nouns ending in/ are Mafculine, as the pro- 
per, Dunquerque, Albuquerque; common, as bar- 
rete, a Cap ; fmete, a Seal ; capote, a Cloak ; vi- 
nagre, Vinegar ; azeite, Oil, &c< But this Rule 
has the following Exceptions; firft, all Names of 
Virtues, Vices, Faculties and Paffions of the Mind 
are of the Feminine Gender, as 'uirtude, fantidade^ 
bondade, fe, Virtue, Holinefs, Goodnefs, Faith ; 
inimizade, ociofidade^ vaidade, menenice, morofi- 
dade, borachiffe, vontade, &c. Enmity, Idlenef 11 ,' 
Vanity, Childithnefs, Morofenefs, Drunkennefs^ 
Wili,^. Secondly, the following are alfo of the 
Feminine kind, as idade, Age; 'uelbice^ ; old Age ; 
rufticidade, Kufticity ; capacidade, Capacity ; feiici- 
dade, Felicity; forte, fortune; morte, Death; arte; 
Art; partei, Part ; drvore, a Tree; ave, a Bird; 
carne, Flefh ; fertilidade, Fertility ; fede, Thirfly 
Jebe, a Hedge; couve, Cabbage; erddde, Inheri- 
tance; trindade, Trinity ; ebamine, Chimney; pa- 
rede, a Wall ; yZJtf,Health ; rede, a Net; mare, the 

I Tide? 



1 14 Grammatica Angk-Lufaanica; 

Tide; cbave, a Key, trempe, a Trivet; hire, a 
Hare ; febre, Fever ; ferpente, a Serpent ; gale, a 
Galley. 

3. All Words ending in i are Mafculine ; as 
nebri, a Hawk ; biberiqiii, a Gimlet, &c. 

4. Words ending in o are Mafculine ; except 
fome few, as ndo, a Ship ; -filbo, a thin Cake, a 
Pancake; eyro, an Eel; mo, a Mill, &V. 

5. All Words ending in u are Mafculine ; as 
lambu, peru, mu, grou, a Cane, a Turkey, a 
Mule, a Crane. 

6. All Words ending in al, el, il, ol, ul, are 
Mafculine. 

7. All Words ending in am are Mafculine; as 
fam, melam, roupam, trovam, &c. except mam 
and cozam, and fome Words derived from the 
Latin, denoting an Action, viz. perfeyfilm, ex- 
aggerafdm, cempofifdm, declarafdm, recrtafdm, &c. 

8. Words in em are Mafculine ; aspentem, bo- 
dim, armazem, homem, &c. except ordem, ddem, 
virgem ; and Words ending in agem, which are 
Feminine, as ervagem, imagem, viagem^ &c. 

Note, The Word Salvagfm is of both Genders ; 
thus, you fay, vtrnm fahagem, and mulher fdl- 
vagem, a wild Man, a wild Woman. . 

9. All Words ending in im, cm, um^ are Maf- 
culine, as/w, efpadlm, torn, fom, at turn, dobrum, 
#c. 

10. Words in ar, er, ir, or, ur, are Mafculine ; 
as mftar, polegdr, alvaner, prazer, opbir, martyr, 
afor, cafador, caiur ; except colber, mulber^ for, 
dor, cor. 

j i. All Words ending in as are Feminine, e. p. 

c? * o 

tndas, a Litter ; cdlfas, Breeches , dfyas, a Fee or 
Advance in Rent; cocegas, tick! ing, &V. all which 
Words are writ in the Plural, but have a fmgular 
Signification, 

12. All 






Grammatica Anglo- Lit/it ante a. 1 1 $ 

12. All Words in es, is, os,us, whether Singu- 
lar or Plural, are Mafculine, v. g. alferes, da tiles > 
gis, calfoes, oculos, an Enfign, Dates, Chalk, 
Breeches, Spectacles, &c. 

13. Words in az, ez, iz, oz, uz, are Mafculine, 
except paz, torque*, rez, tez, fez, vez-, afoiz, per- 
diz, codormz, ra'iz, matriz ; noz, foz, voz -, /az, 
truz, which are Feminine ; the \Vord 

an Apprentice, is common to both Genders. 

Note, Words ending in / are more or lefs as many 
Mafculincs asFeminines-, as rey,pdy,boy, Maf- 
culine, and may^ ley, grey, &c. Feminine. 

Obferve alfo, that the Epicene Gender, expref- 
fing both Sexes at once, is not wanting here ; as 
pulga, plolbo, mofca^ mofquito, minhoca, &c. 

The Nouns Acljeclive ending in o are of the 
Mafculine, and thofe in a of the Feminine Gen- 
der-, of the Mafculine Gender are alfo thofe ter- 
minating in ; as cm, crua, crude, raw 5 nu, nua, 
naked , and in urn, as bum, huma ; comum, co- 
mua, &c. 

Thofe that terminate in al, el, il, az, iz, oz,es, 
and in e, are both of the Mafculine and Feminine 
Gender. 

The Pronouns Adjective have three Genders, as 
we obfervcd above, viz. Mafculine, Feminine, 
and Neuter ; as aquelle, aquella, and aquillo, that 
Man or Woman, and that Thing ; fo efte, ejfe, 
efia, effa, ijlo, iffo, this, that ; where note, the e 
in the Neuter is. turn'd into i\ as aquelle, aquillo ; 
efte, ijlo , e/e, iffo. 

But the Genders of the Pronouns appear plain 
enough in the Chapter of Pronouns, to which I 
refer the Reader. 



1 2 CHAR 



1 1 6 Grammatica Anglo- Lufitanica, 

CHAP. II. 

Of the Definite and Indefinite Articles. 

THERE are two Sorts of Articles, the De- 
finite and Indefinite. The Definite marks 
the Gender, Number, and Cafe of the Noun it 
goes - before , as o bomem^ do bomem, ao bomem, 
os homens, dos homens, aos komens ; a mulher y 
dd mulker, & mulher; as mulberes, das mulberes ^ 
as mulberes -, the Articles <?, do, ao t os, dos, aos ; 
a, dd, a, as, das, as, are here the Definite Ar- 
ticles, becaufe they point out the Mafculine or 
Feminine Gender, and the Singular or Plural 
Numbers. 

The Definite Article has fix Cafes, viz. Nomi- 
native, Genitive, Dative, Accufative, Vocative, Ab- 
lative, and is declined as may be feen in the Be- 
ginning of this Grammar. 

This Article is made ufe of, ift, to fpecify a 
particular Perfon -, as o Rey manda aos fubditos,\ht 
King commands the Subjects. 

2. It is applicable to a whole Species ; as os bo- 
mens fam fortes, Men are ftrong; o learn be feroz, 
the Lion is fierce. 

3. It is always put before God when the Word 
Decs has any Attribute join*d to it ; as o Deos de 
miftricordia, the God of Mercy. 

4. It is join'd with a Title to diftinguifh a Per- 
fon , as minba fenhora a PrinceJJa de, (*JV. my Lady 
the Princefs of, &c. 

5. All Nouns Subftantive common demand this 
Article , as a cafa, a terra, a mefa, o livro, o vinbs, 
leyte, ofogo, alua, ofot, &c. 

6. It is put before the Names of Countries, 
Rivers, and the Months j as a Franca, o Portu- 
gal 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 117 

gal, a Ingalaterra, a Tamifa, o Tejo, o mes de Mar- 
fo, o mes de Junbo, &c. 

7. It is put before any Epithet ; as Judas o trai- 
dor, Judas the Traytor. 

S.TheSuperlativeDegree of Adjectives requires 
alfo this Article ; as o principe Eugenia be o melhor 
general de todos, Prince Eugene is the bed General 
of alJ. 

9. The Pronouns Poflefiivc, meu, ten, feu, nojjb 
and voffb, and the Relatives bum, outro, qual, re- 
quire the Definite Article ; as elle be teu inimigo e o 
meu tambem, he is thy Enemy and mine likewife ; 
o hum he mats fabio do que o outro, one is more lear- 
ned than the other; meu livro o qual, my Book 
which, &V. All the other Pronouns are join'd 
with the Indefinite Article. 

fc^Obferve here that the Indefinite Article is alfo 
join'd with meu, teu, feu, noffo, voffb, &c. when ' 
they ftand between two Nouns Subftantive,thc 
latter of which ftands in the Genitive Cafe ; as 
(fa be cafa de meu irmao, that is my Brother's 
Houfe; em fatisfa$ao de feus pec ados, in Satisfac- 
tion of his Sins; tu nao conbeces os livros de noffo 
pay, thou doft not know the Books of our Fa- 
ther, (our Father's Books.) 

10. This Article is join'd to the Infinitive of a 
Verb when it is'taken in the Scnfe of a Noun ; as 
o ler nam he difficultofo, reading is not difficult. 

Obferve, no Article is required when a Prepo- 
fitjon is join'd with the Noun ; azfgnria com ar- 
dor, to ferve with Warmth ; obrarpor dmbeire, to 
work for Money. 

The Indefinite Articles. 

Are de and a-, de may Ipe placed before the 

Mafcuhne as well as the Feminine Gender; as 

* 3 bum 



1 1 8 Gramwatica Angk-Lttfitanka. 

bum arratel de pam, a Pound of Bread, and hiua, 

arratel de carne, a Pound of Flefh. 

This Article is allb put before the Singular and 
Plural promifcuoufly ; as bum arratel de cerejas, a 
Pound of Cherries ; hum miinero de mulheres, a 
Number of Women. 

In the fame Manner the Article a ferves for the 
Mafculine andFeminineGender, and the Singular 
and Plural Numbers ; as ifto nam fe diz a memncs, 
that is not faid to Children, a.nd ifio fe ha de fafer 
a mulheres, that muft be be done to Women. 

This Article has but four Cafes, viz. Genitive., 
Dative, Accufative, and Ablative, de, a, a, & de. 



is necefTary here to obferve,that the Portu- 
guefe as well as the Spaniards join this Article 
to the Pronouns and Nouns of an indefinite Sig- 
nification in the Accufative Cafe, which Begin- 
ners are often perplexed at, efpecialiy thofe 
who know French or Italian, which two Lan- 
guages admit of no Article in that Cafe. In 
the following Examples you'Jl find it join'd 
with the Accufative Cafe, viz. o reo com as 
moos atadas fey, a fua confiffao, the Guilty with 
his Hands tied made his ConfefTion j perguntey a 
efteshomens, I have afked thefeMen; perguntey a 
eftas mulheres, I have afked thofe Women ; per- 
guntey a Jo am qu l s boras sao, I have afked John 
what a Clock it is ; os Efpanho.ys combateram a 
Napolis, the Spaniards have fought againft Na- 
polis. (See Chap. V. of the Articles, 



By the Help of thefe fhort Rules I hope it will 
be eafy to diftinguifli which of the two Sorts of 
Articles mould be apply'd^'/z.When a particular 
Perfon or Thing is fpoke of and pointed out, 
then the Definite Article takes place ; but when 
the Subject fpoke of is not pointed out, but left 

in 



Grammatica Angh-Liiptamca* 119 

in a general Senfe, then the Article Indefinite ob- 
tains ; as when you fay, hum arratel de pam, a 
Pound of Bread, you do not determine which or 
whofe Bread it is, therefore the Indefinite Article is 
apply'd , but when you fay a Pound of my Father's 
Bread, then you point out whofe Bread it is, and 
caufe the Word Bread to obtain a determined or 
definite Senfe ; wherefore the Definite Article muft 
be made ufe of, and you fay hum arratel do pam de 
meu pay, and not hum arratel de pam de meu pay. 

To know the Cafes by the Particles and Prepo- 
fitions, we muft have regard to the Variety of 
Cafes which thefe Articles govern. The Article 
a ferves fometimes the Nominative, Dative, and 
Accufative Cafe; as when we fay a cafa hefermefa, 
the Houfe is beautiful, which is the Nominative ; 
and ir a cafa, to go home, which is the Accufa- 
tive -, and convem a cafa, it is convenient for the 
Houfe, which is the Dative Cafe. 

When the Particle de is join'd with the Pro- 
nouns efte, eft a, ejfa, ifto, ij/b, as defte, deft a, 
difto, diffoy it fometimes Hands in the Genitive, 
fometimes in the Ablative Cafe -, but the Particle 
, as nejle, nefta, nzfto, nejfe, t?f. always denotes 
the Ablative. See the Proportions. 

The Particles Iho and lha are often join'd to 
Verbs to fignify the Words it, him, and is a Con- 
traction of. the Article o, a, and the Pronoun 
elle-, thus they fay, doulbo de grafa, I give it him 
freely, and doulha (i. e. coufa) de grafa, I give it 
(/. e. that Thing) him freely ; the Articles o and a 
ftand here in the Accufative. 

The Particles de and da, and do, fometimes de- 
note the Genitive and fometimes the Ablative 
Cafe, e. g. parte da cafa, Part of the Houfe, be- 
ing the Genitive -, and venho de or da cafa de Pedro, 
I come from Peter's Houfe, which is the Abla- 
I 4 tive ; 



I2O Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 

five -, as alfo venho do Templo, I come from tlic 
Church, Ablative. 

The Particle or Prepofition per a is fometimes 
related to the Accufative, and fometimes to the 
Dative Cafe, v.g. vou pera cafa, I go home, Ac- 
cufative ; and pera minha cafa bafta ifto, this is fuf- 
ficient for my Houfe, which is the Dative. 

The Particles em, nd, no, com, fern, always de- 
note the Ablative Cafe in both Numbers, v. g. 
eftou em cafa, or no, cafa de Pedro, I am in the 
Houfe of Peter , eftou com cafa, &? com armagam 
eu fern cafa, fern armafam de. Pedro, I am with or 
without the Houfe or Furniture of Peter, Ablative. 

The Particle ao fometimes feryes the Dative, 
and fometimes the Accufative Cafe, e.g. Dative, 
fonvem ao Templo eftar ornado, it is convenient that 
a Church be adorned ; Accufative, vau ao Templq 
tje, &c. I go to the Church of, &V. Vid. the Chap- 
ter of the Prepofilions. 



CHAP. III. 

Of the Ufe and Concordance of Noun** 

AS Nouns are reckon'd the firft in the Parts 
of Speech,therefore I mall begin with them, 
and explain what is neceflary to know concerning 
them. 

It is a general Rule,both in thePortuguefe as well 
as in the Latin* that the Noun Adjective muft ever 
agree with theSubilantive in Gender, Number and 
Cafe, without Exception ; as hum bom livro, a good 
Book; buma mulher ma* a bad Wife or Woman ; 
bomens ^//^r/f/^difcreetMen.* And here obferve, 
the Noun Adjeclive is commonly placed after the 
Noun Subftantive. 

Remark^ 
* Seep, no, in. 



QrammatkaAnglo-LuJitamca. 121 
Remarks on tke Companions of Adjectives. 

The Force of the Comparifon lies often in the 
Particle que, as indeed it doth in the Latin, and 
the Languages derived from it ; the Latin has 
quam, the Italian di, the Spanijh que, the Portu- 
gueff que, the French que, the Englijh than. As for 
Example, o yinho he melhor quc a ccrvcja, Wine is 
better than Beer ; a pefte he peor que a farna, the 
Plague is worfe than the Itch. 

You alfo make Comparifons with the Adverbs 
mats and menos \ as meu cavallo he mais alto que o 
ttu, my Horfe is higher than yours (thine.) 

The Superlative is often formed, as in Latin, 
by adding iflimus ; as excel/ens, excellentffimus, Lat. 
So the Portuguese fayexccllentiffimo,generoj}ffim0i&c. 
but it is oftener exprefs'd by putting the Article 
e and a before the Sign of the Comparative De- 
gree , as oRey Ingalaterra he humprincipe o mais 
poderofo&c. theKingof Englandis the mod power- 
ful Prince, &c. ejla Senhora he a mais bella mulher 
do mundo, this Lady is the fineft Woman in the 
World, (vid. p. 29.) 

Obfervations on the Nouns of Numbers. 

All Numbers are diftributed into four Clafles; 
the firft is what we call Cardinal or Principal ; as 
hum, dons, tres^ quatro^ dez, vinte, trinta, quarenta, 
cincotnta, cent, mil, &c. one, two, three, four, ten, 
twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, hundred, a thoufand. 

Thofe of the fecond Order are called Ordinals; 
as primeiro, fegundo, terceiro, quarto^ quinto, fexto> 
decimo, vinteino, centejimo, milefimo, $3c. the firft, 
the fecond, the third, the fourth, the fifth, the 
fixth, the tenth, the twentieth, thehundredth,thc 
thoufandth, fcfr. 

The 



121 Grammatica Angh-Lufitamca. 

The third Clafs contains the Collectives , as 
buma duzia, huma vinteina, &c. a Dozen, a Score, 

The fourth Clafs are Numbers which mark an 
Augmentation ; as o dobro, the Double, &c. 

Though all thefe Nouns of Numbers are Ad- 
jectives in their Nature, yet there are fome which 
don't vary their Termination, that is to fay, from 
one, bum, buma, and in the Plural buns, bumas, 
fome , and dous^ duas, two, to duzentos, duzentas, 
two hundred j trecentos, trecentas, three hundred, 
&?<:. which again have the Feminine Termination ; 
as duzentos homens, & duzentas mu!beres t two -hun- 
dred Men and two hundred Women. 

CHAP. IV. 

Of the Pronouns. 

TH E Pronouns having the fecond Place al- 
lotted them in the Parts of Speech in all 
Grammars, I fhall treat of them next after the 
Noun, and fir ft con fid er the Pronoun Perfonal, of 
which there are three Sorts, viz. of the firft, fe- 
cond, and third Perfon. 

j^Some Grammarians diftinguifh the Pronouns 
into Subftantives and Adjectives. The Pro- 
nouns Subftantive are eu I, tu thou, andy? him- 
felf, and all the reft they call Adjectives ; but 
for Method's fake we mail treat of them in the 
following Order. 

The Pronoun Perfonal of the firft Perfon 
eu I, has no determined Gender, and is joined 
to either the Mafculine or Feminine, and de- 
clined with the indefinite Article, as may be 
feen in the Declenfions. There is but one Pro- 
2 noun 



Grammatlca Anglo-Lufaanica. 123 

noun of the firft Perfon, and it always agrees 
with the Verb in Number and Perfon-, as eu. 
fou, I am ; nos fomos, we are ; and it is fome- 
times fupprefs'd by Way of Elegancy, and in Imi- 
tation of the Latin ; as amo a effas raparigas, I 
love thofe Girls ; leyo a meos livros, I read my 
Books ; tho ? in Engli/h it cannot be left out. 
The Pronoun me me, is joined with the Particles 

and a in the following Manner; mo and w in the 
Singular, and mos and mas in the Plural Number 
are made ufe of, v. g. muy caro vendeomo, i. e. //'- 
vro, he fold it me very dear, /. e. the Book ; muy 
cara vendeoma,. i. e. coufa, he fold it me very dear, 
i. e. the Thing-, vendeomosmuycaros, i.e. os livros, 
he fold 'em me very dear, i. e. the Books , ven- 
deomas muy caras, i. e. as fedas, he fold 'em me 
very dear, i. e. the Silks. 

The Rules given for the firft Perfon alfo ferve 
for the fecond, without any Exception. 

The Pronun tu is alfo with the Article 0and a y 
95 andtfj, contracted into to,ta^ tos^tas^ and joined 
to the End of Verbs, which makes this Language 
very concife and expreffive ; thus they fay, douto 
de grafa, i. e. o Itiro, I give it thee freely, i. e. the 
Book; for doute o, &c. douta degraca^ i. e. 'a feda 9 

1 give it thee freely, /'. e. the Silk; for doute a. So 
in the Plural Mafculinc, douto s de grafa, i. e. os 
UvroS) I give 'em you freely, /'. e. the Books, for 
doute os ; and doutds de grafa, i. e. asfeaaf, I give 
'cm you freely, i. e. the Silks, for doute as. 

The Plural i'6s ; s alfo often joined to 0,#, w, and 
as, by changing the Letter into an /. Example, eu 
vola dou, I give it you, for eu vos a, dou-, and eu 
^olas dou^ I give them you, for eu vos as dou. 
Likewife the Infinitiveof Verbs is joined with 0,<?.f, 
a and as, by changing the r into/ as querovclo 
I will fee him or it, for quero ver o ; and quero 

velos 



124 Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitanica. 

velos, I will fee them, for quero ver os. See the 

Chapter of the Verb. 

The Pronoun of the third Perfon, Ji or fe him- 
felf, which is the common Gender, both Mafcu- 
line and Feminine, and has no Plural Number, 
is declined with the indefinite Article, as may be 
feen in the Beginning of this Grammar. 

Elle is commonly exprefs'd by the Particle the 
in the Singular, and Ihes in the Plural, and the 
Dative Cafe is comprehended therein ; as a elk and 
a elks , as namfe Ihe da d'effo^ and nam fe Ike da a 
elk dijjo, he cares not for it. So in the Plural 
namfe Ihes da dijfo^ or nam fe Ihes da a elks d'ijft, 
they care not for it, or they value it not. (Seep. 33) 

Pronouns Poffefiive. 

There are three Pronouns pofieffive; as meu 
teityfeu, mine, thine, his, in Singular ; meus^ tens, 
feus, in Plural. They are joined with a Noun 
Subftantive both in Singular and Plural, and have 
two Genders, viz. Mafculine and Feminine; thus 
meu mine, is mmha'm Feminine -, feu, tua, Vid. the 
DecJeniionof the Pronouns ; meu livro, my Book; 
minbacafa, my Houfe-, meu olho y my Eye ; min- 
bas palavras, my Words, &c . 

Thefe Pronouns have the Article before them 
when the Conjunction Copulative comes between, 
e. g. teu irmao e o meu, thy Brother and mine, mm- 
ba irmaa e afua> my Sifter and his ; teus cavallos 
e os meus^ thy Horfes and mine ; tuas eafas e as 
minhas, thy Houfes and mine. 

Pronouns Demonflrativc. 

Such are elle t ella^ efle^ effe, aqwlle ; the Words 
elle, clla^ anfwer the Englifh be ziidjbe i efte is ufed 

when 



Grammatica Anglo- Lu fit anicd. 125 
when we fay in Engltfb this ; EJJa anfwers the Eng- 
lijh that ; and aquelle that there or yonder, which 
is almoft out of fight, is remote, or not in fight 
at all ; e.g. efte homem he muy honrado, this Js a 
Man of Honour ; ejjamulberhe fermofa, that Wo 
man is handfome ; and fuy dez annos em aquella 
cidade, I have been ten Years in that City. 

Pronouns Interrogative. 

>ue, quern , qua!, cujo, and cuja. The Pro- 
noun que is indeclinable , as quz bomem be efte ? 
what Man is that ? que mulheres fam ej/as? what 
Women are thofe ? When que is an Interroga- 
gative it ought to be writ with an Accent, other- 
wife not. 

When you fpeak of inanimate Things you may 
ufe indifferently the Word qual, or quern; as qual 
defies relratos he o melhor ? which of thefe Pictures 
is the beft? or quern defies retratos, &c. But when 
you fpeak of Things having Life you muft make 
ufe of quern only, except you put the Article be- 
fore qual, e. g. quern das dttas mulheres he a mats 
fermofa? which of the two Women is the hand- 
fomeft ? or a qual das, &c. which however is not 
fo polite a Way of Exprefllon as the firft. 

Pronouns Relative. See the Chapter of Pronouns. 

Pronouns Improper. 

Thefe Pronouns are divided into two Clafles; 
the firft is of Perfonals, the other Mix'd, which 
has Regard to both Perfons and Things. 

The Perfonal only is quern, who and which. 

The Mix'd are nehum^ cadahum^ outro^ cada* 
terto, mefmoi algum, todo, fal, qualquer, noboby, 

every 



ia6 Qrammatlca Anglo- Lujltamca. 

every one, another, every, a certain, the fame'; 
fomebody, every, fuch, which, or whoibever. 

Some of thefe Pronouns have but one only Ter- 
mination , as quern, cada, qualquer, tal, which are 
of the Mafculine and Feminine Gender both ; queni 
and cada are indeclinable, but qual is in the plural 
quays, and tal toys ; thus you fay quayfqueres 
bomens, ou quayfqueres mulheres. All the others 
have a Mafculine and Feminine Termination^ 
and are declinable ; as nenhum, nenhuma, nenbums, 
nenbumas, cadahum, cadahuma, cadahuns, cadabu- 
vnas ; outro, outra, outros, outras \ certo, certa, cer- 
toSy certas, &c. 

One of them is only negative, zsnenhum, ncn- 
l)uma \ all the reft are Affirmatives. 

Note, The Pronouns meu, teu, feu, riojjb, vojfi, 
hum, outro, and qual, mine, thine, his, ours, yours^ 
one (or a) another, or which, aredeclmedwiththe 
Definite; but all the reft with the Indefinite Article. 

CHAP. V. 

Of the Verbs. 

TO know how to conjugate the Verbs, arid 
to apply them well, is a very material Thing 
to fpeak a Language in Perfection, The Conju- 
gations have been fhewn above, and here we mail 
compile a few Rules how they are to he applied 
in their proper Moods, and Tenfes, Numbers, 
and Perfons, 

All the Tenfes of Verbs (except the Infinitive) 
mould have before them a Nominative, either ex- 
prefs'd or underftood, with which they mould 
agree in Number and Perfon. 

Exprefs'd ; as eu amo I love i tu owes, thou 
heareft j Pedro canla, Peter fmgs, 

lender- 



Grammatlca Anglo- Lufaanica. I2J 

Underftood ; as amo I love ; ouvimos, we hear 5 
cantom, they fmg. 

83" The Portuguefe as well as Spaniards, whef* 
they fpeak to a Perfon whom they refpeft, they 
put the Verb in the third Perfon Singular ; 
as M tern rezab, you are in the right (your 
Worfhip is in the right.) When they fpeak to 
one whom they have lefs Regard for, they fay, 
Vojfe, (inftead of Voffa merce) tern rezao* When 
they would exprefs ftill lefs Regard, they fpeak 
in the fecond Perfon Plural, without V M, 
or Vojfe, and fay tendes rezao, you are in the 
right, or you have Reafon -, and the moft fa- 
miliar Way of all, as from a Father to a Son, 
or a Matter to his Servant, is when they fpeak 
in the fecond Perfon Singular, terns rezao, thou 
haft right (Reafonj 

The Verb Active governs the Accufative ; as 
amo a meuirmao, 1 love my Brother; digo a ver- 
dade \ fay the Truth. 

The Verb Pafllve is preceded by a Nominative, 
and follow'd by an Ablative Cafe ; as osjuezesfao 
(imadosdo's Principes, Judges are loved by Princes; 
csjuezes Handing in the Nominative, and dosprin- 
cipes in the Ablative Cafe. 

When the Particle to follows a Verb the Par- 
tuguefe as well as the Englifh put the next follow- 
ing Noun in the Dative Cafe; as dou a minha ir- 
maa, I give to my Sifter ; dezia ao principe, hefaid 
to the Prince, which has been fufficiently ex- 
plain'd, p. 15. 

The Conjunctions which are between two Verbs 
oblige the laft of the two Verbs to be of the fame 
Number, Perfon, and Tenfe with the firft : Ex- 
ample, the King wills and commands, o Rey 
e manda, he fings and dances very well, elle 

cant* 



128 Grammattca Anglo- JLuJit ante ^ 
anta e danfa muito bem ; we faw and heard, vi* 
mos e ouvimoS) &c. 

Of the Moods. 

The Indicative has properly no Conjunction be- 
longing to it, tho* fometimes the following are 
join'd with it, viz. que y fe, quando, andcomo, e. g. 
o SenborA. B.efcreve^quetcndesfeu livro, Mr. A. B. 
writes that you have his Book ; faztffbfe me a- 
tnas, do that if you love me ? quando quereys vir, 
when will you come? coinp tu amas a e/les, elks 
te amaram^ as thou loveft them they will love thee. 

The Imperative Mood 

Requires neither Prepofition nor Conjunction, 
except only in the third Perfon Singular and Plu- 
ral, when it is preceded by another Verb, other- 
wife not; as mandaquefallem^ order them to fpeak. 

Note, It is a Point of Controverfy among the 
Grammarians whether there is any Difference of 
Tenfesin the Imperative Mood. Some of the Por- 
tugttefe Grammars have two Tenfes, viz. the Prefent 
and Future, whereas in Reality no Command can 
regard any other than a Future ; for the Action 
muft be fubfequent to the Command. The fe- 
cond, which they call the Future, is entirely 
borrow'd from the Future of the Indicative 
Mood, only with this Alteration, that no firft 
Perfon is allowed in the Singular, and the Pro- 
noun is put after the Verb. The Spaniards have 
but one Tenfe in the Imperative^ which they call 
Future, and correfponds with the firft Tenfe of 
our Imperative ; and indeed if two Tenfes are to 
be allowed, the only Difference I can perceive is* 
that what is commanded by the firft is to be ex- 
ecuted immediately, but the fecond at a greater,- 
and not a limited, Diftance of Time ; for which 

Reafori 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 129 

"Reafon I, not being willing to reject the fecond 
entirely, have kept them, and call'd one the firft, 
and the other the fecond Tenfe. 

The Optative and Conjunctive 

Require fome Particle before each Tenfe, tho* 
the Prefent is fometimes ufed without any , as 
prafa a Deos, plcafe God ; Deos o faffa, God grant 
it. When no Certainty of Action is mark'd, and 
the Particle que is join'd with the Verb, it muft 
always be put in the Optative-, as ba mefterque tenha 
eUy 'tis necefTary I fhould have. The Conjunctive 
is very elegantly ufed on feveral Occafions, and 
exprefs'd by the Particle como , as como vojfi pay 
vos ama tanto, fente muyto voj/a aufmcia, as your 
Father loves you fo much, he is much troubled - 
at your Abfence -, como voj/b pay vos amava, amou y 
amara tanto^ &c. and in fhort the Particle como 
prefix'd to any of the Tenfes of the Indicative 
exprefles the Conjunctive Mood. 

The Portuguese alfo not inelegantly make ufe of 
the Gerund to exprefs the Conjunctive Mood, e.g. 
nam vos coreys de fazer fays coufas, fendo nobre, for 
comofsys nobre, don't you blufh (colour) to do fuch 
Things, being aPerfon of Quality , fugiys,fugiftes 
de voffb pay amando vos elle tanto, did you, have 
you run away from your Father, he loving you 
ib well ? 

The Conjunctive alfo is very elegantly (nay "more 
elegantly than by the Particle como, or the Ge- 
rund) exprefs'd by the Particles poys and.depoys, 
v. g. nam me efpanto fallardes tarn audafmente, poys 
foys foldado, I wonder not that thou talkefl fo 
boldly fince thou art a Soldier ; morreo ao pri- 
meire de Setembro depoys de fer Rey fete annos, 6u a- 
uehdo fete annos que tipha eftado Rey., he died the Se- 
venth of September, after he had been King fe- 

K ven 



130 Grammatka Anglo-LuJitanica; 

ven Years, or it being feven Years that he had 
been King. 

The Optative is alfo join'd with the Particles 

pofto que, fe, que, quendm, peraque, mm, aindaque % 

(omtantoque, altho', if, that, that not, why, why 

not, altho', whilft or as long as-, as, rogo te quefe- 

jas liberal, I defire thee to be liberal ; pera que fe- 

jas liberal, &c. 

All Verbs which fignify Will, Command, Doubt* 
Defire, Admiration, Supplication, or Prctenjion, 
when followed by the Conjunction que, govern the * 
Subjunctive Mood ; as rogolbe que venba pera miw- 
ba cafa, I defire him to come to my Houfe ; de- 
fejo muito que profpere em feus negocios, I defire very 
much that he may profper in his Bufinefs ; quera 
Deos (prafaaDeos) quefeja, God grant he may be. 

The Conjunction aindaque, altho', always de- 
mands the Subjunctive Mood ; as, aindaque feja. 
tempo nao quero hir ainda, altho' it be Time, 1 do 
not care to go yet , aindaque elk o diga nao o creyo, 
altho' he fays it, I do not believe it. 

The Infinitive 

Has an indeterminate Signification, and can be 
employ'd neither abiblutely nor determinately, 
except in fpeaking in general, e. g, poder viver, t 
faber viver, be a verdadeyra filofofia, to be able to 
Jive, and to know to live is the true Philofophy. 
Sometimes the Infinitive is elegantly, in Imitation 
of the Latin, made a Subftantive, and has the 
Article o prefix'd to it , as ovzver e o morrer fam 
as coufas mais certas que timos, to live and to die 
are the moil certain Things we have; and in this 
Manner the Particles or Prepofitions no and do 
are often joined with it; as no correr nembum o ex- 
cede, in Running no one exceeds him ; nao fe fall* 
do ler agora, we don't fpeak now of Reading. 

They 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanica. 131 

They alfo very elegantly make ufe of this 
Mood with the Particle que, when we place the 
Words fomething or nothing before the Infinitive 
in Englijh ; as tenho que fazer, I have fomething to 
do, nab tenho que e fer ever, I have nothing to write. 
The Pronouns me, te, fe are often joined with 
the Infinitive Mood, v.g. afanharfe, to be exaf- 
perated \ enlreterfe, to entertain one's felf. 

When two Verbs are put together, the fecond 
commonly is in the Infinitive -, as dew amar,\ muft 
Jove ; quero ver, I deli re to fee. 

Sometimes the Particles por, fern, d,de, />m?,and 
em precede the Infinitive -, as por fer virtuofo me 
perftguem os mdos, for being virtuous, or becaufe 
I am virtuous, the Wicked persecute me ; fern 
fer letrado dou a minha opiniao, without being a 
Lawyer, I give my Opinion ; dfallar a verdade, 
to fpeak the Truth, &c. fey que aveys de fer bo- 
mem douto, I know you are to be a learned Man ; 
prometo de fer fiel, jurava de fer fd^ I promife to 
be faithful, he fwore to be faithful. 

When the Verb is in the Infinitive Mood and 
Future Tenfe, then the auxiliary Verb ey is added , 
as, amaturus fum ///z/w, Latin, amalo ey, laudaturus 
fum ilium, Latin, ouvilo <?y, I will love him, I will 
praife him ; accordarlbe ey, I will wake him -, a* 
faftarfe ha, he will be angry. 

When the Particles lo, la, los, las, him, it, her, 
and them are joined with the Infinitive, the Verb 
lofes the Letter r ; as quero loimalo, louvdla, lou- 
valos, touvatas, I will praife him and praife it, 
praife her, praife them ; quero ouvilo, ouvila, I will 
hear him or it, hear her. But when the Particles 
Ihe and Ibes ftand inflead of the foremention'd Di- 
minutives, the Letter r remains in its Place , as, 
qite.ro agradecerlbe, e agradecerlhes, I will thank 
him, her, and thank them; quero fallarlbe, fal* 
larlhes, I will fpeak to him, her, fpeak to them, 
K 2 When 



132 Grammatica Angk-Lufitanica. 

When they ufe the Infinitive to accompany a 
third Perfon in the Plural, it is common with the 
Portuguefe to add em, and to make ufe offer, fe~ 
rent, amar, amarem. Thus they fay, fico queixofo 
da minha defdita de faltarem as occajioens de defem- 
pemharme, I remain complaining of my Misfor- 
tune to want Opportunities (that Opportunities 
are wanting) to acquit myfelf; nao quero os libros 
for ferem ellesprobibidos,l don't care for the Books 
becaufethey are prohibited: nao quiz accompanhal- 
los por amarem elles a beber tanto, I did not care to 
accompany them becaufe they love to drink fo 
much, &c. 



To avoid Repetition, I refer the Reader to what 
has been faid in the Beginning of this Grammar 
on this Head. 

Since the Preterperfefts definite and indefinite 
are often confounded one with the other, we'll 
Jay down here fome Rules to diftinguifh'em by. 
The Preterperfe6t definite, or fecond, is employ'd 
when we fpeak of a Time perfectly paft ; and the 
indefinite or firft when the Time is not totally, 
but paft in part, and in part prefent or pafling : 
For example,in fpeakingof the laftYear,you may 
not fay tenho efcrito huma carta no anno -pajfado, I 
have wrote a Letter lad Year, becaufe the Time 
or Year is entirely paft. But to fpeak properly, 
we muft fay efcrevi buma carta no anno pajjado, I 
wrote a Letter laft Year, which Difference is 
alfo obferv'd in the EngUJh Tongue ; for it would 
be as improper in Englijh to fay / have wrote a 
Letter lajt Tear, for I wrote a Letter laft Tear, as 
it is fhocking to a nice Ear in the Portuguefe to 
Jay tenho efcrito, &c. In fpeaking of the prefent 
Year, which being but in part paft, it won't be 
aliow'd me to fay compufey bum livro efte anno, 



Grammatica Anglo-I^ufitanica. 133 

I compofed a Book this Year ; but I muft fay 
tenbo compcfto hum livro efte anno, I have com- 
pofed a Book this Year, which is alfo more 
proper in Englifh. This Diftinction may be ac- 
quired by the Ear, but as this is not done but by 
long Converfation with thofe who fpeak the Lan- 
guage in Perfection, I would advife the Beginner 
not to truft to Practice only in this Article, but 
to fix well thefe Remarks in his Mind, fince 
otherwife he may chance to get an ill Habit of 
confounding thefe twoTenfes, which afterwards 
is not eafily difcardcd. 

The Preterpluperfect and the two Futures are 
eafily diftinguifh'd by what we have faid in the 
Beginning of this Grammar. 

Of the Uncertain Tenfe. 

This Tenfe is by the Ignorant often put for 
the Preterimperfect of the Optative Mood. _Jts 
Termination is in n<z, and ought not to be ufed 
indifferently for the Preterimperfect but when we 
fpeak either conditionally (but then the Condition 
muft follow) or with fome Doubt ; but it can ne- 
ver take y?, if, and aindaque, altho 5 , before or after 
it, if you'll fpeak correctly ; and the Preterim- 
perfect muft always be preceded by fe, if, and ain- 
daqiie. By the following Examples you'll per- 
ceive how much the Senfe of a Period is alter 3 d 
by the Difference of thefe Tenfes. To begin with 
the Uncertain, daria a Voffa merce dez cruzados fe 
fora bomem bonrado, I would give you ten Crufa- 
does were he an honeft Man -, fallaria a verdade 
fe nam recedra o caftigo^ I would or mould fpeak 
the Truth did I not fear the Punimment; and it 
would be falfe and contrary to the Idiom of the 
Language to fay daffe or dara dez dobroens, and 
fallara ou fallaffe averdade^ &c. Example of the 

K Prc- 



J34 Grammatica Artglo-Lufitanica. 
Preterimperfeft, aindaque fallara ou fallajfe a ver- 
dade, mmhum me crera, tho' I mould fpeak the 
Truth, no Body will believe me. Note, When 
they ufe the Imperfect inftead of the Uncertain 
Tenfe, it is the Termination in ara, and not that 
in ajfg. 

Of the Verb Paffive. 

The Paffive Verb or Voice, as we have faid at 
the Conjugations, is made by conjugating the 
Verbs fou and eftou with the Participle of the paft 
Tenfe ; but the Portuguefe (as well as the Spaniards) 
commonly exprefs the Paffive Voice by joining 
the Pronoun fe with the Verb A dive in the fol- 
lowing Manner. Example, 

Pello que o Senhor tern dito fe ve o contrario, for 
be ou eftavifto o contrario^ by what this Gentleman 
has faid, the contrary fees itfelf ^ for the contrary is 
feen or appears. 

As circ umftantias fe contain, e fe deve fazer poco 
cafo de muifas deltas pello odio que fe tern a efta gente, 
Circumtrances count themfelves, fare counted) and 
it muft make itfelf little in Cafe of (and littleRe- 
gard ought to be had to) many of them, (by the 
Hatred that holds itfelf to this People,) or by 
reafon of their Hatred towards this People ; 
que fe diz de novo? What News fays itfelf, or is 
faid? que fe efereve de novo de Paris? what News 
writes itfelf from Paris, or is wrote from Paris ? 

The Paffive Voice is allo fometimes exprefs'd 
by the third Perfon in Plural of the Active Verb. 
Example, dizem (fe diz) que avera guerra, they fay 
(it is faid) there will be a War; efcrevem (fe efereve) 
de Paris que o Rey efta com faude, they write (it is 
wrote) from Paris that the King is in Health,&V. 

i Of 



Qrammatlca Angh-Lufitamca. 

Of the Gerunds. 

The Gerunds in this Language end in do ; as 
, Undo, &c. in loving, in reading, Cfff . and 
govern the fame Cafes as the Verbs of which they 
are Part, tho* fome compofe Gerunds by putting 
the Particles em, pera and de, with the Infinitive 
Prefent ; as em dar, pera dar, de dar, in giving, 
of giving; as efcrevendo ejfa carta, in writing 
that Letter , fallando a mm pay, fpeaking to my 
Father , by which it appears they govern the 
fame Cafes as the Verbs they are derived from ; 
for carta ftands here in the Accufative, and a meu 
pay, in the Dative. 

The Gerunds have neither Tenfe, Number, 
or Perfons, but agree with all, Example of the 
Prefent, trabalbando bem nam ha que temer, in 
working well he need fear no Body ; of the Per- 
fect, fay feito efcrevendo die a carta, it was done 
when he wrote the Letter. Example for the 
Number and Perfon, eu o verey, vos o vereys, elle 
o$ *uera. pajjando polla rita* I (hall fee him, you 
lhall fee him, he (hall fee them pafling thro* the 
Street. 

Sometimes two Gerunds are joinM together; as 
eftando efcrevendo efta carta recebi a voj]a t whilft 
I was writing this Letter I received yours; morreo 
de repcnte, eftando difputando ddmorte^ he died fud- 
denly whilft he was difputing about Death. 

The Verb and Gerund are alfo fometimes Com- 
panions ; as efpirou avendo qitatro annos inteiros que 
jazia entrevadO) he died (expired) having lain 
four whole Years bedridden. 



K 4 CHAP, 



136 Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitanica. 

CHAP. VI. 

Of the Participles. 

TH E Participles are of three Sorts, viz. of 
the Paft, Prefent, and Future Tenfe ; as ama- 
do, beloved ; amante, (o que ama) loving, or he 
that loves, and o que tern de dinar ^ he that fhall or 
will, or is to love. 

When that of the Pad Tenfe is compofed with 
the Verby^r, to be, then the Participle ought to 
agree with the foregoing Noun Subftantive in 
Gender and Number. Example, the Captain is 
beloved, o capitam be amado , Virtue is efteemed, 
a virtude he eftimado -, the Lazy will be blamed, 
espregmfofosferamcutpados; thofeHoufes will be 
iold, effas cafasferam vendidas. 

The Participle of the Pad Tenfe, ftriftly taken, 
infers a Pafllve Signification ; as lido, read, ama- 
do, loved, ouvido, heard , but the Portuguefe (and 
Spaniards) often ufe it alfo in the Active Senfe ; 
as c emo vos tenho efcrita muitas cartas, e nao ey rece- 
bido nenhuma repofta, as I have wrote you many 
Letters, and have not received any Anfwer. 



Spaniards and Portuguefe very elegantly 
make ufe of this Participle with the Ablative 
abfolute, to imitate their Mother Tongue, the 
Latin ; thus they fay acabada a ceafefoy a dor- 
mir. Supper being ended, he went to deep, 
(finita ccena vvit cubitum} ; tirada a caufa ccjfk 
o effeitO) the Caufe being taken away, the Ef- 
fec~t ceafes (ablata caufa ceffat effeftus] j partida 
voffb pay cbegou vojja irmaa, when your Father 
was departed, your Sifter arrived; in this Cafe 
the Gerunds fendo and avendo are underftood ; 
<s a cea fenda acabada, ft foy a dormir, a caufa 

fendo, 



GrammaticaAnglo-Lufitamca. 137 
fendo, tirada ceffa o effeito ; o vojfc fay fendo 
partido chegou voffa irmaa. 

The Participles of the Prefent Tenfe, amante, 
loving, ouvente, hearing, &c . are of the common 
Gender, and are declined like Nouns Adjective, 
and muft agree with the Nourj or Pronoun they 
are joined with in Number and Cafe ; as,w ouvin- 
tes (homens) &? as ouvintes (mulberes) iflo por certo 
nao dizem, que tendes rezao, thefe (Men or Wo- 
men) who are hearing it, for certain do not fay 
that you have right ; but the Portuguefe common- 
ly exprefs this Participle by the Indicative Pre- 
fent, join'd with the particles oora, which they 
decline, and the Pronoun que. Example, os (bo- 
wens] fcP as (mulberes) que ouvem ifto, por certo, nao 
dizem que tendes rezab, the (Men and Women) 
which hear that, for certain, do not fay that you 
have right. 

The Participle of the Future Tenfe is of two 
Voices, viz. the Active and Paflive. That of the 
Active o qus tern de amor, hr^ ouvir, he that is to 
love, read, or hear, is likewife adapted to the 
Gender and Number of the Noun it is join'd with, 
by declining the Article o and a, and putting the 
Verb tenho in the Number and Perfon agreeable 
thereunto ; as os homens &f as mulberes que tern de 
amar, ler, ouvir, the Men or Women that are to' 
love. 

The Participle of the FutureTenfe in the Paf- 
five Voice is o & a que ba ou tern de fer amado, a- 
mada ; os & as que ham ou tem de fer amados, ama~ 
das, he or me that is to be loved ; they (both 
Mafculine and Feminine) that are to be loved : 
Which is alfo regulated by the Article and Verb in 
the Mafculine Gender er Plural Number, as the 
Noun demands in it; Example, o livro que ba de 
fer efcrit> the Book that is to be writ ; as cartas 

que 



13 8 Grammatica Angh-Lyfoanica. 

que ham de fer lidas y the Letters that are to be 
read. x 

CHAP. VII. 

Of the Adverbs. 

TH E Grammarians differ about thefe Words, 
dentrojora>emcima, embaixo^ antes ^ and diante, 
fome putting them in the Rank of Adverbs, and 
others placing them among the Prepofitions , and 
they are both Adverbs and Prepofitions. When 
they are followed by nothing they are Adverbs ; 
as efta dentro, he is within ; vay fora, he goes out 
or abroad ; efta encima, he is on the Top -, efta 
debaixo, he is below ; vay antes, he goes before ; 
vaydiante, he goes before, becaufe they here main- 
tain the Character of Adverbs, which is, they 
are join'd with Verbs to declare or explain the 
Manner of their Signification. They are Prepo- 
fitions when they are follow'd by ibme Cafe of a 
Noun ; as efta dentro na cafa, he is in the Houfe ; 
efta fora da cafa, he is out of the Houfe, &c. 

The Adverb is always put before the Adjective 
and Participle, but follows the Verb ; as efte 
bomem he muito barbaro ; this Man is very barba- 
rous j ejiou bem perfuadidO) I am well perfuaded. 

The Adverbs in their Order are as follow. 

jtdverbs of Time. Entam, entonces, then. 

Agora, now. Sempre, ever. 

Ja, already. Nunca, never. 

Ja entam, then already. Ao prefente, at prefent. 

Jamays, never. Algumah6ra,fometimes, 

Jagora, juft now. Ainda, yet. 

Tarde, late. Antefque, before. 

Sedo, foon y early. Supitamente, fuddenly. 

Caefe 



Grammatica Anglo-Luff anica. 139 



Cada dia, daily. 
Hojc, to-day. 
Amenham, to-morrow. 
Depois, afterwards. 
Ontem, yejlerday. 
Defde, Jince then. 
Daqui adiante, hence- 
forward. 
En tre tan to, mean while. 

Adverbs of Place. 

/ qui, here. 
Alii, there. 
A cola, in this or that 

Place. 

Daqui, hence. 
Pera alii, hither. 
A tell, hitherto. 
Ca, hither. 

I ,a onde, there, where. 
Onde, where. 
Ondequer, wherever. 
Dentro, within. 
Fora, without. 
Alem, on the other Side. 
Acima, above. 
Debaixo, below. 

Adverbs of Quantity. 

Muyto, much. 

Pouco, little. 

Aflas, baftantemente, 
enough. 

Demafiado, too much. 

Abundantcmente, abun- 
dantly. 

Muyto mais, much wort. 



Pouco mais,fl little more. 
Pouco mais ou menos, 
little more or lefs. 

Adverbs of Quality* 

Prudentemente, pru- 

dently. 
Atrevidamente, boldly. 



Adrede, dextroujly. 
Suavamente, fweetly. 



Engenhofamente, inge- 
nioujly. 



Legeyramente, neatly. 
Gentilmente, genteely. 
Facilmente, eajily. 

Adverbs of Number. 

As vczes, fometimes. 
Vez, vezes. Time, Times. 
Muitas vez.zs y oftsntimes. 
Humavez, once. 
Quatro vezes, four times. 
Cem mil vezes, hundred 
thoufand times. 

Adverbs Negative. 

Nam, not. 
Ainda nam, not yet. 
Nomays, no more. 
Naada, nothing. 
Tam pouco, neither. 
Nunca, jamais, never. 
Reparay vos, look ye. 
Adverbs 



140 Grammatlca Anglo-LuJitanica. 

Adverbs demonftrating. Adverbs of Intention. 



Eisaqui, behold. Fortiffimamente,/r0- 

Alem difto, moreover, fy. 

Intenfiflimamente, moft 

intenfely. 

Com grand e cuydado, 
moft ftudioujly. 



bejides. 
Finalmente, finally. 
Em fin, at lafl. 



Eylo aqui, look here. 

Adverbs of "Doubt. 
Por ventura, perhaps. 



Adverbs of Remitting. 

Pouco a pouco, little by 

little. 

Pafib a paffo,/^ byftep. 
Preguifofamente, idly. 
Adverbs Interrogatory. Froxamente, remifly. 



A cafo, perchance. 



Como, how. 

Por que rezam, where- 



Adverbs of Haftening. 



Purpofe. 
Para que, why. 
Que, what. 

Adverbs of Uniting. 

Apar, juntamente, to- 
gether. 

Entreambos, between 
both. 

Adverbs of Separation. 

Aparte, fingly. 
Seperadamente, fepa- 

rately. 
Efpalhadamente, feat- 

teringly. 
Apartadamente, dif- 

tinfily. 



^hajlily. 
Arrebadamente, furi- 

oujly. 
Em hum inftante, in- 

Jtantly. 
Logo, prefently. 

Adverbs of Comparifon. 

Aflim como, fo as. 
Quafi, almoji. 
Como, as. 
Mays, more. 
Menos, lefs. 

Adverbs of Choice. 

Antes, rather. 
Doutra maneyra, other- 
wife. 

Debaldc, 






Grammatica Anglo- Luf tame a. 141 

nvanv'flw/;*. A outro propofito, for 
Atravez, tranfuerjly. another End. 

Ao contrario, on the con- De corrida, nimbly. 

trary. Diariamente, daily. 

A olhos viftos, openly. As efcondidas, private- 

A longe, afar off. ' ly. 

De perto, near. De dia em dia, from day 
Ao menos, at leaft. to day. 

a pe de letra, by pre- De gatinhas, creeping. 

fcription. De galope, leaping. 

Ao redor, about. De giolhos, kneeling. 

Ao vivo, to the life. DavefTo, tranverjly. 

Aos couces, by the heels. Debilmente, weakly. 

CHAP. VIII. 

Of the Conjunctions. 

TH E feveral Sorts of Conjunctions are Co- 
pulatives, Disjunctives, Caufals, Illatives, of 
Opposition, Exception, Conditionals of Doubt- 
ing, of Declaration, of Interrogation, of Com- 
parifpn, of Augmentation, of Diminution, fcfr. 

The chief Conjunction Copulative is e, and, 
which is ufed as in all other Languages ; tambem, 
tanto, quanta^ como, new, and tampoco, are of the 
fame Order. 

Tambem^ alfo, or as well, is always placed at 
the End of the Phrafe ; as vojfe o quer, e eu tam- 
bem^ you defire it (will have it) and I alfo. 

Tanto, quanta^ como, always fpeak with a Rela- 
tion to other Things. 

Nem disjoins the Parts of the Period as to the 
Senfe, but unites them in the Period; as nao he 
mm homem nem mutter, it is neither, Man nor 
Woman ; tampoco t neither, is ufed after the fame 
Manner, 

Ott 



142 Grammatica Anglo-Lufitan'ica. 

Ou is a Disjunctive, and is ufed in the fame 
Senfe as vel \nLatin t and or in EngUJh. 

Porem, eniretanto, com todo iffo, fern embargo, 
but, mean while, for all that, notwithftanding, 
are of Oppofition, and are employ'd in Difcourfe 
as theEngli/h Words that fignify them. 

Senam, and amenos que, if not, and unlefs that, 
are of the excepting kind ,y0zftandsfometimes 
for but; as nab quero fenam iffo, I defire but that. 

Se 9 if, pofto que, andfuppofto que, fuppofing that, 
&re of the conditional Order, and are join'd with 
the Subjunctive Mood ; as fe nab ouvera lido t if 
I haH not read , pofto que eu venba, &c. fuppofe 
I come. 9uando, when, is fometimes ufed for 
a Conjunftion of this Sort, and in fuch Cafe 'tis 
always joined with the Subju nftive -, as fe or quan- 
do falldra bem, entonces, &c. if he would fpeak 
well, then, &c. 

Declaratives are, be de faber^ to wit, and como, 
as,which govern neither Mood nor Tenfe of any 
Verb. 

Paraque^ aque, fobre que, porque, wherefore, for 
what, upon what, for why, are Interrogatives ; 
as nao fey porque, nem paraque, I don't know for 
what nor wherefore; por que rtzao^ for what rea- 
fon ; a que propofito, to (for) what purpofe. 

Augmentatives and Diminutives are, o demas, 
^ aomenos, for the reft, altho 1 , atleaft,^. 

Caufal Conjunctions are fuch as mark the Rea- 
fon of Things done ; they anfwer the Latin, quia. 
ergo, enim. Such are pois, porque, come, emquan- 
to, logo, a Jim que, then, becaufe, as, inafmucli, 
prefently, to the End that. 

The Particle que is the mod frequent of all 
Conjunctions, and of the moft Importance to be 
taken notice of; it is both a Pronoun and a Con- 
junction, but the latter is what we fpeak of here. 

When 



Grammatlca Anglo- Lufitamca. 143 

When it is not preceded by any Verb, it is a kind 
of Exclamation ; as que me exponba dfazer ijjo be 
impojfibel, that I ihould expofe me to do what 
is impofliblc. When que is preceded by a Verb, 
that Verb muft be in the Indicative, and the Verb 
following que in Subjunctive ; as duvido que o Key 
aja chegado a, &c. I doubt that the King is not 
surived, 



here, that the Portuguefe as well as the 
Spaniards, French, and Italians, join no Nega- 
tive with the Verb / doubt, as the Englijb do. 
Thus the Portuguefe fay, duvido que o Rey aja 
fbegado, and not que o Rey nao aja chegado. 

But when que anfwers me Latin quam, how, it 
governs the Indicative Mood , as o que fermofa bf 
ffta mulber! O how handfome is that Woman! I 
need fay nothing more about this Particle, for if 
the Student obferves thefe Rules, and is careful in 
diftinguifhing when itftands for thePronoun what, 
or for the Conjunction that and the Adverb how., 
he will find no Difficulty in ufing it correctly. 

CHAP. IX. 

Of the Prepofition. 

TH E Prepofitions, as has been faid in thc- 
Chapter of the Parts of Speech, are indecli- 
nable Particles join'd with Nouns, Pronouns, and 
Verbs, to declare their Signification. 

As the a is not only a Prepofition, but alfo a 
Particle c ufed in a very different Manner, I mall, 
by the following Explanation, (hew how you may 
difcern when it is a Prepofition and when a Par- 
tiele. 

.* 



144 Grammatlca Anglo-Lujitanica. 

1. It is indeclinable when it is in Compoiition 9 
as it often is both with Nouns, Pronouns, Verbs, 
and Adverbs, and fometimes augments or dimi- 
nifhes the Signification ; as adinbeirado, to be full 
of -Money, compounded of a and dinheiro -, it 
is the Participle of adinheirar, to heap up Money ; 
ajoelhdrfe, to kneel, is a Verb Neuter reciprocal, 
compounded of a and joelho, a Knee ; adiante is 
an Adverb, compounded of a and diante. 

2. It is a Particle when it (lands between two 
Infinitives-, as come far a jurar, to begin to fwear. 

3. It is a Particle when it follows a Participle or 
Adjective, and is follow'd by an Infinitive Mood ; 
as eftou prompto a obedecer, I am ready to obey. 

4. It is a Particle when it is between two Nouns 



of Number, or more properly between a Noun 
of Number and its Repetition ; as ir dous a dous, 
to go two and two ; quatro a quatro, four and 
four; vieram duzia a duzia, they came by Dozens. 
c. When it marksaDiflance of Time or Place, 

+s . 

it is a Particle ; as vive vinte milhas dt Londres, 
he lives twenty Miles from London. 

6. The a is a Prepofition marking the Dative 
Cafe in the Declenfion of a Noun proper, whe- 
ther Mafculine or Feminine , as efcrever a Pedro, 
to write to Peter ; djuao, a Maria, &c. I fay it 
marks the Dative in Nouns proper , for in the 
declining of Subftantives of the common Order 
it takes to itfelf an0-, as efcrever ao Rey, to write 
to the King ; but when the Noun is of the Fe- 
minine Gender, the Particle cannot be diftin- 
guifh'd from the Article, except that fome who x 
are nice in their Orthography put the Accent 
Grave upon the a when a Particle, and<an Acute 
(a) when a Prepofition. 

7. The a marks the Accufative after a Verb 
Aftive -, as amar a Deos, to love God ; imitar 
aos Santos, to follow the Example of Saints. 

It 



Grammatica Anglo- Lufitamca. 14$ 

It may be objected that there is no Dfference 
between eferever a Pedro^ to write to Peter ^ and 
a mar a Deos, to love God ; for if the a before 
Pedro fignifies the Dative, it ought alfo to do the 
fame before Deos ; to which I anfwer, that to 
make theDiftinction you muft obferve, that when 
it comes after a Verb Neuter it marks a Dative, 
and after a Verb Active an Accufative Cafe, and 
befides, that it is the Sigh of the Dative Cafe to 
Nouns proper only. Thefe Rules, I doubt not, 
with fome Application, will foon render the 
Learner Matter of this nice Diftinction. 

De fometimes fignines a Prepofition, and fome- 
times a Particle ; when it marks the Quality, 
Caufe, or Manner of doing a Thing, or anfwers 
to the Sign of the Genitive in Englijh^ it is no 
Prepofition, but a Particle; as be hum bomem de 
tnaa vida, he is a Man of an ill Life. 

When de anfwers the TLnglijh from, or out of, it 
Is a Prepofition; as .nao tirye ijjb de mim> you 
{hall not take that from me. 

De is alfo a Prepofition when it {lands before 
Adverbs of Place or Time ; as de aqui no diante* 
from henceforward ; alfo when found before Verbs 
in the Infinitive Mood; as he tempo defartir^ it is 
Time to depart. 

Em t in, whence, ^and, in, and <&p/r0,with- 
in, are alfo Prepofitions ; and to apply them juft- 
Jy, you are to obferve, that when you fpeak cf 
the Time paft, the Prepofition em is required ; 
and for the Time to come you are to ufe the 
Word dentro, and not em, m, or na ; as // as olras 
de Taffo em quinze dias, and not dentro de quinze 
dias, I have read the Works of TaiTo in a Fort- 
night; chegarey a Londres dentro de tres dias, I will 
be at London within (in) three Days ; no and nd y 
and nos and nas, are a Contraction of em o and 
fm a, fmosj em as\ they are put before the Nouns 

L to 



146 Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitanica. 

to fignify the Prepofition em, and the Article be- 
longing to the Word at the fame Time ; as nab 
"ha no mundo, there is not in the World, for nao 
la em o munclo ; and nao ha no, cafa, for nao ha em 
a cafa; thus de o and de a are contracted into do 
and da, and de os, de as, into dos, das ; which has 
been obferved above. 

Antes fignifies a Priority in Time; as Deos creo 
a Adam antes do diluvio, God created Adam before 
the Flood. 

Diante is a Prepofition both of Place and Order, 
and often anfwers to the Latin coram, before ; as 
tenho minha eafa diante o pafo, my Houfe is before 
the Palace , poem effa camifa diante do fogo, put 
this Shirt before the Fire , eftdvamos diante do Key, 
we were before the King -, vojfe va diante de mim y 
you go before me. 

Ante fometimes fignifiesPriority, and fometimes 
it has the Force of the Latin cor am \ as ante todas 
coufas he mefter ler, before all Things it is necef- 
fary to read, &fr. ante nos fecretarios, before us Se- 
cretaries, which however is better exprefs'd by 
diante. 

Perto, about, marks a Nearnefs of Time, 
Things, and Place, and requires the Genitive Cafe 
of Nouns, and the Infinitive of Verbs, with the 
Particle de \ as perto da huma, perto das tres, a- 
bout One, about Three a-Clockj eftd perto de 
perecer, he is near perifhing. 

Depots^ fince or after, is both of Time and Place ; 
when 'tis of Time it anfwers the Engli/hjince ; as 
depois do diluvio, fince the Deluge ; and depots de 
aver efcrito ejla carta^ after I had writ this Letter. 
When it denotes a Place, it anfwers the Engli/h 
after, and will in that Senfe alfo have the Geni- 
tive ; voffe deve ir depois de Pedro, you ought to 
go after Peter. 

Detraz is alfo of Place, and anfwers the Engtifi 
behind. Con 



Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitamca. 147 

Com is the fame with, and is ufed exactly like 
the Englijh with -, for like that it marks Union, the 
Inflrument and the Manner-, as conmigo, with me. 

Entre is both of Place and Time, and anfwers to 
the Englijh between and betwixt -, as entre a creafao do 
mundo e o diluvio, between the Creation of the 
World and the Deluge -, entre o dia donacimento e 
a Pafcoafam muytos dias^ between Chriftmas-Day 
and Paflbver are many Days. In thefe Examples 
'tis plain that Prepofition fignifies Time ; but in 
the following it denotes Place, as o ar efta entre 
o ceo e a terra, the Air is betwixt Heaven and 
Earth ; entre Londres e Lijboa^ betwixt London 
and Lifbon. 

Fora anfwers to the Englijh out^ except when it 
is ufed for an Exceptive-, ejld fora da cafa, he is 
out of the Houfe -, fora do reyno, out of the King- 
dom. It is Exceptive in the following Exam- 
ples, eu confento, fora do ir a Roma, I confent, ex- 
cept of the going to Rome ; todos fe foram fora 
mcnos tres 6u quatro^ all went away except three or 
four. The Words falvo and fenao, except, are 
often with more Elegance apply'd than/0ra, par- 
ticularly when it happens to fall in with a Word 
which refembles it in Sound, as here it doth.with 
foram, where the Jingle takes off" the Smoothnefs 
of the Sound ; therefore you fay more elegantly 
todos fe foram falvo tres 6u quatro. 

The Prepofition para is put before an Infinitive 
Mood, or between two Infinitives ; as para morrer 
bem, for to die well -, o que dizes he fallar parafal- 
lar^ what thou fay'ft is talking for talking fake. 

This Prepofition marks the Motive, Caufe, 
Reafon, or End of Things being done; it fhews 
why and for what -, as Deos crio todo o mundo para 
feu fervicio, God created all the World for his 
Service; eu fix huma cafa para os pobres, I have 
made a Houfe for the Poor ; eftt homem he bom 
L 2 para 



148 Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitamca. 
para bum fecretario^ this Man is good for a Secre- 
tary : It denotes alfo Conveniency , as efta cafa he 
muy peqiiena para mim, this Houfe is very littl 
for me. 

It is alfo a Prepofition of Time, tho' in the 
Future only ; for when we fpeak in the Prefentor 
Perfect Tenfe, we muft ufe por^ and not para, as 
we mall obferve in fpeaking of that Prepofition; 
as agora e para femprefeja o nomem de Decs louvado^ 
now and forever let the Name of God be praifed. 

The Prepofition por denotes the Caufe efficient 
of a Thing, or the Motive of doing or ordering 
that Thing. The efficient Caufe, as Deos crio to- 
do por fua ommpotentia, God created all by his 
Omnipotence. It marks the Motive of fome Ac- 
tion ; as todo o que faz he por vinganca, all what he 
doth is for (out of) Vengeance-, he feito ifto por 
tfioutroi I have done this for the other. 

P<?ranlwers to the Latin pro, v. g. euvos tenho 
por amigo, I hold you for a Friend , a cidade eftd 
por o Rey, the City is for the King-,, trocdyme efte 
cavnUo por hum outro, change me this Horfe for 
another. Sometimes por Hands for the Latin 
propter^ by reafon of, v. g. por aver grande tern- 
peftade, by reafon of a great Tempeft ; and in 
this Senfe the Words amor, or cau/a, are fome- 
times join'd with it; as por amor das neves, and 
for caufa das neves nao pajfi os Alpes, by reafon of 
the Snow I don't pafs the Alps. 

When por is join'd to the Article o and a, the 
r is changed into / ; as polo amordeDeos, for God's 
fake , pola bonra, &c. 

Per is apply'd when they defign to mew the 
Medium by which we proceed in any Action ; as 
eu vos mojlrarey per rezoens evidentes, I will mew 
you by evident Reafons -, efte livro foy compojloper 
this Book was compofed by Virgil. 
2 

When 



Grammatlca Angh-LuJttamca. 149 

When per is join'd to the Articles o and a, it 
makes pelo and pela-, as pelo caminho, by the way -, 
pela terra, thro* the Earth. 

Contra, againft, denotes Oppofition and Place, 
and in both it is apply 'd exadtly like the //); 
as elle vdy contra mars e vento, he goes againft 
Tide and Wind -, contra miriha vontade, againft 
my Will ; contra toda rezao, againft all Reafon : 
It marks a Place in the following Example, o cam 
meijo contra a parede, the Dog pifs'd aaainft the 
Wall. 

Alem? befides, when join'd with the Infinitive, 
requires the Particle de ; as alem de comer quiz 
beber^ befides eating he wanted to drink; but when 
put with the finite Moods, it requires de que or do 
que ; as alem do que tinba feito queria, &c. befides 
what he had done he wanted, &V. 

Defde and ate, from and until, denote both 
Time and Place-, as defde aquelle tempo ate agora^ 
from that Time to this Time, (till now,) defde 
aquella cafa, ate ejta cafa, from that Houfe to (till) 
this Houfe. 

Sem, without, anfwers \htLatinabfque andjitte, 
and goes before the Noun and Verb, and governs 
the Accufative Cafe ; he homem fern honra^ he is a 
Man without Honour ; leyofem apptzcafad, I read 
without Application. 

0rianivcts in every Thing to the Englijh up- 
on and over, and therefore 'tis not neceflary to fay 
any Thing about it. 

Debaixo is a Prepofition both of Time and 
Place ; it marks a Time when it marks the Reign 
of any Prince -, as debdixo do Imperio de Leopoldo, 
under or in the Reign of Leopold. It denotes a 
Place , as meus fapdtos eft dm debdixo da cama, my 
Shoes ftand under the B-ci. It fignifies a Subor- 
dination-, as os foldados eft am debajxo da autoridade 
do general, th? Soldiers are under the Authority 
L 3 of 



150 Grammatka Angh-Luptamca. 

of the General ; and alfo in the metaphorical 
Senfe it anfwers to the Englijh under and below ; 
as engana feu proximo debaixo da capa de devofam, 
he cheats his Neighbour under the Cloak of De- 
votion. 

Em cima, above or upon, anfwers the Englijh 
Senfe without Exception -, thus you fay, em cima, 
da, mefa, upon the Table ; fe ha pofto em cima de 
todo o mundoj he has put (let) himfelf above all 
the World. 

CHAP. X. 

Of the Inter jeftions. 

THE Interjections we have already obferv'd, 
ferve to exprefs the Paffions and different 
Emotions of the Mind, viz. Joy, Grief, Defire, 
Fear, Averfion, and Admiration, and often one 
and the fame Word has different Significations, 
according to the Tone it is pronounced with; ohfe, 
oh if! cxala, would to God! hay me , ah me!'A?#, 
alas, for pity! wojino de mim, oh miferable me! 
ammo amigos. Courage my Friends, &c. But as 
they are veryeafy, and correfpond with the.E*- 
Itfh Idiom, and as alfo they can caufe no Difficulty 
when you meet *em in Authors, they fufficiently 
declaring themfelves, thefe Examples may fuffice. 



Of the ORTHOGRAPHY of the Portuguefc 

Language. 

FIRST, All Proper Names and Sirnames, or 
Relatives derived from Appellatives, are 
written with a great Character in the Beginning, 
viz. Jcam, Pedro, Maria, Cofta. As alfo all Pro- 

per 



Grammatica Anglo-Luff amc a: 151 

perNames of Kingdoms, Provinces,Cities,Towns, 
Mountains, Arms, Rivers, Fountains, Months 
of the Year, Names of Gods and GoddefTes, 
Nymphs, Furies, &c. as Portugal, Andalufia, 
Lisboa, Madrid, Olympo, Tejo, Aretbufa, Jamyro y 
Jupiter, Venus, &c. So alfo of Adjectives-, as 
Romano, Portuguez, Ingres, Francez, a Roman, 
a Portuguefe, an Englifhman, a Frenchman; and 
Appellatives of any great Dignity , as of an Em- 
peror, King, Prince, Duke, Lord, Bifhop, &c. 
and the Beginning of every Chapter or Section, 
and after every final Period, which Rules are alfo 
obferved in other Languages. 

2. Abbreviations common in the Portuguefe 
Tongue are, V. Mag. Voffa Mageftade-, V. A. 
VoffaAlteza; V.E. Voffa Excellent; V S. Vojfd 
Senhoria; V. M, VoJJa Mercs ; OR. N S. Key 
Noffo Senbor; all which are written with great 
Characters ; of which fee the Letters. 

3. No Portuguefe Word either begins or ends 
with a double Confonant ; as rr or ff; thus it 
would be fuperfluous to write quail with two //, 
becaufe the Sound of the laft Confonapt is entirely 
loft. 

4. The Letters is always written before b,m,p; 
as embravecer, immovel, impar. The Letter n is 
always written before c . d, f, g, /, n, r, f, t ; e. g. 
tronco, pondo, confiffao, anguftia, enleddo, anno, en- 
regelado, infinuado, elite fader; except the Com- 
pounds of the Adverbs bem and circum, as bemef- 
treado, bemquifto, circumferencia, circumflexo, &c. 

5. The Paufes in Writing or Reading are ex- 
prefs'd firft by a Comma ( , ) which is ufed for a 
DiftincTrion of what we write, and inDifcourfe to 
give a little Eafe for Refpiration. The chief Ufe 
of it' is after a Verb, with its Cafes, at the End 
of every little Claufe, v. g. qtiem ama a Deos, 
sma 'o proximo, he that loves God, loves his Neigh- 

L 4 bour. 



152 Grammatlca Angb-Lufitanica.' 

bour. It is alfo placed after a Conjunction before 
a Relative, viz. aquelleheverdadeyramenteprudente, 
e fabiO) que com todio, &c. he (or that Man; is truly 
prudent, and wife, who with all,&V. It has alfo 
its Place before Adjectives, when many occur in 
the fame Cafe, v.g. quern qui-zcr, fer^ nobre, bom> 
prudente, liberal, &c. he that defir.es to be noble, 
good, prudent, liberal, tec. Alfo before Sub- 
flantives, as, as virtudes mordys fam quatro^ f>m* 
dencia, jufticia, temperancia, fortaleza^ the moral 
Virtues are four, Prudence, Juftice,Temperance, 
and Fortitude. It is alfo ufed after fimple Verbs, 
without any Cafe ; as pequcy^ fallando^ obrando, 
&c. I have finned in fpeaking, working, &c. 

But it is difficult to explain the Difference there 
is betwixt a Colon (:) and a Semicolon (;). The 
Colon is a compleat Sentence, but the Senfe of 
the Period is not quite fmifhed. A Semicolon is 
a Sentence, but fomething is wanting to make it 
perfect ; and as the Colon is aDivifion of the Pe- 
riod; fo the Semicolon is a Subdivifion of a Co- 
lon. This laft Period may ferve for an Example; 
but this niceDiftinction muft chiefly be learnt by 
Practice. The Colon is ufed when we quote the 
Words of any Author, e. g. dizia Salamas : nen- 
fr'ima coufa be de todo perfiita, Solomon faid : no- 
thing is perfect in every Part. In the fame man- 
ner, when we promife to fay fomething, as direy 
ao que me maldifodr: buyva como lolo^ mas mam me 
mordes coma cam, I fhall fay to him that ihalJ 
fpeak ill of me : howl Jikc a Wolf, but bite me 
not like a Dog. 

A fmgle Point is ufed when the Senfe of a 
Sentence is compleatly confummatcd ; of which 
Obfervation will eaiily inform you. 

The Interrogative Sign is made thus (?) and 
is ufed upon all Qneftions, v g. porque a timefma 
nam conbeces ? why doll thou nor know thyfelf ? 

porque 



Grammatha Anglo-Lufitanlca. 153 
porque nam confervas o teu ? why doft thou not pre- 
ferve thy own ? After the Sign of Interrogation 
the next following Word fhould begin with a 
great Letter. 

The Sign of an Interjection is (!) which like- 
wife requires a great Character after it. 

A Farenthefis is known by two Half-Moons or 
Half-Circles, which inclofe fome Words, and ex- 
empt them from the reft of the Sentence, v. g. 
opecador(fe fe nam emenddr) fern duvida /era punido 9 
the Sinner (if he doth not mend) without doubc 
will be punifh'd. So likewife when an Author is 
quoted -, as bem cmenturada fera a Republica (drzia. 
Platam) na qua! os filofofos reynem, happy will be 
the Republick (faid Plata) in which Philofophers 
govern. 

The &c. is an Abbreviation of the Latin Words 
et cater a, and the reft, and is made ufeof toexprefs 
that the Sentence is not perfectly finim'd, and 
that fomething which is not very material, or ob- 
vious to every one, is left for the Reader (or 
Hearer) to imagine. 

The v. g. verbi gratia, in Englijh to fay, and 
e. g. exempli gratia, for Example, are apply'd 
when fomething is to be alledg'd to illuftratewhat 
has been faid before. 

The Afterifks and other Signs we omit for 
Brevity's fake, as being what Cuftom in Reading 
and Writing will introduce of courfe. 



The ETYMOLOGY. Obfervatiom on theNature 
of the Language itjelf. 

THE Spaniards pretend the Portuguefe is a 
Baftard of their Language, and endeavour 
to prove it from Hiftory, and the Idiom of the 

Lan- 



154 Grammatical Anglo-Lufitanica. 
Language itfelf, and many Words which appear 
to be a Contraction of the Spanifo in fome mea- 
fure, feem to confirm it; aspo,fo y cor, dino, koa, 
voar, ter, per, foar, cear, fuar, ler, &<:. in Spani/h 
pofoo, folo, color, digno, leona, volar, tener, poner, 
fonar, cenar, fudar, Duft, alone, Colour, worthy, 
aLionefs, to fly, to hold, to put, to found, to fup, 
to fweat, &c. But as thefe Words all proceed from 
the Latin, the Portuguese have perhaps as good a 
Right to fay the Spaniards have borrow'd 'era from 
them, and made them longer, as that they Ihould 
have had 'em from the Spaniards, and made them 
fhorter. *Tis true, the Spaniards were Matters of 
Portugal for a confiderable Time, and probably 
introduced many of their Words into that Nation, 
as the French have done like wife-, but, as upon ac- 
count of a Settlement the Romans had in Portugal 
as well as in Spain, it is more than probable they 
had their Language immediately from the Latin-, 
I don't therefore fee how the Spaniards mould be 
allow'd the Honour of fathering this Language, 
altho* it owes perhaps fome Words to them. 

The Portuguese then derives its Original from 
the Latin, and that it retains a greater Affinity to 
it than any other Language, is what they much 
contend for. They can produce whole Sentences 
which are both good Latin and Portuguese, and 
iiV both Languages exprefs the fame Senfe -, as du- 
rante ifto vento tarn contrario, tu toleras duras cf? 
injuftas miferias, during that fo contrary Wind, 
thou fuffereft hard and unjuft Miferies ; fupplica 
mr, o Principes, amantes caujas publicas ! I intreat 
you, O Princes, loving publick Caufes! If I 
had not been fcrupulous in thefe Examples, even 
to a Letter, and if I had thought the Reader 
wpuld allow a fmall Alteration, as from us to <?, 
or from nt to fn, or fome fuch trifling Changes, 

I 



Grammatica Anglo-Lufitanlca. 

I could have inferred confiderable Pafiages of 
Portuguefe all Latin Words. And for this Reafon 
the Portuguefe feem to have retained a greater Af- 
finity to the Latin than any other of its Defcen- 
dants : Befides, that their Conftruftion is very like 
the Latin, and that they endeavour to pronounce 
as they write, and write as they pronounce, are 
doubtlefs alfo reafonable Arguments for the Purity 
of their Language. But as we have faid fome- 
what already in the Preface on this Head, we for- 
bear faying any more here, to avoid needlefs Re- 
petitions, and proceed to make our Obfervations 
on the Nature of the Language itfelf. 

Such Words as are naturally and originally La- 
tin, ought to be written and exprefs'd in the fame 
Characters; as terra, majfa, fyllaba, except fiich 
Words which in their Pronunciation alter their 
Sound, v. g. the Word cboro in Latin is written 
with an h, and fignifies a Choir and Concert of 
Mufick; but in the Portuguefe vt'ith an b fignifies 
Lamentation, and coro fignifies a Concert and 
Choir. In the fame Manner we are not to write 
parocho, but paroco ; and caridade, nvfcharidade ; 
monarca, not monarcha, and the like, becaufe by 
the h the Syllables obtain a quite different Sound. 

When the Latin Letter is doubled, the Portu- 
guefe commonly follow their Example ; as aggra- 
var, aggravo ; exaggerar, exaggerafam. 

The Latin ti is commonly changed jn to f,cz or/; 
as in grafa, prefenfa, doenfa, paciencia, dementia ', 
violencia. 

The c in Latin Words adapted to thisLanguage, 
is often changed into u or y ; as doutor^ reytor, 
per fey to i efeito, from dottor, reft or ? perfeffus, ef- 
feEiuS) &c. 

As for Words where there is any Doubt whe- 
ther the Letter /or z is to be ufed, having both 
the fame Sound, they generally follow the #/*'; 

as 



156 Grammatlca Anglo-Lufitankd. 

as they write #/0, and not uzo ; applaufo, not <zp- 
flauzo ; caufa^ not cauza, and the like. 

They generally change the Letters />& into/; as 
\nfilofoj <?, ortographia, Felippe^ &c. 

The Words the Latins write with a Diphthong 
the Portuguejc exprefs with a fingle Vowel ; as K- 
tbiopia^ ^Ethiopia; edtficio y adificium\ eftio, <eftas- y 
berdeyrO) hares; pena, -pcena\ feno, fcenum. 

No Portuguefe Words end in the followingCon- 
fonants, viz. b, c 9 d> /, , , /?, j, /, x ; but only 
in /, m, r, y^ 2. 

Vowels in general are not doubled if they are 
of the fame kind, and belong to the fame Word ; 
I fay of the fame kind, becaufe in the Word m en- 
try s i and y are Vowels of a different kind , and I 
fay belonging to the fame Word, becaufe when 
we fay vendoa and amavaa, for a vendo and a 
amavajhe two lad Vowels are not duplicate, but 
one Vowel is joined to the other, which is an Ar- 
ticle -, and in irmtia^ ma^aa^ &c. the aa is not to 
be confider'd as two diftincl Vowels, becaufe they 
ibften themfelves into one Syllable. 

As for Confonants, it is certain that the Let- 
ters x and z can never be duplicate. The dou- 
bling of r and /, the Ear is the beft Judge to 
diftinguifh it-, for fingle and double they have 
two different Sounds ; the one foft and weak, as 
in amara , the other harfher and ftronger, as in 
amarra, a Cable. The fame may be obferv'd of 
the Letter/; as in the Words cafo and caffo, a 
Fork or Flefh-Hook ; but as to thefe the diftin- 
guifhing Ear and Practice of Converfation will 
give the beft Rules. In the Word accento we eafily 
perceive adoubleConfonant,and 'tis notdifficultat 
all to be diftinguifh'd from the Word acento ; yet 
there are fome Words in which Die rather than 
the Ear teach us whether the Confonants are du- 
plicate or no; as for Example, in the Words af- 

forar, 



Grammatlca Angh-LuJitanlca. 157 
fordr, affindr, affogar, to pay Tribute, to refine, 
to ftrangle. And it ought to be obferv'd (as a- 
bove) that in all Words derived from the Latin? 
the Portuguefe love to imitate them in doubling of 
Confonants, as in the Words affiniddde, aggravar, 
communicdr; fo elk, amajfc, lejfe, ouvijfe,fojfe. 

The /and r, before e and z, have the fame Sound 
in Portuguese, and to diftinguifh them in Writ- 
ing, there is no other Rule than that the Words 
deriving from the Latin ought to be written with 
the fame Letters ; as cebola, ciddde, fenddo, &c. 
and not febola, fidade, cenado. The fame mould 
be obferv'd alfo about the Letters /and z, that 
tho' they have the fame Sound they ought not to 
be ufed promifcuoufly ; as menfa in Latin is in 
Portuguefe mefa, and not meza with a z ; fo they 
write titja, not caza. 

The Latin Words ending in x change the tf for 
a z in the Portuguefe Language ; thus pax, per- 
dtx, vox, lux, are in Portuguefe paz, ferdlz, voz 9 
luz, &c. 

The f, or c with its Plica at Bottom, is often 
ufed for a double/; but when the Word is de- 
rived from the Latin, it is juftly deemed a Mif- 
take if you mould write f for ^5 thus you are to 
write, pajffby majja, profejfar, not paco, ma fa, pro- 



Of the PROSODIE, or Accentuation of the 
Syllables. 

TH E Quantity of Syllables is either fhort or 
long, tho' fome pretend to introduce a fort 
of a middle Pronunciation, between fhort and 
long ; which however, to avoid Confufion, we 
fhall take no notice of^ 

And 



758 Grammaiica Angh-ILufitamca. 

And For the fake of obferving a regular Me- 
thod, we fhall begin with thofe that have the 
Penultima in a. 

The Words ending in aba, abo, aca, aco, adoa y 
acbo, afa, afo, ada, ado, afa, afo, aga, agem, agre y 
agro,alha,aiho, ala,ar\d alo, have their Penultima' s 
Jong, except levado, cdgado, eftomago, dmago, fcdn- 
dalo, b'tgamo,ptramo, &c. and fome other Words 
derived from the Latin, which are fhort. Alfo 
the Penultima's in apo, apa^ aque^ ara^ aro, arra y 
arro, afa, ato, ava, avo, axa, axo, aza, and azo, 
are long, tho* not without Exception ; as c dnta- 
ro, fucaro, ttfaro, tdrtaro, &c. and concavo and 
bifavo, which are fhort. 

The Penultima in e. 

The Penultima's in e&a, ebo, eda, edo, efa, efo 9 
are marked with an Accent, but are not pro- 
nounced quite fo long as thofe terminating in 
tcha, echo, eca, and eco. The Penultima's in e$a, 
efo, ega, and ego, are alfo long, tho' not without 
fome few Exceptions ; as corrego, conego, foffrego, 
fccego, follego, bdtega, cocego, which are fhort. 
Thofe in ela, and elo, ema, emo, ena, eno, epa, epe y 
fpo, eque, era, ero, efa, efo, eta, ete, eto, eva, eve, and 
evo, are long, except profpero and dfpero, which 
are fhort. 

The Penultima in *. 

The Words ending in iba, ibe, ibo, icba, iche, 
icbo, ica, ico, ifa, ice, tfo, ida, ide, ido, if a, ife, ifo, 
iga, igo, ija, ijo, ilha, ilho, ila, He, ilo, ima, imo, 
inba, inbo, ina, mo, ipa, ipe, ipo, iqua* iqiie, iquo, 
ira, ire, iro, ifa, ife, ifo, iza, izo, ita, ito, iva, ivo, 
ixa, and ixo, are long ; except mecdnico, agdrico, 
critico, and the like, from theLtf/z'worGm^, and 
bumido, pdllido, torrido, horrido, prodigo, mfimo, ano- 
nimo, intimo, mdximo, pejfimo, pulpito, vJmito, decre- 
$ito t efpirito, which are fhort. The 



Gr amma ticaAnglo-LuJttanicd. 1 59 
The Penultima in o. 

The Words ending in oba, obe, obo, obra, obre* 
obro, ocba, ocbo, oca, oco, ofa, of a, oda, ode, odo, of a* 
ofe, ofo, ofra, of re, ofro, oga, ogue, ego, oja, cjo, ola* 
ele, olo, oma, ome, onto, ona, one, onba, onho, opa 9 
cpe, 6po> cplo y opra, of re, opro, era, ore, oro, orra 9 
erro, of a, cfe, ofo, oza, ozo, of a, ote, oto, ova, ove> 
cvo, oxa> oxo, are long, except fucco&o, zncobo, fi- 
rcla, and frivolo, which are fhort. 

Words having their Penultima's in . 

Thofe Words ending in uba, ubo, ubra,ubro,ucba 9 
ucbo, Ufa, ufo, uca, uco, uda 9 ude, udo, ufa, ufe, ufo, 
uga, age, ugo, uja, ujo, ulba, ulbe, ulbo, ula, ule, ulo y 
uma, ume, umo, unba, unbe, unbo, una, ttne, uno 9 
upa, upe, upo, uque, ura, ure, uro, ufa, ufe, ufo, uza 9 
itze, uzo, ufa, ute, ufo, ufre, uxa, uxe, uxo, uva, uvo 9 
are long, except fuc c ubo, mcubo, vocdbulo, vcftibulo* 
dngulo, regulo, dmbula, tremula, and computo, and 
fome others derived from 



Obfervations of Penultima's before Vowels. 

a before e is long, as fde, cae ; before i fhort,' 
asy^/r, ca\r-, before o, a.ndya,yo, 'tis long, except 
when to the third Perfon Singular of the Indica- 
tive Mood the Particle o is added, as comao y bebao^ 

e before other Vowels. 

e before a is long, except in gdfea, boreas, and 
in the third Perfon of the Imperative, when the 
Particle is annex'd, as matea , before o it founds 
long, except pdteo, and in the faid Perfons when 
the Letter e is fubjoined, as mdfeo, and in fsmea y 
femeas, efcdrea, and other Words derived from the 
Latin ; but it is long before the u, when the two 
Vowels melt into a Diphthong, giving a diftinft 
Soynd of each, as in corijeu, fandsu. 



Grammatica Anglo-Liifltanica. 

i before other Vowels. 

* before a, e, and o is long, excepting efpecia y 
feria^ comedia, fciencia, and other Words from the 
Latin. 

o before other Vowels. 

o before a, e t and u is long ; but before i 'tis 
hardly perceived as to its Sound, and reputed to 
be fhort, as in the Words roim^ poir. 

u before other Vowels. 

u before a is long, except in captia, pdpua y m- 
feca ; before *, *, and o 'tis long, except in fomc 
few Words of the Latin Produce. 

The Accent or Tone of the laft Syllables. 
Firft thofe ending with a Vowel ; and to begin 
with a regular Method, thofe ending in a are 
fhort, excepting tafetd, bofetd^ mand^ cd t ld> acold, 
cxatd, pdjpard, and in the third Perfons Singular 
of the Future Tenfe of the Indicative Mood, 
v. g. amard, hrd, ouvird y rird, &c. 

Words ending in e 

Make the laft Syllable (hort, except gale t pole,, 
potc, mariy chamine, loule, pontape^ rele, &c. 

Words ending in i 

Make their laft Syllable long j but thofe that 
terminate with the Diphthong ay, ey> oy y and v, 
have their Penultima's long. 

Words ending in o 

Have their laft Syllable regularly fhort, ex- 
cept avo, enxoj icho, ftlho^ teyro y and the third 
Perfons Singular of the Preterperfed Tenfe In- 
dicative Mood. 

Words ending in ' 

Are generally long in the laft Syllable, except- 
ing fuch as have a Vowel precedent to it -, for 
then by forming a Diphthong the Sound isdiffe* 
rent jn the Pronunciation, and the Penultima 
grows long, as in amw, leuou^ &c, 

Words 



Grammatka Angk-Lufitanlca. 16,1 

Words terminating in /, *, r, f> z. 
All Words ending in al are Jong, except on- 
ly one, Setwal, a Sea-Port Town of that Name 
in Portugal. 

Thole that end in el are long in the laft Sylla- 
ble, except agraddvd, viszvet, amdvel^ &c. 

Words terminating in il are long, except docil^ 
fdcil, bdbil, and the like, derived from the Latin. 
All Words ending in ol are long, without Ex-, 
ception. 

Like wife thofe in #/, except conful^ a Conful 

Words terminating in m. 
The Nouns that end in am are long ; but the 
Verbs in the third Perfon Plural of the Indicative 
Prefent are fhort i and the third Perfon Plural of 
the Future Indicative are long, as amardm, lerdm, 
ouvirdm^ &c. 

Thofe that end in em are fhorr, except fome 
Nouns, bedem, parabem \ alfo the Verb tem^ with 
its Compounds, as mantem, dethn^ retem t contem, 
with the Words aqucm, aUm y porem, which are 
long. The Words in im are all long. Thofe 
in om and urn are alfo long. 

Words terminating in r. 
Thofe that terminate in ar are long, except 

nectar , atjofar, dmbar, &c. 
Thofe in er are likewife long, without Excep- 
tion. In ir are long , fuch are the Infinitives of 
the Verbs of the fecond Conjugation j and here 
the Verb martyr is only excepted. 
In or are long. 

Very few Portuguese Words end in ur ; but 
thofe that do, found long. 

Words terminating in s. 

All Words terminating in c.s being Nouns, in 

their Pronunciation in the Plural Number imitate 

the Singular ; if fhort in Singular, they are fo in 

the Plural j as cafa, cdfas, coufa co'ufas ; and if 

M long 



1 62 Grammatlca .Angk-Lufitanica. 
Jong in the Singular, they are the fame in the Plu- 
ral ; as tafetd, tafetds -, bofetd, bofetds. The fame 
Rule is alfo applicable to all Verbs, in what 
Tenfe'foever ; for whatever Letter the firft Per- 
fon ends in, if that be fliort or long, the fecond 
Perfon will be the fame i as dmo, dmas, amdva^ 
amdva*, amdvas, amarey, amdras. 

All Words ending in es in the Plural Number, 
which in the Singular have an e fliort, are like- 
wife fhort in the Plural , as tigre, tigres, pddre^ 
padres ; but thofe that have an e long in the.Sin- 
gular, have a long Termination in the Plural ; 
as marc, marla^ chaining chamims. The Syllable 
es in the fecond Perfon of the Indicative Prefent 
in the fecond and third Conjugation is fhort ; as 
efcreves, cubes, moves, tfjjes. 

Words ending in is or iz are long, except fome 
Words that end in ays, eys^ oys, uys ; as cdys, ar~ 
rays, reys, Uys, caracoys, roys, pansy, azitys* and 
the Verbs amdys, enfmdys, direys, fareys. 

Words ending in as, when they derive from a 
Singular fhort, the Plurals are fhort alfo ; when 
the Singular is Jong, the Plural is fo too, All 
the firft Perfons Plural of all Verbs are fliort in 
their lad Syllables ; as amdmos, amdvamos, ami- 
tnosy lemos, liamos, ouvzmos. 

The Nouns ending in us are long, except thofe 
that have another Vowel before the u, and- make 
a Diphthong, as fandsu, Jandeus. 

Words terminating in z. 

Whether in az, ez, iz, ox, and z, are long, 
except appendizt 

This may fuffice to inftrud the Reader in the 
general Rules how and in what Manner to place 
the Accents or Tones upon Words. We might 
have laid much more upon this Subject, but the 
reft will foon be learned by Reading or Conver- 
fation. 

A 



+6$ 



VOCABULARY 

I N 

Englijh and Portuguefe. 



CHAP. I. 

Nouns Subftantive. 



Of Things, De Coufas. 



A 



"Thing, a coufa. 

Nature, a natu- 
reza. 

Beginning, o principle. 
an End, o fim. 
fltf Order, a ordem. 
o tempo. 

o numero. 
o lugar. 
o eipacio. 
o nomc. 
o final. 
a Mode or Manner, o 

modo, a maneira. 
a Mark, a marca. 
<? /C; nd> a forte, o genero. 
a Part) a partc. 

M 



a Member, o membro. 
a broken Piece, o pedafo. 
a cut Piece, o fatia. 
a little Piece, o peda 

cinho. 

Nothing, nada. 
Matter, a ma ten a. 
Form, a forma. 
a Figure, a figura. 
(i Body, o corpo. 

Of the World and the 
Elements, do mundo 
e d-.'i element os. 

tloe World, o mundo. 
i':.e Sky, o firmamento. 
the Sun, o fol. 
the Moan, a lua. 
a a Star, 



'i^&fA 

a Star, a eftrella. 
a Planet, o planeta. 
a Comet) acometa. 
Light) a luz. 
a Sun-beam, o rayo do 

iol. 

Darknefs, a obfcuridade. 
a Shadow, a fombra. 
an eclipfe, a eclipfe. 
the New Moon, a lua 

nova. 
the Full Moon, a lua 

cheya. 
the Wane of the Moon, 

o mingoante da lua. 
the increafmg Moon, a 

lua crecente. 
an t Element, o elemento. 
Fire, o fogo. 
Air, o ar. 
Water, a agua. 
Earth, a terra. 
a Flame, a flama. 
a Spark, a faifca. 
Smoke, o fumo. 
Sbot) a ferrugem. 
/vn?, when a Houfe is 

on Fire, o incendio. 
a Firebrand, o tiffam a- 

celb. 
tz live or hot Coal, o car- 

vam acefo 
a Coal, ocarvam. 
Sea-coal, o carvam de 

pedra. 
Embers, or hot AJhes, a 

cinza quente, o bor- 

ralho. 
a, Cloud, a nuvem. 



a Fog or Mift, a nevoa. 
a Valour, o vapor. 
a Wind, o vento. 
a gentle Wind, o Zefiro, 

o vento gentil. 
a Whirlwind, o pe de 

vento. 
afcmpeft, a tempeftade, 

a trabuzana. 
ferene Weather, tempo 

lereno. 

goodWeather, bom tem- 
' po. 
bad Weather, tempo ro- 

im. 
foggy or dark Weather, 

tempo nevoado. ' 
rainy Weather, tempo 

chuvofo. - 

a littkWind, o ventinho. 
the Eaft Wind, o vento 

d'Efte. 
Eaft Ncrth-Eaft Wind, 

o vento d'Efte Nor 

d'Efte. 

North- Eaft Wind, o ven- 
to Nor d'Efte 
North Nortb-Eaft, Nor 

Nor d'Efte. 
North Wind, o vento de 

Norte. 
North North-WeftWind, 

o vento Nor Nor 

d'Oefte. 

North-Weft, Nor Oefte. 
Weft North-Weft, Oefte 

Nor Oefte. 
Weft, Oefte. 

Weft 



A Vocabulary In Englifh and Portuguefe. 1 6 f 
Weft SouthWeft, Oefte [the Ebb, o vazante da 



Sud Oefte. 
South-Weft, Sud Oefte. 
South South-Weft, Sul 

Sud Oe'fte. 
South Wind, o vcnto de 

Sul. 
South South-Eajl, Sul 

Sud efte. 

South-Eaft, Sud efte. 
Eaft Soutb-EaJl, Efte 

Sud efte. 
a Rainbow, o arco ce- 

lefte. 

Thunder, o trovam. 
Lightning, relampago. 
Rain, a chuva. 



mare. 

a Shore, o bordo. 
a Haven or Port, oporto. 
a Gulf or Bay, o golfo, 

a bahia. 

an Tftand, a ilha. 
aPnuxJuia, a peninfola. 
a Bank, a ribancira. 
a Channel, o canal. 
a Ford, o vam. 
a Well, opoco. 
a Ditch, o foffo. 
a Pool or Pond, a lagoa. 
a Marjh or Fen, or fenny 

Ground,terra alagada. 
a Lake, o lago. 



a Shower, a chuva de fa Bvg, o atoleyro. 

trovam. 
Snow, a neve. 
Hail, o pedrifco. 
Dew, o orvalho, rofio. 
hoar or white Froft, o 

geio. 
a great Shower, a bor- 

rafca. 
a Spring or Fountain, a 

fonte. 

a River, a ribeira. 
a great J&ver, o no. 
a Brook, o torrente. 
a Stream, o corrente. 
the Sea, o mar. 
the Ocean, o oceano. 
la Wave, a onda. 
t the 'Tide, a mare. 
( the Flowing, o crecente 

da mare. 



M 3 



a Slough, o 

a Fijh-pond, o viveyro 

de peixes. 
aDr op of Water, a gotta. 

d'agua. 
fa Bubble, a ampolla d'a- 

gua. 

I Froth, a efcurna. 
{Ice, a geada. 
Cold, frio. 
Heat, ocalor. 
the Continent or main 
Land, o continente, a 
terra fir me. 
a Mountain, o montr. 
a Hill, o outeiro. 
a Rock, a rocha, a penha. 
a plain Field, o campo. 
a Galley, o valle. 
/i.-/, o limo, o lodo* 



i66 



yinEn$ifa and Portuguefe. 



Dirt, o efterco. 

jDuft, o po. 

a Clod of Earth* o tor- 

. ram. 

fl7#rf,torram com erva. 
Clay, obarro. 
fitd-oker* o almagre. 
Marl, or white Earthy 

barro branco. 
Chalk^ a greda, o giz. 
Fullers Eqrth y greda 

barro. ^ 
Heaven, o ceo. 
Hell, o inferno. 
Purgatory, o purgatorio, 
Gad, o Deos. 
an Angel^ o anjo. 
Paradife, opara,ifo. 
a Soul, a alma. 
a Devil, o Diabo. 

Of Time and the Sea- 
s,<& tempo efezoem. 



o tempo. 
& Day, o dia. 
a Night, a noite. 
Noon, o meyo dia. 
Midnight, mcya noite. 
Morning, a manhaa. 
Evening, a tarde. 
a Sun-dial, o relogio dc 

fol. 

a Clock, o relogio. 
s Hour-glafs, o relogio 

de area. 
Watch, o relogio de 

algibeira. 

5 



^ Watchman, o vigidqr. 
a hora. 
/<?r, a meya 

hora. 
a Quarter of an Hour, p 

quarto de hora. 
threeQuart.ers ofanHour, 

tres quartos de hora. 
'To-day, oje. 
Tefterday, ontem. 
^O'tnorrdw, a menhaa. 
before Tefterday, anton- 

tem. 

this Evening, efta tarda. 
this Morning, efta men- 
haa. 
after Dinner, depois do 

jantar. 
after Supper, depois dp 

cear. 

a Week, a femana. 
a fortnight, quinze dias. 
a Month, o mez. 
a Tear, o anno. 
a Minute, o minuto. 
a Moment, o momentc. 
the Spring, o verao. 
the. Summer, o eflio. 
Autumn, o outono. 
the Winter, o inyerno. 
Day-break,* madrugada. 
Sun-fet,' o folpofto. 
Sun-rife,o nacentedofol. 
Dusk of the Evening, o 

lufco fufco. 

Monday,*, fecunda feyra. 
fuefday, a ter^a feyre. 
* f&y ra 



the Eaft- Indies ) as Indias 

Orientaes. 
the Weft- Indies, as Ind i as 

Occidentals. 
Great Britain, a Grande 

Bretanha. 

England, a Ingalaterra. 
Scotland, a Efcocia. 
Ireland, a Irlanda. 
Denmark, a Dinamarca. 
Norway, a Norvega. 



A Vocabulary ;;z Englifli and Portuguefe. 167 

Tburfday,a. quinta feyra. 
Friday, a fefta feyra. 
Saturday, o Sabado. 
Sunday, o Domingo. 
aHoly-day, o dia feftivo. 
a Worky '-day, o dia do 

trabalho. 
New-year's-day, o anno 

novo. 

Eajler-day, a Pafcoa. 
Wbitfunday, a Pente- 

cofte. 
Si. John's-day, o Sam 

Joam. 
Michaelmas-day, o Sam 

Miguel. 

Chriftmas-day, o Natal. 
January, o Janeiro. 
February, o Fevreiro. 
March, o Marcq. 
*/, oAbril. 
o Mayo. 
June, o Junho. 
July, o Julho. 
Auguft, o Agofto. 
September, o Setembro. 
Oftober, o Outubro. 
November, Nove mbro. 
December, D*cembro. 



Of Countries and Cities, 
cidades. 



Europe, a Europa. 
^, a Afia. 

a Africa. 

.) a America. 



K'or Ruffia, a 
Mofcovia, aRufifia. 

Germany, a Alemanha. 

France, a Franca. 

Holland, a Ollanda. 

/? United Provinces, as 
Provincias Unidas. 

Flanders, a Flandes. 

Switzerland, a Suiffa. 

Spain, aEfpanha. 

Portugal, o Portugal. 

Poland, a Polonia. 

//rf/x, a Italia. 

Hungary, a Ungaria. 

Turkey, a Turquia. 

# capital City, a villa 
capital. 

London, Londres, 

Edenburg, Edimburgo. 

Dublin, Dublin. 

Copenhagen, Copenaga, 

Drontheim, Drontheim. 

Stockholm, Eftocolmo. 

Mofcow, Mofco. 

Vienna, Viena. 

Parif, Paris. 



1 6 8 A Vocabulary in Englilh and Portugucfe. 

a Stone, a pedra. 

a Flint-Stone, a pedra de 

fogo. 
a Whetflone, a pedra de 

fevar. 
a Touchftone, a pedra de 

toque. 

Plaifter, o geflb. 
Lime, a cal. 
Sand, a area. 
Gravel, o cafcalho. 
Marble, o marmore. 
a precious Stone, a pedra 

preciofa. 
a Jewel, a joya. 
a Diamond, a diamente. 
a Brilliant, o brilhante. 
a Rofe, a rofa. 
a Sapbire, a zaf ira. 
<z Chyfolite, a crifolita. 
rf Emerald, a cimeralda, 
* ?> o jafpe. 
c# Agate, a agatha. 
0# Ametbift, a matifta. 
^ ^?//^y, o rubim. 
a Turkeife, a turquefa. 
a Cornelian, aCornelina. 
a Glafs, o vidro. 
a Cryftal, o criftal. 
^ Pearl, a perola. 
Coral, o coral. 



Bruffels, BrufTelas. 
^^/, BaOa. 
Madrid, Madrid. 
Lisbon, Lisboa. 
Cracow, Cracovia. 
Rome, Roma. 
Venice, Veneza. 
Belgrade, Belgrada. 
Conjlantinopk, Conftan- 
tinopola. 

Of Minerals and pre- 
cious Stones,-D* mine- 
ras e pedras preciofas. 

a Mine, a mina. 
a Mineral, o mineral. 
a Metal, o metal. 
Cold, o oura. 
Siher, a prata. 
Brajs, o Jatam. 
Copper, o cobre. 
Iron, o ferro. 
Steel, o aco. 
Lead, o chumbo. 
Tin, o eftanho. 
Quickfilvcr, o azogue. 
white Lead, oaivayade. 
Vermilion, or red Lead, 

o vermelham. 
Verdigreafe, o ferrogem 

do cobre. 
Ruft, a ferrugem. 
Slt, o fal. 
Alom, o alume. 
Brimftone. o enxofre. 
timber, o am bar. 
S^// /tor*, o Salitre. 



Ot Herbs and Flowers, 
Z><? ^ri;^ e fares. 

an Herb, a erva. 
Flower, a flor. 
a erva. 



A Vocabulary In Englifh and Portuguefe. 1 69 

Flax, o linho. Endive, a fcarola. 

Hemp, a canhamo. 

a Stalk, o talpl 

a Plant, a planta. 

an Artichoke, a aicacho- 
fra. 

Bean, a fava. 

Frtmfy-Beam, os fey- 
joins. 

a Carrot, a cenoyra. 

a Cucumber, o pspino. 

a Cabbage, a couve. 

a Colliflower, a couve de 
flor. 

eatable Herbs, as ortali- 
fas. 

Garlick, oalho. 

a Gourd, a calabaja. 

Lett ice, a alface. 

a Leek, o porro. 

a Mdcn, o melam. 

Muftard, a Moftarda. 

Mufhroom, o cugume- 
lo, o fungo. 

an Onion, a cebola, 

rf Radi/h, o rabo. 

Horfe-radijh, a Mar- 
reca. 

Turnip, o nabo. 

y//j, a erva doce. 

Baulm, a erva cidreira. 

j&fl/?/, a baiilica. 

Borragt, as borragems. Wheat, o trigo. 

Burnet, a pimpinela. A&#/ or Flower ; a farin- 

Camomile, acamomila. ha. 

Caraways , a caravea. 5r^z, o farelho. 

Cbichory, chicorea. P//^, o legumem. 

Greffes, Q maftru90. ^ Lentil, a lentilha. 



Fennel, o fenolho. 

o pe de gallo, Ju- > 
pulos. 

', o ifopo. 

JeJJamin, o jafmin. 
Lavender, a lavendo. 
a Lily, o lirio. 
Marjoram,^, manjorona. 
Mint, a ortelaa. 
a Nettle, a ortiga. 
a Poppy, a dormadeira. 
Rofemary, o alec rim. 
7?#, a ruda. 
a Roje, a rofa. 
Saffron, o afafram. 
5^, a falva. 
Sorrel, a a-zeda. 
Spinage, as efpinafres. 
^ fb\ftlt<, o $ cardo. 
Thyme, o tumilho. 
Trefoil, Q trefolho. 
a Tulip, a tulipa. 
Tobacco, o tobaco. 
fl Violet, a viola. 
Wormwood, alozna. 
C^r^, o gram. 
Barley, a cevada. 
Millet, o milho. 

o fenteyo. 

a avea. . 

o arroz. 



170 A Vocabulary m 

a Pea, a ervilha. 

a Beard (of Corn) a a- 

refta. 
an Ear, a efplga. 



hum gram. 
Straw, a palha. 
a femente. 



Of Trees, Shrubs, and 
Fruits, U* drvores, 
matas e fruitos. 

a Bramble, a mata. 
Rofe-bufo, a rozeira. 
^ Vineyard, a vinha. 
<?, avidg. 

of Grapes * o ca- 

cho de uvas. 
a Grape, a uva. 
a Tree, a arvorc. 
a Bcwgb, o ramo. 
tt Leaf, a foHia. 
/& Stick of a, free, o 

tronco. 

ibe Bark, a cortifa. 
a Twig, a verga. 
/>6< Root, a raiz- 
the Juice, o umo, 
Fruit, o fruito. 
<3 Apple-tree, a maceifa. 
tin Apple, a mafaa. 
*z Pear-tree, a pereira. 
*i P^r, a pera. 
^ Cherry -tree, a cerejey ra. 
<? Cherry, a cereja. 
aPlumb-tree,* ameixeira. 
a Plumb y aameixa, 



a Fig-tree, a figucyia. 

a Fig, o figo. 

an 0//w-/rre,aoKyeyr*i 

rf# Olive, a azeitona. 
## Afh-tree, o freixo. 
*z Beech-tree, a faya. 
Poplar-tree, o alemo. 
## Elm, o olmo. 
tf# O#, o carvalho. 

# fir tree, o pinhciro. 

# Willow, o falgueiro. 

<z Nut-Jbelly a cafca da 

noz. 

/z Kernel, o miolo. 
Wall-nut, a noz. 
Small-nut, a avelaa. 

# Che/nut, a caftanha. 
<3 Medlar, a nefpera. 

<z Almond-tree, a amen- 

doeira. 

fi almond, a amendoa. 
tz Berry, a baga. 

# Z)^/^, a tamara. 

^ Quince, o marmelow 
^ Orange, a laranja. 
^ Citron, a cidia. 
c Lemon, o limam. 
^w Apricot, o damafco. 
Peach, o peffego. 
Strawberry, o moran- 

gain. 
Blackberry, a amora 

brava. 

<7 Mulberry, o amora. 
Currants, as pa/Fas de 

coryntha. 

<3 Pomegranate, a romaa. 
-a Neftarits, o duraz.io. 



A FocabnJary in Englifli and Portugufe. 171 



a Rasberry, a amora do 
mato. 

Wood, o pao. 

a Faggot^ a fe ze. 

a Wood, o bofque. 

a Foreft, a brenha. 

a Gro-ve, o arvoredo. 

Spice, as efpecias. 

Cinnamon, a canela. 

Cloves, os cravos da In- 
dia. 

Ginger, o gingibre. 

Mace, a macia. 

a Nutmeg, a noz mof- 
cada. 

Pepper, a pimenta. 

Vinegar, avinagre. 

Frankincenfe, o encenfo f 

Myrrh, a mirra. 

Mujk, o almifcar. 

Rofm, a refina. 

Turpentine,*, termentina. 

P//<r, o pez. 

Cum, 2i gomma. 

Of Animals in general, 
Dos animays em geral. 

a Creature, a criatura. 
an Animal, o animal. 
Life, a vida. 
Senfe, o fentido. 
Sex, o fexo. 
the Sight, a vifta. 
//&* Hearing, ouvido. 
the Smell, o cheirar. 
the lafte, o gofto. 
\fbe Ftding) o tado. 



a Colour, a cor. 

a Sound, o fom. 

a Smell, o cheiro. 

a Voice, a voz. 
, a Tajle, o fabor. 

common Senfe, o fenfu 

comum. 
kthe Fancy, a fantefia. 

the Memory, a memoria, 

Imaginatisn, a imagina- 



o macho. 
*<z Female, a femea. 
<? Infeft, o infcdlo. 
o paflaro. 
a peixe. 
^ .5<?rf/? cr Brute, a befla, 

o bruto. 
a Man, o homem. 

Of Infe<5ts, de infefios. 

m Worm^ o bicho, 

an Ant, a formiga. 

a Flea, a pulga. 

a Loufe, o piolho. 
(^ Moth, a tra9a. 

Silk-worm, o bicho dc 
feda. 

# Snail, o caracol. 
^? Spider, a aranha. 
/# ^a^, o perfovejo. 

a Fly, a mofca. 
& Bee, a abelha. 
4? Butterfly, a barboleta. 
^K G/, o mofquito. 
ta Grafs- topper, a lagofta. 
>, o bcfpam. 

a Fipe r, 



172 A Vocabulary In EnglHh and Portuguese. 



/ a Viper, a vibora. 

an Afy, o afpid. 

a Snake, a cobra. 
fa -Serpent, o ferpente. 

a Lizard, o lagarto. 

a Frog, a ram. 

a Toad, o fapo. 

a Scorpion, o e 
/ *z Bee-hive, a colmea. 

Honey, o mel. 
/a Honey -comb, o favo. 

Wax, acera. ' 

la Swarm of Bees, o en- 
xame de abelhas. 

a Sting, o agulham. 

_ 

Birds, de fafaros. 

5^*j A'//, o rico da 
ave. 

'<? #%, a afa. 

(a Feather, a pena. _ 

I 'Down, a penugem. 

5pr, a efpora. 
/ a Claw, a unha. 

) JV<?/?, o ninho. 
/ a Cage, a gayola. 

<? Egg, o ovo. 
^ 5^^//, a cafca. 
/ Fowler, o cafador de 

aves. 

/ Birdlime, o vifco. 
<* ^/, o morcego. 

i? Blackbird, a melroa. 

^ Capon, o capam. * 

G?<:, o gallo. 

Chicken, o pintam, 
I a Crane, o grou. 



'a Crow, a gralha. 
a Cuckow, o cuco 



a Pigeon, a pomba. 
1 a Turtle-dove, a rola. 
*a Ring-dove, o pombo 
torcaz 

Pigeon-houfe, o pom- 
bal. 

fl Da^, a adem. 
/ an Eagle, a aguia.. 
a Falcon, o falcam. 
aGoldfinch, opintafilgo. 
a Goofe, o pa to. 
I a Gall, a gaivota. 
an Hawk, o af or. 

a Hen, a gal in ha. 
fa n eron , a garfa . 

a Jackdaw, a gralhinda. 
a King* s-fijher, a pica- 

peize. 

a Kite, o minhoto. 
Lark, a cotovia. 
taNigbtingal, orouxinol. 
Owl, a curuja. 
a Screech-owl, o bufo. 
an Oftrich, o aveftruz. 

# Parrot, o papagayo. 

# Partridge, a perdiz. 
/^ Peacock, o pavam. 

a Pelican, o pelicano. 

# Pheafant, o faifao. 
/^ Pye, a pega. 

Quail, o codorniz. 
/# Raven, d corvo. 
Snipe, o narcejo,, fran- 
colim. , 

a Sparrow, o partial. ' 
a Star- 



A Vocabulary in Englifh and Portuguefe. 173 

a Starling, o eftorminho. tan Eel, a enguia, o eyro. 

A Stork, a cegonha, a Gudgeon, o cadoz. 

<z Swallow, a andorinha. (a Herring, o arenque. 

<z Swan, o cirne, cifne. a Lamprey, a lamprea, 

a Teal, o marreco. a Mackrel, a farda, 

a Tbrujh, o tordo. a Mullet, a teinha. 

a Turkey, o peru. tMufcles, osmeixilhdens. 

<? Turkey-ben, a perua. <z O//<?r, a lontra, 

<? Vulture, o abutre. / ^ Oyfter, a oftra. 

^ Wagtail, a pczpita. # Salmon, o falmam. 

alVood-cock, agalinhola. / Shrimp, o camaram. 

__.. _. _ . l# Sole, a folha. 



Of Fiihes, de petxes. a S ^^ a P^xe fol- 



i Thornback, a raya, 

as guelras da fa r<?r/ ^ a tartaruga> 

P eixe - o cagado. 

as barbatanas. < a tr(i i ta . 



a Cama< a balea. 



r 
o manfco de {Q tn o 

concha. 



_ _ 
l a Shell, a concha. 

aFiJberman, opefcador. Of Beafts, de feras ott 
i a Net, a rede. beftas. 

an Angle-rod, a cana de a Beafc, a fera, befta. 
pel car. (a labouring Beaft, o ju- 

a Line, a fedela. mento. 

a Hook, o anzol. Cattle, o gado. 

a Bait, a iica. ^an Herd, a manada dc 

a Plummet, o prumo. gado. 

t a Fijhmonger, o pefca- fa Hide, o couro. 
deiro. a Horn, o corno. 

/ Salt-f.fo, o badejo. / a Hoof, a unha. 

a Barbel, o barbo. a Mane, a coma. 

a Cockle, a ameijoa. ^z Bnjtle, a ieda de por- 

a Cod-fifo, a'pefcada. co. 

iaCrevife, ocaranguejo. aTail, o rabo, a cauda. 
\a Dolphin, o golfinho. an Afe, o bugio, 



1 74 -A Vocabulary in 

an Aft, o afno. 

tf Badger, o texugo. 

a Bear, o lirfo. 
/ a Beaver, o c aft or. 

a Bull, d touro. i 

a Camel, o camelo. 

a Calf, a vitela. 

tf G*/, o gato. 

<z Coney, o coelho. 

*z C0w, a vaca. 

a Crocodile, o crocodilo. 

a Deer, o corco, a corca. 
I a. Fawn, d filho de corca. 

a Hart or Stag, o cervo. 
/ a Heifer, a novilha. 

a Hind, a cerva. 

a Dog, o cam. 

a Hitch, a cadella. 
/ a Whelp, o cachorro; 

a Maftiff, o rafeiro. 
t a Spaniel, o cam de ca- 
?a das aves. 

a Mungrel, o cam mef- 



fs Collar, o colar 
do cam. 

# Muzzle, o cabrefto. 
a Dragon, o dragam. 

Dromedary, o drome- 
dario. 

<z# Elephant, o elefante. 

<z Ferret, o foram. 

i Fox,' a. rapofa. 

<2 He-goat, o cabram bo- 
de. 

# She -goat, a cabra. 

<2 Goat-herd, o cabreiro. 

# 7&d ^?r Lamb t o ca- 

brito. 



^ Afitfr^, o lebre. 

Hedgehog, o ourico 

cacheiro. 
a //o^, o porco. 
a Hog-fly, o chiqueirb 

de porcos. 
Hogs Dung, o efterco de 

porcos. 

Hog-herd, o pOrqueiro. 
/w/^/ Boar, o porco 

montez. 
tame Boar, o porco 

marram. 
/* Sow, a porca. 
P/g", o leitam. 
^ //cr/?, o cavallo. 
/^ Af^r^, a egoa. 
a Gelding, o cavallo ca- 

pado. 
a Race-horfe, o cavallo 

de carreira. 
I a Nag, a faca. 
an ambling Nag, o quar- 

tam. 

| Hackney-horfe, o ca- 
vallo de alluguer. 
i a Pack-borfe, o cavallo- 

de bagagem. 
\a Groom, o eftribeiro. 
, a Halter, o cabrefto. 
a Lion, o learn. 
a Lioneft, a leoa. 
^ Monkey, o bugio. 
a Moufe, o ratinho, 
j ^z Moufe-trap, a ratoeira. 
Af/^, omu. 
an Ox, o boy. 
a Panther, a on^a. 



A Vocabulary zVzEnglifli ^^Portuguefe. 175 

o Rat, o rato. a "Bachelor or Jingle Per- 

a Sheep) a ovelha. 
Ram, o carneyro. 
/ a Wether, o carneyro 

capado, 

a Lamb) o cordeyro. 
a Sheep/old, o curral de 

ovelhas. 

a Shepherd, o paftor. 
( a Sheep-hook, o cajado. 
I a Flock, a manada, o 

rebanho. 
Wool, a lam. 
i a Fleece, o vela de iam. 
a Squirrel) o ciuro. 
a tire. 

o alicorno. 
a Wee lei. a doninha. 



hum (homem) 
folteyro 

a Maid or Jingle Woman* 
huma (mulher) fol- 
teyra. 
iz Man, o homem, va- 

ram. 

a Woman, a mulher. 
an old Man, o velho. 
an old Woman, a velha. 
a Lover, o amante, en- 

amorado, amigo. 
a Miftrefs, a amiga. 
A a Bridegroom, o noyvo, 
la Bride, a noyva. 
a Husband, o marido, 
a Wife, a mulher. 
a Marriage or 
o cafamento. 
a Kin or Kinfman, o pa- 
rente, aliado. 
{the AnccftorS) os ante- 

ceflbres. 
fua ydade e pdrentefco. / Pofterity, os fucceflbres. 

a Genealogy or 
AgC) a ydade. 
an Infant) a Babe, or 
Child, o menino, a 
menina. 
a lit tie Boy, a little Girl, 

a crianca. 

a Boy or Lad, o rapaz. 
a Girl, a rapariga. 
a young Man, o 111090. 
a young Woman, a moca, 

donzella. 

a Virgin or Maid, a vir- 
gem. 



a Wolf) o lobo. 



Of Man, refpedting his 
Age and Kindred, do 
ao refpeito de 



a genelozia. 
a Grandfather, o avo. 
a Grandmother, a avo. 
a Father, o pay. 
a JVf0//for,amay, maem. 
a great Grand/off, o bif- 

netto. 

a Grandfcn, o netto. 
* S reaf S ran< ^' daughter, 

a bifnetta. 



a Son, o filho. 

a Daughter? 



AVocabulary in Englifh and Portuguefe. 



a Daughter, a filha. 
a Brother, o irmam. 
a S'fter, a irmaa. 
aFather-in-law, o fogro. 
a Mother-in-law, a fo- 

gra. 

a, Son-in-law, o genro. 
a Daughter-in law, a 

nora. 
a Brother-in-law, o cun- 

hado. 
a Sifter- ijt-Iaw, a cun- 

hada. 

aStep-father, o padrafto. 
& Step-mother, a ma- 

drafta. 

a Sfep-fon, o enteado. 
a Step-daughter, a trntea- 
i da. 

an Uncle, o fio. 
/ an Aunt, a tia. 
/ a Nephew, o fobrinho. 
( a Neice, a fobrinha. 
a Coufen-german or fir ft 
Couftn, o primo, a 
prima irmam. 
a fecond Coufin, o primo 

fegundo, a prima. 
I a Widower, o viuvo. 
} <z Widow, a viuva. 
i <z# Hr, o heredeiro. 
j an Heirefs, a heredeira. 
an Orphan, oorfam. 
aGod-father,Q padrinho. 
a God-mother, a. comadre. 
a God-fon, o afilhado. 
aGod-daughter^. afilhada 
a Baftard, o baftardo, a 
baftarda. 



< Twins J os gemeos. 
tf Giant, o gigante. 
^ Dwarf, o pigmeo. 
an Acquaintance, aFriend 

o conhecido, o amigo, 

a conhecida, a amiga. 
rt Woman in Childbed, a 

rrmlher parida. 
^ Midwife, a parteyra. 
^ Nurfe, a ama de leite, 

a ama. 
a (Delivery or Birth, o 

paTo. 
a iMif carriage, o mao 

parto. 
fan Eftate, o eftado, a 

fazfnda. 
the laft Will* o teftamen- 

to. 



Of the Parts of a Man's 
Body, das paries do 
corpo ds hum homsm. 

the Head, a cabe^a. 
/ the Trunk, o tronco. 
/ a Limb, o membro. 

the Hair, o cabelio. 

the Ear, a orelha. 
I the Temples, as fontes da 



the Face or Countenance^ 
o roftro, acara. 

the Fcrfhead, a tefta, a 
fronta. 

\a Wrinkle, a arruga. 

the Eye, o olho. 

the 



A Vocabulary mEnglifh rfWPortuguefe. 177 
' the Eyelid, a capella do the Right Hand, a mam 

olho. 
I the Eyebrow, 



a fobran- 
celha. 
a Nofe, o nariz. 
a Mouth, a boca. 
a Chin, abarba. 
thsNofirih, as ventas do 

nariz. 

a Lip, o bey?o. 
/ c Cheek, o queyxada. 
the 1'ongue, a lingua. 
the Palate, o paladar. 
the 'Throat, o garganta. 
the Neck, o pefcofo. 



dereyta. 
the Left Hand, a mam 

efquerda. 
a Nail, a unha . . 
ttheHip, a coxa. 
\tbe tfhigh, a coxa da 

perna. 

. the Knee, o joelho. 
the Leg, a perna. 
f the Ancle, o artclho. 
/ the Heel, calcanhar. 
the Foot, o pe. 
the Sole of the Foot, a 
planta do pee. 



tbeBreaftorCbe/},op6ito. la *Toe, o dedb do pee. 
I the Bofom, o ceyo. Flejh, a carne. 

a Breaft, a mama, a tet- 

ta, o peito. 

I ths Nipple, o bico do 
peito. 

the Back, as coftas. 

a Shoulder, o hombro. 

the Side, o lado. 

ths Body, o corpo. 

the Belly, a barriga. 
| the Navel, o embigo. 

the Groin, a verilha. 
/ a Loin, o lombo. . 

ths Breech, o cu. 

the Buttocks, as nalgas. 

an Arm, o braco. 

the Elbow, o cotovelo. 

a Hand, a mam. 

[the Fift, o punho. 

th ' Palm of the Hand, a 

palma du mam. 
the Thumb, o polegar. 

a Finger, o dedq. 



a pelle. 

Fat, a gordura. 

a Bone, o oflb. 
(Marrow, o tutano. 
* Grijlle, a cartilagem. 

/? Brain, o cerebro. 
/ Nerve, o nervo. 
/ /fo Bowels, as entranhas, 

//&? Heart, o cora9am. 
I the Lungs, os bofes. 
/ Breath, a refpirafam, o 
alento. 

theStomach,Q eftomago. 

/^ G/J, as tripas. 
i the Liver, o figado. 
i the Kidney, o rim. 
i the Bladder, a bexiga. 

a Tooth, o dente. 
, t the Ribs, as coftellas. 

Blood, o fangue. 
i C holer, a collera. 

N Gall, 



-^ Vocabulary in Eaglilh an d Portuguefc. 
Gal/, o fc I . the King's Evil, as alpor- 

Milk, o leitc. cas. 

Spittle, a faliva. a Fever, a febre. 

Sweat, o fuor. the falling Sicknefs, a go* 

(a Tear, a lagrima. ta coral. 

Pifs or Urine ^ a ourina. a Fit, o accefib. 
Excrements, os efcre- ' the French-fox, as bou- 
mentos. bas. 

^^^^_ the Gout, a gota. 

ieiHoarfene/s, a ronquey- 
Of Difeafes and Rcme- ra ; 

dies, de doen^as e re- a Hickup, o falu^o. 
tnedios. 1*be Itch, a farna. 

an Impoftbume, a pofte 
a Difeafe, a doenja. ma. 

laPhyfician, o medico. Lethargy, o letargo. 
Pbyjick, a mezinha. Loofenefs, as camaras. 
Surgeon, o jurgiao. Madnefs, o doudice. 
fl Apothecary, o botl- / /^^ Meajles, o farampo. 
cario. / /&<? Plague, a pefte. 

fenda,chaga. ('the Palfy, a parlezia. 
a cecatriz. /<? Pleurify, a pleuris. 

<?r P<3/, o dor. Rupture, a potra. 

Stroke, o a- />fo Scurvy, o fcorbutu. 
5011 te. /<r 6"/^,?, a pedra. 

( Death, a morte. the Small-pox, as bexigas. 

# /^^, a ter^am. dfthma, a afma. 

I e. quartan Ague, a quar- \aWart, a verruga. 

tnm. a Medicine, o medica- 

Bunch or Hump-back, mento. 

a corcova. ^ Remedy, o remedio. 

ttbe Consumption, atifica. /^z Poifon, 6 veneno. 
# Co^l, a toffe. / an'Ointment, o inguento. 

the Colick, a colica. Plaifter, o emprafto. 

I the Cramp, acaymbra. Blood-letting, a. fangna. 
/^Drc|p_/>',ahydropezia. Health, a faude. 
a Cold, o catarro,rcs fria- I Strength, a for?a. 
' do, Vigcur, o visor, 

Of 



in Englifh dnd Portugiiefe. 

Of the A flections of the / Covetoufnefs, a cobifa. 
Mind, and the Ac- i Pride, a foberba, a vai- 
tions and Qualifica- dade. 
tions of Man, das af- Deceit, o engano. 
feifoens da mente, e tCraft, a futileza. 
das aufoens e quali- Lazinefs, a pregui;a. 
dades do boyiem* tMalice, a malicia. 

Lewdnefs, a facivia. 

a Mind, a mente. / Impudence, a defvergon- 

an Idea, a ydea. . ha. 

Memory, a memoria. ^ Cruelty, a crueldade. 
| Under/landing, o enten- f Ingratitude, a ingrati- 

dimento. dam. 

Reafon, arazam. a Pqflion, a paixam. 

I Judgment, o juizo. Love, o amor. 

&Will, a vontade. ^Hatred, o odio. 

a Fantafy, a fantafia. / Anger, a colera. 
an Opinion, a opiniam. Envy, a emveja. 
^Knowledge, a fciencia. Pleafure, o gofto. 
Prudence, a prudencia. /y^, a alegria. 
/ an Error, o erro. <?r/V/, a dor. 

yz Virtus, a vcrtude. * Sadnefs, a trifteza. 
Patience, apaciencia. / Affliction, aafflicfam* 
iConftancy, aconftancia. (Faith, a fe. 
Charity, a caridade. #0p<?, a efperanca. 
Humility, a humilidade. I Fear, o temor. 
I Civility, a cortefia. Jealoufy, os ciumes. 

| jf^^r^w^,atemperan- I Dread, o medo. 

fa, f Defpair, a defperacarru 

Chaftily, a caftidade. Courage, o animo. 
Modefty, a modcftia. / 'Cowardice, a covardia. 
( CompaJJion, a compai- Shame, a vergonha. 

xam. / Power, o poder. 

Friendship, a amizade. H<?^>, o focorro, a ajuda. 
/7/&^//^/},agratidam a Work, a obra, o tra- 
Gemrofity, a generofi- balho. 
_dade. Bufmejs, o negocio. 

o vicio. # Charge, o cargo. 

N 2 rf 



i 80 A Vocabulary //zEnglifh and Portuguele. 
an Office, o officio. Of Meat and Drink, 



a Counfel, o confelho. 
an Art, a arte. 
Care, o cuidado. 
Study, o eftudo. \ 

Application, a applica- 

cao. r 

Delay, a detenza. 
Hafte, a prcfia. * 

an Aft ion, a acc^i m. 
Fortune, afortuna. 
Profperity, 

dade. 

Happinefs, a felicidade. 
Misfortune, a defgraca. 
Honour, a honra. 
Infamy, a infamia. 



de manjares e de beber. 



a forte. 

Riches, a riqueza. 
Poverty, apobreza. 
Want, a neceffidade. 



a comida. 

ViBuals, o alimento. 
Drink, a bebida. 
Provijion,si provifam. 
Bread, o pam. 
Afo Cr/?, a codia. 
/^ Crw, o miolo. 
Butter, amanteiga. 
a profperi- Cheefe, o queijo. 
Milk, o leite. 
Cream, a natta. 
Flejh-meat, a carne. 
Bacon, o toucinho. 
<z //^w, o prezunto. 
Broth, o caldo. 
^<?^>, a fopa. 
fl G?^, o bolo. 
Sauce, a falfa. 



Abundance, a abundan- tMinc'd-meat, o picado. 



cia. 

a perda. 
+Gain, o ganho, o pro- 
veito. 

#/}, afatiga. 
|/^<?/?, o defcanco. 
Hunger, a fome. 
+ < Thirft, a fcde. 
6"/(f(f/>, o fono. 
a Dream, o fonho. 
\JLcathmg, o deigoflo, a 
adverjam. 



Roajl-meat, o aflado. 
N Sweet-meats, as confei- 

turas. 

Sallet, a falada. 
f //fo Defer t, a fobremefa. 
* T^r/, a tortilha. 1 

a Pafty or Pie, o paflel. 
Boiled-meat, a carne co- 

zida. 

a Saufage, o falchicho. 
Beef or Ox-flefh, vaca, a 

carne de vaca. 
Mutton or Sbeetfs-fiefo, 

cordeiro, ou carne de 

cordeiro. 

Pork \ 



rff Vocabulary in Englifh and Portuguefe. 1 8 1 

Pork or Hog's-fle/h, por- Of Cloathing, de vejtido. 

co, ou carne de porco. 

Veal or Calfs-flejh, vi- Cloth, o pano. 

tela, ou carne de vi- Silk, a feda. 



tela. 

jVenifon, carne de veado. 
a Cook, o cozinheiro. 
Oil, o azeite. 
Vinegar, o vinagre. 
a Breakfaft, o almoco. 
a Dinner, o jantar. 
a Supper, a cea. 
Beer, a cerveja. 
Wine, o vinho. 
Cyder, a cidra, o vinho 

de mafaas. 
a Feaft, o banquete. 
fa Gueft, o convidado. 
a Table, a mefa. 
a Table-cloth, a toalha 

da mefa. 

a Napkin, a guardanapo. 
a Trencher, a trincha. 
a Salt-fetter, o faleiro. 
ofal. 
a faca. 

F0r, o garfo. 
a Dijh, o prato. 
Pottinger, a tigela. 
# PAz/tf, o pratinho. 
a Spoon, a col her. 
a Bafon, a bacia. 
a Towel, a toalha. 
a Cup, o copo. 
a Flaggon, o frafco. 
a Jug, o pucaro. 
<? Bottle, a garrafa, bo- 

telha. 



Cotton, o algodam. 

Velvet, o veludo. 

#W, a laa. 

Linen, o lenco. 

i^ff, a renda. 

a Garment, o veftido. 

MourningCloaths,Qve(- 

ttdo de luto. 
fl //</, o chapeo. 
a Cap, o bonete. 
a Peruke, a peruca. 
a Shirt, a camifa. 
4 Waiftcoat, a veftla. 
a P^/r of Breeches, os 

calfoens. 
^ Morning- go^n, a rou* 

pa de chambre. 
Stockings, as meyas. 
a Garter, a jareteira, a 

fiiixa. 

a Clofe-coat, a cafaca. 
an Upper-coat, o gabi-, 

nardo. 

a Riding-coat, o capote, 
# Cloak, a capa. 
^ Cravat, a garavata. 
Pocket, a algibeira. 
^ Button, o botam. 
^ Sleeve, a manga. 
^^ Buttonhole, as cafas de 

botoens. 

fl 5^?, o capato. . 
Slipper, a chin^la, 
/?^/, a botta. 
N 3 <j 5/r, 



1 8 2 A Vocabulary in English and Portugucfe., 



a Spur, a efpora. 

a Girdle or Belt, o cin- 

gidouro. 

an Apron, o aventah 
a Bracelet, as man II has. 
Ear-rings, as arrecadas. 
a Fan, o leque, abano. 
a Glove, a luva. 
a. Handkerchief, o len^o. 
a Manteau, o man to, 

capelo. 

a Necklace, o colar. 
a Mask, a mafcara. 
a Neckhandker chief, o 

lenco do pefcofo. 
a Petticoat, a fay a. 
a. Woman's Gown, o ve- 

ftidode mulher. 
a Buckle, a fivella. 
~a Ring, o annel. 
a Hood, a touca. 
& Chain, a cadea. 



V Building, o edificio. 
a Houfe, a cafa. 
f # Cottage, a choupana. 

# Palace, o palacio. 
a C<2/?/<?, o caftelo. 

# Bath, o banho. 

f /? Bridge, a ponte. 
/ Common-fewer, o cano 

do defpejo. 
<? Wall, a parede. 
}tf Corner, o canto. 
<3 G^, a porta. 
< Door, a porta. 



/# Entry, a entrada. 
I a //;/, a falla. 
^ deling, ceo do apo 

fen to. 

<<3 C/(?/tf/, o gabinete. 
a Kitchen, a cozinha. 
a Floor, o chao. 
the Stairs, a efcada. 
(0 Chamber, o apofento. 

# Chimney, o chimene. 
<5! Hearth, a fogueira. 
Window, a janela. 
the Roof of the Houfe, 9 

tecto. 

<2 Pillar, o pilar. 
\3 Vault, a boveda. 
! , o poftigoi 
":, a fechadura. 
r , a chave. 
a Cellar, a adega. 
( the Stable, a eftrebaria^ 
\Oven, o forno. 
a Wall, o poco. 
a Pump, a bomba. 
^ City, a cidade. 

# 'Town, a villa. 

/# Suburb, o arrebalde. 

/3 Street, a riia. 

a Fortification, a forta^ 
leza. 

^ Market, a praca. 
/ ^ /#, a poufada. 

<2 Workman, o obreiro. 
Jf^z Hatchet, o machado. 

^ Hammer, o martello. 
', a ferra. 



a lima. 
<z Wedge^ a cunha. 



A Vocabulary m English and Portuguefe. 183 

et Ruler, a regra. a Pair ofTwgs, as tena- 

I Glue, a grude. 

a Nail, o cravo. 
I a Brick, o ladrilho. 

timber, a n. J eira. 

a Board, a taboinha. 
) a Tile, o tijolo. 



Of Houfhold- fluff or 
Furniture, de alfdyas. 

a Chair, a cadeyra. 
\ a Stool, a trepefla. 
a Bench, o banco. 
<z Arnfd-Chair, a ca- 

deyra de mams. 
a Couch, a cama de re- 

poufo. 

[# Cradle, o ber?o. 
a Bed, a cama. 
Curtains, as curtinas. 
i a Blanket, o cobertor. 

Sheets, os lan^oes. 
* a Carpet, o tapete. 
a Pifture, a pintura. 
Jtf PiSfttre or Refemblance 
<?/ ^iwjy Pcrfon, o re- 
trato. 

4 Statue, a ftatua. 
Looking-glafs, o efpel- 

ho. 

^fl Broom, a efcova. 
/<z Gr^/^, as grelhas. 
I a Sieve, a par.eyra. 
a Mortar, oalmirez. 
A Peftle t o almofariz. 

N 



a Pair of 

zas. 

a Fire-Jho-vel, a paa. -^ 
a Lamp, a lampada. 
\aCandleftick, o candisy- 

ro. 

a Candle, a candeya. 
a Wax-taper, o cirio. 
a Box, a caixa. 
a Coffer or Chejl, a ar- 

ca > -o cofre. 
a Basket, o cefto. 
a Tun, o tonne). 

# Pitcher, o jarro? 
^aVeffel, o vafo. 

^ Hogjhead, o quarto. 

P/p<?, a pipa. 

a Barrel, o barril. 

a Tap, o efpicho. 

^ C^r^, o fobro. 
I a Kettle, o caldeiram. - 

a Spit, o efpeto. 

a "Ladle, o golheram. 
\a Sponge, aefponja. 
\ a Pair of Bellows, o fole.- 

a Chamber-pot, o ouri- 
nol. . , 

# Privy, a privada. 
\aWlml, a roda. 

Gwz, o pentem. 

# Need e, a agulha. 
^ P/, a alfinete. . 
Razor, a navalha. 

a Pair of Speftades, os 

ocolos. 
a Brufh, a efcova, baf- 

ioura. 
4 Of 



184^ Vocabulary in Englifli 

Of the Country, da ( a Halter, o cabrefto. 
campanha. | the Reins, as rede as. 

a Take, o jugo. 

/a Village, a aldca. \a Whip^ o afoute. 

a G?#/r}'-0#/, aquinta. 



I a Barn, o celeyro. 
I a Court-yard, o pateo. 
/ a Field, o campo. 
^a Meadow, o prado. 

a Garden, ojardim. 
(an Orchard, o pomar. 

a Hedge, a febe. 

a Gardener, o jardineiro. 

a Farmer, o quinteiro. 

a Countryman, o villam. 
\a Plough, o harado. 
*]Dung, o eflerco. 
^a Fork, a forca. 
( a Sickle or Scythe, a. fouce. 

a Flail, o mangual de 

debulhar. 
\ei Spade, a emxada. 

a Wheel-barrow, o car- 
reto. 

a Cart, a charreta. 
\a Waggon, o carro. 
| a Highway, a eftrada 
real. 

a Way, o carninho. 

a Journey, a Jornada 

& Joy age, o viagem. 

a, Coach, o coche. 

a Coachman, o cocheiro. 

la Carter, o carroeiro. 
\an Axle-tree, o eixo. 

a Pole, o timam. 
|<z Wheel, a rod a. 

fi Bridle, o freyo, 



fz S/)r, a efpora. 
Saddle, a fella. 
Stirrup, o eftribq. 



Of Societies, Dignities, 
Handicraftfmen,Mu- 
iick, and Games, das 

fociedades, dignidade.s, 
dos artifices, da mufi- 
ca e 



fl Family, a familia. 
aRepublick, a republica. 
\& Kingdom, o reyno. 
Empire, o imperio. 
<z Mafter, o amo, o fen- 

hora. 
Mi/ire fs, a am a, a fen- 

hora. ' 

^ Man-fer-jant, o criado 

o fervo, o lacayo. 
a Maid-firvant, a criada, 
\& Citizen, o cidadam. 
^ Magiftrate, o magef- 

trado. 
Emperor, o empera- 

dor. 
^;; Emprefi, a empera- 

triz. 

Xw^, o rey> 
a Queen, a ray n ha. 
a Prince, o principe. 
a Princefs, a princefla, 

a Duke, 



AVocabulary /;;Englilh ^w^Portuguefe. 185 

ft Duke, o duque. \tbe LordTreafurer, o te- 

a Dutchefs, a duqueza. foureyro mor. 
Marquis, o marquez. taPrivyCounfetlor,ocon- 

felheiro do confelho 
privado. 

a Secretary of State, o 
Secretario de eftado. 
a Courtier? o cortelam. 
ia 'Trade, o officio. 
\aHanduraftfmanyQ3x- 

tifices. 
[an Armourer, o efpin- 

gardeiro. 

\aKnigbt, ocavalheyro. a Earlier, o barbeyro. 
a Gentleman, o fidalgo. a Bookfeller, o livreyro. 
the People, o povo. /aBlackforith, o ferreyro. 
\a Stranger, o forafteiro. { a Mafon or Bricklayer, o * 



|6 ftSarcbionefs? a mar- 

quefa. 

j a Count orEarl, o conde. 
a Coiintefs, a condeza. 
a Vifcount, o vifconde. 
a Vifcount efs? a vifcon- 

dela. 

l a Ear on, o baram. 
a Baronefs, a baronefa. 
a Nobleman, o nobrc. 



the Mob or Rabble, 

vulgo. 

| Crowd, a multidam. 
/ Nation, a nafam. 
^ Crown, a coroa. 
( rf Scepter, o cctro. 
f f? throne, o trono. 
^ Court? a corte. 
/ a Vice-roy, o vice rey. 
<? Ambaffador, o em- 

baixador. 

|.# Envoy, o enviadp. 
4 Governor, o governa- 

dor. 

/ /z Rejident, o refidente. 
/ //&<? L0r^ Chancellor, o 

chancelor mor. 
/^ L<?r^/ Chamberlain, 

o camareiro mor. 
tke Lord Steward, omor 
domo mayor. 



pedreyro. 
/ a Butcher, o carniceyro/ 
^ Cabinet-maker, o caix-' 

inheyro. 
<z Carpenter, o carpin- 

teyro. 

^ Chandler, o candieyro. 
f<z Cobler, oremendam. 
< Collier, o carvoeyro. 
^ Confectioner? o confei- 

teyro. 

rf Cooper, o toneleyro. 
Cutler, o faqueyro. 
/ D^r, o tintureyro. 
[ Farrier, o ferrador. -. 
^ Fruiterer, o fruteiro. 
^ Girdler, o cintureyro. 
/ ^ Glajier, o vidraceyro. 
# Goldfmith, o prateiro. 
Grocer, efpeceiro. 
/ Hatter? o chapeleyro. 
2 ^ licfier? 



1 86 A Vocabulary in 

a Hojier, o meeyro. 
a Joiner^ o merceneyro. 
a Mountebank, o char- 

Jatam. 
a Laundrefs, a lavan- 

deira. 

a Merchant, o mercador. 
a Miller, o moleiro. 
a Mercer ; o mercieyro. 
a Painter, o pintor. 
a Pajfry-cook, o pafte- 

leyro. 

( a Packer, o cmbalador. 
d a Perfumer, o perfuma- 

dor. 

a Plumber, o chumbeiro. 
a Porter, o marriola. 
^tf Potter, o olleyro. 
| tf Poulterer, o galinheiro. 
/ a Printer, o impri mi- 
dor. 
a Rope-maker, o cor- 

deyro. 

Taylor, o al fay ate. 
# Shoe-maker, o apa- 
teyro. 

Stage-player, o come- 
diante. 
( Stone-cutter, o feu 1 tor 

de pedras. 
l<? Sword-cutler, o efpa- 

deyro. 

J* Vintner, o taverneiro. 
Weaver, o teffedor. 
<7 Workman, o obreyro. 
( Apprentice, o appren- 

diz. 
r Mufician, o rrrffico. 



Englifli ^W Portuguefc. 

^ Inftrument of Mu/ickj 
o inftrumento mufico- 
/^ Harpficord, o cravo- 
/^ //^r/>, a harpa. 
the Lute, o alaude. 
a Flute, a flauta. 
^ Violin, a rebeca, o 

viollm. 

a Bafs-Viol, rebeca m. 
{a String, a corda. 
[ a Bow, o arco. 
( the Bridge, o ponfe. 
a Tone or Sound, o fom. 
aDiverfion, adiverfam. 
a Play or Game, o jogo. 
^a Dye, o dado. 
( a Game of Draughts, o 

jogo de tablas. 
the Game of Chefs, o jo- 
go de enxadres. 
a Game of Charts, o jogo 

de cartas. 
a Ball, a pela. 
a Racket, a raqueta. 

Of a School and Learn- 
ing, da efcola, e d$ 
fipprender. 

( a Mafter or Teacher, o 

meftre. 

1# Scholar, o difcipulo. 
Reading, a leclura, o 

ler. 

^Writing, a fcritura. 
.\a Difcourfe, o difcurfo. 
a Language, a lingoa. 
\an Oration, a oragam. 
aSer- 



A Vocabulary /wEnglifh^JPortuguefe. 187 

an Archbijhop, o ar?o- 

bifpo. 

a Bijhop, o bifpo. 
a Priefl or Minifter, o ' 

facerdote, miniftro. 
|# Curate, o cura. 
a Deacon, o decano. 
1 a Reader, o lei tor. 



a Sermon, o fermam. 

A Letter, a letra. 
| a Sentence, a fentenfa. 

a Syllable, a filaba. 

a Word, a palavra. 

a Letter, a carta. 

a Book, o livro. 

a I'reatife, o tratado. ( 

a News-paper, as novas, 

a gazeta. 

/ an Author, o autor. 
I # TV//^, o titulo. 
\a Leaf, a folha. 

a Page, a pagtna. 

# Pen, a pena. 
/, a tinta. 

an Inkhorn, o tinteiro. 

Paper, o papel. 
( a^uire of Paper, a mam 

de papel. 
fa Sheet of Paper, a folha 

J L ' 

de papel. 
fa Parchment, o perga- 

minho. 

Pen-knife, o canivete. 
{ tf Lm^, a linha. 
a Rule, a regra. 

# Rod, a vara. 

<z 5/^/f, o eftudo. 
| a Science, a ciencia, 

OfEcclefiafticalAffairs, 
das coufas ecdefiafiicas. 

a Church, a igreja. 
/ a Chapel, a capella. 
a Cathedral Church, a, 
igreja catedral. 



o clerigo. 

o anciarn. 
Sexton, o facriftam. 
Chaplain, o capelam^ 
Religion, a religiam. 
^//^r, o altar. 
# baptifing Font, a pia 

de baptifmo. 
<7 Organ, o orgam. 
^ Pulpit, o pulpito. 
^ P^w, o banco. 
the Bible, a biblia. 

Teftament, o tefla- 
mento. 

Gofpel, o evangelho. 
Steeple, o campana- 
rio. 

^ Bell, o fmo. 
/ a Church-yard, o adro. 
^ Grave, o fepulcro. 



^ Monument, o moy- 
mento. 



Of J udlcial ^ ffairs > 
coujas judiciays. 



^ C?r/ ofjuftice, a corte 
de jufti9a. 



1 8 8 A Vocabulary in English WPortugirtfe. 

a Law, a ley. Favour, a graca, a fa- 

rf# Example, o exemplo. 
# Mayor, o alcaide. 
tf Judge, o juiz. 
an Advocate, o Ictrodo, 
avogado. 



vor. 
G/// 0r Prefent, a da- 

vida, o dom. 
[Reputation, a ' reputa- 



( a Witnefs, a teftimunhaJ I Authority, a autoridade. 
C/?r& or Secretary, o Honour, a honra. 

Money, 



efcrivam. 
I a Bailiff, o aguazil. 
( Common Crier, opre- 

goeyro. 

f Right, o direito. 
Juftice t a jufti?a. 
(Punijhment, o caftigo. 
Sentence, a fenten^a. 
( <? Hangman or Executio- 

ner, o algoz. 
j Crime, o crimem. 
Deceit, o engano. 
*z Fault, a culpa. 
Fraud, a fraude. 
ITbeft, o furto. 
tfreajan, a traifam. 
; Villany, a maldade. 
^ Adulterer, o adulte- 
rio. 



o dinheiro. 
Price, t> prejo. 
P^jy, a paga. 
fPraife, o louvor. 
' Wages, o falario. 
| Recommence, a recom- 
penfa. 



Of War and Peace, <fo 
guerra e paz. 

# Friend, o amigo. 

Friendship, amizade. 

^ Alliance, a confede- 

racam. 

j Leifurs, a ociofidade. 
j Safety, a feguranca. 
t Quiet, o defcanco. 



a Cut-throat, o aflacino. kDif agreement, adifcor 

dia. 
| Danger, o perigo. 

Enemy, o inimigo. 

<z 'Tumult, o tumulto, 
j <3 Battle, a batalha. 

<3 Combat, a peleja. 

/?/', a ruina. 
y <2 5/V^^, o cerco. 

/z ViEiory, a victoria. 
| Plight t a fugida. 



o ladram. 
n Whore, a puta. 
Bani/hment, o deflerro. 
(Death, a morte. 
Infamy, a infamia. 
H^ p/^, a penalidade, a 

multa. 
<? Prifon or Goal, a pri- 

ziim. 
Pardon, o perdam. 



A Vocabulary in Englifh and Portuguefe. 189 

I a Conqueror ; o vencedor. Fire-arms, armas de fo- 

a General, o general. go. 

\an Admiral, a almi- a Cannon, apefadear- 

rante. tilheria, canam. 

{ a Colonel \ o coronel. a Gun, aefpingarda, 

a Major, Q fargento mor. .a Piftol, a piftolete. 

a Captain, o capitam. Gunpowder, a polvora. 

\ ft Lieutenant^ o tenente. Shot, pelouros miudos. 

{ an Enjtgn, o alfares. a Bullet* a balla. 

a Serjeant^ o fargento. a Cannon-ball, a ballade 

a Corporal, o cabo da canam. 

efquadra. *te Helmet) o capacete. 

a Trumpeter, o trombe- / a Buckler or Shield, o 

reiro. efcudo. 

a Soldier, o foldado. a Trumpet, a trombeta. 

a Horfeman, o caval- \a Drum, o tambor. 

hciro. ( & Kettle-drum, o atabale. 
a Dragoon, o dragam. 
a Centinel, a fentinela. 

a Guard, a guarda. Of Ships, their Load- 

a Foot-foldier, o foldado ings, and mercantile 

infante. A ffairs, de navios. Jits 

a Company, a compan- cargapoens, &c. 

hia. 

a Regiment, o regimen- a Man of War, o nao de 

to. guerra. 

\ an Army, o exercito. a Merchant-man,, o na- 

f a Camp, o array a!. vio de carga, 

a Tent, a tenda. \ a Sloop, a balandra. 

a Flag or Colours, a ban- * a Fijher-boat^ a barca de 

deira. pcfcador. 

*drms or Weapons, as aj- a Galley, a gale. 

mas. a Ferry-boat, o barco dc 

a Club, a maca. . paflagem. 

a Sword, aefpada", a Boat, o batel. 

/ Sling) a fun^a. Cock-boat, a barqueta, 

/<2 ow, Jj^rco. ,jan Oar, o remo, 
an Arrow, a fetta. 



190 A Vocabulary in Englifh and Portugucfe a 
a Waterman or Rower, \as Shipwreck, o naufra- 



o remeyro. 
\G Fleet, a frota. 
I the Fore-deck, a proa. 
I the Stern, a popo. 
i the Keel, a quilha s . 

the Deck, as cubertas. 

a Captain, o capitam. 

a Cabin, a camarote. 
+the Helm, o leme. , 

the Stem, o efporam. 

a Maft, o mafta. \ 

( the Main-yard, a verga. 
{ 0# board, a bordo. 
< between Deck, o conves. 

<z &z//j a vela. 

/<? Main-fail, a vela 
grande. 

c Pulley, o carrilho. 

# .K0/>, a corda. 

a Cable, a amarra. 

Jack, os galhardetes. 

/^^ Streamer, a bandeira. 

Anchor, a ancora. 

/^ Lanthcrn, a linterna. 
/ P<?/<?, a vara. 

the Pump, a bomba. 
/ the Sounding-line, o pru- 

. mo. 

the Ballaft, olaftro. 

theCompafs, o compafib 
de marear. ' 

the Pilot, o piloto. 

the Mafter, o meftre. 

aMariner,Q marinheiro. 

a Pajjenger, o paflageiro. a Bank-Note, huma no- 
i <z Shipwright,*) architec- ta de 
todenavios. 4Mon^or 



gio. 

Provijion, o baftimento. 
Loading, a cargafam. 
Unloading, a defcarga. 
Contract, o contra&o, 
Freight, o frete. 
;^ /7/ o/ Lading, o con- 

heeimento. 
J?/// ^/" Exchange, a le- 

tra de cambio. 
Policy, or Writing of 

Infurance, a polifa ou 

efcritura de feguro. 
a Correfpondent, o cor- 

refpondente. 
{a Valuer, o valor. 
a Partner, o compan- 

heiro. 

a Company, companhia. 
Cuftom or Duty, o de- 

reito. 

Entry, a entrada, 
the Cuftom-houfe,z2\fan- 

geda. 
Good*) as fazendas, ge- 

neros. 
Merchandizes, ^mercado- 

rias. 

JlAveridge, a avaria. 
Money, o dinheiro. 
Ready Money, dinhelrq 

%de canrado. 
Ct&ent Money, dinheiro 

CTtente. 




A Poca&uIarymEngllfti and Portuguefe. 191 
Golden Coin, moeda dou- the Poft, o correo. 

* Advice, o avifo. 
mocda de Order, a ordem. 



ro. 
Silver Coin, 

prata. 
Copper Coin, moeda de 

cobre. 

Credit, o credito. 
\a Debt, a divida. 
ia Debtor, o devedor. 
a Creditor, o creditor. 
a Cajh, a caixa. 
a. Cajhier, o caixeiro. 
a Bankrupt, o quebrado. 
\a Banker, o cambiador. 



a Letter, a carta. 

anAnfwer, a repoftn; 

A Bale, a bala. 

a Packet, o paquete. 
*Effefts, effeitos. 
jan Agent, o agente. 

a Warehoufe, o almazem." 
ia Pattern, a moftra. 
iCommiflion, a commiflao. 

a Broker, ocorredor. 
^Brokerage, corretagem. 



the Exchange, o cambio. *a Fattor, o negociador. 



the Bank, o banco. 

a Counting-boufe, o con- 
tor. 

a Book-keeper, o caixeiro. 

a Man ofBufinefs, o ho- 
mem de negocio. 

a Merchant, o mercador. 

a Dejk, o almario. 

the Cajh-book, o livro de 
caixa. 

theClod- Book,Q borrador. 

\thejournal, o jurnal. 
theLedger, livro grande 

an Account-currant, a 
conta corrente. 

an Account-fate, a conta 
de venda. 



Intereft, ointeres. 

a Letter of Attorney^ 
hum inftrumento dc 
procura9ao. 

a\Charter~party of a 
Freightment, carto on 
inftrumento de fretta- 
mento. 

a Letter of Recommenda- 
tion, huma letra d 
recommendacao. 

a Letter of Credit, a Ic- 

tra de credito. 
\Letters Patent, alvaras 
do Key. 

a Letter-carrier^ o mef- 
fageiro. 



"192 A Vocabulary In Englifli 



C H A*P. II. 

Nouns Adjetfive. 

Words mark'd with c. are of the com- 
mon Gender, both Mafculine and Feminine. 



AB L E, Jkilful, ca- 
paz, c. 
Agreeable, agradavel, c. 

all, todo, da. 

alone, fo, c. 

alive, vivo, va. 
^antient, antiquo, qua. 

another, outro, tra. 

any, qualquer, c. 

bad, mao, maa. 

barbarous, barbaro, ra. 

barren, efteril, c. 

bafe, low, baixo, xa. 

beautiful, hello, la. 

big with Child,iprtn\it, c. 

bitter, amargo, ga. 

blind, cego, ga. 

both, ambos, bas. 

bri/k, aRive, vivaz, c. 

broad, largo, ga. 

captive, captivo, va. 

certain, certo, ta. 

fhafle, cafto, ta. 
yhearful, gay, alegre, c. 



' couragious, animofo, fa. 

covetous, cobiofa, fa. 
^crafty, cunning, aftuto,ta. 

fotil, c. 

contented, con ten to, ta. 
crooked, curvo, va. 
c onvenient, convenienta, 

c. 
cruel, cruel, c. 



cheap, barato, ta. 
fcbief, prinipal, c. 

clean, limpo, pa. 

cold, frio, a* 
)C9inmon t comum, mua. 



Mainly, delicado, da, 

deaf, furdo, da. 

dead, morto, ta. 

dear, caro, ra. 

deep, profundo, da. 
^%&//tf/,deleit6fo, guf- 

tofo, fa. 

(dextrous, deftro, tra. 
\different, diflferente, c. 
.difficult, difficultofo, fa. 

diligent, diligente, c. 

diverfe, diverfo, fa. 
[doubtful, duvidofo, fa. 

drunk, bebado, da. 

dry, feco, ca. 

dirty, fujo, ja. 

\each, cada hum, cad^ 
hua. 

\ ea fy-> facil, c. 
/ elegant, elegante, c. 

empty* 



grande ? 

jealous, ciofo, fa. 
imperfeft, imperfeitota. 



A Vocabulary in Englifti and Portuguefe. 1 9 j 

empty, vazio, zia. boneft, honefto, ta. 

equal, igual, c. \konourab!e,\\or\ora.do,da., 

every one y qualquer, r. how many, quantos ? 
faint, feeble, fraco, ca. 
I fairy branco, ca, ruivo, 

va 

falfe, falfo, fa. 
L faithful, fiel, c. 

famous, famofo, fa. fintire, intefro, ra. 

fat, gordo, da. joyful, jocundo, da. 

few, pouco, ca. juft, jufto, ta. 

firm, firme, c. (kind, favorf.vel, c. 

fit, apto, ta. fknowing, fabido, da. 
fpolijh, parvo, va. ton- lame, coxo, xa. 

to, ta. large, largo, ga. 

(former, precedente, c. lazy, preguizofo, fa. 
l fortunate, fortunado, da. lean, magro, gra, fiaco, 
[free, libre, c. ca. 

Ifrequent, frequente, c. ^earned, doclo, ta. 
frejh, frefco, ca. 
full, cheyo, ya. 



left 

liberal, liberal, c. 



Igenerous, generofo, fa. like, femelhantc, c. 



genteel, gentil, c. 
\glad, alegre, c. 



little, piqueno, na. 
little or few, pouco, ca. 



godly, pious, devout, pia- lonely, so zinho, ha. 

dofo, fa, devoto, ta. . long, longo, ga. 
good, bom, boa. 
great, grande, c. 
/greedy, avarente, c. 
{guilty, culpado, da. 
half, meyo, ya. 
handfome, fermofo, fa. 



low, baixo, xa. 
/ maimed, niocho, cha, a- 

leijado,da. 
manifeft, manifefto, ta, 

evidente, c. 
many, muito, ta. 
happy, ditofo, fa, feliz,r. mean, baixo, xa. 
hard, duro, ra. /w<rra/z^/,mifericordiofo, 

hard, difficulty difficul- fa. 

tofo, fa. 
high, alto, ta. 
hollow, concavo, va. 
holy, fan to, ta. 



merry, alegre, c. 
middle, meyo, ya. 
Imiferable, miferavel, r. 
O modejl, 



1 9 4 ^ Vocabulary in Englifti and Portuguefe. 

wodeft, modefto, ta. ready r , promto, ta. 
moderate, moderado, da. *Y/0/#A?,determinado,da, 



more, ma is, c. 

too much, demafiado. 

naked, nu, nua. 

narrow, eftreito, ta. 

neat, pretty, lindo, da. 

necejjary, neceffario, ria. round, redondo, da. 

neither, nenhum nem rude, uncivil, ruftico, ca- 

defcortez, c. 
facred, fagrado, da.. 



rich, rico, ca. 
right, direito, ta. 
ripe, maduro, ra. 
roafted, afiado, da. 
\rough, afpero, ra. 



fad, trifle, c. 
fafe, falvo, va. 
failed, falgado, da. 



outro. 

new, novo, va. 

noble, nobre, c. 

none, nenhum, hua. 

old, velho, ha. 

/ odious, tirefome, odiofo, fame, mefmo, ma. 

emfadofo, fa. forage, bravo, va. 

fpale, palido, da. fecret, fecreto, ta. 

pleafant, agradavel, c. {fecure, feguro, ra. 

plentiful, copiofo, fa. ^ (fevere, fevero, ra. 

powerful, poderofo, fa. jhort, brief, curto, ta, 

poor, pobre, c . breve, c. 

fprefent, prefente, c. fick, enfermo, ma, do- 

pretty, lindo, da. ente, c. 

[private, oculto, ta. (Jlow, vagarofo, fa. 

prodigal, prodigo, ga. \fmooth, lizo, za. 

profane, profano, na. fober, fobrio, bria. 

profitable, proveitave, c . foft, brando, da, mole,<r. 

proper (one's own) pro- (found, fao, faa. 

prio, pria. y^^r,azedo,da,agro, gra. 

prosperous, prolpero, ra. (fpreading, extended, ef- 

proud, foberbo, ba. tendido, da. 

publick, publico, ca. ftill,quiet, afTofcgado,da. 

pure, puro, ra. ftinking, fedorento, ta. 

(quick or fwift,promto,ta 9 ftraight, eftreito, ta. 

acelerado, da. 
l rare, raro, ra. 

\rafi, temerario, ria. 



cru, crua. 



Jiranger, eftrangeiro, ra. 
flrong, forte, c. 
[fubtle, crafty, fotil, fa- 
gaz, f. aftuto, ta. 

fafk 



A Vocabulary in En glifh and Portuguefe. 1 9 

fuch, tal, c. wanton, lafcivtous, laf- 

fure, feguro, ra. civo, va. 

fweet, doce, c. weak, fraco,ca, debil,r. 

\fwift, ligeiro, ra. weary, tired, fatigado, 

tally alto, ta. canfado, da. 

I tender, tenro, ra. wet, humido, molhado, 

terrible, cruel, terribel, da. 

cruel, c. what manner, que ma- 

thankful, agradecidojda. neyra ? 

thick, grofib, fa. what number, que nu- 

tbin, delgado, da. mero? 

tired, canfado, da. which, qual, c. 

{torn, rafgado, da. /whole, all, inteiro, raj 

I /r^a^y&w^emfadofo^a. todo, da. 

i true, verdadeiro, ra. jwbofoever, qualquer, c* 

vain, Varri, vaa. quemquer, c. 

valiant, ftrong, magna- picked, malvado, da. 

nimo, ma, forte, c. \wild, bravo, va. 

ugly, feyo, ya. wife, prudente, c . fablo* 

l -unable, incapaZ, c. bia. 

unmarried, Jingle, fol- ( witty > facetious, ingen- 

teyro, ra. hofo, fa. 

uncivil, defcortes, c. twonderful,mi\zgrofo,fa t 

\unfa t voury,injipid, deiTa- (worfe, peior, c. 

borofo, fa, infavido, worthy, dino, na. 

da. / wounded, chagado, da. 

utmoji, extremo, ma. young, mofo, 53. 

jwandring, vagabundo, zealous, zelofo, fa. 
da. 

CHAR III. 

Of Numbers, dos numeros* 

ONE, hum, hua. Jive, cinco, c. 

two, dous, duas. fix, feys, c. 

three, tres, c. feven, fete, c . 

four, quatro, c . eight, outo, c. 
O 2 



Vocabulary in Englifti and Portuguese. 
Of Ordinal Numbers, 
dos numeros de ordem. 



nine, nove. 
ten, dez. 
eleven, onze. 
twelve, doze. 
thirteen, trcze. 
fourteen, catorze. 
fifteen, quinze. 
fixteen, dez e feys. 
feventeen, dez e fete. 
eighteen, dez e outo. 
nineteen, dez e nove. 
twenty, vinte. 
twenty-one, vinte e hum. 
twenty-two,v\ntt e dous. 
twenty-three, v'mtze. tres. 
twenty-four, vinte. e qua- 

tro. 

twenty-five,v\v\lc. e cinto. 
thirty, trinta. 
forty, quarenta. 
fifty, cincoenta. 
Jixty, fecenta. 
feventy, fetenta. 
eighty, outenta. 
ninety, noventa. 
hundred, cem, cento. 
two hundred, duzentos, 

tas. 
three hundred, trecentos, 

tas. 
four hundred, quatrocen- 

tos, tas. 
five #Wra/,qumhentos, 

tas. 

athoufand, mil. 
hundred thoufand, cem 

mil. 
a million, miihao. 



the firft, prirneyro, pri- 

meyra. 

thefecond, fegundo, da. 
the third, terceiro, ra. 
the fourth, quarto, ta. 
the fifth, quinto, ta. 
the fix 'th, fexto, ta. 
thefeventh, feptimo,ma. 
the eighth, outavo, va, 
the ninth, nono, na. 
the tenth, decimo, ma. 
the eleventh, onzeno, na. 
the twelfth, dozeno, na. 
the tbirteentb,trezeno,na. 
the fourteenth ',catorzeno, 

na. 
the fifteenth, quinzeno, 

na. 
the Jixteenth, decimo 

fexto, ta. 
the feventeenth, decirno 

feptimo, ma. 
the twentieth, vinteino, 

na. 
the twenty -firft, o vinte 

hum, a vinte hiia. 
the twenty-fecond,o vinte 

dous. 



the hundredth, centeli- 

mo, ma. 
the thoufandth, millefi- 

mo, ma. 

the middlemoft,meyo, ya. 
the loft, ultimo, ma. 

CHAP. 



A Vocabulary In Englim and Portuguefc. 1 97 



CHAP. IV. 

Of Colours, das cores. 



SHining, o, a lucente. 
clear, ciaro, ra. 
/>#/*, pal lido, da. 
white, branco, ca. 
/ grey ', pardo,da. 
pear I grey, cor de perla. 
f dark grey, pardo efcuro. 
I jfijh Colour, cor de cinza. 
d<?r, efcuro, ra. 
/#*:, negro, gra. 
brown, moreno, na, fuf- 

go, ga. 
Chefnut Colour, cor dt 

caftanha. 

yellow, amarello, la. 
Citron or Limon Colour, 
corde cidram,lemam. 
Orange Colour, cor de 

laranja. 
blue, azul, c. 



Sky-blue, azul celefte. 

Violet Colour, morado, 
da, violeto, ra. 

purple, purpura. 

green, verde, c. 

light green, verde claro, 

Olive Colour, cor de a- 
zeytona. 

dark ra,verde efcuro. 

red, corado, vermelho. 

Carnation, Fle/b Colour* 
encarnado. 

Fire Colour, cor de fogo. 

fcarlet, efcarlate, grana. 

Rofe Colour, cor de rofa. 

Cherry Colour, cor de ce- 
re ij a. 

tcrimfon, carmefi. 

Brick Colour, vermelho 
bucarado. 



CHAP. V. 

A Collection of the moft neceflkry and com- 
mon Verbs, Huma abreviaqao dos verbos 
mah neceffarm e comums. 

TO ftudy, eftudar. to continue, continuar. 
/0/<?ar,aprender. (to end, acabar. 



to read, ler. 
to write, efcrever. 
to correR, corrigir. 
to begin, come9ar. 



to do, fazer. 
to know, conhecer. 
4 to be able, poder. 

to dejire or will, quercr. 
3 Of 



1 98 A Vocabulary in Englifli and Portuguefc. 
Of Speaking, do foliar. To drefs one's . felf, de 



tofpeak, fallar. 
to fay, dizer. 
to prottounce,pronunciar. 
to converfe, converfar. 
to lefilent, callarfe. 
to call, chamar. 
toanfwer, refponder. 
t perguntar. 



To eat and drink, 
comer e beber. 



de 



to eat, comer. 
to drink, beber. 
to chew, maftigar. 
tofwallow, engulir. 
to cut cortar. 
totafte, goftar. 
to f aft, jejunar. 
to breakfaft, almofar. 
to dine, jantar. 
tofup, cear. 
to be hungry, ter fome. 
/ to be thrifty, ter fede. 

To go to Bed, de hir a 
cama. 



veftirfe. 

to drefs, veftirfe. 

to undrefs, quitar, deitar 

os veftidos. 
to put on the Hat, por o 

chapeo. 
to cover one*s felf, cu- 

brirfe. 
to put on the Shoes, por 

os fapatos. 
to put on the Stockings, 

por as meyas. 
to wajh. one's felf, javarfe. 



The Adlions of Man, 
as acfoens do homem. 

to laugh, rir. 
to cry, chorar. 
toftgh, fufpirar. 
to freeze, efpirar. 
to blow, aflbprar. 
towhiftie, aflbviar. 
tojing, cantar. 
to command, ordenar. 
ffoobey, obedecer. 
to hear, ouvir. 
tofmell, cheirar. 
tofpit, cufpir. 
to fee, ver. 



to lie down, deitarfe. 

to go to bed, hir a cama. 

tojleep, dormir. 

to watch, velar, vigiar. -. to fweat, fuar. 

to dream, fonhar. to feel, tocar. 

to wake, efpertar, acor- to tremble, tremer. 

dar do fono. , to cough, tuflir. 

to rife, alevantarfe. to look, olhar. 

i 



A Vocabulary in English and Portuguefe. 1 99 

to pinch, bellifcar, (to blefs, bendizer. 

tto curfe, maldizer. 



tofcratch, aranhar 
tojlrike, ferir. 
to wound, chagar. 
(ogive, dar. 
to take, tomar. 
to kill, matar. 
to pay, pagar. 
to owe, dever. 
tofwear^ jurar. 



Aftionsof Love, acfoens 
de amor. 

to love, amar. 

to carefs, acariciar. 
I to flatter, lifongear. 

to embrace, abra^ar, 

to kifs, beijar. 

tofaJute, faudar. 

to teach, enfinar. 
/tonourijh, nutrir. 

to corrett, corregir. 
/to puni/h, punir. 
no chaftife, caftigar. 

to touch, tocar. 

to whip, afoutar. 

to deny, negar. 

to defend, defender. 

to beat, bater. 

to hate, aborrecer. 

to far don, perdoar. 

to difpute, difputar. 



to grant, conceder. 



* For the Sick, polos 
doentes. 



to drcfs, affeitar. 
to cure, farar, curar, 
to be better, fe achar 

mclhor. 

to bleed, fangrar. 
I to take Pbyfick, tomar 

mezinha. 
topurge, purgar. 
to cut, cortar. 
to prick, picar. 
! to examine, examinar. 
to break, quebrar. 
\tobeal, farar. 



To buy, por comprar. 

to buy, comprar. 

to fell, vender. 

to cheapen, regatear. 
\to value, avaliar, eftimar. 
^ to meafure, medir. 

to pay, pagar. 

Ito offer, orterecer. 

to lend, empreftar. 
V 'to borrow, pedir pref- 
tado. 



to quarrel, brigar, li'.i- it o engage, empenhar. 

gar. $lto cheat, enganar. 

to protecJ, emparar. to gain, ganhar. 

to abandon, defamparar, to lofe, perder. 

O 4 



For 



20O AVocabulary in English and Portuguefe. 

For the Church, polo. M&nuzl Actions, ac pens 
igreija. de moos. 



to pray, rezar. 
it o preach, pregar. 
10 baptize, bautizar. 
to ring the Bells, repicar 
os linos. 



Adipns of Motion, ac- 
foens de mover. 

to go, hir. 

to walk, pacear. 

to come, vir. 

to return, tornar. 

to ftop, parar. 

to march, marchar, 

to run, correr. 
f to follow, feguir. 

to flee, fugir. 
tto efcape, elcapar. 

to depart, partir. 
(to advance, adiantar. 
ito retire^ retirarfe. 
(to Approach, chegaryC 

to turn, voltar. 

to fall, cahir. 
tiojlide, efcorregar. 
\to hurt, fazer mal. 

to arrive, chegar. 

to enter, cntrar. 

to go out, fahir. 
*/<? mount, fubir. 
Ito defcend, decer, hir 
para baixo. 

to jit down, acentarfe. 



to work, trabalhar. 

to touch, tocar. 
kto handle, apalpar, 
\fo bind, attar. 
tto loofen, foltar. 

to take away, tirar. 

to take, tomar. 

to rob, roubar. 
4 to gather, colher. 
+to tear or rend, rafgar, 
tto prefent, aprefentar. 

to receive, receber. 

to hold, ter. 

to break, quebrar, rom- 
per, 
ttohide, efconcler. 

to cover, cubrir. 

to difcover, defcubrir, 

to dirty, fujar. 

to clean, limpar. 

to rub, esfregar, 

tojbew, fnoftrar. 

to tickle, cocegar. 

tofcratch, aranhar. 

Of Memory and Imagi- 
nation, da memoria e 
imaginafdm. 

to remember, lembrarfe. 
to forget, efqueccr. 
to think, cuidar. 
to believe, crer. 
' kto doubt, duvidar. 
tofufyeft, fofpeitar. 

to 



A Vocabulary In Englifh and Portuguefe. 201 
to obferve, obfervar. to unload, defcarregar. 



to take care, tomar cui- 

dado. 

to imagine, imaginar. 
to wi/h, dezejar. 
to hope, efperar. 
4/0 fear, recear. 
#o affure, aflegurar. 
it o judge, julgar. 
to conclude, concluir. 
to refolve, refolver. 
to feign, diflimular. 
tto grow angry, agaftarfe. 
to fini/h, acabar, finir. 

Of Arts and Tradefmen, 
das artes e artifices. 

to paint, pintar. 

to engrave, efculpir. 

to draw, tirar. 

to draw (as Painters do) 
tracar, debuxar. 

to embroider, broflar. 
^to enamel, efmaltar. 

to gild, douraf. 
//<? print, imprimir. 

to work, trabalhar,obrar. 

OfShippingand mercan- 
tile Affairs, donavegar 
e ntgocios de mercadores. 

4to embark, embarcar. 
to load, carregar. 
to infure, afTegurar. 
to freight, fretar. 
to fail, navegar, dan' 
vela. 



to rijk, aventurar. 

to fink, margulharfc. 
\to drown, affbgar. 

to recover, recobrar. 

to efcape, efcapar. 

to agree, eftar dacordo. 

to promife, prometer. 

to oblige one's felf % obri- 
gar fe. 

to declare, declarar. 

to confefs, confrflar. 

tofign, affinar. 

to correspond, corrcfpon- 
der. 

to flay, ficar. 

to contraft, contratar. 

to charge to Account, car- 
regar a conta. 

to credit^ abonar. 

to pack or flow, arrumar. 

to anchor, ancorar. 

to certify, certifkar. 

to qffign, affinar. 

to feat, fellaf. 

to confirm, confirmar. 

to recover, cobrar. 

to accept, acceitar. 

to indorfe, endoflar. 

to draw, tirar. 

fro remit, remeter. 

to demand, demandar. 
(to advife, avifar. 

to order, ordenar. 

to confign, confignar. 

to obligate one's felf, em- 
pen bar fe. 

to pack, embalar. 

FA- 



202 



FAMILIAR 



DIALOGUES 

I N , 

Englijh and Portuguefe. 



Dialogue I. 
Some Compliments. 

GOOD Morrow 
(Day) Sir j bow 
do you do ? 

Very well, God be 
thanked^ at your Ser- 
vice. 

Not very well. 

I thank you, Sir, (a 
thouf&nd Tears to you) I 
am your Servant. 

How doth the Gentle- 
man your Brother do ? i 

He is in Health \ he 
is well ; but my Sifter 
is ill of a Fever and A- " 
gue. 

I am glad to hear it. 
lamforryfor it. 



Pratica I. 
Alguns comprimentos. 

BONSdias,Senhor; 
como efta V. M. ? 
(Voflfa Merce.) 

Muy bem, gracas 
a Deos, para fervir a 
V. M. 

Nao muy bom. 

Agradeco, a V. M. 
mil annos, fou feu cria- 
do. 

Como efta o Senhor 
feu irmao ? 

Efta com faude ; 
efta bom -, porem min- 
ha irmaa efta doente 
de huma febre e malei- 
tas. 

Folgo de ouvilo. A 
mim me pefa muito. 

Sit 



.Ftf/w/A'tfr DIALOGUES, 

Sit down, Sir: Boy, 
give a Chair to the Gentle- 
man. 

It is not neceffary -, 



203 

Acente fe V. M. 
Rapaz, da ca humaca- 
deira ao Senhor. 

Nao he neceflario j 



for I muft go to make a porque ey de fazer huma 



Vifit to Mr. N. 

Is he arrived in 
Safety, (in Health?) 

Fes, Sir. It is lime 
for me to go. 

Tou are in great 
Hafte, Sir -, flay a while ; 
for I want to fee him too, 
and we will go toge- 
ther. 

I will come back ; / 
cannot flay now;good bye, 
I kifs your Hands. 



viiita ao Senhor N. 

Chegou ja em falva- 
mento (com faude?) 

Si Senhor. He tem- 
po que eu me va. 

V. M. efta muy 
apreflado ; efpere hum 
pouco; que eu quero 
tambem velo, e hiremos 
juntos. 

Eu tornarey outra 
vez ; agora nao poflb 
aguardar ; a Deos, beijo 
as maos de V. M. 



Dialogue II. 

Of rifing from Bed, and 
Drefling. 

WHO knocks at 
the Door ? who 
is there ? 

A Friend. Open the 
Door. 

I ajk Pardon, Sir ; 
is it you? I did not know 
who it was. 

Walk in, Sir ; you 
come very early ; is there 
any body elfe ? 

No, Sir; but why 
are youfo late in Bed? 



Pratica II. 
De alevantar e veftirfe. 







U E M bate 2 por- 
ta ? quern efta ali ? 



Amigo. Abre a 
porta. 

Perdoa Senhor, V.M. 
he ? nao fabia quern 
era. 

Entre Senhor, V. M. 
vem bem fedo , efta cs 
alguem mais ? 

Nao Senhor ; mas 
porque efta V. M. tarn 
tarde na cama. 

Becaxfc 



Familiar DIALOGUES 



Becdufe J am very 
tired with my Journey j 
what a-Clock is it ? 

The Clock has ftruck 
Ten. 

Is it fo late ? I was 
mift'aken in my Reckoning. 

You are lazy, Sir -, 
make hafte, and rife 
quickly. 

Let me alone ; 7 
muft Jleep yet longer, I 
have not Jlept well laft 
Night, and my Head 
aches. 

Don*t you remember, 
Sir, that you have Buji- 
nefs to do upon Change ? 

"Tis true, and for 
that Reafon I muft rife. 
Boy, give me my Shoes 
and Stockings. 

Where are they ? I 
cannot find *em. 

Go to look for them ; 
7 believe they are under 
the Bed. 

They are not there-, 
I don't fee them. 

Put on your Breeches 
and Coat, and put on 
your Shots. 

Take out of the Ch'ft 
a Cravat and Ruffles, 
and forget not to comb my 
'Peruke. 



Porque fico muy can- 
fado de minha Jornada ; 
que horas fam ? 

O relogio deu dez 
horas. 

Tarn tarde he ? fi- 
quey enganado na mi- 
nha conta. 

V. M. He muy pre- 
guifofo ; avie, e levan- 
tefe de prefla. 

Deixame ; ey de 
dormir ainda mais, nao 
dor mi bem efta noite ; 
e me doe a cabeja. 

Nao fe lembra V. M. 
que tern negocios que 
fazer na bolfa ? 

He verdade; e por 
efta rezab he meft^r que 
me ale van te. Rapaz, 
da ca as meias e os fa- 
patos. 

Aonde eftam ? nao 
os poiTo achar. 

Vay bufcallos ; creyo 
que eftam em baixo da 
cama. 

Ali nam eftam ; eu 
nao os vejo. 

Vefte os . cilfoens 
e a cafaca ; e cal ca os 
capatos. 

Tira da caixa a gra- 
vata com punhos, e nam 
efqueca. de pentear a 
minha cabeleira. 

' Sir, 



in Englifli and Portuguefe. 205 



Sir, -where is tbe 
Comb? I fee none, nei- 
ther of Horn or Bex. 

Tou'll find it on tbe 
Table behind.the Looking- 
glafs. Give imfome clean 
Water to waft) my Ha nds, 
and a 'Towel. 

Here are your Cloaths* 
Sir ; but won't you -put 
on a clean Shirt fa-day ? 

Tes, I did // think 
on it, this is very dirty. 

I don't wonder at it ; 
for it is now three Days 
Jince you put it on dean. 

IVhofe Fault is it ? 

Not mine, Sir, be- 
caufe theLaundfefs is not 
come with your Linen as 
Jhe ought. 

Go to her To-day, and 
bid her come and fpeak 
with me To-morrow 
Morning early. 

Sir, I don't jte your 
Handkerchief. 

May be they ftole it 
out of my Coat Pocket 
laft Night in the Street ; 
then take Money to buy 
'He another. 

What will it cofi ? 



Senhor, onde efta 
o pen tern ; nao acho 
nenhum nem de ponta 
nem de buxo. 

O acharas na mefa 
detras do efpelho.' Da 
ca agoa Hmpa para ia- 
var as maos, com huma 
toalha. 

Jis aqui tern V. M. 
feus veftidos ; mas nam 
quer por hoje huma ca- 
mifa limpa ? 

Si, nao penfey mfto ; 
efta efta muito fuja. 

Nam me efpanto 
diflb i pois ha agora tres 
dias que V. M. poz a 
limpa. 

Quern tern a culpa ? 

Nao a tenho eu, 
por que a lavandeyra 
nao tern vindo com a 
roupa comodevia. 

Vay ter com ella oje, 
e diz Ihe, que venha 
fallar comigo fedo pella 
menhaa. 

Senhor nao vejo o feu 
lenco. 

JPode fer que mo 
roubaram da algibeira 
da cafaca ontem a noite 
na Rua; pois toma 
dinheiro para comprar 
outro. 

Quanto hade cuftar ? 



Here 



Familiar DIALOGUED 



Here is a Crown, and 
return me the reft. 

What Sort muft it 
be; of Silk, Cotton, or 
Linen ? 

Let it be of a fine 
Silk, because the coarfe 
ones are notftrong ; but 
before you go give me my 
Hat, Sword, Cane, and 
Gloves -, for Igo out witb 
this Gentleman to break- 
faft at my Uncle's (in my 
Uncles Eon fe.} 

Now I think you 
are drefs'd; and, if you 
pleafe, we will go to 
Change,t o fee what News 
there is, or if any Poft is 
arrived. 

*Tis well, I'll go 
with you-, but, with your 
Leave, we muft breakfaft 

frft. 

'Then let us go to a 
Coffee-houfe, to drink a 
Dijh of Coffee or Choco- 
late, and at the fame 
I'ime we may read the 
News-papers. 

I muft call, en paf- 
fant, at my Uncle's, who, 
I am perfuaded, will be 
very glad to fee you. 



Eis aqui hum cruza- 
do, e torname a dar a- 
demaffa. 

Deque forte ha de 
fer, de feda, algodao, 
o pano de Hnho ? 

Que feija de feda 
fina (delgada) porque 
os de feda grofla nao sao 
fortes; mas antes que vas 
daca o chapeo, a efpa- 
da, com a cana e luvas^ 
porque eu vou com efte 
Senhor almorcar em 
cafa de meu do. 

Agora a mim me pa- 
rece, efta V. M. veftido 
de todo, e fe quer hire- 
mos pella bolfa para 
ver que novas ha, ou 
fe tern chegado algum 
coreo. 

Eftabem, hireycom 
vofco, 'mas primeiro 
com licen^a de V. M. 
temos de almorfar. 

Pois vamonos a hum 
coffe, para beber huma 
tigela de coffe ou de 
chocolate, e no mefmo 
tempo podremos ler as 
gazetas. 

Ey de entrar, ao 
paflar, na cafa de meu 
Tto, que eftou perfuadi- 
do folgaradeveraV.M, 



Dialogue 



in Englifli and Portuguefe. 207 



Dialogue III. 
OfBreakfafting. 

WHAT will you 
have for Break- 
faji, Sir? 

ril go into the Kit- 
chen to fee what thtCook 
has to give us. 

There is nothing but 
Bread,Butter and Cheefe, 
and fame Fruit, as Pears, 
Apples, Figs, &c. 

Put the Kettle on the 
Fire to make the Wa- 
ter boil, for I will drink 
fome Coffee this Morn- 
ing. 

< . If you' II eat fome Meat, 
Sir, I'll fend to Market 
for fome Veal, Mutton, or 
Beef. 

No, Sir, I don't 
care to eat Flejb in the 
Morning ; Bread and 
Butter with a little Cheefe 
is fufficient for me. 

What will you drink ? 
will you pleafe to tafte 
the Ale or Beer, or 
white or red Wine ? all 
thefeSorts are here at your 
Service. 



Pratica III. 
De almorfar. 



Q 



U E quer V. M . 
para almorfar. 



Hirey na cufinha 
para ver o que tem o 
cufmheiro (a cufi nheira ) 
que darnos. 

Nao ha fenam pao, 
mateiga e queijo, e al- 
guma fruta, como pe- 
ras, macaas, figos, 6ff. 

Poem a caldeyra 
fobre o fogo, para fazer 
ferver a agoa, porque 
quero beber coffe efta 
menhaa. 

Se V. M. quizer co- 
mer carne,eu mandarey 
a pra^a, porvitela, car- 
neiro, ou vaca. 

Nao Senhor, a mim 
nao fe meda de comer 
carne pela menhaa, pao 
e manteiga com hum 
pouco de queijo bafta 
para mim. 

Que quer V. M. be- 
ber ? fera V. M. fervi- 
do de provar Ella ou 
cerveja, ou vinho bran- 
co ou tinto ? todas ef- 
tas fortes eftam aqui ao 
feu fervicio de V. M. 



Witb 



208 



Familiar DIALOGUES 



With your Leave, 
Pit drink fome red Wine 
with Water. 

Why dont you cut a 
Piece of Bread? have 
you no Knife^ Sir ? 

'Tes^ I have. your 
Health,. Sir. 

I thank you (to you 
many Tears.) 

I think it is plea- 
fanter to drink out of the 
Glafs than the Cup. 

Drink it all ; / take 
if to be good Wine. 

I can drink no more^ 
I have drank enough. 

Whai think you of 
the Wine. 

The Wine is very 
good. 

Tou don't eat. 

I have eat fo much 
that I Jh alt not be able to 
dine. 



Com licenca de V. 
M. beberey vinho tinto 
com agoa. 

For que nao corta 
huma fatia de pam ? 
nao tern V. M. faca? 

Si tenho. A fua 
faude de V. M. 

Agradefo (a V. M. 
muitos annos.) 

A mim me parecc 
mais goftofo beber do 
copo de vidro que do 
pucaro. 

Beba todo, tenho 
para mim que o vinho 
he regalado. 

Nao. pofib mais 
Senhor, tenho bebido 
baftante. 

Que Ihe parece a V. 
M. do vinho. 

O vinho he muy 
bom. 

V. M. nao come. 

Tenho comido tan- 
to que nao podrey jan- 
tar. 



Dialogue IV. 
To fpeak Portuguefe. 

HO W 'goes the Pcr- 
tuguefe? Are you 
well advanced in 
tuguefe Tongue ? 



Pratica IV. 
Para fallar Portugucz. 

OMO vai .do 
Portuguez ? Efta 
V. M. bem avanfado 
na lingoa Portugueza ? 

Not 



c 



in Englifh and Portuguefe. 2 09 



Not much \ I am as yet 
not very learned. 

Tet they fay you, talk 
very well. 

I wijh to God it was 
true ; thofe that fay it 
are much miftaken. 

I affure you, Sir* I 

I 3 / 

was told it. 

I can fay fame Words 
1 know by heart. 

, tfhat is neceffary to 
begin. 

It is not enough to be- 
gin, but it is necejfary 
alfo to end. 

Speak always, well or 
ill, that's no Matter; 
this Language is not dif- 
ficult. 

1 know it, and that 
it is very ufeful in fever al 
Parts of the World. 

Particularly to Men of 
Bujinefs. 

How hafify. fhould I be 
if I knew it! 

Ton muft ftudy to 
learn it. 

How long is it that 
you have learnt ? 

It is not yet, quite a 
Month. 

What is your Mafter's 
Name ? 

His Name is Mr. N. 



Nam muito , ainda 
nao efto mm peri to. 

Porem dizem quc 
V. M falla mui bem. 

Provera Deos quc 
fofTe verdadej os que o 
dizem feenganarn muito 

Lhe afleguro a V. M. 
que mo diceram. < 

Poflb dezir algumas 
palavras que tenho de 
cor. 

Iflb he neceflario 
para comefar. 

Nao he baftante para 
come^ar, mas he mifter 
tambem para acabar. 

Fallay fempre, bem 
ou mal, iiTo nao im- 
porta nada ; efta lin- 
goa nao he mui diffi- 
cultofa. 

Eu o fey, e quc he 
mui util em differences 
partes do mundo. 

Particularmente a ho- 
mens de n.egocio. 

O que feria eu ditofo 
fe a foubera ! 

Hade eftudar para 
fabeila. 

Quantotempo haque 
V. M. tem aprendido ? 

Nao ha ainda hum 
mez. 

Como fe chama o 
feu meftre. 

Se (hama SenhorN. 
P / bavt 



210 



Familiar DiALOOt/ES 



/ have known him 
a long Time ; be has 
taught feveral of my 
Friends : Doth he not tell 
you that you muft fpeak 
Portuguese ? 

Tes^ Sir, he tells it 
Ms often. 

For why don't you 
fpeak then ? 

With whom Jbould I 
fpeak ? 

With thofe who fpeak 
to you. 

I would fain fpeakjut 
/ dare not. 

Tou muft not be timo- 
rous , hit boldly Jpeak, 
well or ill. 



Eu o conheco ntuico 
tempo ha , tern enfi- 
nado a muitos dos meus 
amigos : Nam Ihe diz a 
V. M. que ha mifter 
fallar Portuguez ? 

Si Senhor mo diz 
muitas vezes. 

For que rezao entao 
naofallaV. M. ? 

Com quern fallaria 
eu ? 

Com os que Ihe fal- 
larem a V. M. 

Eu quifera fallar po- 
rem nao me atrevo. 

V. M. nao deve fer 
medrofo; mas ha de 
fallar intrepidamente 
bem ou roim (mao.) 



ftiahgue V. 
Of the Weather. 

WHAT Weather 
.is it? 

It is good Weather. 
ft is bad Weather. 

Is it cold? Is if 
'warm ? 

'The Weather is tem- 
perate ; neither cold nor 
hot. 

Doth it rain ? 

No, for the Sky is 
-lefr (fersne.) 



o 



Pratica V. 
Do Tempo. 
U E tempo faz? 



Faz bom tempo. 
Faz tempo roim. 
. Faz frio ? Faz ca~ 
lor? 

O tempo efta tem- 
perado ; nem frio nem 
quente. 

Chove ? 

Nao, porque o ceo, 
efta claro (fereno ) 



in Englifh and Portuguefe. "2 1 f 

Weather is O tempo efta muda- 

changed, Tefterday the do -, ontem o ceo efta- 

Sky was very cloudy and va muy nevoado, e chu- 

rainy. vofo. 

But as the Wind is Mas como o vento 

not changed, I fear we nao efta mudado receo 
Jhall have Rain. 



It will not rain to- 
day. 

1 believe it will thun- 
der and lighten. 

That may be ; but 
I am fare it will not 
fnow. 

For certain ; 'tis 
more probable that it will 
bail. 

You have a great 
Cold, Sir. 

I have had this Cold 
this Fortnight. 

I don' t wonder ; it is 
a very common Thing, 
and the Fruit of the Sea- 
fon. 

What Jhall we do to 
pafs the lime till Din- 
ner? 

Let us take a little 
Walk. 

With all my Heart. 
I confent ; but whither 
Jhall we gi ? 

Let us go to walk in 
the Garden. 

Let us go ; but fee 
fir ft if the Key is in the 
Door. 



teremos chuva. 
Nao chovera oje. 

Creib que avera tro- 
voada e relampagos. 

IfTo pode fer (iflb li) 
porem eftou perfuadido 
que nao nevara. 

For certo-, he mais 
provavel que ha de pe- 
drifcar. 

V. M. efta muito ref- 
friado. 

Tive efte frio quinze 
dias ha. 

Nao me admiro ; 
he coufa mui com- 
mua, e a fruita da fe- 
zao. 

Que faremos para 
paflar o tempo ate o 
jantar ? 

VamonospaiTearhurri 
pouco. 

De todo meu co 
rafao. Eu confento; 
mas onde hemos de hir ? 

Vamonos pafTear no 
jardim. 

Vamos ; mas vcja 
primeiro fe a chave eitat 
na porta. 

p 2 



212 Familiar DIALOGUES 



Yes, z'/ is, #/ / ft*- 

/ open the Door; the 
is rufty. 

Let me fee ; if you 
turn it that Way you'll 
break it. 

What think you of the 
Garden? Is it not fne 
andpleafant? 

Tes, Sir, thefe Shades 
and Arbours look very 
beautiful. 

Let us walk in that 
Walk, where it is not fo 
hot. 

This Walk is beauti- 
fy* d with a thousand va- 
rious kinds of Flowers. 

I think the Rofes, 
with the Tulips and the 
Ranuncles, with the Car- 
nations and Lilies ; charm 
the Eye with the Erijk- 
nefs of their Colour. 

This Place is a Para- 
dife on Earth. 

Gather any of thefe 
Flowers, if you pleafe, to 
wake a Nofegay. 

No, Sir, it is enough 
for me to fmell them here, 
and that I have the Plea- 
fure of feeing them in 
their Spring. 

This is my Paftime 
when I am done. 



Si, efta, porem nao 
poflb abrir a porta/, a 
chave efta ferrugenta. 

Deixama ver ; fe 
V. M. a vira por efta 
parte, aquebrara. 

Como Ihe parece o 
jardim? nao he Undo 
e prazenteiro? 

Si Senhor, eftes ar- 
voredos e ramados tem 
belliflima vifta. 

Paffeemos naquelle 
pafleo, a onde nao faz 
tanta calma. 

Efte pafieo efta rodeo- 
do com mil varios gene- 
de flores. 

A mim me parece 
que as rofas, com as tu- 
lipas e os renunculos 
com os cravos e lirios 
encantao os olhos com 
a viveza de fuas cores 
brilhantes. 

Efte lugar he hum 
Paraifo terreal. 

Colha V. M. qua- 
efquer deftas flores fc 
quizer, para fafer hum 
ramalhete. 

Nao Senhor, bafta 
para mim que as cheiro 
aqui,equetenhoogofto 
de vellas na fua prima- 
vera. 

Efte he o men pafla 
tempo quando eftou fo- 
zinho. / 



in Englifh and Portuguefc. 1 

/ muft take my Leave Ey de defpedirme de 
V. M. tenho que fazec 



of you, Sir -, Ihavefome- 
thing to do at home that 
cannot be excufed. 

That cannot be -, out of 
Civility you ought to dine 
with me. 

With your Leave, Sir, 
Imuftgo, for the Bujinefs 
is very urging -, another 
Time I will accept your 
Favour. 



em cafaque nab fe pode 
excufar. 

Iffo nao fe ha de fof- 
frcr-, em cortefia ha dc 
j an tar comigo. 

Com licenfa deV. M. 
ey de ir, pois o negocio 
he muy precifo ; para 
outra vez aceitarei o feu 
favor. 



Dialogue VI. 
Of Dinner. 

I Believe it is near 
Dinner- time-, let us 
go home. 

I agree, for I am hun- 
gry. 

Here, Boy, go to fee if 
Dinner be ready, 

I go, Sir, but I believe 
it is yet early. 

Lay the Cloth, and, 
bring the Salt-feller, with 
dean Plates and Napkins. 
Bring here Knives and 
Forks and Spoons, and 
let the Soop come upon the 
Table. Sit down, Sir, 
and let us ufe (let there be} 
no Ceremonies. 

This is my favourite 
Dijh (greateji Dainty) I 
P 



Pratica VI. 
Dojantar. 

CReyo que feram 
horasdejantar,va- 
mos pera cafa. 

Eu confento, porque 
tenho fome. 

O rapaz, vay ver fe o 
jantar efta feito. 

Eu vou Senhor, mas 
creyo que aindahe fedo. 

Poem a mefa, e traz 
o faleiro com pratos 
e guardanapos limpos. 
Daca facas, garfos, e 
colheres, c venham as 
fopas fobre a mefa. A- 
cente fe V. M. e nao 
aja ceremonia. 

Iffo he o meu mayor 
regalo, paraceme sao 
3 think 



*M 

think it is good, and well 
feafoned. 

'Tbefe 'Turnips are de- 
jicious, and the Carrots 
with the Cabbage are not 
lad. 

They cannot be bet- 
jer. 

Be pleafid to help your 
f elf to fame Beef; I be- 
iiev.e it is well roajled. 

I would rather have 
ftoiFd Mutton with Spi- 
wage. 

, John, take away this 
Plate, and bring fome- 
thing elfe to Table. 

It is coming, Sir, the 
Cook is taking it up, and 
will fend it prefently. 

Do you like Wood Pi- 
geons ? now is their Sea- 
fon, and they are very 
fat. 

I know it 'very well, 
Sir, but I had rather 
have a Leg of the Tur- 
key, or a Wing of the 
(jcofe or Capon. 

How do you like this 
fifo I Help yourfelf to 
fome Sturgeon; there ft and 
*the Crewets,with Oil and 
Vinegar, and there is 
r/,elttd Butter in another 
Wat'i. 



boas e bem tempari* 
das. 

Eftes nabos fam re- 
galados, e as cenouras 
com a couve nao sao 
maas. 

Nao podem fer mel- 
hores. 

Seja V. M. fervido de 
partir para fi da vaca ; 
creyo que efta bem af- 
fada. 

Antes queria do car- 
neiro cozido com efpi- 
nafres. 

O Joao, t'ira efte pra- 
to, e venha mais que 
comer a mefa. 

Ja vem Senhoj,,o co- 
zinheiroefta tirandoo,c 
logo o mandara. 

GoflaV. M. daquel- 
las rolas ? agora he feu 
tempo deilasjC fam bem 
gordas. 

Bem o fey Senhor, 
mas antes quero a perna 
do peru, ou a aza do 
pato ou capao. 

Como Ihe parece efte 
peixe? parta V. M. do 
peixe folha ; alii eftam 
as galhetas com azeite 
e vinagre, e noutro 
prato tern manteiga der- 
redda. 



' 'Sis 



in Englifh and Portuguefe. 215 
a good Fijh, and He hum bom peixe, 



it looks white like Veal. 

Shall I help you tofome 
of the Turbet ? it is very 
frejh and fat, and in the 
Opinion of tnoft is no con- 
temptible Fijb. 



e parece alvo como vi-? 
tela. 

Quer que eu parta 
para V. M. do rodova 
Iho? bem frefco he e 
gordo, e no parecer co- 
mum, nao he peixe def- 
prezivel. 

Oh Senhor, he hum 
dps melhores que nada, 
e de tal modo guifado, 
que me abre a vpntade 
de comer. 

Enche vinho ao Sen- 



Lord, Sir, it is one of 
the beft that fwims, and 
fo well drefs'd that it 
tempts (opens) my Appe- 
tite. 

Fill the Gentleman 
fome Wine -, they ufed to hor ; foy dito nos tem- 
fay informer Times , that pos antepafTados, que o 
Fijh withoutWine is Pot- peixe fern vinho he 
fon. 

Is there any Snow in 
the Houfe? if not, put 
feme Wine in the Well to 
cool. 

'There is, Sir-, I bought 
two Pounds 'To-day, and 
there are two Bottles of 

rafas de vinho. 

Enche vinho friocom 
agoa ferenada. 

Se V. M. for fcrvi- 
do mandarey o rapaz a 
praya bufcar hum batel 

(fragata.)- 

Paraque ? adonde vay 



Wine cooling 

Fill fame cool Wine and 
Water. 

If you pleafe, Sir, I'll 
fend your Boy to the 
IVater-f.de to fee for a 
goat. 

What for? whither 
will you go ? it is late, I 
believe r,Q Boat will b$ 



conha. 

Ha algua neve em 
cafa? fe nao ouver, me- 
te o vinho no pofopara 
es friar. 

HaSenhor; ojecom- 
prey dous arrateis, e tC- 
tamfeesfriando duasga^- 



V. M.? ja he carde,creyo. 
que nao fe achara bate! 
(tragata.) 



2 1 6 Familiar D IAL OGU E s 



Let Urn go to fee-, I 
vnuft go on the other Side 
of the Water. 

If your Bujinefs is not 
very prejfing, flay till To- 
morrow, and 1 will wait 
on you, 

I will ft ay with all my 
Heart, but we mufl know 
what a-Clock the Tide 
ferves. 

TheTide begins to flow 
To-morrow Morning, and 
the Watermen fay it will 
be low Water at Five a-, 
Clock in the Morning. 

Very well ; we'll take 
"BoaL at Su", and with a 
favourable Wind we /hall 
be at N. by Eight. 

Boy, go fee if there be 
dny Thing in the Houfe to 
tarry with us for our 
journey. 

Yes, Sir, I have al- 



Que va ver; pois 
hey de ir a banda da- 
lem da agoa. 

Se o negocio nao for 
muito appreflado, ef- 
pereatemenhaaeacom- 
panharey a V. M. 

Efperarey de boa 
mente, mas avemos de 
faber a que horas ferve 
a mare. 

Comecera a encherfe 
a mare a menhaa, pella 
menhaa e dizem os bar- 
queir os queas cinco ho- 
ras de menhaa eftara 
vazia. 

Bellamente, embar 
caremos as feis horas, e 
com o vento em popa 
eftaremos a N. as puto. 

O rapaz, vay ver fe 
ha algua coufa na cafa 
para anofia viagem. 

SiSenhor, ja meti na 



ready -put into the Bout fragata(batel)duasfran- 
two cold rofifted Fowls, gas affadas frias, duas 
Couple 



of Bottles of 
and all other Ne- 
tejjaries. 

^ Bring tlot ' Fruit to the 
Table, and if there is 
$ny Thing elfe of a De- 
fert, to make up a fmall 
Dinner. 

Tafle thefe Grapes \ 
they arc the firft of the 
(2ear), and tbeje 



canequas de vinho, com 
todo o rnais neceffa- 
rio. 

Venhaafruitaparaa 
rnefa, e fe ouver algu- 
ma coufa mais de fobre 
mefa, para acabar hum 
jentar limitado. 

Prove V. M. aquellas 
uvas ; sao as primciras 
do anno, e as ma^aas 



in Englifh and Portuguefe. 217 

and Nuts have e nozes agora fo tera 
now only their natural feu gofto natural. 



Se V. M. quizer algu- 
ma coufa mais, mande 
como fe eflivera na fua 
propria cafa. 

Nada mais,vivaV.M. 
mill annos ; ja comi baf- 
tante. 

Querendo V. M. dor- 
mir a fefta defpois dc 
jentar, eis aqui huma 
camera de frefquidao 
com huma caminha. 



If you want any 'Thing 
elfe, command as if you 
were in your own Houfe 
(at borne.) 

Nothing more, I hum- 
bly thank you, Sir; lhave 
eat enough. 

If you pleafe to Jleep 
after Dinner, here you 
have afrejh retiring Room 
with a Couch, 



Dialogue VII. 



Pratica VII. 



Of a young Woman, De huma mo fa, edoque 
and whatNews pafles. fe fafla de novo. 



SEE there a handfqme 
Damfely or young 
Woman. 

She is very well made. 

She has a beautiful 
Face. 

Do you Mow her? 

No, I don't know her: 
She has fine Eyes. 

She walks very grace- 
fully. 

And Jhe is very well 
drefs'd too. 

Tes y and I believe Jhe 
muft be a Perfon of l)if- 



3 



El S aqui huma fer- 
rnofadonzella, oft 



He muy bem feita. 

Tern huma bella ca- 
ra. 

V. M. a conhece ? 

Naoaconhecoj tern 
os olhos bellos. 

Anda muy graciofa- 
mente. 

E tambem efta muy 
bem veftida. 

Si e creyo eu que he* 
huma pefloa de diftin- 



riot 



Familiar DIALOGUES 



That may be; what 
fay you, Sirjhouldyou not 
'be happy with fuch a 
Wife? 

Tes, if I lad a good 
deal of Money with her. 

Tou are too inter eft ed; 
ibe enjoying fo fine a Wo- 
is worth a Fortuns. 



I am not of that Opi- 
nion', but let us drop that 
Difccurfe. What News 
is there To-day? Do you 
know no News ? 

I have beard nothing. 

1 have read the Dutch 
Gazette, which fpeaks of 
nothing but War, and 
they write from Paris^ 
they expett hourly News 
of fame Rencounters be- 
tween the French and the 
Imperialist. 

TThat do they fay of 
the Princes of the North ? 
bow go the Affairs be- 
tween the King of Poland 
and the King of PruJJia ? 

The Reports are va- 
rious in all Places , fome 
fay they are ingoodFriend- 
ftip, others think they are 
Jealous of each other. 



Ifib pode fer ; 
diz V. M. nao feria di- 
tofo com tal mulher ? 

Sim fe tivera muito 
dinheiro com ella. 

V. M. he demafiado 
intereflado ; o gozar 
huma tal mulher val 
hum dote. 

Nao fou defta opi- 
niao; mas deixemos 
efte difcurfo. Que nor 
vas ha oje ? nao fabe 
V. M. nada de novo? 

IS T ao tenho ouvido 
nada, 

Eu tenho lido a ga- 
zeta d*Ollanda, quenap 
fallo fenao de guerra ; 
e efcrevem de Paris, que 
todas as horas eftarh ef- 
perando novas de algum 
encontro entre os Fran- 
cezes e as forfas dp Imr 
perio. 

Que dizem dos prin- 
cipes do Norte ? comq 
vay o negocio entre o 
rey de Polonha, e o 
rey de Pruflia ? 

Os rum ores sao va- 
rios em todas as partes ; 
huns dizem que eftam 
em boa amizade ; ou- 
tros cuidam que eftam 
ciofos hum do outro. 



in Englifh and Portuguefe. 219 

Be it as it will, the Seja o que for, ainda 
fupream Government is Deos efta onde eftava, 
fall the fame, and there e he muita verdade na- 
is a great deal of Truth quelle ditto an tiguo,que 
in that old Saying, that muitasvezesfocedeque 
very often a. good War a boa guerra faz huma 
makes an advantageous boa e durante paz. 
and lofting Peace. 

Efcrcvem de Efpa- 
nha, que a frota Efpa- 
nhola efta pronta para 
navegar. 

As ifuas prepara9oens 
rugem muito no mun- 
do ; tern marinheyros, 
provimento de guerra e 
navios baftantes, porem 
fe diz que Ihes falta 
dinheiro. 

Outros dizem, que a 
expedicao fe pofpoem 
pelo verao proximo 
por rezoens politicas. 
Temos de deixar iflb 



write from Spain 
that the Spani/h Fleet is 
ready to fail. . 



Preparations 
make a greatNoife in the 
World ; they have Ma- 
rincrSt Ammunition, and 
Ships enough-, but 'tis 
faid they'want Money. 



Others fay the Expe- 
dition is defend till next 
Spring^ for other political 
Reafons. 

We muft leave thofe 
Things to Time, which 
clears up all Doubts. 



ao tempo que aclara to- 
das as duvidas. 



VIII. 



Pratica VIII. 



To enquire about a Pare enquerir fobre bu- 
Perfon. ma pe/6a. 



WHO is 'that Gen- 
tleman tbatfpoke 
toyoujuft noiv? 
He is a German. 



Q 



U E M he effe fi- 
dalgo que agora 
Ihe faliava ? 
He hum Alemlo. 



22O 

/ thought be was an 
Englijbman. 

No, Sir, be is from 
Vienna. 

He fpeaks very good 
Portuguese. 

He pronounces it like 
one born and educated at 
Lijbon. 

Has be been long in 
Portugal? 

No more than two 
Tears. 

I am furprized be 
learyt fo much in fo little 
lime. 

He has the Advantage 
cf knowing Latin well, 
and be underftands the 
Grammar perfectly. 

Injhort, you fay he is 
a Scholar , and I fee by 
his Mien that he is an 
accompli/h'd Gentleman. 

Tour Opinion is very 
juft, and I always found 
him fucb. 

He is of a genteel Be- 
haviour, and a polite com- 
fjaifanf handfome young 
Man. 

Toufpeakfo favourably 
of him, that were he a 
Woman I Jhould think 
you were in love with 
him. 



Familiar D i ALOGU E s 



Eu cuidava que era 
Ingrez. 

Nao Senhor, he de 
Vienna. 

Falla muy bem Por- 
tuguez. 

O jSronuncia como 
hum nacido e criado em 
Lifboa. 

Efteve muito tempo 
em Portugal ? 

Nao mais que dous 
annos. 

Me efpanto que tern 
aprendido tanto, em 
tarn pouco tempo. 

Tern a ventagem dc 
faber bem o Latim, e 
intende a grammatica 
perfeitamente. 

Breve, V. M. diz que 
"he dofto, e eu veijo 
por fua aparencia exte- 
rior que he hum fidalgo 
aperfei^oado. 

A fua opiniao de 
V. M. he jufta, e eu o 
achei fempre tal. 

He muy gentil na 
converfafao, e huni mui 
polido, cortez e fermo- 
fo mofo. 

V.M. falla delle tarn 
Favoravelmente, que fe 
fofle mulher, creria eu 
que eftiveffe 'enamorado 
delle. 



Teu 



'in Englifh and 

You joke, Sir ; but I 
muft own I havefuch an 
Efteem for him, that I 
fhould be obliged to you 
if you would do me the 
Favour to procure me his 
Acquaintance. 

If you will, we will 
^To-morrow go to hisLodg- 
ing together. 

Where 2oth he lodge ? 

Not far off; in New- 
Street. 

ic Tis very well: Good 
Night, Sir. 

I thank you: Farewel, 
Sir. 

I kifs your Hands : I 
ivijh you well home. 



Portuguese. 221 

V. M. zomba , po- 
rem ey de confefiar te- 
nho tanta reverenciapor 
elle, que tivera muita 
obrigafao a V. M. fe 
quizera fazerme o fa- 
vor de procurarme fua 
amizade. 

Se V. M. quizer, hi- 
remos a menhaa junto* 
a fua poufada. 

Onde fe hofpeda? 

Nao muy longe da- 
qui, na Rua nova. 

Efta bem : Boas noites 
Senhor. 

Agradefo a V. M. a 
Deos Senhor. 

Bijoe as maos de V.M. 
Chegue com bem a fu 
cafa. 



Dialogue IX. 
For to write. 

GIVE me ,a Sheet 
of Paper, a Pen 
and Ink. 

Go into my Clofet,you'U 
find there on the "Table 
what you want. 

I fee' no Pens. 

There are a great many 
in the Inkhorn. 

Theyjre not good. 



Pratica IX. 
Para efcrever. 

DA ca huma folha 
de papei, huma 
pena e tinta. 

Entre em minha re- 
camara e achara V. M. 
na mefa o que quizer. 
Nao vejo penas. 
Ha muitas RO tintei- 
ro. 

Naovalemnada. Nao 
sao boas, 

Here 



Familiar DIALOGS E \ 



222 

Here are fame others. 

'They are not cut. 

Where is your Pen- 
knife? 

Do you know how to 
cut Pens ? 

This is not lad. 

Whiljl I finijh this 
Letter, be fo kind as to 
fold up that Packet. 

What Seal mujt I 
put? 

Seal it with my Coat of 
Arms, or my Cypher. 

What Seal-wax JJoatt 
it be? 

*Tis no Matter -, take 
of the red or the black, 
which you pleafe. 

HaveyouputtheDate ? 

1 think I have ; but I 
am not fare whether I 
havefigned or no. 

What Day of the Month 
is it? 

9 Tis the twentieth Day 
of the Month. 

Put theSuperfcripticn. 

There is no Sand here. 

There is fame in the 
Sand-box. 

Look, here is your Ser- 
vant, will you have him 
carry the Letters to the 
Poft? 



Eis aqui outrasJ 

Naoeftao cbrtadas: 

Onde efta o feircani- 
vete ? 

Sabe V. M. cortar 
penas ? 

Efta nao he ma. 

Entre tanto que aca- 
bo eu efta carta fafame 
V. M. a gra?a de do- 
brar efte paquete. 

Que fello tenho de 
por? 

Selleo cpm as minhas 
armas, ou cifra. 

Que lacre ha de ier ? 

Nao impofta nada; 
tome V. M. do verme- 
Iho ou negro ; o que 
quifer. 

Tern V. M. pofto a 
data ? 

Creio que fi, mas nao 
eftou certo fe tenho fir- 
mado ou nao. 

A quantos do mez 
eftamos oje ? 

Eftamos a vinte do 
mez. 

Ponha V. M. o fo- 
brefcrito. 

Nao ha area aqui. 

A tem na poeira. 

Eis a quivoflbcriado; 
quer V. M. que leve as 
cartas ao coreo ? 

Dotft 



'in Englifti and Portuguefe; * 223 



"Don't forget to pay the 
Pojlage. 

1 have no Money. 

Here is a Crown ; 
make hajle, and return 
prefently. 

I will not tarry i Sir; 
I will difpatch. 



Nao efquefa de pa- 
gar o porte. 

Nao tenho dinheiro. 

Aqui terns hum cru- 
zado ; vay de prefia e 
torna logo para cafa. 

Nao ey de tardar 
Senhor; defpacharey. 



Dialogue X. 
For to buy. 


Pratica X. 
Para comprar. 



W Hitler do you go? 
If it is no Mat- 
ter of Secrecy, I'll wait 
en you. 

Ton do we much Ho- 
nour : I only go to fpeak 
with a Shop-keeper, to 
buy me a new Suit of 
Cloaths. 

What is the Shop- 
keeper's Name? probably 
he may be my Acquaintance. 

I think his Name is 
M. N. or fomething like 
it ; / do not know it for 
certain. 

I know him very well; 
he lives in the Middle of 
the Street, on the Right 
Hand, over againft the In- 
furance-Ojfice. 

Well then, let us go 
and do our Bufmefs. 



ONDE vay V. MJ 
fe o negocio nao 
for coufa de fegredo, 
acompanharey a V. M. 

V. M. me fas muita. 
honra-, euvou fomente 
para fallar a hum mer- 
cador de loja, para com- 
prarme hum veftido 
novo. 

Como fe chama o 
mercador? tal vez fera 
meu conhecido. 

Cuydo que fe chama 
M. N. ou tal; nao o 
fey por certo. 

Eu bem o conhefo ; 
mora no meyo da rua, 
a mao dereica, jufto em 
fronte da cafa dos fe- 
guros. 

Pois, vamonos" e tra- 

temos o noffo negocio. 

God 



224 Familiar DIALOGUES 

Godfave your Perfon, Guarde Deos a peffoi 
Mr. M. N. I come re- de V. M. Senhor N. 
commended to you by a venho en commendado 
friend of yours, Mr. N. a V. M. por hum amigo 
baving Occafion for fame feu o Senhor N. por 
Things out of your Shop. aver mifter alguas cou- 

fas de fua tenda. 



Sir, you are welcome, 
and the whole Shop is at 
your Service. 

I have Occafion for 
fome fine Cloth to make 
me a Suit -, have you any 
that is good? 

Tes, Sir, Iwilljhew 
you a Piece that I believe 
will not difpleafe you. 

Look you, here is a 
Piece, and in my Opi- 
nion one of the beft that 
is this Day in Portugal, 
leing very fine, well 
wrought, and of an agree' 
able Colour. 

'The Cloth is not bad, 
lut the Colour doth not 
pleafe me : lam no Friend 
to this AJh Colour, be- 
caufe it isfoon fill'd with 
Spots. 

Look here, how do you 
like this Piece ? it is of 
a.more lively Colour, and 
more chearful for the 
Summer. 



Seja V. M. bem vin- 
do, meu Senhor, e tudo 
que efta na loja fica as 
fuas ordens. 

Ey de mifter algum 
pano fino, para fazer 
hum veftido ; tern V. M. 
algum que prefte? 

Tenho Senhor, mof- 
trarey a V. M. huma 
pe$a que nao Ihe def- 
contentara. 

Eis aqui hua pe^a, c 
no meu parecer hua das 
melhores que oje ha em 
Portugal, por fer muy 
fina, bem lavrada, e de 
cor agradavel. 

O pano nao he mao, 
mas a cor nao me agra- 
da; nao fou amigo def- 
ta cor de cinza, por- 
que logo fe enche dc 
nodoas. 

Olheca Senhor, como 
Ihe parece eftoutra pe- 
a? he de cor mais vi- 
va e mais alegre parao 
verao. 



'in Englifh and Portuguefe. 225 



Tes, this I like -, bow 
do you fell it a Covado*, 
and be at a Word with 
me ? 

Sir, Pll tell you ,1 'can- 
not fell it under two Mil 
and jive hundred Reas a 
Covado. 

It is very dear; I know 
lean buy cheaper in other 
Places. 

If you find any fo good, 
and of this Make, for 
lefs Money, I will give it 
you for nothing. 

Hark ye, Sir, I'll give 
you two Mil two hundred 
and forty Reas, and I am 
perfuaded it can be worth 
no more. 

Well then, to bejhort, 
I will not let it go under 
two Mil four hundred 
Reas, altho* it were to 
my Brother. 

Do you know bow many 
Covado' 's will befufficient 
to make a Suit f 

Truly I cannot tell\ 
"but Pll fend and call a 
Taylor that lives clofe by 
in the Neighbour hood, and 
he willfoon inform us. 



Iflbfim ; acomovendc 
o covado, e digamo em 
huma palavra ? 

Eu Ihe direy a V. M. 
nao poflb vendello por 
menos de dous mil e 
quinhentos reis o covado 

He muito caro, bem 
fey que poflb comprallo 
mais acomodado em 
outras partes. 

Se V. M. achar al- 
gum tao bom e defte 
feitio por menos din- 
heiro eu Iho darey por 
nada. 

Ou^ame V. M. eu 
Ihe darey dous mil do- 
zentos e quarenta reis, 
e tenho para mim que 
nao podp valer mais. 

Em fim, para ufar dc 
brevidade nao ey de 
largallo por menos de 
dous mil e quatro centos 
reis, ainda que fofle ao 
meu irmao.- 

Sabe V. M. quantos 
covados baftaram para 
fazer hum veftido ? 

Nao fey por certo ; 
mas man darey chamar 
hum alfayate que mora 
aqui perto na vezi- 
nhanfa,e elle logo o dim. 



* A Covado is a Mf a/are almoft an Englifh Yard. 

Q. 



H'ow 



Familiar DIALOGUES 



How many Covado's 
muft I have to make a 
compleal Suit ? 

You muft have for Coat , 
Waiftcoat, and Breeches y 
four Covadoes and a half. 

What may be the 
Breadth of it ? I believe 
I muft have more. 

No, Sir, if is a Tard 
and three-quarters broad, 
and I am fur e four or 
five Tards will be fuffi- 
cient. 

Very well, cut me off 
Jive Tards, that none may 
be wanting. 

Here isjuft a Remnant 
of five Tards. 

See what it* comes to, 
and I will give you your 
Money. 

Five Tards at two Mil 
four hundred Reas per 
Cov ado, amount to twelve 
Milreas in Portugal Mo- 
ney. 

How much is' it in 
Sterling, or current Mo- 
ney of England f 

Twelve Milreas, at 
fix Shillings and three 
Pence per Mil, make 
three Pounds fifteen Shil- 
lings Sterling. 



Qu antes Covados hey 
de mifter para hum vef- 
tido inteiro ? 

V. M. ha mifter para 
caffaca,veftia, ecalcoens 
quatro covados e meyo. 

Que largura tera ? 
creyo que ey de mifter 
mais. 

Nao Senhor, tern de 
largura hum covado e 
tres quartos, e aflegu- 
rolhe que quatro para 
cinco covados baftaram. 

Andar ; corteme cin- 
co covados, que nao aja 
falta. 

Eis aqui hum retalho 
de cinco covados juftos. 

Veja quanto importa, 
e Ihe darey o feu di- 
nheiro. 

Cinco covados a clous 
mil e quatro centos reas 
o covado, montam doze 
milreis em dinheiro de 
Portugal. 

Quanto vem a fer em 
dinheiro eftarlino ou 
moeda corrente de In- 
galaterra ? 

Dozemilreas,(i2ooo 
rs.) a feis chelins e tres 
peniques por mil, fazem 
tres livras e quinzc 
chelins eitarlinos. 



Here, 



In English and Portuguefe. 227 

Here, tell your Mo- Eisaqui, conteV..MV 

uty, and fee if it be right, o dmheiro, e veja fe 

efta certo. 

// is, Sir. I hum&fy EftaSenhor,agradecoa 

thank you, and hope ano- V.M. mil annos, c efpero 

therTime IJhallhavethe que em outra ocaliam 

fame Honour. terey a mefma honra. 



Dialogue XI. 
Of Playing. 

LET us play a Party 
at Picket. 

How much will you 
flay for? 

Let us play for one 
Shilling to pafs the Time. 

Give usfome Cards. 

Let us fee who is to 
deal 

Tou are to deal. 

Shuffle the Cards $ all 
the Court- Cards are toge- 
ther. 

They are mix'd fuffi- 
ciently ; cut the Cards, if 
you pleafe. 

Have you all your 
Cards ? 

I think I have. 

How many do you take ? 

I take all : I leavs 
none. 

I have a bad Game. 



Pratica XI. 

Dojugar. 

JUguemos huma par- 
tida a o piquete. 

Por quanto quer V. 
M. jugar? 

Juguemos por hum 
chelin por paflaro tempo. 

Danos humas cartas. 

Vejamos quern ha de 
dar as cartas. . 

V. M. as ha de dar. 

Baralhe as cartas; to- 
das as cartas de figura 
eftao juntas. 

Eftam baftantemente 
mifturadas; partaV. M. 
as cartas, fe for fervido. 

Tern V. M. todas fitas 
cartas ? 

Creyo que tenho. 

Quanias tomaV. M.? 

Tomo tudo i deixo 
nenhuma. 

Eu tenho hum mao 



jogo. 



Let 



2 2 8 Familiar Di ALO CUES 

Let us deal the Cards Demos as cartas ou- 
over- again. 

No, Sir. My Game 
puzzles me. 

Tou muft have a fine 
Game, for I have no- 



thing. 

Count your Points \ffiy, 
fixty, dec. 

I'hey are not good. 

are good. . 
A Quint Major, a 
Quint from the King, a 



tra vez. 

No Senhor. O mcu 
jogo me embaraca. 

V. M. ha de ter hum 
bello jogo, por que eu 
nao tenho nada. 

Conte V. M. os feos 
pontos -, cincoenta, fei- 
centa, &c. 

Nao valem nada. 
Eftao boms. 

Huma quinta mayor, 
huma quinta do Rey, 



Quart from the Queen, a huma quarta da Sota, 



Tierce from the Knave. 

I have fourteen Kings^ 
three Aces, three Queens, 
and three Knaves. 

Play Hearts, Spades^ 
Clubs, or Diamonds. 

I have loft. Tou have 
won. 

Tou owe me a Shilling. 

Pardon me, Sir, you 
ow'd me one. 

'Then we are quits. 



huma terca do cavallo. 

Eu tenho cartorze de 
Keys, tres afes, tres fou- 
tas, e tres cavallos. 

Jogue copas, efpadas, 
paos, ou ouros. 

Eu tenho perdido. 
V. M. tern ganhado. 

V. M. me deve hum 
chelin. 

Perdoeme V. M. mo 
devia. 

Pois eftamos iguais. 



Dialogue XII. 

About a Journey, with 
fome other Occurrences. 



OSir, are you here 
yet ? I expefted a 
Letter from you. from efperando 



Pratica XII. 

De huma viagem com ou- 
tras coufas differentes. 

SEnhor, efta V. M. 
ainda aqui ? 



eftive 
por huma 

London 



in Englifti and Portuguefe. 229 
London ly the loft Week's carta de V. M. de Lon- 
Poft. 



It is true, Sir, there 
was no Remedy : I thought 
to de-part loft Week, but 
I had an embroiled Buji- 
nefs which has detained 
me. 

But what hinders you 
rum ? Is the Ship ready ? 
and are the Goods d'tf- 
patched at the Cuftom- 
houfe? 

Not yet, all will h 
cleared 'To-morrow. 

Is the Ship cleared in 
the Cuftom-boufe ? and 
have you your Provi/ion 
on board? 

Fes, Sir, I think I 
Jhall have Occajion for 
nothing more. 

Don't you think I am 
fufficiently provided for ? 
1 have put on board for 
myfelf and my Footman, 
two Sheep) four. Dozen of 
Fowls, fourTurkeys, four 
' Geefe, and a Barrel of 
Wine. 

Tour Provijions are 
fujficient for a Voyage of 
two Months : Have you 
agreed with the Captain 
for your Paffage ? How 

tcb are you to give him 



dres, pello correo da 
femana paflada. 

He verdade Senhor ; 
nao ouve remedio, tra- 
tey de partir a femana 
paflada, mas tive hum 
negocio embarafado que 
me poz em detenc,a. 

Pois agora que ha de 
impedimento ? o navio 
efta leftes ? e as fazen- 
das eftao defpachadas 
na alfandega ? 

Ainda nao ; todo II- 
quidarfeha a menhaa. 

O navio efta defpa- 
chado na alfandega ? e 
tern V. M. fua matalo- 
tagem abordo ? 

Si Senhor, creyo que 
nao hey de mifter nada 
mais. 

Nao Ihe parece que 
eftou provido baftante- 
mente ? pois mandey a 
bordo para mim e meu 
criado dous carneiros, 
quatro duzias de gali- 
nhas, quatro perus, qua- 
tro patos, com hum bar- 
ril de vinho. 

Os mantimentos baf- 
tam por huma viagem 
de dous mefes. Tern 
V. M. ajuftado com o 
capitao por fua pafla- 
gem ? quanto ha de dar- 



0.3 



fur 



230 Familiar DIALOGUES 



for yourfelf and your Foot- 
man? 

I made a Bargain with 
the Captain for the Cabin 
for me and my Servant 
for twenty Milreas, or' 
about fix Pounds five 
Shillings Sterling. 

I think it is very rea- 
fonable. God fend you a 
good Voyage. 

But pray tell me, is it 
anyBufmefs ofConfequence 
that obliges you to thisfud- 
den Departure? 

It is. Sir, I havefome 
Accounts to adjuft with 
myCorrefpondents of great 
Moment. 

Have ycu any Money 
owing you there among 
your Acquaintance ? 

Tes, Sir, my Bujinefs 
isfuch, that Ic.annot do 
it by Letters of Attorney ; 
but my Prefence is necef- 
fary. 

Tou have a Brother 
.there, and if you will not 
tmfthim^ whom will you 
truft ? 

Don't ycu know the 
Proverb \ avoid Accounts 
with Relations , as Debts 
with fuch as are abfent. 



Ihe por V. M. e mais o 
feu criado ? 

Eu fiz concerto com o 
capitao pello camerote, 
por mim e mais meu 
criado, em vinte mil- 
reis, ou feis librase c m- 
co chelins eftarlinas. 

Bern acomodado eft a 
no meo parecer. Deos 
Ihe de boa viagem. 

Mas digame ha al- 
gum negocio de impor- 
tan^a que obriga a 
V. M. a efta apreflada 
partida ? 

Ha Senhor, tenho hu- 
mas contas que ajuftar 
com meuscorrefponden- 
tcs de muito pezo e 
valor. 

Tem algum dinheiro 
que fe Ihe fica devendo 
de feus conhecidos ? 

Sim Senhor, meus ne- 
gocios sao taes que nao 
poflb fafellos por hua 
carta de procura9ao, 
mas a minha prefenja 
he neceiTaria. 

V. M. tem la hum 
irmao, e fe nao quizer 
fiarfe delle de quern 
fe fiara? 

Nao fabe V. M. o 
proverbio, guardate de 
contas com parentes, co- 
mo de dividas com au- 
fentes. Tou 



'in Engtiih and For tu guefe. 23.1 

Tou fay right, Sir , V. M. diz bem Scn- 
tnean while farewel, Sir: hor , ora entretanto a 
'To-morrow Morning I'll Decs Senhor, a menhaa 
come to\kifs your Hands, pella menhaa virey bei- 
and to take my Leave of jar fuas maos e defpe- 

dirme de V. M. 

Nao Senhor, iflb nao 
ha de ler ; V. M. fern 
falta jentara com nofco 
e efperaremos porV. M. 



you. 

No, Sir, that (hall not 
be ; you muft with out Fail 
dine with us, and we will 
wait for you till one a- 
Clock. 

Sir, your Servant -, you 
have overcome me with 
Civilities 9 and /hall be 
obey'd. 



ate a huma hora. 

Criado, meu Senhor; 
V. M. me tem vencido 
com cortezias e fera fer- 

vido. 



Dialogue XIII. 



Pratica XIII. 



To reckon with the Para contar com o eftala- 
Landlord. jadeiro. 



GOOD Evening, 
Sirs, are you con- 
tent ed(pleafed) with your 
Supper? 

Was the Supper to 
your Liking? 

We are fatisfied ; but 
now we muft pay you. 

The Expence is not 
great. 

See what we muft pay 
for our/elves jur Servants 
and Horfes. 



BOAS tardes Senho- 
res meus, eftam 
V. M. S. contente's com 
a cea ? 

Efteve a cea ao gofto 
deV.M. S.? 

Eftamos fatisfeitos ; 
mas agora he mi (ler pa- 
gar a voffe. 

Os gaftos nao sao 
grandes. 

Vejaquanto temos de 
pagar por nos, e mais 
os r.oflbs criados e ca- 
valJos. 



0.4 



Rtckm 



Familiar DIALOGUES 



Reckonyourfehes^Gen- 
tlemen> and you'll find 
there are feven Crowns. 

It feems to me you ajfc 
too much. 

On the contrary , lam 
very reasonable (mode- 
rate.) 

How much do you 
make us pay for the Wine ? 

Fifteen Pence the Bot- 
tle. 

Bring us another Bot- 
tle^andT'o-worrowMorn- 
ing we'll pay you. We 
will abate nothing. 

It feems to me this 
Gentleman doth not find 
himfelf well. 

I am well., but I am 
tired and fatigued. 

Tou muft have Courage. 

It will be better for me 
to be in Bed than at Ta- 
ble. 

lell my Servant to come 
and undrefs me. 

Good Nighty Gentlemen^ 
Good Repofe to you all j 
Jleep well. 

I humbly thank you 
(live you a thoufand Tears] 
God preferve your Perfon. 

Have you ordered clean 
Sheets for our Beds. 



ContemV.M.S.mef- 
mos e acharam que sa 
fete coroas. 

A mim mepareceque 
Vofie pede demafiado. 

Pello cantrario, eftou 
mui razoado (modera- 
do.) 

Quanto nos faz pagar 
pello vinho ? 

Quinze peniques o 
frafco. 

Traga nos hum 6u- 
tro frafco e menhaa pel- 
la menhaa pagaremos a 
Vofle ; nao Ihe abatere- 
mos nada. 

Tenhopara mim que 
efle Senhor nao fe acha 
bem. 

Eftou bem,mas eftou 
canfado e fatigado. 

Ha mifter teranimo. 

Sera melhor para mim 
eftar na cama, que na 
mefa. 

Diga ao meu criado 
que venha difpirme. 

Boas noites Senhores. 
Bom repoufo aV. M. S. 
todos ; dormamV. M. S. 
bem. 

Viva V M. mil an- 
nos ; guarde Deos a 
pefloa de V. M. 

Tem vofle ordenado 
lan$ oys limpos para nof- 
fas camas ? 
3 Take 



In Englifli and Portuguefe. 233 
fake care that they Tome voffe cuidado 
may wake us early To- que nos defpertem fedo 



morrow Morning. 

I will not fail -, good 
by, GentlemengoodNight. 

Hark ye. Heftier, have 
yfiit look'd well after the 
Horfes? 

Tes, Sir ,f or my Part 
I have been wanting in 
nothing ; they have their 
Fill of Hay and Barley. 

Do us the Favour to 
have our Horfes ready To- 
morrow at Six a-Clock in 
the Morning. 

Here, Mafter Land- 
lord, tell your Money, 
and the Half- Crown 
which is over and above, 
let it bejhared among the 
Servants. 

Tour humble Servant, 
Gentlemen-, I hope every 
'Thing has been to your 
Liking. 

When you pafs by this 
Way, you have all your 
humble Servants at Com- 
mand. 

Ton are welcome, Gen- 
tlemen. 



a menhaa pella menhaa. 

Naofaltarey; aDcos 
Senhores, boas noites. 

O voffe, 111090 de 
eftribaria, tern tratado 
bemos cavallos? 

Si Senhor, da minha 
parte nao faltey nada ; 
tiveram de feno e ce- 
vada em abundancia. 

Faca nos a M^rce de 
ter os cavallos prontos 
a menhaa as feys horas 
pella menhaa. 

Oufa Senhor noflb 
amo, contc Voffe o di- 
nheiro, e a meya coroa 
que fobeja repartafe en- 
tre os criados. 

Vivam V. M. S. mil 
annos Senhores \ efpero 
que todo efteve a feu 
gofto. 

Quandopaffarem por 
efte caminho, aqui tcm 
todos os feus criados 
prontos as fuas ordens. 

V. M. S. eftao bem 
vindos. 



Agoodjourney (Voyage) Boajornada (viagem) 
to you, Gentlemen. tenham V. M. S. 



Dialogue 



Familiar DIALOGUES 



Dialogue XIV. 
About the Exchange. 

WHERE are you 
going. Sir? 
To Change ; an d pray 
inhere do you come from? 
I come from thence. 
Did you. hear any 
News ? 

No, Sir, nothing par- 
ticular. 

Nothing that is re- 
markable. 

How is the Exchange 
for Amfierdam To-day ? 

Thirty four Shillings 
and four Groats. 
Who toldyoufo ? 
My Broker. 
Js there a great deal 
cfBufmefs doing To-day? 
Tes, and if you have 
any to do, I advife you. 
to make hafte. 

Then good by to you, Sir. 
< I am your Servant. 
Pray my Service at 
l>ome. 

Do you defign to draw 
or to remit ? 

lam not yet determined 
what IJhall do -, tell me : 
what do you think, is the 
Exchange for Amfterdam 
likely to rife or to fall ? 



Pratica XIV. 



Da bolfa. 



A 



DondevaiV. M. ? 



A bolfa, e pecolhe 
de donde vem V. M. ? 
Venho de la. 
Ouvio V. M. algu- 
mas novas ? 

Nao Senhor,nada em 
particular. 

Nada que feja remar- 
cavel. 

Como vai o cambio 
para Amfterdam oje ? 

Trinta e quatro fol- 
dos e quatro groflbs. 
Quern Iho diffe ? 
Meu corredor. 
Se faz.muitonegocio 
oje? 

Si, e fe tem que fa- 
zer eu Ihe aconfelho que 
va de prefla 

Pois a Deos Senhor. 
Sou feu fervidor. Fa- 
came Merce de dar 
meus beijamaos em cafa, 
V. M. intenta facar ou 
remeter? 

Nao eftou ainda re- 
folto 6 que farei ; di- 
game: o cambio para 
Amfterdam parecelhe 
que fubira ou que bai- 
xara ? 



in Englifh and Portuguese. 235 

They talk varioujly a- Fallamvariavelmente 



lout it \ yet according to 
Appearance it will fall. 

Cak you get me fome 
good Bills of Exchange ? 

Iwasjuft now offered 
fome from a very good 
Houfe, and People of a 
good Reputation. 

Were the Bills at Sight 
or Ufance ? 

I can have either the 
one or tke other. 

How much Brokerage 
muft I give you ? 

Ton know the Cuflom 
is one Eighth per Cent. 

I want to negociate 
fome Bills ; what do you 
advife me ? Jhould I fend 
thefe Bills to Amfterdam 
or to Hambourg? 

I have not, made any 
Calculation yet ; /'// tell 
you by-and-by. 

They fay Mr. N. has 
refufed Payment. 

Tes, and a great many 
Bills drawn on him have 
been fent back again to 
Holland^ protefted by 
Tejterdafs Pofi. 

I am furprrzed^ that 
a Man who was in fo 
good Buftnefs y and bore 



nifto; porem ao pare- 
cer baixara. 

Pode V. M. procu- 
rarme algumas boas le- 
tras de cambio? 

Inda agora me oflfre- 
cerao algumas de boa 
cafa, e gente de boa 
reputapab. 

Eram as letras a vifta 
ou ufos? 

PofTo ter de humas 
ou de outras. 

Quanto de corretagem 
Ihe ey de dar ? 

V. M. fabe que b 
cuftnme he hum outavo 
por cento. 

Eu quero negociar 
algumas letras ; que me 
aconfelha ? que mande 
eftas letras a Amfcer- 
dam 6 Hamburgo ? 

Nao he feito calculo 
nenhum ainda-, Iho di- 
rey daqui a pouco. 

Dizem que o Senhor 
N. refufou pagamento. 

Sim e muitas letras 
facadasfobreellefeman- 
daram outra vez protef- 
tadas a Hollanda, pelo 
correo de ontem. 

Me admiro, que hum 
homem que tinha bom 
negocio, e de.bom ca- 



236 Familiar Di AL OGU E s 

a good Character, Jhould rader devefTe tanto di- 



owe fo mucb Money. 

Some fay he is broke, 
and that be cannot pay 
50 per Cent. 

What do People ima- 
gine to be the Reafon ? 

Some fancy his Friend Algunsimaginaoque 
and Correfpondent abroad o feu amigo e correfpon- 
is broke -, others fay he dente fora faltou ; ou- 
games, or that his Wife trosdizemque jogouou 



nheiro. 

Algunsdizem que fal- 
tou e que nao pode pa- 
gar cincoenta por cento. 

Que Ihes parece ao 
publico ieja a razao ? 



is extravagant. 

When will his Credi- 
tors meet? 

'They have taken alrea- 
dy Poffeffion of all his 
Ejfetts and Goods, and 
they will examine the Ba- 
lance of his Books To- 
morrow. 

I hope our Friend 
Mr. N. has not loft by 
him. 

No, for he fufpeEfed 
him a great while, and I 
remember that he has of- 
ten refufed to take his 
Bills. 

Do you know any Man 
of Credit who infures up- 
on Ships and Goods ? 

Yes, Sir, if you'll leave 
your Bufinefs to me, Pll 
get it done to your Appro- 
bation, and for a mode- 
rate Premium* 



que fua mulher he muy 
extravagante. 

Quando fe ajuntarao 
feus acredores ? 

Tem ja tornado pof- 
feflfao de todos feus efei- 
tos e fazendas, e exa- 
minarao o balanfo dos 
feus livros a menhaa. 

Efpero que noffo a- 
migo N. nao tem per- 
dido com elle. 

Nao, por que o fof- 
peitava ja ha muito 
tempo, e me lembra 
que muitas vezes tern 
refufado fuas letras. 

Sabe V. M. algum 
homem de credito que 
aflegura fobre navios e 
fazendas ? 

SimSenhor;feV. M. v 
quer deijar feu negocio 
a mi, Iho far ei fazer a 
feu contento, e por pre- 
mio moderado. 

When 



in Englifh and Portuguefe. 237 



When is the India Com- 
pany's Sale ? 

In a Fortnight. 

I am glad of it, for 
then I Jhall have 'Time 
enough to execute my Com- 
miffion before the Ships 
fail (or dispart.) 



Quando he a venda 
da companhia da India? 

Em quinze dias. 

Eftimo, por que en- 
tao terey tempo baf- 
tante para executar a 
minha commifiao, ante 
que os navios fe ponham 
a vela (ou que partam.) 



Dialogue XV. Pratica XV. 

Of theLawsof England. Das leys de Ingalaterra. 



BT what Laws is 
England governed ? 

'They have feveral, ac- 
cording to the Nature of 
Affairs, and the Diver- 
fity of Places. 

How are they diftin- 
guijhed? 

'They are called the 
Common Law ', the Statute 
Law, the Civil Law, 
and the Canonical (or Spi- 
ritual or Ecdefiaftical) 
Law. 

What is the Common 
Law ? 

It is nothing but the 
common Cujloms of the 
Kingdom, which by length 
of Time have obtained the 
Force of Laws. 

The Statute Laws have 
been mads by feverd 



POR que leys fe go- 
verna a Ingalaterra ? 
Tem diverfas con- 
forme a natureza dos ne- 
gocios, e a diverfidade 
de lugares. 

Como fe diftinguem ? 

Se chamam a ley co- 
mua, a ley dos ftatutos, 
a ley civil, e a ley cano- 
nica(ou efpiritual ou ec- 
clefiaftica.) 

Que he a ley comua ? 

Nao he outro fenao os 
coftumes comus do rey- 
no, os quais com o tem- 
po tern alcan^ado a for- 
a de leys. 

As leys de ftatutos fe 

fizeram por diverfos 

Kings 



23 8 Familiar DIALOGUES 

Kings of England, by the Keys cte Ingalaterra, por 
Advice and Confent of confelhoeconfentimen- 
both Houfes of Parlia- 
ment ', the Lords and Com- 



mons of England. 

The Civil Law is the 
written Law, or a Col- 
legion of the Judgments 
and Opinions of the wifeft 
Men in all Nations for 
many hundred Tear s pajt. 

What is theUfe thereof? 

To preferve the Peace 
and Tranquillity of Man- 
kind in general. 

Who was the Author 
of the Bo ok which contains 
the Civil 'Laws y and is 
intituled, the Codex ? 

The Emperorjuftinian, 
in the Tear 527, had it 
compiled by the greateft 
Lawyers of his 'Time. 

What do you call the 
Canonical Law? 

Certain Canons com- 
piled by the Clergy to fup- 
port the Dignity of the 
Church , and to decide in 
all Matters relating to 
Ecclefiaftical Affairs. 



Civil Law is ufed 
in the Court of 'Admiralty r , 



to de ambas cafas do 
parlamento, os condes e 
os comuns de Ingala- 
terra. 

A ley civil he a ley 
efcrita, 6u humacollec- 
ao das fentencas e opi- 
nioens dos mais fabios 
homens de todas as na- 
foens, por muitos fecu- 
los paflados. 

Que ufo he o feu ? 

Para prefervar a paz 
e tranquillidade do gen- 
ro humano em geral. 

Quern foi o autor do 
livro que contem as leis 
civiys, e he intitulado o 
Codex? 

O Emperador Jufti- 
niano no anno 527. o 
fez collegir pellos ma- 
yores letrados de feu 
tempo. 

Que chamays a ley 
canonica ? 

Certos canones colle- 
gidos por clerigos para 
fupportar a dignidadc 
da igreja e por decidir 
em todas materias to- 
cante os negocios eccle- 
fiafticos. 

A ley civil fe ufa na 
corte de almirantafgo, 



becaufe therein are plead- por que nella fe litigam 

ed 



'in Englifti and 

ed and judged Affairs of 
Foreigners as well as of 
Englifhmen. 

What is the Privilege 
of a born Engli/hman ? 

'That be may not be > 
commanded by an arbi- 
trary Power, but ac- 
cording to the known 
Laws of the Land, viz. 
the Common and Statute 
Laws, and especially by 
that called Mzgna.Cha.r- 
ta, the great Charter, 
which prtferves him in 
bis Liberty and Pro- 
perty. 

How do they plead and 
try their Caufes? 

tbeAccufer and Ace u- 
fed, or Defendant, ftand 
forth in the Court of Jit- 
ftice \ their Advocates 
plead the Caufe, the Wit- 
nejfes depofe upon Oath 
what they know of the 
Matter. The Judge who 
Jits on the Bench, recapi- 
tulates what has been/aid 
en both Sides, and declares 
the Law in that Cafe. 
Then the twelve Jurors 
(who are Houfe-keepers, 
and chofen by turns, not 
belonging to the Law, but 
all Men that have com- 
mon Senfe may ferve in 
this Cafe} go into a Room 



Portugucfe. 239 

e julgam negocios de 
forafteiros tarn bem co- 
mo dos Ingrefes. 

Que he o privilegio 
de hum Ingres nacido? 
. Que nao feja gouver- 
nado porhum poderar- 
bitrario,masconformeas 
leys conhecidas da terra, 
a faber, a comua, e as 
leys de ftatutos, e efpe* 
cialmente por aquella 
chamada Magna Charta, 
ou grande privilegio, a 
qual o conferva na fua 
liberdade e poflefiao. 

Como litigam e jul- 
gam feus pleitos ? 

O accufante e o ac< 
cufado 6u defendente 
eftao diante da corte de 
jufti^a; feus avogados 
reprefentam o pleito ; 
as teftemunhas depoem 
fobre juramento o que 
fabem da materia. O 
juez, que efta fentado 
no banco (cadeira) re- 
pi te o que fe tern dito 
de ambas partes, e de- 
clara a ley em efte cafo. 
Entao os doze jurados 
(as quais sao gente que 
tern cafa, e efcolhidos 
por vezes, nao sao letra- 
dos, mas todo homem 
que tern ufo de rezam 

h 



240 Familiar DIALOGUES, 



by them/elves? and when 
they are all agreed return 
into Court and declare 
what they think^ guilty or 
not guilty , and the Judge 
'pronounces Sentence ac- 
cordingly. 



Are criminal Matters 
managed in the fame 
Manner? 

Tes, and thus an Eng- 
lijhmanhas theHappinefs 
of being tried and judged 
only by God and the Laws 
of his Country^ acknow- 
ledging no arbitrary 
Power at all. 

Happy is that Nation 
which enjoys their Life y 
Liberty, and Property, 
and can lofe neither of 
them but by thofe fame 
Laws upon which the 
Safety of all their Fellow - 
Countrymen depends. 



pode fervir nefte cafo) 
vam em hum apofento 
fos, e quando accord So 
todos bolvem pera a 
corte e declarao quern 
imaginao ft rreo ou nao ; 
e o juez pronuncia a 
fentenfa em comformi- 
dade. 

Os cafos criminals fe 
dirigem do mefmo rno- 
do? 

Sim e aflim hum In- 
grez tem a fatisfaccjio 
de fer julgado foments 
por Deos e as leys de 
fua patria, nao reco- 
nhecendo nenhum poder 
arbitrario. 

Ditofa he efla nacao 
que goza de fua vida. 
liberdade, e pofleflbens, 
e nao pode perder nen- 
huma dellas, fe nao 
poraquellasmefmas leys 
fobre as quais depende a 
feguranfa de todos feus 
compatriotas. 



GRAMMA- 



GRAM MAT I C A 



O U 



GRAMMATICA 



PORTUGUEZA e INGLEZA. 



SEGUNDA PARTE, 

A qual ferve para Inftruir a os Portuguezes 
na Lingua Ingkza. 




LONDON: 

Printed for W. MEADOWS, at the Angel; and E. 
COMYNS, at the South-Gate of the Royal- Ex- 
change, m Cornbill) 1751. 



A O L E I T O R. 



C*ENDO van' as as Razoens, que rendem eft a 
*^ Obra util e neceffaria ; nao farey man 
que obfervar, fer para o Homem de Negocio, de 
abfoluta importancia, e para o Curiozo Eftudante 
de entertenimento e recreyo ; o que fupofto, darey 
principio a o diftame que J'e objervou nefla Em- 
preza. 

Primeiramentefe tratou das Letras efua Pro* 
nuncia$ao mojlrando comofe kyem porExemplos no 
Eftillo Portuguez de Soletrear, como tambem das 
Vogais^ Syllabas, Diphtongos, TriphtongoSt&c. 
Seguindolhe dejpois as Dcclina$oens y Conjuga- 
foens, Regras da Sin face, Etymologia, Profidia 
e Accentos. Com um Vocabulario, e Dialagos 
das Couzasmais commuas que a contecem na vida 
juntamente varias Cartas fobre o negocio ou Co- 
mercio ; e finalmente^ A Carfa, ou lujlrumento 
de Procuraqam, A Carta, ou Inftrumento de 
Fretamcnto. A Police de Seguro. O Conheci- 
mento. O Inftrumento, ou Efcritura de Com- 
promijjo. A Letra de Cambio, e feu Protefto, 
&c. o que /em duvida nenhuma fer a o melhor e 
mais feguro Methodo de Obter e Confervar o Co- 
nhecimento de Ambas as Linguas, e que tenka o 
Efeito dezejado he o que o Author muy Jincera- 
mente Implora. 



CASTRO. 



ADFER-TENCIA. 

O Author defta Grammatica o qual ultima- 
mente publicou hum Tratado Intitulado, 
hum Prezente para os Mancebos em entrando a 
o Contor, Emfina tanto em fua Caza em 
Hound/ditch, entre as Infignias, do Sol e Coroa 
perto de Bijhopfgate, como por fora a Ler, 
Efcrever, Contar, e Livro de Caixa, pello Modo 
Italiano^ em pouco Tempo; fern as coftumadas 
Regras, Taboadas, e impertinentes ou inutils 
Queftoens, por hum Methodo, claro, patente, 
e bem a provado no eflilo Mercantil. 



GRAMMATICA 

LUSITANO-ANGLICA; 



o u, 



Grammatica, Ingleza y tPortugueza. 



SEGUNDA PARTE. 



CAP. I. 

Das Letras t e fna Pronunctafao. 

OS Inglezes nao fo mente Efcrevem dc 
hum modo e Leyem de outre-, mas 
tambem nao falao como Leyem ou 
Efcrevem : Se nao por hum modo 
muy rapido, que para com dies tem total domi- 
nio ; o que fem duvida cauza grande harmonia a 
os Forafteiros; para facilitar o qual, tenho apli- 
cado todas as diligencias pofilveis p>ara expreffar, 
tanto o Alphabeto Inglez, por eftilo Portuguez t 
como tambem as Vogais, Syllabas, Diphtongos, 
Triphtongos, &c. com fuas diftincfoens ; ale- 
gando as mais adequadas Regras, para que poffa 
o curiozo Portuguez, adquirir o conhecimento de 
ditta Lingua. 

B O 



2 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

O Alphabeto Inglez contem 26 Letras afaber. 

A, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, 

E, bi, ci, di, i, ef, gi, etche, ai, 

j, k, I, m, n, o, p, q, r, 

je, que, el, em, en, o, pi, quiiu, ar, 

P / */ 7 ffi V V V 

s, i, u, v, .w, x, y, z, 

es, ti, iu, vi, dabiliu, eks, uay, zed, 

Ingles. For fugues. 

ba, be, bi, bo, bu, be, bi, bai, bo, bu, 

ca, ce, ci, co, cu, que, ci, sai, co, cu, 

da, de, di, do, du, de, di, dai, do, du, 

fa, fe, fi, fo, fu, fe, fi, fai, fo, fu, 

ga, ge, gi, go, gu, gue, gi, jai, go, gu, 

ha, he, hi, ho, hu, he, hi, hai, ho, hu, 

j#, j e -> ji> J-> J u -> je, ji, jai, jo, ju, 

ka, ke, ki, ko, ku, que, qui,cai, co, cu, 

la, le, li, lo, lu, le, li, lai, lo, lu, 

ma, me, mi, mo, mu, me, mi, mai, mo, mu, 

na, ne, ni, no, nu, ne, ni, nai, no, nu, 

pa, pe, pi, po, pu, pe, pi, pai, po, pu, 

qua, que, qui, quo, quue,quui,quuai,qiiuo, 

ra, re, ri, ro, ru, re, ri, rai, ro, ru, 

sa, se, si, so, su, se, si, sai, so, su, 

ta, te, ti, to, tu, te, ti, tai, to, tu, 

va, ve, vi, *vo, vu, ve, vi, vai, vo, vu, 

<wa, we, wi, wo, ivu, lie, ui, uai, uo, uu, 

ya, ye, yi, yo, yu, ye, yi, yai, yo, yu, 

za,. ze, zi, zo, zu. ze, zi, zai, zo, zu. 



O 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 3 

O fcguinte he o (ba) areves o qual muda, o Son 
das Vogais corno confta pellos Accentos ; dos 
quais o primeiro fe pronuncia largo e com aboca 
bem aberta, o fegundo mais curto e com menos 



Ingles. For fugues. 

ab, eb, ib, ob, ub, b, eb, ib, b, ab, 

ac, ec, ic, oc, uc, ec, ec, ic, ac, ac, 

ad, ed, id y od, ud, ed, ed, id, ad, ad, 



tf>&, ^f, o, eh, gh, h, 

^, ek 9 ik> ok, uk, ok, ek, ik, k, ak, 

<3/, /, /'/, ^?/, /, el, el, il, al, al, 

am, em, im, om, urn, em, em, im, am, am, 

an, en, in, on, un, en, en, in, an, an, 

ap, ep, ip, op, up, ep, ep, ip, ap, ap, 

ar, er, ir, or, ur, ar, ar, ir, ar, ar, 

as, es, is, os, us, es, es, is, as, as, 

at, et, it, ot, ut, et, et, it, at, at, 

ax, ex, ix, ox, ux, eks, eks, iks, aks, aks, 

az, ez, zz, ox, uz, ez, ez, iz, az, az, 

amp, emp, imp, omp, ump, emp,emp,imp,amp 5 amp, 

ant, ent, int, ont, unt, ent, ent, int, ant, ant, 

*A 'A 'ft* oft, ufl. eft, eft, ift, aft, aft, 

atb, etb, itb, otb, utb, eth, eth, ith, ath, ath, 

Ha, lie, Ui, bio, blu, ble, bli, blai, bio, blu, 

bra, bre, bri, bro, bru, bre, bri, brai, bro, bru, 

cba, che, cbi, cho, chu, che, chi, chai, cho, chu, 

da, cle, cli, do, du, cle, cli, clai, clo, clu, 

era, ere, cri, cro, cru, ere, cri, crai, cro, cru, 

dra, dre, dri, dro, dru, dre, dri, drai, dro, dru, 

dwa,dwe,dwi, due, dui, dual, 

fla, fe, fli, fo, flu, fle, fli, flai, flo, flu, 

fra, fre, fri, fro, fru, fre, fri, frai, fro, fru, 

B 2 gla, 



4 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

Inglez. Portuguez. 

gla, gle, gli, glo, glu, gle, gli, glai, glo, glu, 
gna,gne, gni, gno, gnu, ne, ni, nai, no, nu, 
gra, gre, gri, gro, gru, gre, gri, grai, gro, gru, 
kna, kne, km, kno, knu, ne, ni, nai, no, nu, 
pba, pbe, pbi, pbo, pbu, fe, fi, fai, fo, fu, 
pla, pie, pli, plo, plu, pie, pli, plai, plo, plu, 
pra, pre, pri, pro, pru, pre, pri, prai, pro, pru 
rba, rbe, rbi, rho, rbu, re, ri, -rai, ro, ru, 
sea, see, set, sco, scu, esque,fi, fai, esco, escu, 
Jha, Jhe, Jhi, Jho, Jhu, xe, xi, xai, xo, xu, 
ska, ske, ski, sko, sku, esque,esqui,esquai, esco, 

escu, 

Jla, Jle, Jli, Jlo, Jlu, cele, cili, celai,celo, celii, 
sma, sme, smi, smo, smu, ceme, cimi, cimai, cemo, 

cemu, 
sna, sne, sni, sno, snu, cene, cim, cinai, ceno, 

cenu, 
spa, spe, spi, spo, spu, espe, espi, espai, espo, 

espu, 
squa,sque,squt,squo, esquue, esquui, esquuai, 

esqiiuo, 

ft a, fte, fti, Jlo, Jlu, efte, efti, eflai, eft 6, cftu, 
swa, swe, swi, swo, swtt, sue, sui, suai, suo, suu, 
iba, tbe, tbi, tho, tbu, the, thi, thai, tho, thu, 
tra, tre, tri, tro, tru, tre, tri, trai, tro, tru, 
twa, twe, twi,two, tue, tui, tuai, tu, 

t wba, i whe,whi,'who, ue, ui, uai, u, 

wra,wre,wri,wro,wru, re, ri, rai, ro, ru, 
sera, sere, sen, scro, sent, escre, escrf, escrai, escro, 

escru, 
Jhra,J}jre,/hri,Jhro,Jhrtt, xere, xeri, xerai, xero, 

xerii, 
spla,sple, spit, splo, splu, esple, espli, esplai, esplo, 

esplu, 
spra,spre t sprt, spro, spru, cspre, espri, esprai, espro, 

cspru, 






Grammatica Lujitano- Anglic a. 5 

ftra,ftre,ftri,Jiro,Jiru, eftre, eftri, eftrai, eftro, 

eftru, 
tbra,tbrejbri, thro, thru, thre, thri, thrai, thro, 

thru, 
tbwa,thwe,thwi, thue, thui, thuai, 

Letra he hum Charadar, q~. fignifica hum Sim- 
ple Articulado Son fern Compozifao. As'Letras 
na Lingua hgleza fao 26 como feve do Alpha- 
beto atras. 

Dividenfe em Confoantes, e Vogais. As Vo- 
gais tern hum cheo, e perfeito Son de fi mefmo, 
fem ajuda de outra qual quer Letra ; e fao Sinco, 
afaber. a, e, i, 0, , e, y^ Grego que fepoem 
no rim das Palavras : Todas em Geral foao na 
forma Seguinte afaber. a, antes de, //, he, a 
Portuguez^ Ex, tall, Wall^ all, &c. kafe t tal, 
*/, /, &c. Tambem antes de, /^, he, a, Pcr- 
tuguez, Ex bald, fc aid, &c. leafe y bald, efcdld^ &c. 
e antes de / , Ex. talk, walk, leafe, tak, udk, e 
antes de, //, Ex. Malt, Salt ; e entre, w r t Ex. 
war, ward, warm, &c. e tambem em Watch, Wa- 
ter, was, wajh, e nas Palavras dirivadas de qual 
quer defies ; aflim tambem os Diphtongos. 

Au, aw, Sao, a, Portuguez, Ex. Authority, 
Audience ', faw, law, raw, &c. leafs, Atharity, 
adience, fa, la, ra, &c. 

A, he, e,Portuguez em todos osNomes de huma 
Syllaba que acabao com huma Confoante, Ex. 
bat, can, far, mad, &c. leafs, bet, quen,ftr, med, &c. 
tambem quando duas Confoantes da mefma efpecie 
fe encontrao no meyo de huma Palavra. Ex.. 
Battle, cannot, Farrier, &c. leafe, betil, qtiennat, 
feriar, &c. e tambem quando hua fingela Confo- 
ante em o meyo Soa como dobrada, Ex. banijh^ 
Dragon, Habit, &c. leafe, benix, Dregan, Hebit 
&?r. 

B 3 E. 



6 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

E. em Palavras que acabao com huma ou mais 
Confoantes he,*, Portuguez. }Lx. Bed,bleft, length, 
Strength, &c. leafe, bed, bleft, lengthy eftrength, 
&c. 

E. Singello no fim de algums Nomes propri- 
os foa como, i, Portuguez. Ex. Phebe, Penelope^ 
&c. leafe, Phibi, Penelipi, &c . e afiim deve fer no 
fim de todos os Nomes Gregos, e Latinos, Ex. 
Epitome, como tambem em, he,Jhe, me, we, be, 
ye, the, tambem, y, no fim de varias Palavras foa 
como, i, Portugues. Ex. holy, happy, daily, 
fcff. 

E. tacito e que nao Soa ferve para fazer longa a 
Vogal q~. Ihe fica atras, e tatr.bem para abrandar, 
o, c, g, Ex. mad, made, bit, bite, not, note, tun, 
tune, lac, lace, rag, rage, ftag, ftage, hug, huge, 
&c. leafe, med, mede, bit, bait, not, nat, &c. 
Notefe, q". quando, e, nao Soa no fim das Pala- 
vras, fe chama, e, final : O qual algumas vezes 
ferve para alongar o Son da Vogal que fica atras ; 
como Ex. fave, e algumas vezes he redundantc 
como Ex. give. E. nao Soa no fim das Palavras 
depois de r mas fe converte em -a Portuguez. Ex. 
fire, defire, acre, meagre, &c. leafe, faiar, dizaiar, 
ecar, migar, &c. 

1. tern o Son de, ai, Portuguez, Ex. pint, mind, 
wild, &c. leafe, paint, maind, uaild, e de /' em tin, 
win,Jing^ &c. leafe, tin, uin, fing &c. Tambem 
antes de g h, he a i, Portuguez. .Ex. high, nigh, 
figh,&c. leafe, hai, nai, faith,6f<r.excepto nos Diph- 
tongos Improprios de i, que he, i, Portuguez, Ex. 
build, built, guilty, &c. leafe, bild, bilt, guilty, &c. 

O. Tern 4 Sons afaber. 

I . Como o Portuguez, Ex. go, lo, fo, &c. 

2. Como a, Ex. hot, not, plot, &c. leafe, hat, nat, 
plat, &c. 

3. Como u, Rome, move, prove, &c. leafe, Ruin, 
muve, pruve, &c. 

4- 



Granmatica Lufitano-Anglica. 7 

4. Como a, Ex. fome, mouth, monk, &c. leafe, 
fam, mauth, mank. 

U. Soa como, e, Por'uguez nefta Palavra, bury, 
leafe, beri, porem em bujy, bufinefs\ foa como /, 
Portuguez, e fe ley em bizi, bizines. U. em Faia- 
vras de hua Syllaba ou fegtiindolhe qual quer Con- 
foante he a Portuguez, Ex. rub, gun, burft, cuf- 
tom, clutter, mutter, &c. leafe, rab, gan, barft, 
caftam, clatar, matar, &c. Em todos os Monofyl- 
labas que terminao com e foa como u apertado, Ex. 
cube, pure, flute, confute, leafe, quiub, pfuar, fliut, 
confiut, &c. Y. Em os Nomes de hua Syllaba, 
fe pronuncia como / Portuguez, Ex. by, my, why, 
thy, &c. leafe, bai, mai, uai, thai, &c. 

No fim dos nomes Adjedivos, e Subftantivos, 
fe pronuncia como i Portuguez, Ex. beatify, 
bounty, angry, ready, city, heavy, e?r. leafe, biuti, 
baunti, engri. redi, citi, evi, nos Verbos de duas 
Syllabas fe pronuncia, como at Portuguez, Ex. 
deny, apply, &c leafe, dinai, epplai. *fr. 

Tiraofe os Verbos que acab^o cin, ry, que 
neftes fe pronuncia como i Portuguez, Ex. carry, 
tarry, merry, leafe, queri, teri, meri. 

No principio das Palavras fe pronuncia como / 
Portuguez, ainda que fe Ihe figa Vogal, Ex. Tard, 
yes, year, you, your, yours, youth, yet, young, &V. 
leafe, fard, ies, icr, id, iuar, iuars, iuth, iit, Jang, 

ftte 

Su. Soa como x Porlugues, Ex. Sugar, aficre, 
fnfure, leafe, Xugar, exuar, inxuar, &c. Tambem, 
ti, quando Ihe fegue qual quer das 5 Letras Vogais 
Soa como x, Ex. Nation, 'vexation, condition, de- 
termination, -patience, &c. leafe, nexian, veksexian, 
candixian, diterminexian, pexience. &c. 

Todas as Palavras que acabao em, ure, Soao 
coma ar Portugues, Ex. Nature, adventure, pro~ 
ceedure, Ofc. kafa oeitar, edventar, procidar, &(. 
B 4 As 



8 Grammatlca Lufttano-Anglica. 

As Confoantes, g h, em o meyo de qual qucr 
Palavra nao Soao porem no fim Soao algumas 
vezes como /, Ex. rough, cough, laugh, enough, 
leafe, raf, caf, laf, enaf, &c. 

As Confoantes, sh, tern o Son de x Portuguez, 
Ex. Jhine, Shirt, Shift, Ship,Jhort, &V. leafe, xain, 
xaart, xift, xip, xart, &c. 

K. feguin dolhe n nao Soa, Ex. know, knot, knee, 
knuckle, leafe, no, nat, ni, naquil, fcfr. Tambem w, 
em Ihe feguindo, r nao tern Son, Ex. write, wrift, 
wrong, &c. leafe, rait, rift, rang, &c. Tao pouco, 
g, feguindolhe w tem Son, Ex. gnaw, gnat, &c. 
leafe, na, net, &c. 

Eftes Nomes Singulares, knife, life, wife, leafe, 
naif, uaif, laif, e feus Compoftos, no numero Plural 
mudao o / em v, Ex. knives, Wives, lives, leafe, 
naivs, uaivs, laivs, &c. 

Dos Diphtongos. 

Diphtongos fao duas Vogais juntas, fazendo 
hum Son, ou huma Syllaba, dos quais ha duas 
Sortes ; proprios, e improprios. 

Os proprios, Sao duas Vogais em huma Syl- 
laba fazendo hum Son Afaber. 

O Diphtongo ai he e Portuguez. Ex, fair, pair, 
fain,ftain, &c. leafe, fer, per, pein, eflein, &c. 

O Diphtongo ee he i Portugues, Ex. <%ueen, feen, 
meet, &c. leafe, Quin, fin, mit, &c. 

O Diphtongo oo he u, Portuguez, Ex. good, 
noon, cook, leafe, gud, nun, cuk, excepto neftas 
palavras que Soa como a, \L~x.. blood, flood, foot, leafe, 
blad, flad, fat, &c. 

O Diphtongo oi, he ai Portuguez, Ex. void, 
toil, foil, fpoil, &c. leafe, vaid, tail, fail, efpail, 
' 



Os 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 9 

Os Diphtongos, ou, ow, Soao, como an Por- 
tuguez, Ex. Houfe, tnoufe, roufe, cow, now, how, 
leafe, aus, maus, raus, caii, nau, au, &c. 

Dos Diphtongos Improprios. 

Efte Diphtongo he o encontro de 2 Vogais em 
hua Syllaba, foando fo hua dellas e ficando a 
outra muda. Ha 10. afaber. 

aa, ea, #?, eu, ft, ie, oa, oe, ue, ui. 

aa, he e Portuguez, Ex. Aaron^ Ifaac, Canaan, 
leafe, eran, aizac, Kenan. 

ea Tem 4 Sons afaber. 

i . Como ^ Portuguez^ Ex. 2?^r, fwear^ tear, 
wear, &c. leafe, ber, luer, ter, uer, &c. 

2. Como a Portuguez, Ex. Heart, heard, 
hearken, &c. leafe, hart, hard, harkin, &c. 

3. Como e Portuguez, Ex. Already, Bread, 
Breaft, Head, &c. leafe, alredi, bred, breft, hed, 



4. Como ; Portuguez, Ex. appear, fear, near, 
Veal, deal, conceal, Flea, Plea, Pea, Sea, Tea, yea, 
&c. leafe, eppiar, fiar, niar, vil, diJ, cancil, fli, 
pli. pi, Si, Ti, ii, Cffr. 

eo, Tem 3 Sons afaber. 

i*. Como e Portuguez, Ex. Jeopardy, Leopardy, 
Feoffee, &V . leafe, Jepardy, Lepardy, Feffi, &c . 

2*. Como i Portuguez, Ex. People, Feodary, &c. 
leafe, pipil, fidery : 

3. Como a Portuguez, Ex. Geometry, Geogra- 
phy, &c. leafe, Geametri, Geagrefi, fjfr. 

eu, ew, Soao como u Portugues, Ex. Deuce, 
Pleurify, Dew, few, Pew, Pewter, fefe, leafe, dius, 
plurifi, diu, fiu, piu, piutar, &c. 

ei. Tem 2 Sons afaber, 

i . Como e Portuguez, Ex. feign, reign, leafe, 

' ' 

rein, rein, 



lo Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

2. Como z, Ex. perceive. Deceit, Conceit, in- 
veigle, Receipt, receive, &c. leafe, parfiv, difit, 
canfit, inviguil, rkit, riciv, &c. 

ie, he i Portuguez, Ex. Belief, believe, brief, 
Cajhier, Field, pierce, Prieft, &c. leafe, bilif, biliv, 
brif, Kexiar, Fild, piars, prift, &c . e Tambem em 
bufie, crafie, Gypfie, &c. que em lugar de ie no 
fim fe efcrevem hoje com y, Ex. bufy, crafy, Gyp- 
fy, dignify, &c. leafe, bizi, crezi, jipfi, &c. 

OA, he o Ponugues, Ex. Coat, Cloak, Coaft, 
Float, Beat, &c. leafe, Cor, Ciok, Coil, Flot, 
Bot, & c. excepto em broad, Groat, que he a Por- 
tuguez, leafe, brad, grat, e em Goal, que he e Par- 
fugues, leafe, Gel. 

oe, Soa algumas vezes como e Portuguez, Ex. 
CEconcmy, GLdipus, (Economical, &c. leafe, ecanimi, 
edipas, ecanamical, &c. Tambem he o Portuguez, 
Ex. Foe, Toe, &c. leafe, fo, to, &c. excepto em 
Shoe, que he u Portuguez, leafe, xu. 

tie, he Portuguez, Ex. accrue, fue, avenue, pur- 
fue, Refdue, &c. leafe, ecru, fu, evinu, parfu, re- 
iiclu, &c. depois de g ferve para fazelo forte, e a 
largar a Vogal que vay a diante e emtao he a Portu- 
guez, Ex. Catalogue, Dialogue, Epilogue, Fatigue, 
League, Synagogue, prorogue, Rogue, Tongue, &c. 
leafe, Ketelag, Daielag, &V. 

ui, Tem 3 Sons afaber. 

i. Como ai Portuguez, Ex. beguile, guide, dif- 
guife, quite, leafe, bigail, gaid, difgais, quait, 



2. Como /, Ex. Guildford, build, rebuild, &c. 
kafe, Guildford, bild, rebiid, fff. 

3. Como a, Ex. bruife, recruit, Fruit, Bruit, 
&?<:. leafe, brus, ricrut, Frut, fcff. Tambem quando 
3 Vogais vem juntas em hua palavra fe chama 
hum Triphtongo, Ex. Beauty, lieu, adieu, kafe, 
bfuti, liiu, ediiu. 

Pat 



Grammatics Lufitano- Anglic a. n 

Das Confoantes em Geral. 

Confoante he hua Letra, a qual nao pode ter 
Son, fern que antes, ou depois fe Ihe junte hua Vo- 
gal, Ex. m em, dde. A Lingua Ingleza them 21, 
viz. 
b, <:> h />_> hj\ k, /, m, n,p, , r, s, /, v, w, x, y, z. 

B. nao fe pronuncia antes de m, Ex. Comb, Lamb, 
dumb, &c. leafe, com, lem, dam, &c. Tambem an- 
tes det, Ex. Doubt, Debt, Debtor, &c. leafe, daut, 
det, detar, &c . 

C. Tern dois Sons, hum forte e duro, como 
em Cat, caft, &c. leafe, Ket, Keft, &c. e outro 
brando como em City, Cell, &c. leafe, Citi, Cel, 
&c. Soa fempre duro antes de, a, o, I, r, Ex. can, 
Cora 1 , Crab, clean, &c. leafe, Ken, Card, Crtb, 
clin, &c . Soa brando antes de e, i, y, Ex. ceafe, ce- 
ment, City, Cypher,&c. leafe, cis, ciment, Citi, Saifar, 
&c. E antes de hum Apoftrophe (') denota a au- 
zencia de e Ex. placed, em lugar, de placed, Ieafe 9 
plefed. Qiiando Soa duro antes de, e, i, n, fem- 
pre fe efcreve com k, Ex. keep> kill, knack, know, 
&c. leafe, kip, kil, neck, no, &c. 

Ch, em palavras meramente Inglezas tern o Son 
forte como em Portuguez, Ex. Church, rich, fetch, 
cheap, &c. leafe, Charche, riche, fache, chip, &c. 
porem na quellas que fe dirivao do Frances fe pro- 
nunciao brandamente como fe focem efcritas com 
^ Portugues, Ex. Chevalier, Chaife, Champain, Ca- 
puchin, Machine, &V. leafe, Xeveliar, Xes, Xem 
pein, Qaepuxin, Mexin, &c. nos Nomes diriva- 
dos dos Hebreos, ou dos Gregos Soa como K, Ex. 
Acbam, Barodach, Antiocb, Cbriftian, Monarchy 
Chronicle, leafe, equam, Berodek, Entiak, Chriftian, 
Manark, CraniquiJ, &c. 

D. 



12 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

D. Se pronuncia como em Portuguez nas Pala- 
vras em que compoem Syllaba, porem nao fe pro- 
nuncia nas Palavras feguintes, fervindo fo para car- 
gar na Syllaba, Ex, Badge, Hedge, Bridge, Lodge, 
Judge, <yc. leafe, bege, hege, brigi, laje, jage, 



F. Se pronuncia como em Portuguez. 

G. Tern dois Sons, hum duro gutural, Ex. 
Game, Gold, Gum, &c. leafe, guem, guld, gam, 
&c. e outro brando, Ex. gentle, danger, Ginger, 
/oz/i, jentil, denjar, jingar, &c. 

Soa fempre duro antes de a, o, u, I, r, e no fim 
das Palavras, excepto fe for molificado por d, ou, e, 
Ex. Bag, Badge, tag, Cage, Log, lodge, Dog, dodge, 
bug, huge, &c. leafe, beg, bege, queg, queje, lag, 
lage r dag, dage, hag,iuje, &c. 

Soa commummente brando antes de e, i, y, Ex. 
Gender, gentle, Ginger, Gypfy, &c. leafe, jendar, 
jentil, jinjar, jipfi, &c. excepto que ieja endure 
cido por b ou u, Ex. guide, guile, gueft, gbefs 9 
Gboft, &c. leafe, gaid gaii, gueft, gues, gofl, &c. 

Nas Palavras ftguintes retem, o feu natural duro 
S'on antes de e, Ex. altogether, Anger, beget, Finger , 
forget, Geefe, get, Hunger, linger, &c. leafe, alto- 
guethar, engar, biguit, fingar, fargit, guis, guit, 
hangar, linga; , &c . e em todas as Palavras diriva- 
dasde long, big,ftrong, beg, /ing, bring, &c. 

Damcfma forte Soa duro antes de /' nas Palavras 
feguintes, Ex. begin, forgive, giddy, Gift, Girt, 
Girl, Gizzard, &c. leafe, biguin, farguiv, guidi, 
guift, gart, guel, guizard, &c. Tambem quando 
dois gg, vcm juntos, ambos tern o Son duro, ainda 
que, e, t,y, fe figao depois delles, Ex. Gagg, Dag- 
ger, fc^A leafe, Guegue, Degar, &c. 

As Letras que a companhao g, na mefma Syl- 
laba fao b, /, n, r, e fazem o Son de g duro, Ex. 
Gbefs, Gboft, glad, great, Ground, leafe, gues, goft, 
gled, gret, graund, &c. 

G. 



Gramtnatica Liifitano-Anglica. 13 

G. Antes de n no fim das Palavras he mudo, 
e fo ferve para fazer longa a Vogal que fica atras, 
Ex. Sign, Defign, Enfign, conftgn, &c. leafe, lain, 
difain, infain, confain, &c. 

H. Se pronuncia como em Portuguez apertando 
mais a rifpira^aS. 

J. Nao tern variedade eu feu Son foando fem- 
pre como g brando, Ex. juft, Joint, Jointure? &c. 
leafe, jaft, jaint, jaintar, & c. 

K. Se pronuncia como ^Portuguez. 

L. Nao fe pronuncia antes de /, k, Ex. Chalk, 
Calf, half, Walk, leafe, chak, kef, ef, uak, &c. 
tao pouco fe pronuncia em, could, jhould, would, 
leafe, cud, xud, ud, &c. 

M. Se pronuncia como em Portuguez. 

N. Nunca fe pronuncia depois dew, Ex. Autumn, 
damn, kafe, atam, dem, &c. 

P. Nao fe pronuncia em Pfalm, tempt, Receipt, 
leafe, Sam, temt, ricit, &c. 

Ph. ou principle ou termine a Syllaba, fempre 
Soa como /, Ex. Phyfuk, Phyfidan, Pbilofopber, 
leafe, Fizik, Fizixien, Filazifar -, excepto em 
Phthifick, Phthijical, aonde, Ph, fao mudos e nao 
foao, leafe, thizik, thizical, &c. 

Q. Se pronuncia como .em Portuguez, Ex. 
Quail, quick, Quality, leafe, queil, quic, qualiti, 
&c. 

R. Se pronuncia como cm Portuguez, Ex. run, 
reft, Rain, leafe, ran, reft, rein, fcfc. 

S. Entre duas Vogais fe pronuncia como z, Ex. 
Dejire, defpife, praife, difpraife, fefr. leafe, dizaiar, 
difpaiz, preiz, difpreiz, &c. mas no principio das 
Palavras fe pronuncia como no Latin es, e no fim 
mefmo como s Portuguez. 

T. Se pronuncia como em Portuguez. 

Th. Tern dificultoza pronuncia amelhor inftru- 
icao he aquella da Voz humana ; 1km embargo a 

fua 



14 Grammatica Lufitano-Angliea, 

fua pronuncia he ficioza metendo a Lingua entrc 
os dentes, Ex. that, thou, thence, this, they, thine* 
&c. leafe, thet, thau, thens, this, the, thain, & c . 

V. Sempre fepoem antes, das Vogais, e nunca 
depois dellas, fcm fe Ihe feguir e mudo, Ex. vain, 
Voice, vulgar, have, Leafe, Love, fav d, lov'd, em 
lugar de faved, loved, leafe, vein, vaiz, valgar, ev, 
liv, lav, leved, laved, &c. 

Seguefe depois das Confoantes /r, Ex. Calves, 
Carve, &e. leafe, quelvs, querv, &c. 

W. Tern dous Sons afaber, de Confoante e de 
Vogal ; antes de Vogal he confoante, Ex. Want, 
went, Winter, leafe, uant, uenr, liintar, porem de- 
pois de a, e, o, he Vogal, Ex. Awl, crawl, Dew, 
few, how, now, leafe, al, cral, diiu, fiiu, au, nau, 
&c. mas todas as vezes que he pronunciada no 
principio das Palavras on Syllabas, fempre tern 
o Son de , Vogal em Portugue-z, Ex. want, went, 
was, &c. leafe, uant, uent, uas, & c. 

X. Sempre Soa como es, ou, ks, nunca come^a 
palavras commuas e fo da principio a algums no- 
mes proprios, fempre acaba, mas nunca comefa 
Syllaba -, algumas vezes tem c defpois, mas nunca 
j, Ex. Ax, vex, fix, Ox, Box, Flux, Example, ex- 
empt, exprefs, &c. leafe, eks, veks, fiks, acs, bacs, 
flacs, ekfempil, ekfempt, ekfpres, &c, 

Z. Nao tem alteracao no feu, Son, pode eftar 
antes ou depois de qual quer Vogal, mas nunca 
pode eftar immidiatamente antes, ou depois de 
Confoante na mefma Syllaba. 



As 



Grammatlca LuJltano-AngUca. 



Para amelhor execu$ao das rejeridas Regras, 
daremos aqui ao Lei for huma pequena Carta 
cm Inglez, ejcrita pello eftilo Portuguez de 
Soletrear. 



Inglez. 

Since mine of the 1 6th 
Inftant I have yours of 
the i^th ditto ', and refer 
my f elf to what I have al- 
ready written in anfwer 
to your faid Letter. 'This 
ferves at prefent to defire 
you to furnijh and pay to 
Mr. J. M. to the Value 
of two hundred Pounds, 
at one er more Times, ac- 
cording as he Jhall defire 
it from you, taking his 
Bill or Bills of Exchange 
for what you /hall fo fur- 
nijh him with, and put it 
to my Account, and t this 
my Letter of Credit Jhall 
be yourfufficient Warrant 
for fo doing. 



mefmo Inglez por eftilo 

Portuguez. 
Senfe main av thi 16 
inftant Ai ev iuars av thi 
14 ditto, end rifar mai- 
felf tu uat Ai ev alredy 
ritin in enfar tu iuar seid 
Letar. This sarves et 
prezent tu dizair iu tu 
farnix end pey tu Miftar 
7. M. tu thi velhu av tu 
handad paunds et uan 
ar mor Taims eccarding 
es hi xal dizaiar it fram 
iu, teking his Bill ar Bills 
av Exchenge far uat iii 
xal fo farnix him uith 
end pat it to mai eccaunt, 
end this mai Letar av 
Credit xal be iuar faffi- 
xient Uarant far fo du- 
ing. 



Regras, para fe faber quando fe hade Efcrever com 
Letra grande, ou pequena. 

As Letras grandes fe nao devem de uzar no meyo 
ou fim de qual quer Palavra, fem que toda ella 
feje compofta dellas, mas fempre no principio ; e 
ainda a hisomente neftes 6 Cazos, afabcr. i. Em 
o Principio de qual quer Efcritura. 2, Depois de 
Cada Periodo, ou Ponto final, quando 



1 6 Grammatlca Lufaano-Anglica. 

hua nova Sentenca. 3. Em o Pnncipio de cada re- 
gra na Poezia, e qual quer Verfo na Bibilia. 4.Em 
Nomes Proprios de todos os Generos, tanto de 
Peffoas, Lugares, ou Couzas, &V. 5. Em Ter- 
mos de Artes, e Nomes de dignidades, Oficiaes, 
ou outra qual quer Palavra de efpecial VenerajaS 
em hua Sentenca , ou a quern fe da em particular 
todo o devido Refpeito. Tambem todos os Nomes 
Subftantivos podem come^ar com Letra grande ; 
e fe podem conhecer pellos fignaes, a, an, ou, the, 
antes delles ; Ex. a Man, hum Homem j a Moufe, 
hum Rato j, an Ox, hum Boy ; an Afs, huma 
Burra , the City, a Cidade , the River, a Ribeira, 
&ce E ultimamente o Pronome Pefoal I, eu, fe 
hade fempre Efcrever com Capital ou Letra grande. 
As pequenas fe uzao em qual quer lugar que feja. 

Das Paradas, ou Pontos, e Virgolas. 

As Paradas fervem para moftrar que diftancia 
de Tempo fe deve obfervar entre Palavra e Palavra 
quando fe le. E fan tao abfolutamente neceflarias 
para a melhor Intiligencia do que Efcrevemos, e 
lemos, que fem ellas, todasas Efcrituras feriao muy 
confuias, e fujeitas a contrarias interpeta^oens. Sao 
4 afaber. 

Comma, Semicolon, Colon, e Periodo, ou 
Ponto final. 

Cada huma deftas tern alguma a finidade com o 
Compaffo da Muzica : Porque, o Comma, para 
a Voz do Leitor entre mentes q'elle poffa com de- 
Iibera9ao contar hum. O Semicolon, dous. O 
Colon, tres ; e o Periodo, ou Ponto final, Qua- 
tro, 

Comma ( , ) he hua Virgola ao pe de huma Pala- 
vra. 

Semicolon ( ; ) Ponto, e Virgola. 

Colon ( : ) dous Pontos. 

Periodo 



Gramftiatica Lttfitano-Avglics. 17 

Periodo ( . ) hum Ponto so ao Pe de hua Pala- 
vra. 

Porem em fe preguntando hua Queftao, fe.poem 
hum rifco em riba do Periodo, e fe chama Interch 
gacaO 5 affim ( ? ) 

. Se de repente fe cxpreffa algua couza de Admit- 
racao, emtao fe poem hum rtfco dereito em riba: 
do Periodo, e fe chama nota de Admiracao ; 
affim ( ! ) 

Se huma Senten^a eftiver ihcluza com outra, ck 
qual nao he nem tern Parte, em tao fe poem dous 
nieyos Circulos, e fe chamao Entre Parenthefis, 
affim ( ) e* quando fe le, eftes fazem q' o Ton da 
Voz feje mais baixo, como huma couza que veni 
por acazo interompendo a Coherencia e concordia 
do Periodo; e tirandolhe a forca da inteligencia 
que de outro modo podera ter. Cada hua Parts 
4el!e tern o mefmo Tempo de diliberacao comoi 
hua Virgola. 

Eftas que feguem fao as Marc as, ou Cnarailars 
que mais fe uzao quando fe efcreve. 

Oj Accento ( ' ) em.eflando em fima .de hua 
Vogal, moftra, que o Ton, ou forca da Voz na; 
pronunciaeao efta fobre a quella Syllaba., 

Apoftrofa ( * ) he hua Vifgola que fe poem em 
fima das Letras, e, denota alguma Letra, ou Le- 
tras que fe deixarao de Efcrever em algua Palavra 
para apreffar a Pronunciaeao, Ex. /*//, / will\ 
eu quero. Woutfft, ivouldeft; queres tu. Shan't^ 
/ball not , nao eyde. Ne'er, never ; nunca. 

Afterifm ( * ) he humaEftrela que ferve de guii 
para algua Remarca na Margem, ou ao Pe da 
Folha, ou Pagima. 

Muytas dellas juntas fignificao que falta alguj 
couza na quella Paflagem, ou relacao do Author * 
qual tern defeito ou immodeftia. 

Breve, ( " ) he hum rifco torto' fobre hua 



Caret, 



1 8 Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 

Carer, ( * ) fe poem debaixo da Rcgra, e denota, 
que algua Letra, Palavra, ou Sentencca, ficou de 
fora por erro, e se deve incluir exactamente adonde 
aponta. 

Circumflex ( . ) he do mefmo talho como o Caret, 
mas fempre fe poern emcima de alguma Vogal em 
hua Palavra, e derrtoftra fer hua Syllaba longa, Ex. 
Euphrates. 

Diasrefis ( ) dous Pontos em fima de 2 Vogais 
cm hua Palavra, que de outro modo fariao hum 
Dipthongo, e as reparte em duas diverfas Syllabas. 

Hyphen, ( - ) he hum rifco dereito, o qual em 
eftando no fim de hua Regra, denota, que as Syl- 
labas de hua Palavra eftao apartadas, e q" . o refto 
della efta no Principle da outra Regra. 

Tambem fe uza para ajuntar, ou Com por, de 
duas Palavras hua ; Ex. Ale-houfe^ Caza, ou Ta- 
verna de Cerveja ; Inn-keeper, Eftalajadeiro, ou 
Eftalajadeira. 

Eftando por fima de hua Vogal, emtao nao fe 
chama propriamente Hyphen, mas fim hua Pilica, 
c de nota haverfe omitido hum w, ou #, quando 
fe Efereveo. Ex. nothing is more comendable tha 
fair Writing j nothing is wore commendable than 
fair Writing. 

Nao ha couza q"~. mereca mais louvor q~. hua 
boa Letra. 

Index, ( f ) he o Dedo dienteiro a pontando, c 
fignifica fer 'aquella Paflagem ou relacao notavel 
para aqual efta pontando. 

Obelisk, -f fe uza tambem como o Afterifm *, 
e he para que o Leitor fe refira a Margem. Em 
Diccionarios commumente, denota fer a Palavra 
Antigua, e de pouco uzo. 

Paragraph, (J) Paragrafo, on Divizao contem 
varias Senten^as debaixo de hum Articulo, ou 
Difcur^o. 

Parcn- 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 19 

Parenthefis, [ ] ou Brackets, incluem Palavras, 
ou Sentencas do mefmo valor ou Significance com 
aquellas a quern fe ajuntao, as quais fe podcm uzar 
em feu lugar. 

Quotation, ( " ) ou duasVirgolas a o reves, em 
o Principio de hua Regra, moftrao a PafTagem, ou 
Relafao do Author que efla Quotada, ou alegada 
em fuas proprias Palavras. 

Section, ( ) ou Divizao, fe uza em o reparti- 
mento de hum Capitulo, ou Livro, em menos 
Partes, ou Poroens. 

Profodia, ou Accento das Palavras. 

AsMonofyllabas que terminaocom huaConfoante 
fao breves, Ex. Bar, bit. Car, fat^ Fin, Hat, mad, 
Shin, win, &c. leafe, ber, bit, quer, fet, Fin, het, 
med, Xin, uin, &c. 

Aquelles que terminao com a Vogal e, Sao Ion- 
gas, Ex. bare, bite, care, fare, fine, bate, made, 
/bine, Wine, leafe, ber, bait, quer, fer, fain, et, 
mede, Xain, liain, &c. 

As de duas Syllabas, tern o Accento ou na pri- 
meira, Ex. angel, Banquet, certain, Danger, early y 
fervent, Garment, human, Jewel, Kingdom, Li- 
cence, Member, Natures, ointment, pardon, quarrel, 
Raiment, Sermon, Temple, wanton, &c. ou na ul- 
tima, Ex. Abhor, began, command, defcend, encamp, 
foment, genteel, implore, lament, mature, negleft, 
ebfcure, permit, reform, Jincere, transform, vouch- 
Jafe. 

As de 3 Syllabas tem o Accento na primeira, Ex. 
argument, Battlement, captivate, Decency, Excel- 
lence, Fervency, Gdrrifon, Harmony, intimate, 
Kinfwoman, Lenity, magnify, negligent. 

Na Syllaba do meyo, Ex. Adventure, coherent, 
determine, encounter, forbidden, immortal, incentive^ 
inbtrit, maternal, noEfurnal, obfirvance, prefiimp- 

C 2 live, 



so Gratnrnatlca Lvjitano- Anglic a. 

five, ou na ultima, Ex. Af/prtbin&i circumvent , 

disappoints entertain, importune, intercept, over- 
charge, perfevere, reconcile, thereupon. 

As de 4 5Vllabas tern o Accento vario, por que 
huas veze c i na primeira, Ex. amiable, comfor- 
table, dil^n^j, efficacy, formidable, glorioujly, inno- 
cency, mercenary, naturally, oratory, patrimony, 
fdnfluary , outras vezes na fegunda, ^ abun- 
dantly, behaviour, communicate, determinate, ^utras 
vezes na terceira, Ex. Apprehenjion, Arbitrator ', 
comprehenjive, di/inherit, howfoever, ornamental ; 
outras vezes na quarta, Ex. Legerdemain, neverthe- 
lefs, &c. 

As de c, Syllabas fempre tern o Accento ou na 
fegunda, Ex. abominable, communicable, extrava- 
gantly, immediately, notorioujly, originally, perpe- 
tually, unneceffary ; ou nas do meyo, Ex. Abdica- 
tion, Admonition, BenedicJion, Ceremonial, &c. 

As de 6 Syllabas tem quazi fempre o Accento 
na quarta, Ex. Abomination, Commemoration, Dif- 
advantdgious, Ecclejidftical, Familiarity, Irregula- 
rity, Mathematician, Qualification, &c, 

Das partes da Or a f am. 

As partes da Ora^ao fao oyto, afaber Nome, 
Pronome, Verbo, Participio, Adverbio, Prepo- 
Conjuncfao, 



Nome. 

Os Nomes fao as Vcz/"?, ou palavras, q' Sig- 
nificao algua Couza, q* feve, ouve, ou palpa , e 
fedividem, em duas Claces ; a Saber em fubftan- 
tivos, e em adjeftivos. 

Os Subftantivos fignificao a mefma e Sencia, c 
entidade da Couza , Cgmo, Earth, terra , Stone^ 

pedra ; 



Grammatha Lufitano-Angtica. 21 

pedra ; e pcdem eftar na oracao por Sy fo fern ajuda 
de adjeflivo. 

Os adjectives fao Aquelles, q' fignificao aquali- 
dade, ou Accidente da couza, Como, good, bom ; 
white^ branco , enao podem eftar na orafao fern 
ajuda dc Subftantivo, claro, ou es condido ; 

Os Nomes Subftantivos fe dividem em proprios, 
e appellatives. 

O nome proprio he aquelle, q' Significa as Cou- 
zas proprias, e Certas, Como, Romulus ^ Romulo , 
Rome, Roma. 

O nome appellative he aquelle, q' Significa as 
Couzas Commuas, e incertas, Como, King^ Rey ; 
Town^ Lugar. 

Genero. 

Todo o nome Subftantivo, ou he de Genero 
Mafculino, ou Feminine, ou Commum, ou Neu- 
tro. 

Os nomes de Anjos, Homens, e animais Machos 
fao do Genero Mafculino, 

Os nomes defemeas tanto depeflbas, Como de 
Animais fao do Genero feminine. 

Os nomes, q' Significao hum, e outro Sexo 
Sao do Genero Commum, Como, Coufin, q' Sig- 
nifica, prime, ou prima ; Neighbour^ q 1 fignifica, 
vizinho, ou vizinha ; Servant^ Criado, ou Criada j 
fbief, Ladrao, ou Ladra -, 

Os nomes, em os quais fe nao pode difcernir, 
nem eonheeero fcxo, Como fao, the creeping things^ 
As Couzas Reptis, q' Andao de Rafto, the Fifties-, 
os peixos, fao do Genero neutro. 

Da Derivafam dos Nomes. 

O Nome, ou he permetivo, ou derivativo ; o 
permitivo he aquelle, q* nao fe deriva de outro, 

C 3 Com.o 4 



22 Grammatlca LuJitano-AngHca. 

Como, Love, Amor -, e derivativo he aquelle, q f 
fe deriva de permitivo, Como, Lover, Amantc, 
q' fe deriva de Love. 

A Lingua Ingleza Contem emfi grande varie- 
dade de outras Linguas ; por Cuja Razao muyta 
parte de feus nomes tem fua deriva^ao Nellas -, o 
Curiozo, q' a quizer Saber, o podera cenfeguir re- 
correndo a Bailey, e a outros Dictionaries, q' ape- 
quenes defte Volume, nao permite mayor ex- 
tenjao. 

Ha Certos Subftantivos materiais, a os quais ajun- 
tandolhe hua deftas Syllabas, er, yer, ou fler, for- 
mao outros fubftantivos, q' figiiififao, o agente 
cmpregada nas Couzas. Ex. 
An Hat, hum Chapeo. An Hatter, Chapeleiro. 
Pot, Panella. Potter, o Leyro. 

Fijb, Peyxe. Fijher, Pefcador. 

Glove, Luva. Glover, Luveyro. 

Garden, Jardin. Gardiner, Jardineyro. 

Gun, Canhao. Gunner, Canhoneyro. 

Law, Ley. Lawyer, Jurifta. 

Game, Jogo. Gamefter, Jugador. 

Scam, Cuftura. Seamfter, Cuftureyra. 

Tambem ha certos Subftantivos peffoais, dos 
quais fe forma5 outros Subftantivos de dignidade, 
ajuntandolhe efta Syllaba, Ship, Ex. 
Apoflle, Apoftolo. Apoftlejhip, Apoftolado. 

Admiral, Almirante. Admiral/hip, Almiran- 

taigo. 

Mafter, Meftre. Mafterjhip, Magifterio. 

Lord, Senhor. Lordjhip, Senhoria. 

Da mefma forte a Syllaba, Hood, junta aos Sub- 
ftantivos tem a mefma fo^a, Ex. 
Father , Pay. Fatherhood, Parternidade 

Child, Crian^-a. Childhood, Mininice. 

Brother, Irmao. Brotherhood, Irman- 

dade. 

Man 



Grammatica Lufitano-AngUca. 23 

Man, Homem. Manhood, Virilidade. 

Falfe, Falfo. Faljhood, Falfidade, 

Prieft, Sacerdote. Prieftbood, Sacerdocio. 

Tambem da mayor Parte dos Adjectives termi- 
nados em, full, lefs, ous, y, ijh, fe formao Subftan- 
tivos, ajuntandolhe a Syllaba, nefs, Ex. 
Powerful, poderofo. Powerfulnefs, Poder. 

Wilful, opinativo. Wilfulnefs, Opiniao. 

Carelefs, fern cuydado. Carelefsnefs, D&fcuydo. 
Godly, piadozo. Godlinefs, Piedade. 

Crafty, engenhozo. Craftinefs, Engenho. 

Foolijh, loco. Foolijhnefs, Locura. 

Righteous, jufto. Rigbteoufnefs, Juftidadc. 

Worthy, digno., Worthinefs, Efthnafao. 

Devili/h, diabolico. Devilijhnefs, Diabrura. 

Brutijh, brutal. Brutijhmfs, Brutu alidade. 

Tambem ha muytos Subftantivos derivados do 
Latim, terminados variamente, porque hums ter- 
minao em, ion ; derivados dos Latinos Acabados em, 
to, como, Opinion, Opiniao, de Opinio ; Religion, 
Religiao, de, Religio , Queftion, Pregunta, de, 
Queftio. Outros terminao em, our, derivados dos 
Latinos em, or, como, Labour, trabalho, de, Labor ; 
Honour^ Honra, de, Honor ; Favour, Favor, de, 
Favor , outros terminao em, ty, e fe derivao dos 
Latinos em, fas, como, Piety, Piedade, de, Pietas ? 
Charity, Caridade, de, Charitas ; Liberality, Libe- 
ralidade, de, Libe ralitas ; Purity, Puridade, de, Pu- 
ritas i e outros muytos. 

Dos Numeros dos Names. 

Os Nomes tem Numero fingular, e Numero 
plurar , o fingular he quando fe fala de hum ; 
como, a King, hum Key ; o plurar, quando fe fala 
de muytos, como, Men, Homens, &'*/, Keys. 

C 4 O 



$4 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

O nutnero plurarfe forma ordbariamente por ajunr 
tamento de hum, s, ao fingular, Ex. 

The King, o Rey. The Queen, a Rainha. 

The Kings, os Reys. fke greens, as Rainhas, 

The Lord) o Senhor. Book, Livro. 

The Lords , os Senhores. Books, Livros. 

My Brt/tber. Meu Irmao. 

My Brothers. Meus Irmaos. 

My liorfe. Meu Cavallo. 

My Horfes. Meus Cavallos. 

My Houfe. Minha Caza. 

My Houfes. Minhas'Cazas. 

Tree. Arvore. 

Trees* Arvores. 

Tres Excepfois tern eft a regta. 

A primeyra he nos nomes, q* terminao o fingu? 

Jar em, cb y dg, fe, Jh, Jf y x. q* neftes fe forma Q 
plurar ajuntandolhe, es, ex. 

Churchy Churches^ Igrejas. 

Match, Matches, Mechas. 

Hedgi Hedges^ Cercos. 

Horfe 9 Horfes., Cavallos. 

Fijh, Fiftes, Peyxes. 

rofs y Cro/fes, Cruzes. 

fpitnefs, WttneJJeSi Teftemunhas. 

Box, Boxes, Caixas. 

A fegunda he nos nomes acabados em,/, ou/*, 
q'eftes ibrmao o plurar, mudando, o, f, oufe, em, 
ves, Ex. 

Self, felves, mefmos. 

Knife, Knives, Facas. 

Life, Lives, ' Vidas. 

Calfc Calves, Vitellas. 

Staff* Staves, Bordois,Baculos. 

Thief, Thieves, Ladrois. 

Wives, Mulherescazadas 

Pains, 

Ate- 



Grawwatica Lufitano-Angtica. 23 

Aterceyra he nos irrigulares feguintes. 

jVftf, Men, Homens, 

Woman, Women, Mulheres. 

Child, Children, Rapazes, criancas. 

Ox, Oxen, Boys. 

Moufe, Mice^ Ratos. 

Loufe, Lice, Piolhos. 

pie, Dice, Dados, 

Foot, Feet, Pes. 

Goofe, Geefe, Ganfos, 

Penny, Pence, Peniques. 

Sow, Swine, Porcos. 

Tooth, Teeth, Dentes. 

Notefe, q' ha Subftantivos, q' nao tern plurar 
c.qmo, Gold, Ouroi Silver, Prataj Copper, Cobre; 
Lead, Chumbo, &c. 

Das Declinafois dos Names. 

Os Nomes em Inglez, fe declinap por meya de 
Artigos, e nao por Mudanja de terminals, corno 
os Latinos e tern feis Cazos ; a faber, Nominativo, 
Genitivo, Dativo, Acuzativo, Vocativo, Abelativo. 

Os artigos fao the, of, to, the, o, from ; o Arti- 
go, the, correfpondc ao artigo, o, a, os, as do Portu- 
guez, e fe aplica ao Nominativo, e Acuzativo ; o 
Artigo of, correfponde ao Artigo, de, da, des, das, 
e ferve para o Genitivo ; o Artigo, to, correfponde 
ao Artigo, a, ao, para o, e ferve, para o Dativo ; o 
Artigo, o, he o mefmo q'em Portugue?, e fe aplica 
ao Vocativo , o Artigo, from, correfponde ao artigo, 
de, do Portuguez, e ferve para o Ahelativo. 

Notefe q* fuppofto, of, e from, fignifiquem, de, 
cm Portuguez ; .com tudo, no Ingkz fe uza de, of, 
quando dois nomes fubftantivos, pertenfentes a 
Couzas diverfas, fe encontrao na ora? ao ; Como, the 
Riches of England are gretf, As Riquezas dc Ingla, - 
terra fao Grande s 5 

Ede, 



26 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

Ede,/r0w fe uza quando aqueftao he feita, pella 
pregunta, unde, (de donde) dos Latinos ; como, 
from whence come you ? de donde vens ? I come from 
London ; eu venho de Londres -, tudo o fobredito 
fifara manifefto, avifta da declina^ao, que he na 
forma feguinte. 

Singular. 

N. the King, o Rey. 
G. of the King, do Rey. 
D. to the King, ao Rey. 
Ac. the King, o Rey. 
V. o King, o' Rey. 
A. from the King, do Rey. 

"Tambem fe pode declinar por meyo defta parti- 
cula, a, q~, em Portuguez, fignifka hum j 

Singular. 

N. a King, hum Rey. 

G. of a King, de hum Rey. 

D. to a King, a hum Rey. 

Ac. a King, hum Rey. 

V. Caret. 

A. from a King, de hum Rey. 

Advertindo q* fe o nome Come^a por hua vogal, 
he neceffario uzar de an, em Lugar de, a, Ex. 

N. an Angel, hum Anjo. 

G. of an Angel, de hum Anjo. 

D. to an Angel, a hum Anjo. 

Ac. an Angel, hum Anjo. 

A. from an Angel, de hum Anjo. 

Para de dinar o plurar, nao he neceflario mais, 
q' juntar hum, J, ao fmgular, obfervando a mefma 
ordem. 

Notefe 



Grammatica Lufitano-AngUca. 27 

Notefe q' os Artigos tanto fervem para o mafcu- 
lino como para o feminine, e tanto, para o fingular, 
como para o plurar. Ex. 

A Man, and a Woitian, Hum Homem, e hua 

mulher. 
A Brother, and a Sifter, Hum Irmao, e hua Ir- 

ma. 
The Father, and the Mo- O Pay, e a May. 

tber, 
The Son, and the Daugh- O Filho, e a Filha. 

ter, 

The Children, As Crianjas. 

The Sun, O Sol. 

The Moon, A Lua. 

The Stars. As Eftrellas. 

Dos Adjeftivos. 

Os Nomes Adje&ivos tem fo hua Forma, como, 
bitter, amargo ; four, azedo ; Jharp, agudo ; even, 
igual ; crafty, aftuto ; greedy, fofrego ; warlike, 
guerreyro, bellicozo ; large, cumprido , fit, capas, 
proporcionado ; narrow, tftreyto. 

No Inglez fervem para todo o genero, e para 
todo o numero ; ideft, que o mefmo Adjeftivo 
ferve com o Subftantivo , feja efte de qualquer ge- 
nero, que for ; efteja no, fingular, ou no plurar, 
Ex. 

Good Boy, Bom Rapaz. 

Good Boys 9 Bons Rapazes. 

Good Girl, Boa Rapariga. 

Good Girls, Boas Raparigas. 

Wife Man, Sabio Homem. 

Wife Men, Sabios Homems. 

Wife Woman, Sabia Mulher. 

Wife Women. Sabias Mulheres. 

D 



8 Grammatlca Lufitano- Anglic a. 



Do Mode, como muytos Adjeftivos fe for mam. 

Muytos Adje&ivos fe formao de Subftantivos, 
ajuntandolhe a Sylir.ba, full, que importa huma 
Quantidade, da Qualidade, que o Subftantivo figni- 
fica, Ex. 



Joy, Alegria, 
Fruit^ Fruta, 
Youth, Mocidade, 
Care, Cuydado, 
Ufe, Uzo, 
Deceit, Dolo,. 
Difdain, Defdem, 
Grace, Graja, 
Faith, Fe, 

Forget, Efquecimento, 
Beauty, Fermozura, 
Bounty, Benignidade, 
Chear, Alegria, 
Skill, Pericia, 
Power, Poder, 
Delight, Delicia, 
Diftruft Defconfianja, 
Dread, Medo, 
Will, Vontade, 
Hurt, Dam no, 
Pain, Dor, 
Watch, Vigia, 
Plenty, Abundancla, 



joyful, alegre. 
fruitful, frutifero. 
youthful, juvenil. 
careful, cuydadozo. 
ufeful, uzual. 
deceitful, dolozo. 
difdainful, defdenhozo. 
graceful, graciozo. 
faithful, fiel. 
forgetful, efquecido. 
beautiful, formoza. 
bountiful, benigno. 
cbearful, alegre. 
skilful, perito. 
powerful, poderozo. 
delightful, deliciozo. 
diftruftful, defconfiado, 
dreadful, medrozo. 
wilful, voluntaries 
.hurtful, damnofo. 
gainful, dolorofo. 
watchful, vigilante. 
plentiful, abundance. 



Outros fe formao de Subftantivos, ajuntandolhe 
a Syllaba, lefs, que importa huma priva9ao da quillo, 
que o Subftantivo fignifka, Ex. 



Beard, Barba. 
Blame 



beardlefs, defbarbado. 
blamelefs, fem eulpa. 



Fa- 



Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 2 9 

Father, Pay, fatherlefs, orphao. 

Friend, Amigo, friendlefs, femamigo. 

God) Deus, godlefs, fem deus. 

End) Finn, endlefs, fem fim. 

Name, Nome, namelefs, fem nome. 

Queftion, Queftao, qufftionlefs , fem queftao. 

Senfe, Sentido, fenfelefs, fem fentido. 
Outros fe formao, ajuntandolhe hum, cus, Ex 

Danger, Perigo, dangerous, perigozo. 

Courage, Ammo, courageous, animozo. 

Malice, Malicia, malicious, maliciozo. 

Harmony, Armonia, harmonious, armoniozo. 

Valour, Valor, valourcus, valerozo. 

Zeal, Zello, zealous, zellozo. 

Monfter, Monftro, tnonftrous, monftruozo.' 

Outrage, Contumelia, outrageous, contumeliozo 

Marvel, Maravilha, marvellous, maraviihozo. 

Rigour, Rigor, rigorous, rigorozo. 

Virtue, Virtude, virtuous, virtuozo* 
Outros fe formao ajuntandolhe a Syllaba, ly, Ex. 

Cod, Deus, godly, piadozo. 

Brother, Irmao, brotherly, irmandadc. 

Earth, Terra, earthly, terreflre. 

Heaven, Ceo, heavenly, celefte. 

Love, Amor, lovely, amavel. 

Order, Ordem, orderly, ordenado. 

Outros fe forma ajuntandolhe hum, y, Ex* 

Blood, Sangue, bloody > fanguinho. 

Dirt, Lama, dirty, lamacento. 

Guilt, Culpa, guilty* culpado. 

Hair., Cabello, hairy, cabelludo. 

Hunger, Fome, hungry, faminto. 

Mud, Limo, muddy, limozo, 

Need, Neceflldade, needy, neceflitado. 

Sand, Area, fandy, areozo. 

Stone, Pedra, ftony, pedragozo. 

Wind, Vento, windy % ventozo* 

Outroi 



30 Grammatica Lufitano-AngUca. 

Outros fe formam ajuntandolhe a Syllaba, iih, Ex. 

Brute, Bruto, brutijh, brutal. 

Devil, Diabo, devilijh, diabolico. 

Fool, Eftulto, foolijh, fatuo. 

Sot, Tonto, Bebado, fotijh, atontado, embebe- 

dado. 

Water, Agtia, wateri/h, aguado. 

Wbore^ Puta, wborijh, putanheiro. 

Child, Crian^a, cbildifa pucril. 



Porem fe efta Syllaba, iih, fejitnta a AdjeftivoS) di- 
minue fuafignififam. Ex. 

White, branco, ivhitijh, branquinho. 

Red, vermelho, redijh, vermelhinho. 

Black, negro, blackijh, negrinho. 

Cold, frio, coldijh, friozinho. 

Sweet, doce, fweetijh, docezinho. 

Outros fe formam ajuntandolbe a farticula, able, Ex. 

Seafon, Oportunidade, feafonable, oportuno. 

Blame, Culpa, blameable, culpavel. 

Anfwer, Repofla, anfwerable, refponfavel. 

Change, Troco, changeable, comutavel. 

Cure, Cura, curable, curavel. 

Favour, Favor, favourable, favoravel. 

Marriage, Cazamento, marriageable^ cazadeira. 

Note, Nota, notable, notavel. 

Pardon, perdao, pardonable, perdoavel. 

Profit, proveito, profitable, proveytozo. 

Outros fe for mem ajuntandolhes as Syllabas, cal, al, 
ical, Ex. 

Rhetorick, Rhetorica, Rhetorical, Rhetorico. 
Angel, Anjo, Angelical, Angelico. 

Can- 



Grairmtatica Lufitano-Anglica. 3 1 

Canon, o Canon, canonical, canonico. 

Logic, Logica, logical, logico. 

Mufick, Muzica, mujical, muzico. 

Allegorick, Allegoria, allegorical, allegorico. 

Accident, Accidence, accidental, accidental. 

Hiftory, Hiftoria, hiftorical, hiftorico. 

Method, Methodo, methodical, methodico. 

P erf on, PefToa, perfonal, pefibal. 

Dos Graos de Comparafam. 

Em os Nomes AdjecYivos, tern fo Lugar a com- 
para^ao ; em aqual fe admitem tres graos ; a faber 
pozitivo, quc fignifica a fimples qualidade, ou 
quantidade da Couza , como, big, grande -, while, 
branco ; comparative, que e leva a couza a mais 
alto Lugar ; como, bigger, mais grande ; whiter, 
mais branco ; e fuperlativo, que a exalta ao mais 
alto Lugar ; como, biggeft, o mais grande -, whiteft^ 
o mais branco. 

O Comparitivo formafe dopozitivo, ajuntando 
Ihe a Syllaba, er, regularmente ; e o fuperlativo, 
ajuntandolhe a Syllaba, eft, Ex. 

Low, bayxo -, lower, mais bayxo ; loweft, o mais 
bayxo. 

Great, grande ; greater, mayor ; great eft, o 
mayor. 

High, alto, higher, mais alto, higheft, o mais 
alto. 

Tambem fe pode formar com as diccois, more, 
e moft, a primeira para expreflar o comparative, e 
fegunda, o fuperlativo, o que commumente tem 
Lugar nos Adjectives, que terminao, em, ous, 
Ex. 

Charles is ingenious, Carlos he engenhozo. 

William is more ingenious, Guilherme, he mais en- 
genhozo. 

George 



32 Grammatica 'Luflt am- Anglic d. 

George is tbe moft inge- George he o mais engd- 
nious in the World* nhozo em o mimdo, 

Glorious i gloriozo, 

More glorious , mais gloriozo. 

The moft glorious, o mais gloriozo, 
Jealous , zelozo. 

More jealous , mais zelozo. 

The moft jealous, o mais zelozo, 

Das compara^oens irrigulares. 

Good, better, tbe beft, bom, rnelhor, o melhor,' 
///, ba^ naught, mao, worfe, peyor, the worft$ 
O mais peyor. 

Much, muyto, more^ mais, tncft, o mais. 

Lit tie ', pouco, lefs, meriosj ^^ /^ 3 o rhinimo, 

Dos Pronomes. 

O Pronome he aquelle, que fe poem em Lugar 
do nome , declinafle tambem por Gazos, tendo' 
Numero fingular^ e plural. 

Ha quatro efpecies de Pronomes 5 peflbais, pof- 
feflivos, demonftrativoS) 1 e relatives. 

Os peflbays fao, /, eu, thou, tu, he, elle no Nu- 
mero Angular ; e we nos j ye ou you, they, elles, no? 
Jpluraf, Se deelinao na Forma feguinte.- 





Singular. 


N, / ou we, 


eu. 


G. of me, 


de mh 


D. to me, 


a mi. 


A. me, 


a mi. 


Ab.from mf. 


de mr, 




Plural 


"fa JfV 

J.^1 t rr C^ 


nos. 


^~* / 


de nos. 


D. to us, 


a nos. 


A. J, 


a nos. 


Ab.from us. 


de no? 



Grammatica Ijufitano-Anglica. 33 

Singular. 

N. tbou, tu. 

G. of (bee, de ti. 

D. to tbee, a ti. 

Ac. tbee, ati. 

V. o tbou, 6 tu, 

A. from tbee, de ti. 

Plural 

N. ye, voz. 

G. of you j de voz. 

D. to you, a voz. 

Ac. you, a voz. 

V. 0jy?, 6 voz. 

A. from you, de voz. 



Plural. 

N. *, elle. N. /^, elles. 

G. of him, delle. G. o/ them, delles. 

D. /o /&/W, a elle. D. /o /m, a elles. 

Ac. &w, a elle. Ac. them, a elles. 

A. from him, delle. A. from tbem, delles. 

Sing. Plural. 

N.Jbe, ella, o plurar de, Jhe, be o 

G. of her, della. mefmo q* o de, be, a 

D. to her, a ella. fima. 

Ac. her, a ella. 
A. from her, della. 

Os Pronomes poffeflifivos fao aquelles, q j mof- 
trao a pofle das Couzas , eftes fao de duas maney- 
ras, ou Conjundtivos, ou abfolutos. 

Os Conjunctives iao aquelles, q' fejuntao aos 
SubRantivos, q' fignififao as entidades poiTuidas, 
Ex. 

My Father, meu Pay. 

My Mother , minha May, 

D My 



34 Gramma t ica 

My Sifter , 
My Brother? 
My Friends, 
Thy Horfe, 
Thy Mare, 
Thy Dogs, 
Thy Bitches, 
His Ox, 
His Cow, 
His Cocks, 
His Hens, 
Our Houfes, 
Tour Book, 
Tour Books, 
Their Country, 
Their Cities, 



Lufitano- Anglic a . 

minha Irma. 
meu Irmao. 
meus Amigos. 
teu Cavallo. 
tua Egua. 
teus Cais. 
tuas Cadellas. 
feu Boy. 
ilia Vaca. 
feus Gallos. 
fuas Gallinhas. 
Noflas Cazas. 
Voflb Livro. 
VofTos Livros. 
feu Pays, 
fuas Cidades. 



Notefe que quando a Couza pofifuida pertence ama- 
cho, fe uza do pofieflivo, his, e pertence'ndo a femea, 
fe uza do pofleflivo, her, declinaofe os febredi- 
tos poffcflivos na forma feguinte. 

Sing. Plural. 

N. my, meu, minha, meus, minhas. 

G. of my, de meu, de de meus, de minhas. 

minha, 

D. to my, a meu, a minha, 
A. my, meu, minha, 
V. o* my, 6 meu, minha, 
A., from my, de meu, de 

minha, 

Sing. 

N. thy, teu, tua, 
G. of thy, deteu, detua, 
D. to thy, a teu, a tua, 
A. thy, teu, tua, 
V. o thy, ou teu, tua, 
A. from thy, de teu, de 



a meus, a minhas. 
meus, minhas. 
meus, minhas. 
de meus, de minhas. 

Plural 
teus, tuas. 
de teus, de tuas. 
a teus, a tuas. 
teus, tuas. 
teus, tuas. 
de teus, de tuas. 



tua, 



Sing. 



Grammatlca Lu/ltano^Anglica. 35 

Sing. Plural. 

N. his, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 

G. of his, de feu, de fua, de feus, de fuas. 

D. to bis, a feu, a fua, a feus, a fuas. 

A. #/j, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 

Ab. from his, de feu, de de feus, de fuas. 
fua, 

Sing. Plural. 

N. her, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 

G. of her, de feu, de fua, de feus, de fuas. 

D. to her, a feu, a fua, a feus, a fuas. . 

A. her, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 
Ab.from her, de feu, de feus, de fuas, 

de fua, 

Sing. 

N. our, nofib, noffa. 
G. of our, de noffo, de noffa. 

B. to our, a noffo, a noffa. 
A. our, noffo, a noffa. 

V. o our, 'o noffo, o* noffa. 
Ab. from our, de noffo, de noffa. 

Plur. 

N. 0r/, noffos, noffos. 
G. of ours, dc noffos, de noffas. 
D. to ours, a noffos, a noffas. 
A. oarj, noffos, noffas. 
V. o ours, o' noffos, o noflas. 
Ab. from ours, de noffos, de noffas. 

Sing. 

N.your, voffo, voffa. 
G. of your, de voffo, de voffa. 
D. to your, a voffo, a voffa. 
A. your, voffo, voffa. 
V. o your, o' vpffo, o' voffa. 
Ab. from your, de voffo, dc vofla. 

D a Plural. 



3 6 Grawmatua Lufitano-Anglica. 

Plural. 

N. yours, voffos, voffas. 
G. of yours, de voffos, de voffas. 
D. to yours, a' voffos, a voffas. 
A. yours, voffos, voffas. 
V. o yours, o' voffos, o' voffas, 
Ab. from yours, de voffos, de voffas. 



N. //fo/r, feu, fua. 

G. of their, de feu, de fua. 

D. to their, a feu, a fua. 

A. their, feu, fua. 

V. o their, o* feu, o' fua. 

Ab. from their, de feu, de fua. 

Plural 

N. theirs, feus, fuas. 
G. cf theirs, de feus, de fuas.. 
D. to theirs, a feus, a fuas. 
A. theirs, feus, fuas. 
V. o their, o' feus, 'o fuas. 
Ab. from their, de feus, de fuas. 

Notefe, q', their, fe pode aplicar no plurar - y 
como tambem, yours, fe pode uzar no fingular, e, 
your, no plurar. 

Os Abfolutos fao aquelles, q* fenao juntao im- 
midiatamente aos Subftantivos , fe nao por via de 
conjunc^ao -, os quais fao os feguintes. 

mine, men, minhn, meus, minhas. 

tlcine* teu, tua, teus, tuas, 

his, feu, fua, feus, fuas, 

her, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 

curs, noffos, ncffas. 



Grammatica Lttfitano-Anglica. 37 

their, fua, feus, fuas. 

your, voffb, vofla, voflbs, vofTas. 

yours, voflb, vofla, voiles, voffas. 
Ex. 

Tour Father and mine, voflb Pay, e meu. 

Tour Houfe and mine, vofia Caza, e minha. 

Tour Friends and mine, voflbs Amigos, e meus. 

Tcur Daughter and mine, vofla Filha, e minha. 

My Country and yours, meu Pays e voflb. 

My Friend and yours, meus Amigos, e voflbs. 

Our Servants, and theirs, noiTos Mofos, e feus. 

'Their Opinion and ours, fua Opiniao e nofla. 

.My /for/* runs better than meu Cavallo corre tnel- 

yours, hor, q' o voflb. 

7 0772 at your Seryke, eu eftou a voflb Scrvijo. 

/ am at yours, eu eftou ao voflb. 

Notefe, q'os mais dos Sobreditos poflcflivcs, 
fendo de lua natureza Conjun<5livos, como fica acras 
ditto, ie fazem accidentalmente abfolutos, por fe 
juntar por Cazualidade por via de Conjunfao aos 
Subftantivos , e q* entre elles fo, mine, e thine, fao 
propria, e realmente abfolutos, porque eftes nunca 
fejuntao aos Subftantivos immidiatamente fe nao 
por via de Conjunccao, e eommumente le aplicao 
em Repoftas. Como, wbofe is this Book ? de quern 
he efte Livro ? is mine, he men ; is thine, he teu : 
fua declinacao he na forma feguiate. 

N. mine, rneu, minha, meus minhas. 

G. of mine, de meu, de minha, dc meus de minlus. 

D. to mine, a meu, a minha, a meus a minhas. 

A. mine, meu, minha, meus, minhas. 

V. o mine, 6 meu, 6 minha, 6 meus, 6 minhas. 

A. from mine, dc meu de minha, de meus, 

D 3 N. 



3 8 .Grammatica Lufitano-Angtica. 

N. thine, teu, tua, teus, tuas. 

G. of thine , deteu, de tua, de teuS, detuas. 

D. to thine, a teu, a tua, a teus, a tuas. 

A. thine, teu, tua, teus, tuas. 

V. 6 thine, 6 teu, 6 tua, 6 teus, 6 tuas. 

A. from thine, de teu, de tua, de teus, de tuas. 

GJ Pronomes demonftrathos, fao aquelhs q* fazem de 
mojlra$am das peffbas ou Couzas, Ex. 

this Man, efte Homem. 

thefe Men, eftes Homens. 

that Man, aquelle Homem. 

thofe Men, aquelles Homens. 

this Woman, efta Mulher. 

thefe Women, eftas Mulhercs. 

that Woman, aquella Mulher. 

thofe Women, aquellas Mulheres. 

that fame, aquello mefmo. 

that vexes me, aquillo me emraivecc. 

Sua dedinafam he tia Forma feguinte. 

Sing. Plural. 

N. this, efle, efta. N. thefe, eftes, eftas. 

G. of this, defte, defta. G. of thefe, deftes, deftas. 

D. to this, a efte, a efta. D. totbeje, a eftes, a eftas 

Ac. this, efte, efta. Ac. tktfe, eftes, eftas. 

Ab. from this, defte, Ab. from thefe, deftes, 
defta. deftas. 

Sing. 

N. that, aquelle, aquella. 
G. of that, da quelle, da quella. 
D. to that, aaquelle, aa quella. 
Ac. that, aquelle, aquella. 
A.b. from that, da quelle, da quella. 

Pto- 



Qrat%yiqtica Lufitano-Anglica. 39 

Plural. 

N. tbafe, aque|les, aquellas. 
G. of tbofe, da queiies, da quellas. 
D. to tbofe, a aquelles, a aquellas. 
Ac. tbofe, aquelles, aquelhas. 
Ab. from tbofe, da quelles, da qucllas. 

Quando, that, he Relative fe uza dos Pronomes 
peffoais, e nao dos demonftrativos, Ex. 

He that is content, is rich aqnelle q' efta contente 
enough, he baftante rico. 

Sbe that you know, aquella, q' tu conheffes. 

'They, that you fpoke t* aquelles de quern vos me 
me of, falafteis. 

Tarnbem fe uza deftes Pronomes, tbis, e tbat, 
por evitar a repitifao de hum nome, Ex. 

Tbis Knife doth not cut efte faca nao corta tao- 

fo well, as that which bem como aquella, q* 

/ loft. eu perdi. 

That Cloth is not Jo fine, efte pano nao he tao fino, 

as that ycu bought yef- como a queUe q* tu 

tprday. comprafte iionte. 

My Book is better than meu Livro he melhor q* 

that. aquelle. 

Tour H&rfe runs better voflbCavallo corre me- 

than this. Ihor, q'efte. 

Our Houfe is bigger than noffa Caza he mayor q* 

this. efta. 

Our Bells ring letter noffos Sinos tangem met- 

than thofe. hor q* aquelles. 

Dos Pronomes Relatives. 

Os Pronomes Relatives fao aquellcs, q* fe referem 
a.os Subftantivos, q* Ihe ficao atras ; e fao tres, a 

D 4 faber, 



40 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

faber, who, which, e, that, e fedeclinao na Forma 
feguinte, fendo de todo o genero e de todo o 
numero. 

Sing. 

N. Who, quern on que. 
G. of whom, de quern. 
D. to whom, a quern. 
Ac. whom, quern. 
Ab. from whom, de quem. 

Plural. 

N. Who, que, ou quem. 
G. of whom, dos'que, ou de quem. 
D. to whom, aos que, ou a quem.. 
Ac. whom, que. 
Ab. from whom, dos que, ou de quem. 

Sing. Plural 

N. which, o que, o qual, a q', aqual, os q* os quais, 
G. of which, de q', do qual, da q', de qual, dos q' 

das quais. 
D. to which, ao q', ao qual, a q', a qua], aos q 5 , 

aos quais. 

Ac. which, oq', o qua], a q', a qual, os q', as quais. 
Ab.from wh.ck, do q', do qual, da q% da qual, dos 

q', das quais. 



fe declina na mefma Forma ; mas nefta na- 
tureza de Relative, he de todo, o genero, e de todo, 
o numero, e em tam fignifica, que, pu oqual -, 

Notefe, q' o Pronome, who, fe refere fo a 
' peflbas, Ex. 

Alexander, Who found Alexandre, que achou o 

the Earth too little of Mundopequcnomuito 

whom you fpeak ? de quem falais, voz. 

He is a Man of whom I Efte he hum homem de 

have received many quem eu ten ho rece- 

Favours. * bido muitos favores. 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 41 

To whom I am much ob- A quern eu eftou muito 

liged. 

There are the Gentlemen 
of whom we have fpo- 

havemos falado tanto. 
Eftas fao asGentis mulhe- 



ken fo much. 

Thefe are the Gentle- 
women^ of whom we 
have bought. 



obrigado. 
La eftao os Gentis Ho- 
mens, de quern nos 



res de quern nos have- 
mos comprado. 



Which, e that, fe referem a peflbas, e a Couzas 
indiferentemente. 



The Man, that lives well. 

The Woman, which works. 

The Birds', that fly. 

There are Predictions, 
which advertife us of 
our Misfortunes. 

Gold is a Metal, which 
doth help us in all our 
Wants. 

Which makes theExecution 
of our Defigns eafy , 
and which makes us tv 
triumph over all Diffi- 
culties. 



O Ho mem q* vive bem. 
A Mulher, q' trabalha. 
As Aves q' voao. 
Ellas fao predicfois, q' 

nos Avizao de noflas 

Defgrafas. 
Ouro he lium Metal, q' 

nos ajuda em todas 

noflas Faltas. 
Q[ fas a Execu^ao" de 

noflbs Dizignos facil ; 

eq' nos fas triumfar 

fobre todas as Diffi- 

culdades. 



Eftes Pronomes Relatives fam tambem Interrcga- 
tivos, Ex. 



Who is there ? 
Who comes here ? 
Who is that Man ? 

Who is that Woman ? 
Who are thofe Men ? 



Quern eft a la ? 

Quern ve,m.aqui ? 

Quern he aquelle Ho- 
rn em ? 

Quern he aquella Mul- 
her ? 

Quern fao aquelles Ho- 
rn ens ? 

Which 



42 Grammatlca LuJitam-Anglica. 



Wbicb will you have ? 
Which ofthefe two Horfes 

do you like beft ? 
From -whom have you 

this News ? 
Which is it ? 
Which is the Way ? 
Which of the two ? 



Qual quereis vos ? 
Qual defies dois Caval- 

los, te agrada melhor ? 
De quem ttndes vo$ ef- 

tas novas ? 
Qual he elle ? 
Qual he o Caminho ? 
Qual dos dois ? 



Uzaflfe defte Pronome,w/&^/.quando no Portuguez 
fe uza, o que, no Principio de hu:n-Periodo, como 
tambem diante das peffoas, couzas, e Verbos, 
quando fe fas algua interrogafao, Ex. 



What you fay is true. 
What he doth is worth 

nothing. 
What the Heart thinketb, 

the Tongue fpeaketb. 
What one wins^ the other 

fpends. 

Give what you can. 
Say what you know. 
What Man is that ? 
What Book is that ? 
What Trade are you of? 
What fay you ? 
What do you ask ? 
What will you drink ? 
What do you want ? 



O q* tu dizes he verde. 
O q* fas elle, he digno 

de nada. 
O q* o Corafao cuyda, 

dis a Lingua. 
O q* Ganha hum, o ou- 

tro difpende. 
Da o que tu Podes ? 
Dize o q' tu fabes ? 
Q^ Homem he aquelle ? 
Q^ Livro he aqueile ? 
De q* Officio fois ? 
Q^ dizes tu ? 
Q* procuras tu ? 
Q^ queres tu beber ? 
neceflltas tu ? 



Efta palavra, where, a companhada das Prepozicois, 
about, at, in, of, unto, with, he uzada em Lugar 
de, which, Ex. 



Where about, 
Where at, 



Aorredor, do qual, ou 

da qual. 
Ao qual, ou a qual. 

Where 



Grammatica Lufaano~ Anglic a. 43 

Wherein, Em o qual, ou em a 

qual. 
therewith, Com o qual, ou com a 

qual. 
^hereunto, Ao qual, ou a qual. 

Notefe, q f o Ingle* exprefia o Relative, 0, do 
Portuguez, pella Syllaba //, q' quando fe refere a 
Couzas antecedentes, tern for^a de Relative, x. 

7 have not feen it, Eu nao o, vi. 

Do you fee the King's , Vcs tu o Coche do Rey ? 

Coach ? I fee it, en o vejo. 

Itjhall be of fine Flour, Sera de fina Farinha. 

// is a thing the moft He a Couza a mais fa- 

boly> grada. 

Declinaffe na maneyra feguinte. 

N. /'/, elle, on ella. 

G. of it, de elle ou de ella. 

D. to it t a elle, ou a ella. 

Ac. it, elle ou ella. 

Ab. from /'/, de elle, ou de ella. 

Notefe que a Syllaba, its, tern forca de pofifef- 
fivo, fignificando, feu, fua, feus, fuas, e fe declina 
na Forma feguinte. 



N. its, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 

G. of its, de feu, de fua, de feus, de fuas. 

D. to it Si a feu, a fua, a feus, a fuas. 

Ac. its, feu, fua, feus, fuas. 

Ab. from its, de feu, de fua, de feus, de fuas. 

Dos Verbos. 

O Verbo he hua Parte da Oracao, que tem mo- 
dos, e tempos, e nao fe declina por Cazos. 



44 Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 

O Verbo he pefibal, ou impeffoal ; o impeflbal 
fe conjuga fo pellas terceyras peflbas do fingular ; 
.como, // raineth, chove ; */ blcweth, aventa. 

O Verbo peffoal fe conjuga por todas afeys pef- 

foas ; a faber 3 tres no fingular -, / love, eu amo, 

tbou Icveft, tu amas ; be loveth ; elle ama e trcs 

no plurar afaber, we love, noz amamos , ye, ou you 

,/viY, vt)z a tnais i //^ love, elles amao. 

.O Verbo pefibal ie divide em acYivo, paffivo, e 
neutro. 

C) Verbo Adlivo he aquelle q* exercita a accao 
coin iciacao a algua Couza, como, I read, eu Leo ; 
I love, eu amo , I write, eu'efcrevo ; os quais ver- 
bos dizsm relajao ao que ie.le ao qus fe ama, e ao 
que fe eicreve. 

O Paffivo he aquelle em que fe padeffe algua 
accao > como, I .am loved, eu feu amado. 

O Neutro he aquelk q' produz e exercita a ac- 
cao em fy mefmo j como, / am, eu fou ; / exijt ; 
eu exiilo. 

O Verbo tern feis Modos, a faber, modo Indi- 
cative, que dtmoftra -, como, ,1 fpeak, eu falo. 

Modo Imperative, que manda j como, do tbou, 
that, faze aquillo , let him do that, faca elle a quillo. 

Modo Optativo, q' dezeja conhecido pellos fig- 
nais, God grant, pleafe God, wifh God, would to 
God ; como, that, God .grant I may do that, 
oxala, ta^a eu aquillo. 

Modo Pocencial, conhecido pellos fignais, may, 
can, mr : ht, fonuld, "could, would, ought, vg. I may, 
ou can love, I might, ou I Jhcu'd, &c. love, amaria 
ou poderia eu amar, *?f. 

Modo Conjun<5tivo que ajunta a accao a algum 
Tempo, ou peffoa, conhecido pellos fignais, hew, 
as, when, if, although, v. .<>;. as I love, como eu amo, 
&Y. 

E Modo Infinite, que poem o Verbo fern defi " 
nir Tempo, |.)cffoa, e Numcro, v. g. tofpeak, fallar. 



Grammatica Lnf.tano-Anglka. 4 ; 

O Modo Indicative tern finco Tempos, afaber, 
Tempo prezente, que fignifica o que aclualmente, 
fe efta fazendo, vg. 1 love, eu amo. 

Preterite Imperfeito, que fignifica a accao paf- 
fada, mas ainda nao totalmente acabada ; v. g. 1 
loved, eu amava. 

Preterite perfeito, que fignifica a ac$-ao ja paf- 
fada, e finida, v. g. I loved, oubave loved, eu amey, 
ou tenho am ado. 

Preterito plufquam perfeito, que vem afer mais, 
que perfeito, e fignifica a accao de tal forte paflada, 
que ja nao pode fer interrompida, v. g. / bad loved, 
eu tinha amado. 

Futuro, que fignifica a accao, que hade fer, ou 
vir vg. 1 Jhall, ou will love, eu amarey. 

Os tempos dos mais Modos fe verao pella conju- 
gaao dos Verbos. 

Alem do referido fe hade notar que ha dois Ver- 
bos auxiliares, a faber, o Verbo, to have, e o Ver- 
bo to be. 

O Verbo, to have, ferve para ajudar a For mar os 
perfeitos compoftos, e os plufquam perfeitos dos 
Verbos Adlivos ; v. g. / have loved, I had loved. 

O Verbo, to be, ferve para formar os- Verbos 
Paffivos, ajuntandclhe os Participios do Preterito 
dos Verbos que fe Neceffitao aos Tempos dodito 
Verbo, to be, v. g. I am loved, eu fou amado, fe- 
guindo da mefma Sorte pellos mais Tempos, e 
Modos. 

E porque para aformacao dos Tempos aflima 
referidos fao neceflarios eftes dois Verbos auxiliares 
por elles fe daPrincipio as Conjugacois, to have, ter, 
ou haver. 



Modo 



46 Grammatlca 

Modo Indicativo, Tempo prezente. 

Sing. 

I bave, eu tenho, ou hey. 

Thou haft, tu tens, ou has. 

He bath, ou has, elk tern ou ha. 

Plural 
We have, &c,ye, ouyou bave, &c. they bave, &c. 

Prefer Imperf. 

Sing. 

I bad, eu t'mha, ou havia. 
Thou hadfl, be had, &c. 

Plural 
We had, &c. ye, ou you had, &c. they bad, &c. 

Prefer Perf. 

Sing. 

I bave bad, eu tive, ou houve tido. 
Thou hadfl had, &c. he have had, &c. 

Plural. 

We have had, &c. ye, ou you bave had, &c. 
They have had, &c. 

Prefer Plufauam Perfeito. 

Sing. 

I bad had, eu tinha, ou havia tido. 
Thou hadfl had, &c, he had had, &c. 

Plural 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 47 
Plural. 

We bad bad, &c. ye ouyou had bad, &c. 
'They bad bad, &c. 

Future. 

Sing. 

I Jhall, ou will have, eu flerey, ou haverey. > 

fboujhalt, ou wilt have, he /hall, ou will halt. 

Plural. 

We Jhall, ou 'vtitt baw^ ye, ou you Jhall, ou will 
, tbey Jhall) ou will have. 
Imperative. 

Sing. 

Have tbou, tern, tu, ou ha tu. 
Let kirn have, tenha, A ou haja elle. 

Plural. 
Let us bave y have ye y ou have you, let them bave. 

Modo Potential. 

Sing. 

1 may ou can have, tenha ou haja, ou poffa ter 
eu. 

Fhou mayfly ou canfi have, ou you may, ou can 
have, be may, ou can have. 

Plural. 

We may, ou can have, ye, ou you may, ou can 
have, they may, ou can have. 

Preter Imperf. 

Sing. 

I might have, teria, on ha vena ou podcria cu ter. 

Then 



48 Grammatica Lu fit ano- Anglic a. 
Sing. 

Thou mighteft have, ou you might have, he might 
have. 

Plural. 

We might have, ye, ou you might have, they 
might have. 

Prefer Perfect. 

Sing. 

I might have had, pude eu ter, ou haver, thou 
migbitjt have bad, he might have had. 

Plural. 

We might have had, ye, ou you might have had, 
they might have had. 

Prefer Plufquam. 

Sing. 

I might have had * had, pudera eu ter, ou haver, 
thou mighteft, ou you might have had * had, he 
might have had * had. 

Plural. 

We might have had * had, ye, ou you might have 
bad * had, they might have had * had. 

Notefe que nefte Tempo, e no Preterito imper- 
feito, do perfeito a fima fe podem fazer as mefmas 
formafois com o fignais, could, would, ought, 
/hould , formandoos, como com o fignal, might. 

Notefe, tambem que o * had que vai com eftrela 
commummente fe fuprime, e nao fe exprefla , dif- 
tinguindofe entao o perfeito do plufquam perfeito, 
pello fentido da ora^ao : e eftas anotacois fervirao 
para todas as conjuga^ois, e formafois dos mais 
Verbos. 

Futuro. 



Grammatica Ltifitano-Anglica. 49 

Futuro. 

Sing. 

I may ou can have hereafter, poderey eu ter ou 
haver, thou mayft, ou can/}, ou you may, ou can have 
hereafter, he may, ou can have hereafter. 

Plural 

We may, ou can have hereafter, ye, ou you may, 
ou can have hereafter^ they may, ou can have here- 
after. 

Modo Optativo. 

Os Tempos defte modo fe formao ajuntando ao 
Verbo hum dos Adverbos, ou iignais de dezejo 
como, pleafe God, God grant, o 9 that, &c. v. g. 6 
that 1 may have, oxala tenha, ou haja eu, 6 that thou 
mayft, ou you may have, oxala tenhas ou hajas tu, 
&c. e a fim nos mais Tempos. Notando que os 
fignais dos Tempos fao fo os que fe mudao, confcr- 
vando fempre o Verbo da mefma forte $ o que fe 
obfervara para todas as Conjuga9ois. 

Modo Conjunffivo. : ; . 

Os Tempos defte modo fe formao como os do 
Optativo, ajuntandolhe da mefma forte ao Modo 
Potencial, hua das Conjucfois, as, if, when, hoiv^ 
although, v. g. as I may have, como eu tenho, ou 
hey , ftrguindo da mefma Sorte nos mais Tempos ; 
e guardando, e obfervando o que fe advertio no Po- 
tencial do * had com eftrela. 

Infinit. 

Prefent* 

fo have, ter ou haver. 

E Prefer 



50 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

Prefer Perf. 
To have had, ter ou haver tido. 

Gerundio. 

Of having^ <3e ter ou de haver, in having, for 
having. 

Supino. 

To have, para ter, ou haver. 

To be bad, para fer tido ou havido. 

Participio prezent. 
Having, tendo, ou ha vend o. 

Par it tip. prefer. 
Had, tido, ou havido. 

Particip& futuro. 
To be about to have, o que hade ter ou haver. 

Do Verio. 
To be, fer, ou eftar. 

In die at. prezent. 
Sing. 

I am, eu fou, ou eftou, tbouart, he is. 

Plural. 

We are, ye ou you are, they are. 

Imperf. 
Sing. 

I was, eu era, ou eftava, than wajl, ou you was, 
be was. 

Plural. 

We were, ye ou you were, they were. 

Prf. 



Gramir.atica LuJitano-Anglica. 51 

Perf. 

Sing. 

I have been, eu fuy ou eftive. 

Thou baft been, be hath ou has been. 

Plural. 

We have been* ye ou you have been, they have been. 

Plufquamperfefl. 



I bad been, eu fora ou eftivera, ou eu tinha fido, 
ou eftado, thou hadft been, he bad been. 

Plural. 

We had been, ye ou you had been, they bad been. 

Futuro. 
Sing. 

I Jhall ou will be, eu ferey ou eftarey, tboujhalt, 
ou wilt be, ou you Jhall be, he Jhall, ou will be. 

Plural. 

We Jhall ou will be, ye ou you Jhall, ou will be y 
they Jhall, ou will be. 

Modo Imperative. 
Sing. 
Be thou, fe tu, ou efta, let him be. 

Plural. 

Let us be, be ye ou you, let them be. 

Modo Potencial, 
Sing. 

I may ou can be, feja, ou efteja eu ou pofla fer ou 
eftar eu, thou mayft, ou canft be, ou you may, ou tan 
be^ he may ou can be. 

E 2 Plura 



5 2 Grammatlca Lufitano- Anglic a. 

Plural. 

We may ou can be, ye ou yc u may, ou can be, they 
may, ou can be. 

Imperf. 

Sing. 

I might be, feria ou eftaria ou poderia fer ou ef- 
tar eu, thou mighteft be, ou you might be, he might 
be. 

Plural. 

We might be, ye ou you might be, they might be. 

Perfeit. 

Sing. 

I might have been, pude eu fer ou eftar, thou 
mighteft have been, ouyou might have been, he might, 
have been. 

Plural. 

We might have been, ye ou you might have been, 
they might have been. 

Plufquamperf. 

Sing. 

I might have had been, pudera fer ou eftar eu, 
thou mighteft have had been, ou you might have had 
been, he might have had been. 

Plural. 

We might have had been, ye ou you might have 
had been, they might have ha.i been. 

Futuro. 
Sing. 

I may ou can be hereafter, poderey fer ou eftar 
ou, ou ferey eu ou eftarey, thou ma}ft ou canft be 

here- 



Grammatica Jjufitano-Anglica. 53 

hereafter, ou you may ou can be hereafter, he may 
ou can be hereafter. 

Plural. 

We may ou can be hereafter, ye ou you may ou can 
be hereafter, they may ou can be hereafter. 

Mo do Optativo. 

Efte Modo fe forma, como diffemos afima no 
Verbo, have, v. g. God grant I might le, oxala 
fora, ou eftivera eu, e aflim nos mais Tempos. 

Modo Conjunftivo. 

O mefmo fe obferva nefte modo, com as con- 
juncfois apropriadas a clle v. g. as I may ou can 
be, como eu fou ou eftou, vejafe o que fe diffe no 
Verbo, have, nefte modo, e no Optativo. 

Infinitivo. 
To be, fer ou eftar. 

Prefer. 
To have been, ter fido, ou eftado. 

Gerund. 
Of being, de fer ou eftar, in being, for being. 

Supin. 

To be, para fer ou eftar. 

To be been, para fer fido, ou eftado. 

Particip. prezent. 
Being, fendo, ou eftando. 

Particip. prefer. 

Bean, fido, ou eftado. 

E Par- 



<4 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

Particip. jutu.ro. 

fo be about to be, ou to be hereafter, o que hade 
fer ou eftar. 

Dos Verbos Aftivos. 

Os Verbos activos ou fao regulares, ou irrigula- 
res, os regulares fao aquelles, cujos Participios do 
preterite, acabao em, ed, como love, loved, adver- 
tindo que alguas vezes fe fuprime o, e, por Sincope, 
interpondofelhe hum apoftrofe, que he hum accento 
entremeyo, como, loved, tov'd. 

Na Lingua Ingleza os Verbos nao tem mais que 
hua conjugacao aqual he geral para todos os Verbos, 
afim regulares como irregulares, nao havendo mais 
different a entre huns, e outros, que os regulares ter- 
minar feus Participios do preterite em, ed, como fe 
fas menfao a fima, e os irregulares terminalos, com 
variedade de terminafois, guardando em tudp o 
mais a mefma conjugafao, e os mefmos fignais nos 
mais Tempos, e Modos. 

Da Forma$ao dos Tempos, e Modos. 

O Infinite fe forma antepondolhe to, a qualquer 
Verbo, v. g. to love, to kill. 

O Prezente formaffe do Infinite, tirandolhe o, to, 
e ajuntandolhe a peflba, v. g. to love, I love. 

O Preterico Imperfeito fe forma, ou valendofife 
do Participio do Preterite, e ajuntandolhe a peflba, 
fern mudanca de ditto Participio, ou por meyo do 
do fignal, did, v. g. / loved, thou loved, &c. / did 
love, tbou didft love, &c. 

Advcrtindo que o fignal, do, e fignal did, o pri- 
meyro he prezente, e o fegundo preterite imperfeito 
do Verbo, do, o qual fignificando fazer, quando fe 
junta aos Verbos por fignais, nada fignifica, nem 

tem 



Grammatica Lufitano-dnglica. 55 

tern outro e feito, mais que moftrar os Tempos em 
que efta o Verbo, a que fejunta ; notando tambem, 
que quando a oracao he interrogetiva, o, do, fe an- 
tepoem ao Nominative, v. g do you fpeak French ? 
porem fendo affirmativa fe poem de pois do Nomi- 
native, v. g. he doth fpeak French. 

O Preterito Perfeito, a que chamao diffinido, 
hiftorico, ou fimples, le forma uzando da mefma 
Sorce do Participio do preterite, v. g. 1 loved, tbou 
loved) &c. 

O Preterito Perfeito compofto fe forma, juntando 
ao Verbo auxiliar, to have, o participio do Preterito 
do Verbo que fe neccfiita uzar, v. g. I have loved, 
&c. 

O Plufquam Perfeito fe forma tambem por meyo 
do Preterito Imperfeito deditto Verbo, to have, 
juntandolhe da mefma Sorte o Participio do Prete- 
rito, v. g. / had loved, &c. 

O Futuro fe forma por meyo dos fignais,^// ou 
will, v. g. IJhall ou will love, &c. 

O Imperative forma fuas fegundas peflqas do 
fmgular, e do plurar, tomando o prezente do Indi- 
cative, e pondolhe a peflba depois, v. g. love thou, 
love ye ou you, e a primeyra peffoi do plurar e as 
terceir^s de ambos Numeroi, fe formao por meyo 
do fignal, let, v. g. let him love, let us love, let them 
love. 

A formacao dos Modos Optativo, e Conjunctive, 
e de feus Tempos fe conhecera pella Conjugafao ad 
cxtenfum aclvcrtindo como afima fe diflfe ja, que 
na co-jugafap de hum Verbo toda avariedade eft5, 
quafi em os fignais, que o Verbo fempre he o mef- 
mo fern nelle haver outra mudan^a mais que ajun- 
tarlhe na fegunda peflba do Indicative hum /, e 
naterceira hum, th, o qual muyt-is vezes fe rezolve 
em hum, s, v. g. thou loveft, tu amas ; be lavetb, 
ou loves, elle ama. 

E 4 Da 



56 Grammatica Lufitano-AngHca. 

Da Conjugaao do Verbo atftvo. 

Verbo. 
To love, amar. 

Modo Indicative. 

Prezente. 
Sing. 

I love, ou 1 do love, eu amo tbou loveft, ou doft 
love, ou, you love, be lovetb, ou loves, ou doth ou 
does love, &c. 

Plur. 

We love ou do love, ye ou you love, ou do love, 
they love, ou do love. 

Preter Imperf. 
Sing. 

1 loved ou did love, eu amava, tbou lovedfi, ou didft 
love, ouyou loved, he loved ou did love, &c. 

Plur. 

We love, ou did love, ye ouyou loved, ou didlove^ 
they loved ou did love, &c. 

Preter Perfeito. 
Sing. 

1 have loved, eu amey ou tenho am ado. 

Thou haft, ou have loved, he has, ou hath loved. 

Plur. 

We have loved, ye, ou you have loved, they have 
loved, &c. 

Pluf- 



Grammatha Lujitano-Anglica. 57 
Plufquam Perfeft. 



I had loved, eu tinha amado, ou eu amara 
I'hou hadft, ouyou had loved, he had loved, &c. 

Plur. 

We had loved, ye ou you had loved, they had loved, 
&c. 

Futur. 
Sing. 

I Jhall ou will love, eu amarey, thou Jhalt ou 
wilt, ou you /hall ou will love, they Jhall ou will 
love, &c. 

Plur. 

We Jhall 'ou will love, ye ou you Jhall, ou w/// love, 
they Jhall ou w/// love, &c. 

Imperative. 
Sing. 

Love thou, ama tu. 
love. 



Plur. 

Let us love, love ye, let them love, &c, 

Mode Potential. 

Prez. 

Sing. 

1 may ou can love, ame ou pofTa eu amar. 
Tbou may* ft, ou canft, ouyov may ou can love, be 
ou can love, 



58 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

Plur. 

We may ou can love, ye ou you may ou can love, 
they may ou can love. 

Prefer Imperf. 
Sing. 

I might love, amaria, ou poderia eu amar : thou 
mgbteft love, ouyou might love, be might love. 

Plur. 

We might love, ye ou you might love, they might 
love. 

Prefer Perf. 
Sing. 

I might have loved, pudeeu amar : thou mighteft 
have loved, ouyou might have loved : he might have 
loved, 6cc. 

Plur. 

We might have loved : ye, ou you might have 
loved : they might have loved. 

Plufquam Perf. 
Sing. 

I might have * had loved, pudera eu ter ou ha- 
ver amado : thou migbteft, ou you might have * bad 
loved, he might have * had loved. 

Plur. 

We might have * had loved, ye, ou you might 
fyave * bad loved, they might have * had loved. 

Notefe que tirado fora o had com a e ftrela,como 
Commum mente fe Coftuma, ainda que o perfeito 

fc 



Grammntica Lujltano-Angllca, 59 

fe e quivoque com o plufquam perfeito j pello fen- 
tido da fencen^a fe farao diftin<5tos. 

Futuro. 

I may ou can have hereafter, poderey eu amar, 

ou amarey eu : tbou may'ft, ou canji, ou you way 

ou can love hereafter, he may, ou can love heft- 
after. 

We may ou can love hereafter \ ye ou you may ou 
can love hereafter , they may ou can love hereafter. 

Mo do Optativo. 

' Os tempos defte Modo fe formao a juntando 
Ihe hum dos adverbios de dezejo, Como 
O that I may love, Oxala ameeu. 
O that I might love, Oxala amara euouamaffe. 

Modo Con\unftivo. 

Os tempos defte Modo fe formao Como os do 
Optativo, ajuntandolhe da mefma Sorte ao mo 
do potential hua das Conjunc^ois, as, */, when^ 
how, although, &c. a fim Como, as I may love^ 
Como eu amo : as I might love, Como eu amara, 
feguindo da mefma Sorte nos mais tempos , gnar- 
dando o que fe advertio no verbo, have. 

Jnfinitivq. 
to love, amar. 

JPreterio Perf. 
to have loved, ter amado. 

Gerundio. 

of loving, de amar. 
in loving, em amar. 
for loving, para amar. 



6o Grammatica Lufaano-Anglica. 

Supino. 

to loving, para amar. 

to be loved) para fer am ado. 

Panic. Prezente. 
loving, amando, ou oque a ma, e amava. 

Panic. Prefers 
lovedy amado. 

Panic. Futur. 
to be about to love, oque hade amar. 

Do Verbo Paffivo. 

verbo paffivo nao he outra Couza mais, quc 
o verbo auxiliar, to be com o participle do preterito 
dos verbos, que fe neceffitao uzar. ex. 

Prezente. 
lam loved) eu fou amado. 

Preterit Imperf. 

1 was loved, eu era amado. 

Prefer Perf. 
I have been loved, eu fui amado. 

Prefer Plufquam. 
I had been loved) eu tinha fido amado. 

Futur. 
) ou will be loved) eu ferey amado. 



Grammatica Lujitano-Atiglica. 61 

Imperaf. 

Be tbou loved, fe tu amado. 
Let him be loved, feja elle amado. 
Let us be loved, fejamos nos amados. 
Be ye ouyou loved, fede vos amados. 
Let them be loved, fejao elles amados. 

E por efta Sorte fe hirao formando as mais peflbas. 
Modos, e feus Tempos. 

Dos Verbos Reciprocos. 

Os Verbos reciprocos fe formao pella pardcula, 
felf, exponfe a formacao do Prezcnte do Indicative, 
e por ella fera facil faberfe dos mais Modos. 

Prezente. 

I love myfelf, eu meamo, tbou loveft thyfelf, dec. 
He lovetb, ou loves him f elf. 

Plural. 

We love ourselves, ycu ou ye love yourfelves, they love 
tbemfelves. 

Dos Verbos Irrigulares. 

Em que confifta a irrigularidade defies Verbos, 
e qual feja a Differenja entre elles, e os regulares ; 
fe pode ver no Paragrafo fegundo, no Titulo dos 
Verbos activos. E porque em tudo o mais fe for- 
mao como os regulares, obfervando as formafois 
defies, fica conhecida, e fabida ada quelles. 

Mas porque a forma^ao dos feus preteritos fim- 
ples nao he fempre a mefma ; porque hums os for- 
mao valendofe dos feus Farticipios do preterite, e 
outros nao ; fe poem as liftas feguintes de huns, e 
outros para menos confuzao dos que dezejarem fa- 
ber efta Lingua. 

Dos 



62 Grammatlca Lufitam-Anglicd. 

Dos que nao fe vahm dos Participios do preterito. 

to fee, ver, / faw, eu vi, I have feen, eu tenho 
vifto. 

to take, tomar, / took, eu tomey, / have taken, 
eu tenho tornado. 

to undertake, emprender, / undertook, cu em- 
prendy, / have undertaken, eu tenho emprendido. 

to give, dar, I gave, eu dey, 1 have given, eu 
tenho dado. 

to write, efcrever, / wrote, eu efcrevi, / have 
written, eu tenho efcrito. 

to do, fazer, / did, eu fis, / have done, eu tenho 
feito. 

to forgive, perdoar, I forgave, eu perdoey, / 
have forgiven, eu tenho perdoado. 

to go, hir, 1 went, eu fui, / am gone, eu fou 
hido. 

to forfake, abandonar, / forfook, eu abandoney, 
7 have forfaken, eu tenho abandonado. 

to come, vir, / came, I am come. 

to break, quebrar, / broke, I have broken. 

to becom", vir afer, / became, I have become. 

to rife, levantarfe, I rofe, I am rifen. 

to grow, crefcer, / grew, I am grown. 

to know, faber, / knew, 1 have known. 

to throw, tirar, / threw, I have thrown. 

to fall, cahir, I fell, am fallen. 

tojhew, moftrar, IJhtw, I have Jhewn. 

to beat, bater, / did beat, I have beaten. 

to eat, comer, I did eat, I have eaten. 

to owe, dever, 7 did owe, I have own. 

to draw, tirar, I drew, I'have drawn. 

tofow, cozer, Ididfow, I have f own. 

to abide, ficar, I abode, I have abode. 

to bear, levar, I bore, I have born. 
to bite, morder, 7 bit, I have bitten. 

ft 



Grammatica Lufitano-Angtica. 63 

to blow, foprar, / blew, I have blown. 

to bid) mandar, lit ad, I have bidden. 

to beget, gerar, / b&got, I ha^e begotten. 

to cbufe, efcolher, / chofe, I have chofen. 

to chide, reprehender, / chid, I have chidden. 

to cleave, fender, I clove, cleft, I have cloven, cleft. 

to catch, apanhar, I catcht, I have caught. 

to crow, cantar ogallo, / crew, I have crown. 

to drive, guiar, / drove, I have driven. 

to dare, ouzar, atreverfe, / durft, I have dared. 

to fly, fugir, I fled, I have flown. 

to forget, efque ferfe, I forgot, I have forgotten. 

to flee, voar, I flew, I have flown. 

to get, gainhar, I got, I have gotten, ougot. 

to gird, cingir, I girded, I have girt. 

to hide, efconder, I hid, I have hidden. 

to hold, ter, / held, I have hold, ou held. 

to lie, jazer, I lay, I have lain. 

to lean, pouzar, / did lean, I have leaned. 

to run, correr, I ran, I have run. 

to ride, cavalgar, montar a cavalo, I rod, rode, 1 

have ridden, ou rid 
to read, Ler, / read, I have read, 
to ftink, feder, I flank, ou flunk, 
to fpread, efpalhar, I fpread, I have fpread. 
to ftrike, ferir, Iflruck, Ihave flr'uck, oujlrucken. 
to fpell, foletrear, I fpc It, I have fpelled. 
tofwear,]uvzr, I fwore, I have fworn. 
to fmite, dar, I fmote, I have fmitten. 
tojhoe, ferrar, IJhod, I have Jhodden. 
tojhed, <derramar, Ifoed, I have Jhedden. 
tojhake, vibrar, brandir, mexer, IJhook, I have 
Jhaken. 

to fpit, cufpir, Ifpat* I have fpitten. 
to fleal, furtar, Ifiole, I have Jlolen. 
to fwim, nadar, I fwam, 1 have fwam. 
to Jhine, refplandecer, I Jhone, I have /hone 9 ou 
Jhined. 

to 



64 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

tojlay, matar, IJlew, I have Jlain. 
to feet b, cozer, 1 ' fod, I have fodden. 
tofplit, raxar, Ifptiitc& I have fplit ou Mitten, 
toftick, pegar, Ifluck, I have ftuck, oujfucken. 
toftrip, deipir, I Jtript, Ihaveftript, ouftrippen. 
to .ftrive, contender, Iftrove, Ihavejlriven. 
to tear, defpeda^ar, / tore, I have torne. 
to thrive, medrar, / throve, I have thriven. 
to tread, pizar, / have trodden, 
to be willing, querer, 1 was willing, I have been 
, willing. 

to wring, torcer, / wrung, I have wrung, 
to wear, trazer, I were, I have worn, 
to work, trabalhar, I workt, Ihaveworkt. 
to weave, tecer, / wove, I have woven. 
to will, querer, I would, I have willed. 
to awake, defpertar, / awake, I have awske, a- 

waked, 
to cut, cortar, / did cut, I have cut. 

Dos que fe f erven do Participio preterito. 

to ajk, preguntar, I askt, I have askt. 

to buy, comprar, I bought, 1 have bought. 

to begin, comtfar, I begun, I have begun. 

to bring, trazer, I brought, I have brought. 

to bleed, fangrar, / bled, I have bled. 

to breed, gerar, 7 bred, I have bred. 

to bend, dobrar, / bent, I have bent. 

to befeech, fuplicar, Ibefought, I have befought. 

to bind, encadernar, / bound, I have bound. 

to bereave, privar, defpojar, / bereaved ', ou bereft^ 

I have bereft, ou bereaved, 
to burn, queimar, I burnt, I have burnt, 
to creep, engatinhar, ou andar de rafto, I crept, I 

have crept. 

to curfe, amaldicoar, I curft, I have curft. 
to crack, eftallar, I crackt, I have crackt. 
to drink, beber, I drank, I have drank. 

to 



Qrammatica Litfitanc-Anglicd. 65 

to deal, tratar, 1 dealt, I have dealt. 

to dwell, morar, / dwelt , I have dwelt. 

to dip, molhar, / dipt, I have dipt. 

to feed) paftar, I fed, I have fed. 

to fling, tirar, com funda, I flung, I have flung. 

to fetch, hir bufcar, I fetch t. Ihavefetcht. 

to feel, apalpar, I felt, I have felt. 

to fight, pelejar, I fought, I have fought. 

to find, achar, / found-, I have found. 

to fix, fixar, I fixt, I have fixt. 

to geld, caftrar, 1 gelt , I have gelt. 

to hang, pendurar, / hung, I have hung* 

to help, ajudar, / belpt, I have belpt. 

to hit, dar golpes, I hir, I have hit. 

to keep, guard ar, I kept, I have kept. 

to kifs, beijar, Ikift, I have kifl. 

to leave, deichar, / left, I have left. 

to laugh, rir, / laught, I have laught. 

to /*/, deichar, I let ou did let, I have let. 

to Icfe^ perder, I loft, I have loft. 

to learn, aprender, / learnt, I have learnt* 

to lead, guiar, lied, I have led. 

to make, fazer, / made, I have made* 

to meet, encontrar, I met, I have met. 

to mix, mifturar, / mixt, I have mixt. 

te put, por, I put, ou did put, I have put. 

to pitch, brear, pegar, untar, com pez, I pitcbt 

I have pitcbt. 

to quake, tremer, / quaked, I have quaked, 
to ring, foar, / rung, I have rung, 
to rend, defpeda^ar, I rent, I have rent, 
to fell, vender, / fold, I have fold, 
to fleep, dormir, I Jlept, Ihaveflept. 
tofmg, cantar, / fung, I have fung. 
to fend, enviar, / fent, I have fent. 
to ftand upright, eftar direito, I flood upright, / 

have flood upright. 

to fnatsb) arrcbatar, / fnatcht, I have fnatcht. 

F /* 



66 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

to fmell, cheirar, I fmelt, I have fmelt. 

to /hoot, tirar, / /hot, I have /hot. 

to fpend, difpender, / fpent, I have fpent. 

to fpring, brotar, / fprung, I have fprung. 

to ft and, eftar, / flood, I have flood. 

to fling^ picar, I flung, I have flung. 

to firing, encordoar, Iflrung, Ihaveflrung. 

to fpill, derramar, 1 fpilt, I have fpilt. 

to fweat, fuar, I fweat, I have fweat. 

to feek, bufcar, I fought, I have fought. 

to fet, afentar, I fat, I have fat. 

toflide, efcorregar, Iflid, Ihavejlid. 

to fpin, fiar, I fpun, I have fpun. 

to fay, dizer, I faid, I have f aid. 

to fpeed, expedir, Ifped, I have fped. 

to fweep, varrer, Ifwept, I have fwept. 

toftride, abrir afpernas, Iftride, Ihavejiride, 

to flip, refvalar, Iflept, Ikavejlept. 

to fink, fundirfc, I funk, I have funk. 

to think, imaginar, / thought, I have thought. 

to under fl and, entender, I underftood, I have under* 

flood. 

to tell, dizer, / told, I have told. 
to teach, enfinar, / taught, I have taught, 
to weep, chorar, / wept, I have wept. 
to whip, acoitar, 1 whipt, I have whipt. 
to win, gainhar, / won, I have won. 
to behold, reparar, olhar com atenfao, / bebdd, I 

have beheld. 

tojhut, fechar, IJhut. Ihavejhut. 
to fling, tirar com funda, I flung, I have flung. 

Tambem o Preterite, e o Participio do Preterito 
de alguns Verbos irrigulares, fe podem formar, 
con facilidade obfervando as regras feguintcs.' 

Os Verbos terminados em, eed, tern os feus pre- 
terites e Participios em, ed, Ex. 
to bleed, fangrar, 7 bled, I have bled. 

t* 



Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 67 

to breed) gerar, / bred, I have bred. 

to feed, paftar, ou apafcentar, I fed, I have fed. 

tofpeed, accelerar, Ifped, Ihave fped. 



Os Verbos, que, terminao em, eep, fazem em, 
ept, Ex. 

to keep, guardar, I kept, I have kept, 
to creep, engatinhar, / crept, I have crept. 
to weep, chorar, / wept, I. have wept, 
tojleep, dormir, IJlept, Ihavejlept. 
to fweep, varrer, I fwept, I have fwept. 

Os que terminao em, end, os fazem em, ent, Ex. 

to bend, dobrar, / bent, I have bent, 
to lend, empreftar, / lent, I have lent, 
to fend, enviar, Ifent, I have fent. 
to fpend, difpender, / fpent, I have fpent. 

Os que terminao, em, ind, os fazem em, ound y 
Ex. 

to bind, liar, encadernar, / bound, I have bound* 
to find, achar, I found, I have found, 
to grind, moer, I ground, I have ground, 
te wind, dobar, / wound, I have wound. 

Os que terminao em, ing, fazem em, ung, Ex. 

tofting, picar, ftung, have Jl ung. 

tojlring, encordoar, ftrung, haveftrung. 

to wring, torcer, wrung, have wrung. 

to ring, foar, rung, have rung. 

to fing, cantar, fung, have fung. 

to Jling, tirar a funda, flung, have flung. 

to fling, tirar, flung, have flung. 

to fpring, brotar; fprung, have fprung. 

F 2 Os 



68 Grammatica Luptano-Anglha. 

Os 'que terminao em, ear, fazem o preterite em > 
are, ou em, ore, e o participio em, orn, Ex. 

to wear, trazer, 'wore, have worn, 
to five ar, jurar, fwore, havefworn. 
to bear, levar, bare, bore, have born, 
to tear, defpeda^ar, tare, tore, have torn. 

Os que terminao em ow t ou aw, fazem o prete- 
rito em, ew, e o participio em, awn, ou own, Ex. 

to draw, tirar, drew, have drawn, 
to blow, foprar, blew, have blown, 
to grow, crecer, grew, have grown, 
to know, faber, knew, have known. 
to throw, tirar, threw, have thrown. 

Dos Adverbos. 

O Adverbo he hua Parte da Ora^ao, que junta as 
mais Partes a caba dedeclarar o feu fignirkado. 

Ha Adverbos de Tempo, v. g. 

tft day, hoje. Jhortly, em breve. 

now, agora. to-morrow, amenhaa. 

frefcntly, ja, logo. every day, cada dia. 

immediately, immediata- ^/;wa^/^',continuamen- 

mente. te. 

already, ja. eternally, eternamente. 

betimes, fedo. nrucr, ja mais, nunca. 

early, demadrugada. Day and Night* de Dia 
lately, ultimamente. o de Noyte. 

yefterday, hontem. by Day, de Dia. 

formerly, antigamente. by Night, de Noyte. 

before, antes. then, emtao. 

after, defpois. wbilft, enrre tanto. 

kereafter, da qui adiante. late, tarde. 

HA 




Hd Adverbos de lugar, 

v -g- 

bere, aqui. 
there, la. 

this way, por aqui. 
hitherto, athequi. 
thitherto, athela. 
below, abaixo. 
above, afima. 
high, alto. 
low, baixo. 
near, junto. 
far, longe. 
af'de, de lado. ' 
before, diante. 
behind, atras. 
within, dentro. . 
in, dentro. 
tut, fora. 
without, de fora. 
upon, fobre. 
under, de baixo. 
about, aorredor. 
amongft, entre. 
between, entre. 
beyond, alem. 
fomewhere^ em algua par- 

te 
no where, em nenhua 

patre 
every where, em toda 

pane 

Hd Adverbos de Inter- 
rogafao. 

where, onde ? 

from whence, dedonde ? 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

por ondc ? 

, que longe ? 

) quanto ? 

bow many, quantos ? 
bow long, deque longura? 
when, quando ? 
why, porque ? 
what) que ? 
bow, como. 



Ha de quantidade* 
as much, tanto. 
but little, pouco. 
few, pouco. 
almoft, quafi. 
little^ pouco. 
much, muyto. 
enough, baftante. 
abundantly, abundante- 

mente. 
more, mais. 
wholly, inteiramente. 
infinitely, infinitamente. 
fuperfiuoufly, fuperflua- 

mente. 
all, todo. 
nothing, nada. 
at mcft, ao mais. 
at leaft, ao menos. 
intirely, inteyramente. 
Efficiently, fufficiente* 

mente. 
none, nada. 
too muck, muyto. 

Hd de Numero. 
once, hua vez. 
/ brief, tres vezes. 

F 3 often 



te. 

imprudently, imprudente- 

mente. 

quickly, a preffadamente. 
at eafe, facil mente. 
kneeling, dejuelhos. 
f aft ing, emjejum. 
bar ef cot, apedefcalfo. 
fecretly, em fegredo. 
on purpofe, de propofito. 



70 Grammatlca Lufaano-Anglica. 

often, frequentemente. coldy, friamente. 

twice, duas vezes. foftfy> fuavc, branda- 

fometimes, alguas vezes. mente. 



Hd de Qualidade. 

wifely, fabiamente. 
virtuoujly, virtuozamen- 

te 
prudently, prudentemen- 

te. 

hap j y, felifmente. 
boldly, atrevidamente. 
wickedly, malvadamente. 
pajjionately, apayxoada- 

mente. 

hotly^ quentemente. 
rudely, rudamente. 
neatly, pura, propria, 

limpa mente. 
infolently, infolentemen- 

te 

readily, promptamente. 
infajhion, a moda. 
openly, abertamente. 
ftanding, de pe. 
backwards, para traz. 
heartily, delora9ao. 
in earneft, feriamente. 
rajhly, iradamente. 
at random, inconfidera- 

mente. 



te 



te. 



reafonably, razoadamen- 
te, erazoavelmente. 



te. 
by overjight, por negli- 

gencia. 
en a fudden, repentina- 

mente 
dejpsrately, dczefperada- 

mente. 

in j eft, dezombaria. 
in pudding-time, oportu- 

namente. 

en horfeback, acavalo. 
in a boat, em barco. 
by fea, por mar. 
confufedly, confuzamente. 
a/under, feparadamente. 
by ftealth, afurtadelas. 
in hafte, aprefiadamente. 
fecurely, feguramente. 
conveniently, conveniente- 

mente. 
a- foot, a pe. 
in a Coach, em Coche. 
by Water, por Agua. 

by 



Grammatlca Ltufitano-Anglica. 71 



by Land, por Terra. 
jointly, juntamente. 
by turns, por tornos. 

Ha de Afirmaqao. 

yes, fim. 

/'/ is true, heverdade. 
infallibly, infalivelmente. 
truly, verdadeyramente. 
ajjuredly, feguramente. 
undoubtedly, induvitavel- 
mente ou fern duvida. 
in truth, em verdade. 

Ha de Contradi^ao. 

no, nao. 

not at all, totalme-nte 

nada. 
nor, nem. 
none, nada. 
by no means, de nenhua 

maneyra. 
neither, nem. 

Hd de Ordem. 

firft, primeyramente. 
thirdly, terceyramente. 
at firft, pnmeiramente. 
after, defpois. 
in a Croud, em Caterva. 
fecondly, legundariainen- 

te. 

next, defpois. 
afore, antecedentemente. 
together, juntamente. 



Ha de Concluzao. 

in fine, final mente. 
fo that, com tanto que. 
at loft, ultimamente. 

Das Conjunfois. 

A conjunfao he hua 
Parte da ora9ao, que fer- 
ve para ajuntar as mais 
Partes. 

Hd Adverfativas . 

but, mas. 
though, aindaque. 
notwithftanding, nao ob- 

ftante. 
never thelefs, nao obftan- 

te. 

however, nao obflante. 
yet* com tudo, ainda. 

Ha condudentes. 

in fim, em fim. 

fo that, de forte, fe bem 

que. 
to make an end, por aca- 

bar. 

Hd Copulativas. 

and, e. 

both, affim. 

alfo, tambem. 

both good, and bad, affim 

bom, como mao. 
F 4 Outras 



7 2 Gratnmatica Lufitano-Anglica. 



Outras Dijjuntivas. 

or, ou. 

or elfe, alias. 
neither, nem. 
either ', ou. 
nem. 



Outras Conditionals. 

if, <e. 

if peradventure, fe por a 

cazo. 
<? condition that, com 

condicao que. 
y^ /#/, fe com tudo. 
///0 <? /#/, fe for aflim. 
unlefs that, menos que. 

Outras Cauzais, 
for, por. 



fince that, depoifque. 
for as much as, por tanto 
quanto. 

to the end that, a fim que. 

haft that, paraquenao. 

whereas, como querque. 

therefore, por tanto. 

then, em tao. 

feeing that, a vifta. 

because, por cauza. 



A Propozicio he hua 
Parte da Oraf.:6, que fe 
poem antes das outras 

Farces. 



near, junto. 

againft, contra, de fron*- 

te. 

before, diante. 
about, aorredor. 
through, por. 
behind, atraz. 
without, fern. 
und.r, debaixo. 
out, fora, 
inftead, em lugar. 
at the fide, ao Lado. 
with, com. 

in, em, dentro. 

into, dentro. 
from, de. 

towards, para tal partc 

beyond, a lem. 

above, fobre, afima. 

/0r, longe. 

//?r, defpois. 

////, atheque. 

until, atheque. 

at, a. 

fince, defpois. 

between, entre. 

for, para. 

D^J Interjecfois. 

A Intg-jeccao he hua 
Parte da Oracao, que 
moftra os varios afe&os 
do animo. 

Ha de Alegria. 
ah, ah, ah, ha, ha, ha. 



Grammatica Ltifitano-Anglica. 73 
lei us be merry, alegre- De Animar. 

mon s - well well, bern, bem, 

tang Sorrow enforca a f6 ^ af afim> 

Penna, a Tnfteza. /Af/ ^ ^ yay ^ 

#// <fo#f , bem feito. 
Dt Socorro. ^ ave a good Heart ^ Cor . 

rage, tern Ammo, Va- 
M/>, ^/jp, ajuda, ajuda. i or> 

fire, fire, fogo, fogo. _ . 

^r</tr, wr^r, mata- Vc Admirafao. 

dor, matador, a qui bo, bo, ho, ho. 
de 1'Rey. ojtrange, o* milagro. 

o wonderful, o' mara- 
D<r Averfao. vilha. 

o /w^ /^/ /, quc bcllo 
fie, fie, iy, fo, fo. que cfta. 

JD^ Cbamar. 

Ho there, ho there, ho Id, ho la. 
Ho beark, ytu, you, efcuta. 

De Impedir. 

Not a Word, nem hua Palavra: 
Hold, your Tongue, callate. 

"Da Sintaxe. 

Efla palavra (Sintaxe) dirivada do Grcgo, he 
hua ordenada difpofifao das oito Partes da Ora- 
fao entre fi, e por efta razao todas as inftrucfois, 
ou regras, que conduzem para efta ajuftada Ordem, 
eftao de baixo defte titullo. 

A Sintaxe fe divide em Analogia, ou perfeyta, c 
he commua, c regular ; e em Anomola, ou figu- 
rada, e he irregular , e fe a Parta das Regras, 

Por duas vias fe dis a Sintaxe Analogia, ou perfey- 
tafc : hua pella Conveniencia, e Concordancia das pa- 

lavras 



74 Grammatica Lufaano-Anglica. 

lavras entre Sy, e outra pello Regimem, ou de pen- 
dencia que hua dic9ao tern da outra. 

Pello que refpeita a Concordancia das palavras 
entre fy ; tres fao as Concordancias : a primeyra 
entre o Nominative, e o Verbo. 

A 23. entre o Adjective, e o Subftantivo. 

A 33 entre o antecedente e o Relativo. 

Em quanto a primeyra, entra o Nominativo e o 
Verbo : quando encontrares algum Verbo em hua 
fentenca, deves preguntar , quern exercita a figni- 
ficaa5 defte Verbo ? e apalavra, ou Nome, que tc 
refponde aefta pregunta, efTa teras por Nominativo 
do Verbo, e os concordaras em Numero, e peilba, 
v. g. 

I am your Servant, eu fou vofTo fervidor. 
be is very diligent ; die he muyto diligente. 
we are all Friends, nos fomos todos Amigos. 
you are very civil, vos ibis muy civil. 
they are very bold^ ellcs fao muy atrevidos. 

Nos Exemplos referidos acharas, fazendo a pre- 
gunta de quern he o fervidor, o de ligente, os 
amigos, o civil, e os atrevidos , que eu, elle, nos, 
vos, e elles, fao os que refpondem a ditta pregunta, 
e que por Confequencia fao os Nominatives do Ver- 
bo de cada hua das Sentencas ; o que eftao concor- 
dando em Numero, e peflba, conforme a fua re- 
gra : por que overbo am, efta comcordado com o 
Pronome /, em Numero, e peflba no fingular, e 
na primeyra peflba ; e a fua terceira peflba, is, efta 
concordando com o Pronome, he, terceyra peflba 
e do Numero fingular, e we primeira peflba de plu- 
rar, e you fegunda, e they terceira do mefmo. Nu- 
mero fao os Nominativo, de, are do Verbo, am 
que fern mudan^a determina^ao ferve para todas dit- 
tas peflbas ; e com ellas efta concordando em nu- 
niero, e peflba. 

Nota 



Grammatlca LuJitano-Anglica. 75 

Notefe que muytos Nominatives juntos Levao o 
Verbo ao plurar, e que efte Concorda com apefiba 
mais nobre. 

/ and tbou are in Safe- Eu e tu eftamos em 

Guard. Seguro. 

Thou and thy Father Tu e teu pay eftais 

are in Jeopardy. em grande perigo. 

'Thy Father and thy Teu Pay e teu Meftre 

Maft erf end for you. mandao porti. 

O exemplo efta em, landthou, em tbou and thy 
Father : E em thy Father and thy Mafter : Os 
quais Nominatives juntos levao o Verbo, are, e o, 
Verbo, fend, ao Plurar. 

Notefe que alguas Vezes o Infinitive, ou aparte 
enteyra de hua fentenfa ferve de Nominrtivo ao 
Verbo, Ex. 

tfo rife betimes is a Levantar fedo he mais 

very wholfome 'Thing. falutifera Couza. 

'To know much is a moft Saber muyto he amais 

ipleafant Life. agradavel Vida. 

O exemplo efta em, to rife, e em, to know. In- 
finitivos, os quais eftao Servindo de Nominativoao 
Verbo, is. 

Notefe Que alguas Vezes fe uza do prezente, em 
lugar do preterito, Ex. 

'They go a hunting. Elles forao a ca^a. 

Ihey take a Stag. Elles tomarao hum 

Corco. 
'They divide it. Elles o dividirao. 

O exemplo efta em, they go, they take, and they 
divide, prezentes do Indicative, em lugar de went, 
took, e divided preterites perfeytos. 

N 



76 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

Notefe que tambem alguas Vezes fe uza do 
prezente em lugar do Future, Ex. 



What Day is to-mor- 
row ? 

To-morrow is Sunday. 
When do you go ? 
I go next Week. 



Que Dia he Manhaa ? 



A manhaaheZ>00Mfl0. 

Quando vas tu ? 

Eu vou a Semana que 
Vem. 

Next Monday is a Ho- A Semana que vem he 

dia Santo. 



ly-day. 



O exemplo efla nafterceyras peflbas, is, do Ver- 
bo, am, e em, I go, prezentes do Indicative, que 
eftaoem lugar dzjhall be, e /hall go, futures. 

Tambem fe uza do tempo prezente do Verbo, 
/ am, com o Participio do prezente do Verbo que 
fe neceflita para expreffar o prezente do ditto Ver- 
bo, Ex. 

/ am going to Church. Eu vou a* Igreja. 



He is going for France. 
What is he doing ? 
He is writing. 
He is reading. 
What is Jhe doing ? 
She is drejjivg her 
Head. 



Elle vay para Franca. 
Que fas elle ? 
Elle efcreve. 
Elle le. 
Que fas ella ? 
Ella compoem fua 
Cabe^a. 



O Exemplo efta em, am, e, /V, com os Participios 
do prezente, going, doing^ writing, reading, e dref- 
f.vg, dos Verbos neceffanos, em lugar dos prezen- 
tes, goeth ougoes, doeth ou does, &c. 

Mas advirtafle, que he neceflario, que o Verbo 
feja de movimento, eque accao tenha dura^ao , por 
que nao fera bem ditto, he is feeing, elle ve. 

Tambem fe uza do prezente com o Signal, did, 
ou do preterite perfeyto, para exprimir o preterito 
imperftyto, Ex. 

Alex- 



Grammattca Lufitano-Anglica. 77 

Alexander did take,ou Alexandre tomava 

agrado 



took great Pleafure in 
drinking. 

He did take, ou took 
fuch Pleafure in drink- 
ing, that Drunkennefs 
was reckoned amongft his 
Crimes. 

The Pagans did wor- 
), ou worjhipped the 
falfe Gods. 



grande 



na 



be- 
bida. 

Elle tomava tal prazer 
em abebida, que a em- 
briagues foy contada en- 
tre feus Crimes. 

Os Paganos adoravao 
os falfos Deuzes. 



O excmplo efta em, did take, ou took, e em did 
worjhip ou worjhipfed, uzados em lugar do imper- 
feyto. 

O Preterite imperfeyto nos Verbos de Movi- 
mento, fe expreflao pello imperfeyto do Verbo, am, 
com o participio do prezente do ditto Verbo dc 
Movimento, Ex. 



Wbitbcr were you go- 
ing Tefterday when Imet 
yon? 

I was going to the Ex- 
change. 

What was he doing ? 

He was writing. 



Aonde hias tu hontem 
quando eu te encontrey ? 

Eu hia a 

Que fazia elle ? 
Elle efcrevia. 



O excmplo efta em, were, com o participio go- 
ing, e em, was going, was doing, was writing ; 
expreffando com elles o preterito imperfeyto dos 
Verbos de movimento, go, do, e write. 

Alguas Vezes o preterito imperfeyto toma efte 
fignal, would, Ex. 



He would take all the 
Men that came into the 
Wood. 



Elle tomava todos os 
Homens que Vierao ao 
bofque. 

Hi 



7 8 Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 

He would lay an Am- Elle fazia hua embof- 

bujh to jlay them. cada para matalos. 

As foon as they had Tanto que elles tinhao 

done they would run feyto fugiao. 
away. 

He would throw Mo- Elle lancava dinheyro 

ney into the Streets ! pellas ruas ! 

O exemplo efta em take, lay, run, e throw, to- 
dos expreffando o preterite imperfeyto com ofignal, 
would. 

O Preterito perfeyto fimples fe exprimc pello 
participio do preterito ajuntandolhe as peflbas, 
Ex. 

/ loved, eu amey ; / killed, eu matey, o Exemplo 
efta em, loved, e killed. Que com o Pronome, /, 
fe exprime a primeyra peffoa do preterito. dos Ver- 
bos love, e kill. 

O Preterite perfeyto Compofto fe exprime com 
o prezente do Verbo have, e o participio do pre- 
terito do Verbo, que fequer uzar, Ex. 

/ have been there fe- Eu eftive la diverfas 

utral 'Times. Vezes. 

He hath carried your Elle levou a Voffa ou 

Letter to the Poft-Houfe. tua Carta ao Correyo. 

We have drank toge- Nostemosbebidojun- 

ther a great many 'Times, tos muytas Vezes. 

Exemplo efta em, have been, hath carried, 
have drank, que com feus pronomes, /, he, we, 
eftao, ExprefTindo o preterito perfeyto compofto. 

Notefe que quando fefas Menffao de hum certo 
tempo he melhor fervbftf'do preterito imperfeyto, 
que do perfeyto, Ex. 

1 was there the laft Eu eftive la a fomana 
Week . paffada. 

He 



Grammatica Lufaano-Anglica. 79 

He carried your Let- Elle levou atua, ou 
ter to the Poft-Houft the Vofia Carta aoCorreyo a- 
laft Night. noite paflkda. 

O exemplo efta em was, e carried, preterites 
imperfeytos, exprefiando por elles o preterito per- 
feyto, pella certeza do tempo da fomana, e noite 
paffada. 

Preterito plufquam perfeyto fe exprime com 
o preterito imperfeyto do Verbo, have* e o parti - 
cipio do preterito do Verbo, que fe quer uzar ; 
como feduTe na formacao dos tempos, Ex. 

As they had agreed. Como elles tinhao a- 

cordado. 

/ brought home all the Eu trouxe acaza todo 
Money that I had owing, odinheyro, que eu tinha 

Gainhado. 

1 gave to him a Shil- Eu Ihedey hum Shil- 
ling that I had found. lim, que eu tinhaachado. 

O exemplo efta em, had agreed, had owing, had 
found, explicando o plufquam perfeyto dos Verbos 
de cada fentenfa, com os feus participios, e o im- 
perfeyto, had, do Verbo, have. 

O uzo do future com o Signals /hall ou will, o 
do Imperativo com o fignal, let, c o do optativo, 
e Conjunctive com os feus Signais, a qualquer 
Capacidade fica facil obfervando as Conjugafois. 

T)o uzo do Infinito. 

Serveffe do infmito depois de outro Verbo, 
quando os dois Verbos pertencem amefma pef- 
foa, Ex. 

/ dejire to learn Ma- Eu dezejo aprendar 
tkematicks. Mathematica. 

mn 



80 Grammatlca Lufitanc- Anglic a. 

Will you learn to write? Queres aprender a ef- 

crever ? 

exemplo efta em, to learn, e to write, que 
eftao no infinite por Cauzados Verbos defire, &c. 

Do uzo do Supino. 
ServefTe tambem depois de outro Verbo, Ex. 

/ bave fome thing to Eu ten ho algua Cou- 

do. za para fazer. 

He batb Letters to Elle tern Cartas para 

write. efcrever. 

1 have a great mind Eu tenho grande Von- 
to go to Paris. tade de hir a Paris. 

O exemplo efta em, to do, to write, poftos no 
Supino depois do Verbo, have. 

O Gerundio em, di 9 pende de Subftantivos, e 
de Adjedbivos, Ex. 

Time of learning. Tempo de aprender. 

Arts of learning. Arte de aprender. 

Defirous of having. De zejozo de ter. 

Gerundio em, do, depende de propczifao, Ex. 

Hefpendetb bis Time in Elle gafla feu Tempo 

gaming and drinking. em jugar e beber. 

He taketb great Df- Elle tern grande de 

ligbt infijhing. leia^ao em pefcar. 

He fpends whole Days Elle gafta dias emtey- 

in reading. ros em ler. 

O Exemplo efta em, gaming, fijbing, reading 
Gerundios com adependencia da prepozifao, in. 

Notefe que o fazer men^ao de gerundio em, di 9 
e em do, he refpeitando a terminajao Latina ; por- 

quc 



Grammatica Liifitano-AngUca. gj 

que no Ingles tern eftes Gerundios aterminacao em 
ing, como fe ve nos Exemplos. 

Tambem ferve para Dativo, com os Adjectivos 
que Significao aptidao, e utilidade, Ex. 

Paper ufefulfor writing. Papel util para efcrever. 
Captain idoneous for Capitao Capas para 
wr. guerra. 

O exemplo efta em, for writing, e for war, 
poftos em Dativo aos Adjeftivos, ufeful, e idd~ 
neous. 

"Da fegunda Concordancia. 

Os Adjedivos ou fejao Nomes, ou pronomes, ou 
Participios Concordao com feus Subftantivos, em 
Genero Numero, e Cazo, antecedendo adittos Sub- 
ftantivos ; advertindo que no Ingles nao tern adifi- 
culdade, e trabalho como no Latim, para aconcor- 
dancia neftes accidentes, por Servir o Adjeclivo 
(na Lingua Ingkza] fern mudanfa determinacois 
para todo o Numero, e Genero. 

E para faberfe com clareza qualhe o Subftantivo; 
quando na o rafao fe encontra hum Adje&ivo; fe 
fara a pregunta, who, quern, ou what, que couza, 
he aquillo que o Adjective fignifica j v. g. branco, ne- 
gro, ou outra qualquer qualidade, on accidence ; e 
a palavra, que refponder a efta pregunta, efla he 
o Subftantivo, com quern hade Concordar o Adjet- 
tivo, Ex. 

AbeautifulWoman'pleafes. A Mulher fermozaagrada. 
The weary Traveller Jits O Caminhante canfiando 

ftill. fe a fenta quieto. 

The filthy Swine are al- Os porcos Sujos fempre 

ways grunting. efta5 grunhindo. 

My -pale Cheeks fuddenty Minha Face amarela de- 

grew red. repentefefesvermelha. 

Unjuft Gains are ejleemed. Lucres injuftos fao efti- 

m.idos. 
G O 



82 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

O Exemplo efta em, ' Woman, Traveller, Swine, 
Cheeks, Gains, que fa5 os Subftantivos com quern 
concordao os Adjectives, beautiful, weary, filthy, 
my, injujt. 

Da terceyra Concordancia do Relativo com o antece- 
dente. 

Quando fe acha hum relative, fe deve tambem 
fazer a pregunta, who, quern ? ou what ? que 
Couza ? he aquillo, que o Verbo, ou Adjedlivo 
que efta defpois do relative, fignifica ? e apalavra, 
que refponde a efta pregunta, effa he o antecedents, 
com quern hade concordar o relative, em Genero, 
Numero, e peflba, Ex. 

'The Man who is wife. O Homen, que he fabio. 
The Woman who fpeaketh O Mulher, qua falla pou- 
few Words. cas Palavras. 

Nao concord a em Cazo , porque deve eftar no 
Cazo, que o Verbo, ou Adjective, feguinte reger, 
ou outra qualquer diccao, Ex. 

The Letters, which you As Cartas, que tu man- 
fent, p!eafed. dafte agradarao. 

He came in that Place in Elle veyo a quelle lugar 
which. em o qual. 

O Exemplo efta em os dois relatives, which, 
eftando hum em Acuzativo do ITerbo, fent -, e o 
outro em Ablativo da Prepozifao, in. 

Da quarta Concordancia da pregunta com a re- 
pofta. 

A pregunta concorda com a repofta , ifto he que 
pello inelmo cazo que fe fas a pregunta ; pello 
mefmo cazo fe da a repofta, Ex. 

Who bought this ? I. Quern comprou ifto ? eu. 

Of whom is this, of John De quem he ifto ? de 
ou John'j ? Joao ? 

What 



Grammatica LuJitano-Anglica. 83 

What did you buy ? that Que comprafte iflb ou 

aquillo ? 
Vo ' whom did you give ? A quern o defte ? a elle. 

to him. 
By whom was it bought ? Por quern foy compra- 

by him. do ? por elle. 

O Exemplo efta na pregunta, who, que eftando 
em Nominativo, com ella concorda a repofta, 1 ; 
e o mefmo nas mais, of whom, to whom, what, by 
whom, em os quais fazendofe a pregunta pellos, 
Genito, Accufativo, Dativo, e Ablative ; concordao 
com elles nos mefmos Cazos as repoftas. 

Do Regimen, Governo, c Dependencia, que 
hua dic^ao, ou palavra tern da outra. 

Em toda Oracao, ou Sentenca deve de haver 
Nominativo, e Verbo, e todo o Verbo peflbal do 
Modo finito Pede antes de fi Nominativo, claro, 
ou efcondido : vejafie o que fe difle atras na pri- 
meyra Concordancia do Verbo com o Nominativo. 

Os Verbos, que fignififao o eftado, condi^ao ha- 
bito, geftos, coftume, ou conftituifao de algua pef- 
foa, ou coza regem antes e depois de fi Nominativo, 
Ex. 

Heftandsftreight. Elle efta direito. 

He is gone to Bed fupper- Elle foy para acama fern 
lefs. cea. 

O Exemplo efta em, ftreight, e gone, Nomina- 
tives depois dos Verbos, ftands, e is, concordando 
com os Nominatives antedentes, he, he. 

Os Verbos pafllvos ; de eftimar, conhecer, no- 
mear, chamar regem antes, e defpois de fi Nomina- 
tivo, Ez. 

Thy Brother is accounted Ten Irmao he eftima- 
a learned Man. do, por hum Homen 

fabio. 
G 2 



84 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

Thou baft been found often Tu tens fido achado 
falfe. muytas vezes falfo. 

The King is called Father O Rey he chamado Pay 
of the Country. da Patria. 

My Brother is named Meu Irmao fe chama 
John. Joao. 

O Exemplo efta em thy Brother, thou, the King 9 
my Brother, Nominatives antecedentes aos Verbos, 
to account, to find, to call, to name, poftos na pafli- 
va tendo depois de fi os Nominatives, learned Man -, 
falfe, Father, John. 

Do Regimen do Genitivo. 

Dois Subflantivos juntos pertencentes a Couzas 
diverfas, o fegundo vay a Genitivo com o fignal, of, 
que correfpoude a, dos, das, da, de, da Lingua Por- 
tugueza, Ex. 

The Sight of a fair Pic- A Vifta de hua boa Pin- 

ture delights the Eyes. tura de Leyta a Vifta. 

The Beauty of a handfome A Belleza da Mulher 

Woman is fkafant. fermoza he agradavel. 

O Signal, of, que fignifica, do, da, de, dos, das, 
f'm Porcugues -, pofto depois dos Adjectives, que 
fignififao dezejo, fabedoria, lembran^a, Ignorancia, 
efquecimento, cuydado, modo, culpa, ou outra 
qualquer paixao do Animo, he fignal do Genitivo, 
que regem dittos Adjeflivos, Ex. 

Thcfe Men that are de- Aquelles Homens, que 

Jirous of Honour, ought lao dezejozos de Hon- 

to beftudious of Learn- ra, devem fer dezejo- 

ing and good Manners. zos de aprender, e de.. 

bons Cofcumes. 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 85 



He, who is always mind- 
ful of the Mafter's 
Commands i is not fear- 
ful of Punijbment. 

Thou art ignorant of na- 
tural Things, rude of 
Letters, and uncertain 
of the Path of Virtue. 

Thou and I are both ac- 
cufed of the fame Crime. 

'The richeft Man, carelefs 
of his Affairs, is redu- 
ced to Poverty -, but a 
poor Man, careful of 
his, obtaineth Riches. 



Aquelle que efta cuyda- 
dozo das ordens do 
meftre, nao efta me- 
drozo do Caftigo. 

Tu eftas ignorante das 
Couzas naturais, rudo 
de Letras, e incerto 
do Atalho da VirtudeJ 

Tu e eu fomos ambos 
accuzados do mefmo 
Crime. 

O mais rico Homen, 
defcuydado de feus 
Negoc.ios, he reduzido 
a Pobreza , porem o- 
pobre cuydadozo dos 
feus, alcanca riquezas. 



O Exemplo efta em, of Honour, of Learning, of 
good Manners, of the Mafter* s Commands, of 'Cunijh- 
went, of natural Things, of Letters, of the Path, of 
the fame Crime, of his Affairs, of his ; os quais ef- 
tao em, Genitivo dos Adjeftivos, defirous, fiu- 
dious, mindful, fearful, ignorant, rude, uncertain, 
accufed, carelefs, careful. 

Os Nomes Partativos, os Adje&ivos partativa- 
mente poftos, os Interrogativos, e os Numerals re- 
gem Genitivo, Ex. 



Thou haft chofen two 
Companions, of which 
one is a Fool, the other 
idle. 

It is _ a difficult Thing, 
which of the two Par- 
ties IJhall take. 



Tu tens Efcolhido dois 
companheyros, dois 
quais hum he tonto^ 
o outro preguifozo. 

He difficukozi Couza, 
qual das duas Partes 
tomarey. 



Romulus 



86 



Grammatica 



Romulus, who built the 
famous City of Rome, 
was the fir ft of all the 
Roman Kings. 

None of the Heathenijh 
Gods delivered bisWor- 
Jhipper. 

Which is my Book ? nei- 
ther of thefe. 



Romulo, que edificou a 
famoza Cidade de Ro- 
wa, foy o primeiro de 
todos os Reys Ro- 
vnanos. 

Nenhum dos Deuzes 
gentilicos livrou feu 
Adorador. 

Qual he men Livro ? 
nenhum deftes. 



O Exemplo efta em, of which, of two, of all the 
Roman Kings , of the Heathenijh Gods, neither of 
thefe, que eftao em Genitive do Numeral, one, dof- 
puitativos, wh ether ifirft, none, neither. 



Os Verbos de a Cuzar, condemnar, abfolver, e 
admoeftar Regem Genitivo da Couza do que fe a 
Cuza condemna abfolve, admoefta, e Acuzativo 
da peffoa como fevera adiante em feu proprio lu- 
gar, Ex. 



He accufetb another Man 
of Dijhonefty. 

He condemns his Son in 
Law of Wickednefs. 

We admoni/h the Gram- 
marians of their Duty. 

lie is acquitted of Theft: 



Elle acuza outro Ho- 

men de dezoneftidade. 
Elle condemna feu Gen- 

ro da Maldade. 
Nos admoeftamos os 

Grammaticos da fua 

Obrigafao. 
Elle he abfolvido do 

Furto. 



O Exemplo efta em, of Dijhonefly y of Wickednefs, 
of their Duty, of Theft, os quais eftao em Geni- 
tivo dos Verbos, accufed, condemns , admonijb, acquit. 

Os Adjeftivos de Alegria Regem Genitivo, Ex. 

He is glad of the Honour. Elle efta alegre da Honra. 

Os 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 87 

i 

Os Verbos de enquirir, ouvir Regem Genitivo 
da peffoa de quern fe enquire, ou ouve j e Acuza- 
tivo da Couza como fevera adiante, Ex. 

He faith, be came to in- Elle dis, que veyo a in- 
quire of him. quirir delle. 

Perhaps you had heard Acazo tu tinhas ouvido 
of fame Body. de alguem. 

As Particulas, 0/, from, without^ quando eftao 
antes de algum Verbo, Regem Gerundio ou Parti- 
cipio do prezente, Ex. 

I come from drinking. Eu venho de beber. 

/ am never weary of Eu nunca eftou can^ado 

reading. de ler. 

Can you not fpeak with- Nao podes fallar fern rir? 

out laughing ? Nao podem os H omens 
Cannot Men be merry eftar alegres fern con- 

ivithout quarrelling ? tender ? 

Os Verbos de receber Regem Genitivo da peffoa 
de quem fe recebe, o Acuzativo da Couza, que fe 
recebe, Ex. 

J receive my Money of Eu . recebi o men di- 
Peter. nheyro de Pedro. 

Do Regimen do Dativo. 

A perda ou Proveyto fe poem em Dativo ideft, 
a peffoa a quem fed a a perda, ou o Proveyto fe 
poem em Dativo, Ex. 

Corn grows for Man. O Trigo crefce para a 

Homen. 

Hay is mowed for Horfes, O Feno he fegado para 
and Cows. Cavalos, e Vacas. 

G 4 Os 



88 Grammatica Lufitano-AngUca. 

Os Adje&ivos que fignififao Utilidade, ou ap- 
tidao regem Dativo da Couza para que he util, ou 
apto, Ex. 

Paper ufeful for wri- Papel util para efcrever. 



Captain idoneous to War. Capitao apto para a 

Guerra. 

Os Verbos, que fignifif ao, to promife, prometer, 
to pay, pagar, to give, dar, to fell, vender, to fend, 
emviar, to offer, offereffer, to bring, trazer, to buy, 
comprar, to lend, empreflar, to provide, prover, to 
tell, dizer, regem Dativo da peffoa aquem fe pro- 
mete, &c. e Acufativo a Couza que fe promete, 
Ex. 

Meu Pay me prometeu 

grandes Premios. 
O Devedor paga ao a 
Credor grande foma 
de dinheiro. 
O mofib de meu Pay me 

Troxe pao Equeijo, 
Meu irmao Pequeno me 
mandou eftas Luvas. 
Meu bom tio me darl 
muytos Livros efcol- 
hidos. 

Emprefta tuas Botas ao 
MofTo de meu Pay. 



My Father promifed great 

Rewards to me. 
tfhe Debtor pays to the 

Creditor great Sums of 

Money. 
My Father's Man brought 

me Bread and Cbeefe. 
My little Brother fent me 

'theft Gloves. 
My good Uncle will give 

me many choice Books. 



your Boots to the 

Servant of my Father^ 

or my Father's Servant. 
V/hen they offered Caefar 

a Crown and Sceptre 

he refufed them. 
Thou haft told thy Father 

many Lyes. 

O Exemplo efta em, to r,is, to the Creditor, me, 
mf) me, to the Servant, gsefiir, thy Father, que t:f- 

O 



Quando orTereflferao a 
Cafar a Coroa, e Cep- 
tro, elle os refuzou. 

Tu cicefte a teu Pay 
muitas Mentiras. 



Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 89 

tao cm Dativo dos Verbos, promife, pays, brought, 
fent, give, lend, offered, told, 

Os Verbos de perfuadir regem Dativo da Couza 
5 que fe perfuade, e Acuzativo da peflba aquem fe 
perfuade, Ex. 

He perfuades me to that. Elle me perfuade aiflb. 

O Signal, to, que em Portugues figninca, aos, a 
as, a, para, he de Dativo efpecialmente fe fe enli- 
nua algua acquizicao, Ex. 

To give way to the 'Time. Dar Tempo ao Tempo. 

Antes de palavras Tempo de Movimento infinua- 
dativo, Ex. 

He lifteth tip bis Hands Elle levanta fuas maos 

to Heaven. ao Ceo. 

He came to Genoa. Elle veyo a Genova, 

Depois de hua palavra antes dos Adjectives, que 
fignififao, para, promptidao, capacidade, ou incli- 
na^ao infinua dativo, Ex. 

A ready way to Honour. Prompto caminho para 

Honra. 

Depois de hua palavra fignificante, in Comparifon 
of, em comparafao de, infinua dativo, Ex. 

Nothing to Perfeus, nada a Ptrfeu -, i. e. in Com- 
parifin of Perfeus, em comparajao de Perfeu. 

Depois de hua palavra a que fe fegue, according, 
conforme, infinua dativo, Ex. 

He /peaks all according Elle falla tudo conforme 
to his Will. 5 fiKi Vontade. 

I judge according to tyy Eu julgo conforme a 
own Senfe. meu proprio Juizo. 

Deante 



90 Grammatlca LuJitano-AngUca. 

Deante dapeffoa, to whom, aquem, ou before 
whom, diante quern, alguem fe queixa, acuza, 
condemna, ou falla, infmuadativo, Ex. 

He complains to me ly Elle fequeixa a mim por 

Letter. Carta. 

He made Oration to the Elle fes hua Pra&ica ao 

People. Bovo. 

Depois de hua palavra, que tras exprefiao de Cor- 
tezia, Court efy, ou Favor, Kindnefs, infmua dativo, Ex. 

Tour Kindnefs to me have VofTo Favor para com- 
leen very manifeft, and migo tem fido muyto 
very great. manifefto,emuygra'n- 

de, 

De dilaffao, ou prorogate, a the tal Tempo, fe 
poem em Dativo, Ex. 

*Tbe Soldier's Hope is A Efperan^a dos Solda- 
put off to another Day. dos efta prorogada ou- 

tro Dia. 

Do Acuzativo. 
O Verbo Adivo rege Acuzativo, Ex. 

We mujl Icve God. Nos devemos amar a 

Deus. 

Os Verbos de acuzar, condemnar, abfolver, e ad- 
moeftar regem acuzai.iv:o da peflfoa, que fe condem- 
na, acuza, &c . como ja fe rcferio atras. 

Os Verbos de inquirir, ouvir, e receber regem 
acuzativo da Couza, que fe inquire, ouve, ou rece- 
be, como atras fe fes mencao. 

Os Verbos de prometer, pagar, dar, vender, em- 
viar, orFerefier, trazer, comprar, empreftar, prover, 
dizer, regem Acuzativo da Couza, que fe promete, 
paga, &c. como ja fediffe atras. 

Os Verbes de periuddir^regem Accuzativo da 
pefiba a quern fe perfuade. 

Do 



Grammatha Lufitano-Anglica. 91 



Do Regimen do Ablativo. 

O Inftrumento, Cauza, ou maneyra, com que al- 
gua Couza he feyta fe poem em Ablative, Ex. 

The Mind is diftrafted O Animo he diftrahido 

com cuydados, e te- 

tnores. 
O Corpo efta quebrado 

com Trabalhos. 
Os Soldados vencem Of- 

perigos com a Au- 

dacia. 

Lions tear Beafls by Leois defpeda^ao Feras 

Strength. com Forca. 

Nature is folijhed by A Natureza he pulida 

com a Erudifao e 
Arte. 

A Arte he aperfei^oada 
com a Praftica. 



with Cares and Fears. 

The Body is broken with 

Troubles. 
Soldiers overcome Dangers 

witb daring. 



Learning and Art. 



Art is ferfefted by Prac- 

tice. 
/ firuck my Brother, 

with my Fiji and 

a Stone. 



Eu feri men Irmao com 
meu Punho, e hua 
Pedra. 



Do Ablativo abfoluto. 

Hum Nome nao tendo palavra por quern pofTa 
fer governado, fe poem em Ablativo abfoluto, e 
em Ingles fe conhefle efte por trazer antes do Ver- 
bo os Signals, having, being, after, when, ou outros 
femelhantes, e nefle Cazo o Verbo fe exprime pello 
Participio do preterito ou do prezente, Ex. 
Having thus encouraged Animados afim feos Sol- 

his Soldiers. dados. 

Ptolomy being dead. Morto Potohmeu. 

Antiochus being cut off, Vencido Aniioco, e todo 

and all his Army. feu exercito. 

Clw-. 



92 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 



Cleopatra, bis Mother- 
in-law, -promifing him 
the Kingdom of Egypt. 

When Demetrius knew 
ibis. 



Prometendo a elle Cleo- 
patra fua Madrafta o 
Reino de Egypto. 

CohefTendo Demefrio ifto. 



Do Uzo dos Artigos. 

Na Lingua Ingleza fe uza dos Artigos como na 
Portugueza, Ex. 



"o 

The Body and the Soul. 
*the Head is the bigheft. 
The Stomach received 

Viftuals. 

The Heart dieth loft. 
The Sight is a fine thing. 



O Corpo, e a Alma. 

A Cabea, he o mais alto 

o eilomago recebe as 

Comidas. 

O Cora^ao morrc ultimo. 
A Vifh he xuia Bella 

Couza. 



Falando perem de Virtudes, Paixoes, Vicios, Ar- 
tes, e Sciencias, na5 fe Uza de Artigo, Ex. 



Men muft refpeft Wifdom 
above Strength. 

Fools defyife Wifdom. 
Virtue cannot agree with 
Vice. 

Jujiice is without Inte- 

rejl. 
Chaftity, Modejiy^ and 

Humility^ are lovely 

Virtues. 
Prudence is the Rule of 

all Virtues. 
Pride is the Sin of the 



Os Horn ens devem ref- 
peitar o Juizo mais 
que a For? a. 

Os Locos defprezao o 
Juizo. AVirtudenao 
pode concordar com o 
Vicio. 

A Juft'^a he fern inte- 
refie. 

A Caftidade, a Modeftia, 
e a Humildade, fao a 
maveis Virtudes. 

A Prudencia he Aregra, 
de todas as Virtudes. 



A Soberba he opecado 

do Diabo. 
Difcords are the Ruin sf As Difcordias fao Rui- 



States. 



nas dos Eftados. 

Drunken- 



Grammatica Litfitano-Anglica. 93 



Drunkennejs is abomina- 
ble. 

Anger doth breathe but 
Arms and Blood. 

Pbilofopby is Mijlrefs of 
Wifdom. 

Mufick is fleafant to the 
Ear. 

Writing knoweth nothing, 
and t cache th all Things. 



A Bebedice he abomi- 

vel. 
A Ira refpira fo Armas, 

e Sangue. 
A Philozophia he Mef- 

tra do Juizo. 
A muzica he agradavel 

ao ouvido. 
A Efcritura fabe nada, e 

enfina todas as Cou- 

zas. 



A Arifmetica he Scien- 
cia de Numeros. 



Arithmetick is the Science 
of Numbers. 

Falando de Subftancias em geral, principal mente 
da quellas, que nao fe contao, nao fe uza de Arti- 
go, Ex. . 

Bread is the Staff of Life. O Pao he bordao da Vida. 
If Salt lofe its Savour. Se o Sal perde feu Sa- 



/ love Milk, Buffer, and 
Cheefe. 



bor. 

Eu amo Leito, Mantel' 
ga, e queijo. 



Beef is the Partridge of A Vaca he aperdis de 



Inglaterra. 
O Carneiro he mais doce 

que o toucinho. 
A comida AfTada he 

melhor, que cozida. 
O Vinho alera o Cora- 



England. 
Mutton is fweeter than 

Bacon. 
Roaft Meat is better than 

boiled Meat. 
Wine doth rejoice the 

Heart. 
Beer and Ale are good A Cerveja, e Ela juntas, 

together. fao boas. 

Gold and Silver do all O Ouro, e Aprata fazem 

Things. todas as Couzas. 

Wheat, Rye, and Barley O Trigo, Senteyo, e fe- 



make Bread. 
Grafs and Hay is 
Food of Cattle. 



vadas fazem Pao. 
the Aerva, eo Feno fao o 
Alimento do Gado. 
Parjley, 



94 Grammatlca LufaanQ-Anglica. 

ParJIy, and Sorrel are 

good in Broth. 
Garlick ftinks. 
Muftard is good with 

fait Beef . 
After Dinner Muftard. 



Sugar is fweet, lut Pep- 
per, Ginger, Nutmeg^ 
and Mace are not. 



O Apio, e as Azedas 
fao bons no Caldo. 

O Alho fede. 

A Moftarda he boa com 
Vaca falgada. 

Depois de Gentar Mof- 
tarda. 

O a Sucar he doce ; mas 
a Pimenta, Gingivre 
nos Nofcada, e Flor 
de nos Nofcada nao o 
fao. 



Todos 6s Subftantivos, que fe podcm contar re- 
cebem artigo no fmgular, mas nao no Plurar, Ex. 



I have a Friend. 
I have Friends. 
I have a good Book. 

I have good Books. 
I have bought a Knife. 
I have bought Knives. 



Eu tenho hum Amigo. 

Eu tenho Amigos. 

Eu tenho hum bom 

Livro. 

Eu tenho bons Livros. 
Eu comprey hua Faca. 
Eu comprey Facas. 



Notefe, que eftas Regras fo tern Lugar quando fe 
fala de Entidades, e Subftancias, em fua Generali- 
dade ; porem quando a Generalidade fe reduz a 
Couza particular, em tao feuz^ de Artigo, Ex. 

O Amor de Deus. 

O Juizo dos Homens he 
Louquice. 

Eu te dou as Grafas 
pello Vinho, que me 
mandafte. 

Eu difpendi todo o Ou- 
ro, e Prata, que rece- 
bi Hontem. 



Love of God. 
Wifdom of Men is 
Folly. 

I thank you for the Wine, 
that you fent me. 

I have fpent all the Gold 
and Silver, that I re- 
ceived Tefterday. 



Grammatica Lufaano-Anglica. 95 



The Mutton that we did 
eat the other Day, was 
very fweet. 

The Beer that I drank 
loft Night was good. 

The Books, that, Ibought^ 
are good. 



O Carneiro, que nos co- 
memos o outro Dia, 
era muyto doce. 

A Cerveja que eu bebi 
a Noyte paffada era 
boa. 

Os Livros, que comprey 
fao bons. 



Falando de Couzas differentes nao fe repete 
o Artigo, Ex. . 



The Kings and Princes. 
The Eyes and Ears. 
'The Arms and Legs. 
The Father , Mother and 

Children. 

The Brother and Sifter. 
The Butter and Cheefe. 
The Light and Darknefs. 



Os Keys, e Principes. 
Os Olhos, e Orelhas. 
Os Brazos, e Pernas. 
O Pay, May, e Crian- 

as. 

O Irmao, e Irmaa. 
A Manteiga, e Queijo.' 
A Lus, e Efcuridade. 



Quando fe fala das Partes do Corpo, em Lugar 
do Artigo, fe Uza dos Pronomes pofleflivos, Ex. 



My Head aches. 
My Eyes are fore. 

My Leg is broken. 
I have burnt my Leg. 

Is your Belly full ? 
I will break your Neck. 
He hath loft his Sight. 
Wajh your Hands. 



Medoe aeabe? a. 
Meus olhos eftao chaga- 

dos. 
Minha Perna efta que- 

brada. 
Queimey a Perna. 

Efta Chea tua barriga ? 
Te quebrarey Opefco? o. 
Elle perdeu fua Vifta. 
Lava tuas Maos. 



O Genitivo de perten^ao ou poffeffao, eomo cha- 
mao os Lanitos, tern Lugar quando fe fala deduas 

peflbas 



96 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglicci. 

pefibas, ou Couzas pertehcentes hua a outra eo tal 
Genitivo fe antepoem fern Artigo, a juntandolhe 
hum, s, e interpondo hum Apoftrofe na Forma- 
abaixo. 



King's Son. O Filho do Rey. 

The Queen's Coach. O Coche da Rainha. 

The Brother's Wife. A Mulher do Irmao. 

My Father's Houfe. A Caza de meu Pay. 

My Sifter's Gloves. As Luvas de minha Ir- 

maa. 

My Coufm's Book. O Livro de meu Primo. 

My Uncle's Son. O Filho de meu Tio. 

" Porem quando dois Subftantivos vem juntos, c 
pertencem a Couzas diverfas, o fegundo vay a Geni- 
tivo com o Artigo, of, Signal do Genitivo, como 
fe difle no Regimen do Genitivo. 

Quando fe fala de Materia de que algua Couza 
he feyta, a Materia fe poem em Genitivo, antece- 
dendo o tal Genitivo a o Nominativo fern Artigo, 
Ex. 

A brick Houfe. Hua Caza depedra. 

A filler Dijh. Hum prato de Prata. 

A fcarlct Cloak. Huma Capa de efcar- 

late. 

Afilk Stocking. Hua meya de Seda. 

A wooden Box. ' Hua caixa de Pao. 

A born Comb. Hum pente de Corno. 

Brafs Money. Dinheiro de Cobre. 

A Holland Shirt. Hua Camiza de Olanda. 

Quando fe fala, de Couzas que fe pezao, contao, 
ou medem, a Couza contada, pezada, ou medida fe 
poem em Genitivo, pofpofto o tai Genitivo com o 
Artigo, of, Ex. 

A Glafs of Wine. Hum Vazo de Vinho. 

A Barrel of Beer. Hum Barril de Cerveja, 

.i 



Grammatica Liifitano-dnglica. 07 
A Dijb of Meat. Hum Prato de Carne. 

A Dozen of Lemons. Hua Duzia de Limocs. 

A Score of Oranges. Hua Vintena de Laran- 

jas. 

A Pint of Wine. Hua Pinta de Vinho. 

A Bujhel of Wheat. Hum a Fanega de Trigo. 

An Ell of Cloth. Hua Vara de Pano. 

A Pound of Butter. Hum Arratel de iVTan- 

teiga. 
A Yard of Ribbon. Hua Jarda de Fita. 

Quando fe fala de Muzica, ou Inftrumentos, fe 
Uza do Verbo, to play, com o Artigo, the, acom- 
panhado das Prepozijoes, 0#, ou, upon, Ex. 
To play upon the Fiddle. ranger Rabeca. 
To play upon the Lute. ranger a Laude. 
To play upon the Guitar, ranger Viola. 
To play upon the Virginal, ranger Cravo. 

Falando de Jogos de Gainhar, ou perder, fe 
Uza do mefmo Verbo, to play, com a Prepozicao, 
at, Ex. 

To play at Piquet. jugar os Piques. 

To play at Cards. jugar as Carcas. 

To play at Pins. jugar aos Paos. 

To play at Tennis. jugar a Pella. 

To play at Dice. jugar os Dados. 

Da pregunta, where, aonde ? 
Quando a pregunta, ou queftao fe fas por, where, 
fem haver Movimento, a Lingua Ingleza, fe ferve 
nos Nomes proprios de Villas, Barrios, Aldeas da 
Propozifao, at, que fignifica, em, na Porcugueza, 
Ex. 

The King of England, is O Rey de Inglaterra, ef- 
at London, at Wind- ta em Londres, em 
for, at New- Marker. Uinfar y no Mercado 

Nevo. 

H Tarn- 



98 Grammdtica Lufttano- Anglic a. 

Tambem fe uza de, at, com a palavra, Home, 
porem fallandofe de Provincias ou Reynos, fe lerve 
da Propizifao, /, Ex. 

'The King is in England, El Rey efta em Ingla- 

in Holland, in Picar- terra, em Olanda, 

dy, in the Country. em Picardia, em o 

Carri'po. 

Da pregunta, whither, para onde ? 

Quando ha Movimento nos Nomes proprios de 
Villas, cidades, e Barrios fe Uza de, to, Ex. 

I go to London. Eu vou a Londres, 

I go to Verfailles. Eu vou a Varfelles. 

Tambem fe uza de, to, nos Nomes de Reinos, 
Provincias, havendo Movimento, Ex. 

I will go to England. Eu hirey a Inglaterra. 
I am going to Holland. Eu vou a Olanda. 

Com a palavra, Home, fe fuprime o to, Ex. 
He goes Home. Elle vay a Caza. 

Da Pregunta, from whence ? de donde ? 

Quando a pregunta fe fas, from whence ? A Lin- 
gua Ingleza uza de, from, que fignifica, de, na Por- 
tugueza , em todos os Nomes, fem excep^ao de 
Reynos, nem Provincias fendo proprios, Ex. 

From whence come you ? De donde vens ? 

/ come from England, Eu venho de Inglaterra^ 

from London, from de Londres, de Var- 

Verfailles. felles. 

Mas em os outros Nomes que nao fao proprios, 
fe'uza defrom, com, the, Ex. 

/ come from the Market. Eu venho do Mercado. 
/ come from the Church. Eu venho da Igreja, 
T come from the Country. Eu venho do Campo. 

Da 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 99 

Da pregunta, by which way ? porque Parfe ? 

Em todos os Nomes proprios, uza de, by^ Ex. 

/ will go by France, by Eu hirey por Franca por 
Paris, by Verfailles. Pariz, por Varfelles. 

Em todos outros Nomcs, fe ajunta o Artigo, tbe, 
Ex. 

I faffed, by the Window. Eu pafley pella Janella/ 

/ paffed by the Door. Eu pafley pella Porta. 

/ faffed by the Majler's Eu pafley pello Campo 
Country. do' amo. 

Do Uzo de hum Verbo peflbal em todas as ac- 
is -, Affirmativas, Interrogativas, e Negativas. 



Prezent. 

I do fee. eu vejo. 

/ do not fee. nao vejo. 

Do I fee ? vejo eu ? 

Do I not fee ? nao vejo eu ? 

He doth fee. elle ve. 

He doth not fee. elle nao ve. 

Doth be fee ? ve elle ? 

Dotb be not fee ? nao ve' elle ? 

We do fee. nos vemos. 

We do not fee. nos nao vemos. 

Do we fee ? vemos nos ? 

Do tve not fee ? nao vemos nos ? 

Tou do fee. vos vedes. 

Tou do not fee. vos nao vedes. , 

Do you fee ? vedes vos. 

Do you not fee ? nao vedes vos ? 

'They do fee. elles veem. 

'They do not fee. elles nao veem. 

Do they fee ? veem elles ? 

J)o they not fee. ? nao veem elles ? 

H 2 Imperf* 



loo Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 



I did fee. 
I did not fee. 
Did I fee? 
Did I not fee? 



I have feen. 
I have not feen. 
Have I feen ? 
Have I not feen ? 
Tou have done. 
You have not done. 
Have you done ? 
Have you not done ? 



I had Love. 

I had not Loved. 
Had I Loved ? 
Had I not Loved ? 



I will do. 
I will not do. 
Shall I do? 
Shall I not do? 



Let him do. 

Let him not do. 

Let us go. 

Let us not go. 

Speak. 

Do not fpeak, &c. 



Imperf. 

en via. 
eu nao via. 
via eu ? 
nao via eu ? 

Perf. 

eu tenho vifto. 
eu nao tenho vifto. 
tenho eu vifto ? 
nao tenho eu vifto, 
vos tendes feito. 
vos nao tendes feito. 
tendes vos feito ? 
nao tendes feito ? 



Plufq. 

eu tinha Amado. 
eu nao tinha Amado. 
tinha eu Amado ? 
nao tinha eu Amado ? 

Futuro. 

eu farey. 
eu nao farey. 
farey eu ? 
nao farey eu ? 

Imperf. 

fa:a elle. 
nao faca elle. 
vamos. 
nao vamos. 
falla. 
nao falles. 



Do 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. ior 



Do Uzo de hum Vqrbo Impefibal na voz activa. 



// rains. 

It doth not rain. 
Doth it rain ? 
Doth it not rain ? 
It did rain. 
It did not rain. 
Did it rain ? 
Did it not rain ? 
It hatb rained. 
It hatb not rained. 
Hath it rained ? 
Hatb it not rained ? 
It will rain. 
It will not rain. 
Willit rain? 
Will it not rain ? 
Let it rain. 

God grant it may rain. 
O would to God it might 
rain. 



chove. 

nao chove. 

chove ? 

nao chove ? 

chovia. 

nao chovia. 

chovia ? 

nao chovia ? 

tern chovido. 

nao tern chovido. 

tern chovido. 

nao tern chovido. 

chovera. 

nao chovera. 

chovera ? 

nao chovera ? 

chova. 

Oxala chova. 

Oxala chovera. 1 



E por efta forma fe feguem os mais. 



// blows> ou it doth blow. 
It freezes^ ou it doth 

freeze. 

It thaws, &c. 
It doth fnow. 
It grieves me. 
It behovetb me. 
It concerns me. 
It concerns you. 
It is hot. 
It is cold. 
It is fair Weather. 



aventa. 
gella. 

defgella. 

neva. 

me ancea. 

me convem. 

me importa. 

te importa. 

efta quente. 

efta frio. 

efta bom Tempo. 



IO2 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 
It is foul Weather. efta mao Tempo. 



// is dirty. 

It is dry. 

It falls cut fometimes. 

It is good to be here. 

If is not good to travel 
in Winter. 

It is dangerous. 

It is better to be alone, 
than with bad Com- 
pany. 

It is better to dine late, 
than never. 

It is better to bow than 
to break. 



efta lamacento. 

efta feco. 

a contece alguas vezes. 

efta bom para eftar aqui. 

Nao he bom caminhar 

de Inverno. 
he perigozo. 
he melhor eftar fo que 

com ma Companhia. 

melhor he gentar tarde, 

que nunca. 
melhor he dobrar, que 

quebrar. 



Do uzo do Verbo, to be, impefibalmente affir- 
mando. 



there is. 
there was. 
there hath been, 
there had been, 
there will be. 
let there be. 



is there ? 
was there f 
hath there been ? 
had there been ? 
will there be ? 
would there be ? 



efta. 

eftuva. 

efteve ou tem eftado. 

tinha eftado. 

eftara. 

efteja. 

Preguntando. 

efta? 

eftava ? 

efteve, ou tem eftado. 

tinha eftado ? 

eftara ? 

eftaria ? 



Do uzo do Verbo, muft, dever, ou necefiltar. 

lije Verbo defective, fe uza de Tempo prezente 
fazendo hum fentido de futuro. 



Grammatical Lujitano-Anglica. 103 

/ muft go. eu devo ou necefllto hir. 

/ muft do that. eu devo fazer aquillo. 

Tou muft do that. deves fazer aquillo. 

Tou muft prepare. neceffitas preparar. 

'They mujl learn. devem aprender. 

We muft have Care. devemos ter Cuydado. 

We muft all die. devemos morrer todos. 

We muft not wonder. nao devemos admirar. 

O Imperfeyto defte Verbo fe, Exprefla pella 
particula, Jbould. 

Tou JhoulJ have done devias ter feito aquillo. 

that. 
IJhould have gone there, eu devia ter hido la. 

Para os outros Tempos he necefifario uzar de Pa- 
raphrazes, formandoos com o auxiliar, to be, e o 
Adjectivo, needful, que iignifica Couza neceflaria, 
v. g. para formar o preterite perfeito, fe dira. 

// hath been needful. foy neceflario. 

E da mefma Sorte os mais, &c. 
Do uzo do Verbo impeflbal na voz pafllva. 

O Verbo impeflbal nefta voz pafllva, na Lingua 
Ingleza ; huas vezes fe exprime pella diccao. they, 

v -g- 

they fpeak. falafle. 

they fpeak good French falafle bom Frances em 

at Blois. Blots, 

they drink good Wine in bebefle bom vinho em 

France. Franca, 

they fpeak better Englifli falafle melhor Ingles em 

in London, than any Londres^ que em ou- 

where elfe. tra qualquer parte. 

they eat good Cream at comefle boa nata em 

Blois. -Blots. 

H Ou- 



104 Grammatlca LuJitano-Anglica. 



Outras vezes fe exprime pellas diccois, Men* 
People, one, v. g. 



Men know that well. 
Men hc'je not all that 

they wi/h for. 
One commanded me to do. 
Men lofe many things, 

for Want of ajking. 

People talk of that. 
One told me fo. 
People tell a great many 
Lies. 



fabeffe bem iffo. 

nao fe tern quanto fe de- 

zeja. 

emcomendoffe a fazer. 
perdenfe muytas Cou- 

zas, por falta de Pre- 

guntar. 
falaffe diflb. 
afim fe medice. 
fe dizem muytas Men- 

tiras. 



Mas mais commummente fe uza do Verbo,/0 be, 
e do Participio do preterito do Verbo, conforme o 
que fequer exprcffar, v. g. 



It is faid. 

Good Wine is drank in 

France. 
The beft Englifh is fpoken 

at London. 
That is well known, / 

have been commanded. 
Many Things are loft, for 

want of ajking 

It will be found. 

It will be done. 

Rofes are found among 

Thorns. 
A Friend is known in 

NeceJ/ity. 



fe dis. 

bom Vinho fe bebe em 

Fran fa. 
o melhor Ingles fe falla 

em Londres. 
iffo bem fefabe, fuy 

mandado. 
muytas Couzas fe per- 

dem por falta de Pre- 

guntar. 
fe achara. 
fe fara, 
fe achao Rozas entre 

Efpinhos. 
o Amigo fe conheffe na 

Necefndade. 



Pe- 



Grammatica Luhtano- Anglic a. 105 



Pequenos Dialogos para 
Principiantes. 

Palavra for palavra. 



Small Dialogues for Be- 
ginners, 



I. 



De donde vens tu Sen- 
hor? 

Eu venho da nofla I 
greja com,minha May. 

Tens tu ouvido hum 
bom Sermao ? 

Muyto bom, e muyto 
cientifico. 

Quern ha pregado ef- 
ta Manham ? 

Elle he o Senhor Lu- 
cas voflb amigo. 

Elle he hum honefto 
homem. 

Elle faz muyto bons 
Sermoins. 

Onde vas tu a gora ? 

Agentar, e enta5 a ver 
hum Amigo. 

Novamente vindo do 
Campo. 

Queres tu gentar com 
migo ? 

Que tens tu para gen- 
tar ? 

Nos temos alguaVaca, 
algum Carneiro. 

Alguma Vitela,algum 
Cordeyro, alguns Graos. 

Hum par de Coelhos, 
hua Salada. 



Verbatim. 

From whence come you 
Sir ? 

I come from our Church 
with my Mother. 

Have you heard a good 
Sermon ? 

Very good and very 
learned. 

Who hath preached this 
Morning ? 

It is Mr. Lucas your 
Friend. 

He is a very honejl 
Man. 

He maketh very good 
Sermons. 

Whither go you now ? 

To dinner, and then to 
fee a Friend. 

Newly come from the 
Country. 

Will you dine with me? 

What have you for 
Dinner ? 

We have fome Beef^ 
fome Mutton. 

Somi Veal, fome Lamb) 
fome Peas. 

A couple of Rabbits^ 
and Sail ad \ 

Eu 



Jo 6 Qrammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

En nao poflb gentar / cannot dine with you 

to-day. 

It Jhall be for another 
Time. 

Farewell^ I am your. 
Servant. 

I am yours witb all 
my Heart. 



com tigohoje. 

EJle fera para outra 
ocaziao. 

A Deus, eu fou teu 
Servidor. 

Eu fou vofibcorn todo 
meu Corafao. 



II. 



Onde queres tu hirefta 
tarde. 

Vamos a Greenwich 
ou Windfor. 

Quereis vos hir a Pe, 
ou em Coche ? 

A Cavalo, ou em Ba- 
tel? 

Vamos em hunV Batel 
cute rogo. 

Porem antes bebamos 
juntos. / 

Hua Botelha de Vinho 
em efla Taverna. 

Rapas, chama teu A- 
mo ; onde efla elle ? 

Senhor, elle he hido 
a o Campo. 

Com fua Mulher e 
fuas Crianfas. 

En poflb tirar hum 
tao bom Vinho como 
qualquer homem em 
Inglateira. 

Vay deprefTa, aviate, 
defpacha, corre. 



Whither will you go 
this Afternoon ? 

Let us go to Green- 
wich or Windfor. 

Will you go on Foot, 
or in a Coach ? 

On Horfeback^ or in a 
Boat ? 

Let us go in a Boat I 
pray you. 

But before let us drink 
together. 

A Bottle of Wine in 
this Tavern. 

Boy, call your Mafter-, 
where is he ? 

Sir, he is gone into the 
Country. 

With his Wife and his 
Children. 

I can draw as good 
Wine as any Man in Eng- 
land. 

Go quickly ', make bafte, 
run. 

Entre 



Grammatica "Lufitano-Angllca. 107 
Entre canto concerte- In the mean 'Tims let 



mos hum Batel. 

Com efte Barqueiro. 

Quanto tomaras tu da 
qui a Greenwich ? 

Dois Xiiins, Senhor. 

Iffo he muyto tu te- 
ras hum. 

Vay, traze teu Batel, 
corre depreffa. 

Rapas tira outra Bo- 
telha devinho. 

Traze hum vidro, la- 
va o bem. 

A vofla faude, Senho- 
res, acabemos. 

Bebe todo, paguemos 
e vamos. 

Vos eftais muy apref- 
fado , porque tao fedo. 

Eu quero tornar fedo; 
e eu tambem. 5 



us bargain for a Boat. 

With this Waterman. 

What will you take 
from hence to Greenwich. 

Two Shillings, Sir. 

It is too much,youjhall 
have one. 

Go fetch your Boat, 
run quickly. 

Boy, draw another 
Bottle of Wine. 

Bring a Glafs, wajh 
it well. 

To your health, Gen- 
tlemen, let MS make an 
End. 

Drink all, let us pay 
and begone. 

Tou are very bajly, 
why fo foon. 

I will return betimes , 
and I alfo. 



Eres tu o Meftre 
tenda ? 

Sim, Senhor, a voffo 
Servifo. 

Entre Vmce. 

Tens tu alguas boas 
Luvas ? 

Moftrame alguas das 
melhores. 

A palpa eftas, prova- 
as. 

Ellas fao muyto bran- 
das, e hua boa Cor. 



III. 

da Are you the Mafter of 
the Shop ? 

Tes, Sir, at your Ser- 
vice. 

Come in, Sir. 

Have you any good 
Gloves ? ' 

Shew me fome of ths 
bejt. 

Feel this Pair, try 
them. 

'They are very f oft, and 
a good Colour. 

Ellas 



io8 Grammatica L,ufitano- Anglic a. 

Ellas fao muy peque- They are too little, they 
nas, ellas fao muy eftrey- are too narrow. 



tas. 

Quanto pedes tu por 
eftas aqui ? 

Meya Coroa. 

EiTe pref o nao he ra- 
zoavel. 

Tern, ahy eftao dois 
Xilins. 

Tens tu Camaras para 
alugar ? 

Vem dentro fe te a- 
grada, tu af veras. 

efta Caza he muyto 
bella. 

Mas as efcadas fao 
muyto efcuras. 

Quanto pedes tu por- 
eftas duas Camaras ? 

Queres tu darme trez 
Livraf a o mez ? 

Dame Sinai, o Con- 
certo efta feito. 

Ahy efta hua Coroa, 
eftas tu contente ? 

Sim, Senhor, 'vem 
quando tu quizeres. 



What do you ask for 
thefe here ? 

Half a Crown. 

That Price is not rea- 
fonable. 

Hold, there is two 
Shillings. 

Have you Chambers to 
lett ? 

Come in if you pleafe, 
you Jh all fee them. 

This Houfe is very 
fine. 

But the Stairs are very 
dark. 

What do you ask for 
thefe two Chambers ? 

Will you give me three 
Pounds a Month ? 

Give me Earneft, the 
Bargain is made. 

There is a Crown, are 
you content. 

Tes, Sir, come, 
you will. 



IV. 

Sois vos Ingles^ Se- Are you an Englifli- 

nhor ? man, Sir ? 

Sim, Madama, a teu Tes, Madam, at your 

fervifo. Service. 

Eu eftou muyto ale- / am very glad to meet 

gre de encontrar a ty you here. 
aq-ui. 

Que 



Grammatlca Lufaam-Anglica. 109 

What fay you of /bis 
Country ? 

It is the fineft Country 
in the Word. 

Have you been at Ve- 
nice ? 

Yes, Madam, it is a 
fine City. 

Canyoufpeak Italian? 

I under/land better than 
Ifpeak. 

Will you dine with me 
to-day. 

I Jhall be glad of your 
Company. 

I can't indeed, I have 
Bujinefs to do. 

But I will come ts- 
morrow without fail. 

Tou Jhall be always 
welcome. 

Bring your Sifter along 
with you. 



Que dizes tu de efte 
Pays ? 

Elle he o mais bello 
Pays do Mundo. 

Tens tu eftado em Ve- 
neza ? 

Sim, Madama, ella he 
hua bella Cidade. 

Sabes tu fa\ar Itatiairo? 

Eu emtendo melhor 
do que falo. 

Queres tu gentar com 
migo hqje ? 

Eu me alegrarey de 
voffa Companhia. 

Nao poffo porcerto, 
tenho que fazer. 

Mas eu virey a Men- 
ha fern falta. 

Vos fereys fempre 
pre bem vindo. 

Trazey voffa Irma 
com vos. 



V. 



Irrnao, aqui efta vof- 
~ 



Vmde a efcrever. 

Eu nao poffo em ver- 
dade, eu eftou muy do- 
ente. 

Vos eftais fempre in- 
difpofto quando vos ve- 
des voffo Meftre. c. 

Vos eftais prequicozo, 
minha May eftara agaf- 
tada. 



Brother, here is your 
Mafler. 

Come to write. 

I cannot indeed, I am 
veryfick. 

Tou are always indif- 
pofed when you fee your 
Mafter. 

You are lazy, my Mo- 
ther will be angry. 

Eu 



no Grammatlca Lufitano- Anglic a. 

En aprenderey mais a I will learn more to- 
morrow Morning. 

Sir, ftay longer with 
me. 

I have a great Mind 
to learn to day. 



manha de iManha. 

Senhor, demorate ma- 
is com migo. 

Eu tenho hua grande 
vontade de aprender 
hoje. 

Agora eu comedo a 
cftar cancado, 

Eu imagino que he 
baftante por Agora. 

Onde queres tu hir 
eft a tarde ? 

Eu quero hir ver nof- 
fo A migo 'Thomas. 

Te rogo Ihe des meus 
Recados. 

Eu quero, eu nao fal- 
tarey. 

Hua Collec^ao de*Ver- 
bos Ingtezes e Por- 
tugueses para ex- 
preffar as acc^ois ma- 
is ordin,arias. 

To eat, comer. 
To drink, beber. 
To tafte, provar. 
To chew, Mafcar. 
ITognaw, roer. 
To fwallow, emgulir. 
lofafti Jejuar. 
To breakfaft, almof ar. 
To dine, gentar. 
To fup, Gear. 
To treat, convidar. 



Now I begin to be 
weary. 

I think it is enough for 
this Time. 

Whither will you go 
this Afternoon ? 

I will go to fee our 
Friend Thomas. 

I pray you give him 
my Compliments. 

I will, I Jball not fail. 



A Collettion of Portu- 
guefe and Englifh 
Verbs to exprefs mofl 
common Aftiom. 



To be hungry ^ter Tome. 

To be dry, ter fede. 

To fill or fatisfy, fatis 
fazer. 

To have a Stomach, 
ter apetite. 

To drink hard, beber 
muito. 

To get drunk, embebe- 
darfe. 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 1 1 1 

to go to Bed, hir para to reft, or repofe, def : 
acama. 

tojleep, dormir. 
to awake, acordar. 
to watch, vegiar. 



can^ar. 

to fnore, roncar. 
to dream, fonhar. 
to rife, levantar. 



to drcfs onefelf, com- 
porfe, ou viftirfe. 

to undrefs onefelf, dif- 
pirle. 

to put on one's Stock- 
ings, calfar as meyas. 

to put on one's Shoes, 
calfar os Sapatos. 

to pull off one's Stock- 
ings, or Shoes, defcalfar 
as meyas ou os Sapatos. 

to comb one's Head, 
pentear a Cabe^a. 
io drefs one's Head, tou- 

car a Cabe^a. 



to powder one's Hair, 
polvilhar o Cabelo. 

to curl one'' s Hair, em- 
crefpar o Cabello. 

to paint onefelf, pin- 
tarfe. 

to wajh one's Hands, 
lavarfe as maos. 

to put on one's Hat, 
porfe o Chapeo. 

to button onefelf, abo- 
toarfe, 

to lace onefelf, atacar- 
fe. 



- Accoh naturals dos Homens. 

k 

Natural Actions of Men. 



to laugh, rir. 

tojing, cantar. 

to cry, or weep, chorar. 

to figh, fufpirar. 
[to groan, gemer. 
(to fob, faliifar. 

to fneeze, efpirrar. 
/to gape, bocejar. 

to blow, foprar. 

to whijlle, fuviar. 
Ito hearken, efcutar. 



to hear, ouvir. 
to fpit, cufpir. 
to fmell, cheirar. 
to blow one's Nofe, afoar. 
to fee, ver. 
to look, reparar. 
to bleed, fangrar. 
to Jweat, fuar. 
to wipe, limpar. 
to rub, esfregar. 
/tojhake, chocalhar. 



112 



Grammatica Litfitano- Anglic a. 

to tremble^ tremer. 
to fcratch^ arranhar. 
to pinch, belifcar. 



to tickle ', fazer cocegas. 
to feet r , apalpar. 



To Jludy, Eftudar. 



ler, to read. 

efcrever, to write. 

aprender, to learn. 
Klecorar, to get by Heart. 

aproveytar, to improve. 

afignar, to f;gn^ or fub- 

fcribe. 
/dobrar, to fold up. 

felar, tofeal. 

por Ofobrefcri, to put 
the Super fcription. 



corregir, to correff. 
iborrar, to blot out. 
/traduzir, to tranjlate. 
comecar, to begin. 
continuar, to continue, tt 

go on. 

acabar, to make an end. 
finalizar, to finijb. 
poder, to be able. 
querer, to be willing. 



To fpeak, falar. 



pronunciar, to pronounce. 
/fazer accento, to accent. 
dizer, to fay. 
contar, to tell. 
relatar, to relate. 
Igritar, to cry out. 
chamar, to call. 
preguntar, to ask. 
refponder, to anfwer. 
calar, to bold one's tongue. 
enfinar, to teach. 
inftruir, to inftrutt. 
mandar, to command^ ou 



to bid. 

reprehendcr, to chide. 
obedecer, to obey. 
confeflar, to confefs, oil 

to own. 

afegurar, to affure. 
negar, to deny. 
prohibir, to prohibit ^ ou 

forbid. 

queicharfe, to complain. 
contender, to contend. 
difputar, to difpute. 
razoar, to reafon. 



Ef. 



Grammatica Li(fitano-AngUca. 1 1 3 

Efetfs of the Mind, 
Efeitos do Pengamento. 

conhecer, to know. efperar, to hope. 

imaginar, to imagine. temer, to fear. 

agradar, to fancy. diflimular, to diffemble* 

crer, to believe. fingir, to feign. 

duvidar, to doubt. provar, to try. 

fufpeitar, to fufpeft. julgar, to judge. 

cuidar, to think. concluir, to conclude. 

lembrar, to remember. rezolver, to refolve. 

efquecer, to forget. decider, to decide. 
dezejar, to wi/h. 

Of Love and Hatred, 
Do Amor, e Odio. 

amar, to love. aborrecer, to bate. 

acariciar, to carets. culpar, to blame. 

*lizonjear, to flatter, comprimentar, to compli* 

abraf ar, to embrace. ment. 

beijar, tokifs. /felicitar^ to wife Joy. 

faudar, to falute. congratular to congratu- 

reverenciar, to make a late. 

Bow or Courtefy. acuzar, to accufe. 

louvar, to -praife or com- efcuzar, to excufe. 

mend. condenar, to condemn. 

nutrir, to feed. abuzar, toabufe. 

corrigir, to correcJ. punir, to pmljh. 

caftigar, to cbaftifs. /querelar, to quarrel. 

jameacar, to threaten. pcleijar, to fight. 

ibtfter, to beat. |vencer, to overcome. 

afoitar, to whip. defpir, toftrip. 

perdoar, to forgive, Idefpojar, to plunder. 

1 matar, 



H4- Grammatica Lufitanc- Anglic a. 

matar, to kill. jroubar, to rob. 

lafogar, to ftifle, ou to fur tar, to ft cat. 
cboak. 

To take one's Fleajure. 

ft 

Tomar Divertimento. 

cantar, to fwg. japoftar, to Jay a Wager. 

dancar, to dance. >,aventurar, to venture. 

faltar, to leap^ oujump. cortar, to cut. 

efgrimir, to fence. baralhar, to /huffle. 

cavalgar, to ride, jenganar, to bubble, ou to 
zombar, to p j ay the Fool. cheat. 

jugar as Cartas, to flay zombar, tojeer^ or ban- 

at Cards. ter. 

jgainhar, to win. rirfe, to laugh at. 
perder, to lofe. 

To be fick. 

i 

Eftar doente. 

tratar de hum doente, to fangrar, to let Bloody ou 

tend or nurfe a Jick bleed. 

Body. dar hua ajuda, to give a 
ter cuydado, to take Clyfter. 

Care. tomar Medicina, to take 
curar, to drefs a Wound ^ Phyfick. 

ou Cure. vendar, to bind <witb a 
melhorar, to recover. Fillet. 

Of Bargains. 
De Contratos. 

comprar, to buy. trocar, to change, oti 

vender, to fell. truck. 

entregar, to deliver. pagar, to pay. 

pedir 



Grammatica Lu[itano- Anglic a. 
pedir empreftado, to bor- \ enganar, to cheat. 



row. 

preftar, to lend. 
/dever, to ewe. 

dar, to give. 
falugar, to hire. 
/aceytar, to accept. 
\refuzar, to refufe. 
] negar, to deny. 

tomar, to take. 
\ receber\ to receive. 



tirar, to take away. 

prometer, to promife. 

guardar, to keep. 
jmandar, to bid. 
jempenhar, to pawn. 

perder, to lofe. 
jrogar, to pray. 

fuplicar, to befeech. 

obter, to obtain. 



Of Life. 
Da Vida. 



parir, to be delivered, ou 

brought to Bed. 
nafcer, to be born. 
baptizar, to baptize, ou 

to chrjften. 



crefcer, to grow. 
viver, to live. 
morrer, to die. 
enterrar, to bury. 



Of Motion. 
Do Movimento. 



mover, to move, ou Jtir. 
hir, to go. 
vir, to come. 
partir, to depart. 
hirfe, to go away. 
aportar, ou arribar, to 

arrive. 

tornar atras, to come back. 
Ir atras, to go baek. 
chegar, to go near, ou 

come near. 
eftar de pe, to ft and: 



paflear, to walk. 

caminhar, to march. 
fdeiaparecer, to difappear, 

correr, to run. 

fugir, to run away. 

feguir, to follow. 
/evitar, tojhun* 

cfcapar, to efcape. 

tornar, to turn. 
/alcar^ar, to overtake. 

efcorregar, tojlide. 

arrimar, to lean, 

2 cahir, 



1 1 6 Grammattca LuJltano^Anglica. 



cahir, to fall. 
ftrope^ar, to ftumble. 
continuar, to go on. 
avan^ar, to advance. 
diftanciar, to go from. 
htr, ao encontro, to go to 
meet. 



embaibacar, to amufe 

cnefelf. 

enviar, to fend. 
apreffar, to make hafte. 
deter, to tarry. 
fentarfe, to fit down. 
nadar, to fwim. 



entrar, to go, ou come in. Mmargulhar, to dive, ou 
fahir, to go, ou come out. duck. 
fubir, to go, on come up. ffumergir, to drown. 
baixar, to go, ou come caminhar, to travel, 
down. 

Handy Works. 
Obras de Maos. 



trabalhar, to work. 

tocar, to touch. 

manejar, to manage. 

fechar, to Jhut. 

tapar, to ft op. 

abrir, to open. 
llevantar, to lift up. 

encher, to fill. 
Jderramar, to fpill, ou 
Jhed f 

molhar, to dip, ou fteep. 
I alcangar, to reach. , 

armar, to arm. 

tir.ar, to draw, cu pull. 
I arrebatar, to fnatch. 

arrancar, to pluck out. 
moftrar, tojhew. 

fmift.ufar, to mingle. 

* eftender, to pull out, ou 

ftretch out. 
plantar, to plant > ou fet. 



/pezar, to weigh. 

atar, to tie, ou bind. 

defatar, to untie. 

anodar, to knit. 

amontoar, to heap. 

ajuntar, to gather. 

quebrar, to break. 
/defpeda^ar, to tear. 

corcar, to cut. 
*pizar, to bruize. 

cfprcmer, to fquecze. 

ter, to hold. 

efconder, to hide. 

cubrir, to cover. 

defcobrir, to difcover. 

bufcar, to feek, ou look 
fir. 

achar, to find. 

iujar, toftain. 

eniamear, to dirt. 

limpar, to cltanfe. 

bar- 



Grammatica Lit/it ano-Anglica. 117 

t barren, tojweep. imprimir, to print. 

lavar, to wa/h. encadernar, to bind a 
/enchagoar, to rinfe. Book. 

pintar, to fir aw Piclures. tocar o fmo, to ring. 

gravar, to engrave. pentear, to comb. 

( entalhar, to carve. remendar, to mend. 

edificar, to build. icozer, to few. 

acender, to kindle^ on Ipefpontar, to Jiitch. 

light. iferrar, to Jhoe a Horfe. 

eftender, to fpread out. 

Of the Sound of Eeafts. 
Do Son dos Animals. 

O Cavallo rincha, the O Lobo uva, the Wolf 

Horfe neighs. howls. 

O Afno zurra, the Afs O Ca5 ladra, the Dog 

brays. barks. 

O Leao brame the Lion AOvelhaberra, the Sheep 

roars. bleats. 

O Boy berra> the Ox A Cobra afobia, the 

bellows. Snake biffes. 

O Porco grunhe, the O Gato mya, the Cat 

Hog grunts. mews. 

The Birds are nfed. 
Os Paflkros fk5 coftumados. 

cantar, to fing. o Papagayo fala, The 

' ehirriar, to chirp. Parrot talks. 

picar, to pick. a Pega grafna, the Mag- 

o Galo canta, the Cock pye chaffers. 

grows. a Galinha poem Ovos, 
o Corvo grafna, the Ra- the Hen lays Eggs, 
yen croaks. 

I 3 Fra- 



Ii8 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 
Frazes familiares. Familiar Phrafes. 



eu vos peflb dame fe te 
agrada. 

trazeme. 

empreftame. 

eu te agradeco. 

eu vos dou Grajas. 

vay e traze. 

logo. 

amado S r . fazeme, efte 
Favor. 

amada Senhora conce- 
deme efte Favor. 

eu vos fuplico. 

eu vos rogo ou eu vos 
conjuro a fazelo. 

eu volo peflb por Fa- 
vor. 

obrigame a tanto. 

Exprejfois de Carinho. 



minha Vida. 
meu Amor, 
minha querida Alma, 
meu Brinquinho. 
meu Cora^aozinho. 
meu dofe Corajao. 
meu Melzinho. 
meu querido Minino. 
meu lindo Anjo. 
meu Tudo. 



/ pray you, or pray give 

me if you pleafe. 
bring me. 
lend me. 
I thank you. 
I give you Thanks, 
go and fetch, 
prefently. 
dear Sir, do me that Kind- 

nefs or Favour, 
dear Madam, grant me 

that Favour. 
I befeech you. 
I entreat you, ou / con- 
jure you to do it. 
I beg it as a Favour. 

oblige me fo far. 

Exprejfions of Kind- 
nefs. 

my Life, 
my Love. 
my dear Soul, 
my little Darling, 
my little Heart, 
my fweet Heart, 
my little Honey, 
my dear Child, 
my pretty Angel, 
my all. 



Para 



Grammatica LM fit ano- Anglic a. 1 1 9 



ParaagradecereCom- To thank and compli- 
primentar, ou mof- ment, or flew Kind- 
trar Benignidade. nefs. 



Eu vos agrade^o. 

Eu vos dou as Gramas. 

Eu vos rendo mil Gra9as. 

Eu o farey com Gofto. 

com todo men Corajao. 

de Coraa5. 

eu vos fou obrigado. 

eu fou todo voflb. 

cu fou voflb fervidor. 

voflb humildiffimo fer- 
vidor. 

vos cftais muito obriga- 
dor. 

vos vos dais muito Tra- 
balho. 

eu nenhum acho em vos 
fervir. 

Tu eres muy benigno ou 
muito civil. 

Iflb he muito benevolo. 

que dezejas tu ter. 

eu dezejo que tu fejas 

livre commigo. 
fern Comprimento. 
fern Ceremonia. 
eu te a mo com todo meu 

Corajao. 
eu tambem. 
fiate de mim. 
mandame. 



/ thank you. 

I give you Thanks. 

I render you a thoufand 

Thanks. 
I will do it with Plea- 

fure. 

with all my Heart, 
heartily. 

I am obliged to you. 
I am wholly yours. 
I am your Servant, 
your vnoft humble Servant. 



you are too obliging. 



too 



you give yourfelf 

much Trouble. 
I find none in ferving you. 

you are very kind, or 

very civil. 
That is very kind. 
What will you be f leafed 

to have. 
I defire you to be free 

with me. 

without Compliment, 
without Ceremony. 
I love you with all my 

Heart, 
and I a'fo. 

rely or depend upon me. 
command me. 
I 4 Hon- 



120 Grammatlca Liifitano-Anglica. 

honrame com teus man- honour me with your Com- 

datos. mands. 

tens tu em que mandar- have you any 'Thing to 

command me, ou have 
you any Commands for 
me ? 
you need but command me. 



me r 



tu neceffitas fo mandar- 
me. 

difpoem de teu Criado. 

eu fo eCpcro porteus 
mandates. 

nao tens mais que falar. 

tu me fazes muko fa- 
vour. 

deichemos Comprimen- 
tos eu rogo, peflb. 

deichemos Cerimonias. 

poisnaprimeiraOcaziao, well then on the fir ji Oc- 

me valerey de teus Fa- Til value my f elf of y cur 
vores. Favours. 

Para afirmar, negar, To affirm^ deny, con* 
confentir. fent. 



difpofe of your Servant. 
I only wait for your Com- 
mands, 
do but fpeak. 
you do me much Honour. 

let us forbear Compliments 

I pray, 
let us forbear Ceremonies. 



he verdade, 

he verdade ? 

nao he mais que muita 

verdade. 

para vos dizer averdade. 
realmente afllm he. 
quern o duvida f 

pao ha duvida. 
eu creo que fim. 
eu creo que nao. 
eu digo que fim. 



it is true. 

is it true ? 

it is but too true. 

to tell you the 'Truth. 

really it is fo. 

who doubts it ? who quef- 

tions it ? 

there is no doubt on it. 
I believe yes. 
I believe not. 
I fay yes, 

eu 



Grammatica LuJitano-Anglica. 121 

I fay no. 

I lay if is. 

I lay it is not. 

in my confcience. 

upon my Life. 

let me die if I tell you an 
Untruth or a Lye. 

yes, 1 fwear. 

I fwsar as I am a Gen- 
tleman. 

as lam an honefi Man. 



eu digo que nao. 

eu apofto que he. 

eu apofto que nao he. 

em minha confciencia. 

por minha vida. 

morra eu fe te digo fa- 

bula, ou mintira. 
fim, eu juro. 
eu juro como fou Cava- 

Iheiro. 
como fou homem de 

bem. 
fobre meu honor ou Cre- 

dito. 
credeme. 
eu pofTo dizerte. 
eu poffo a iegurarte. 
eu apoftaria alguma cou- 

za. 

nao zombes. 
falas ferio ? 

eu falo ferio. 

fem duvida. 
tutens adivinhado. 
metefte 6 prego na Ca- 



eu te creyo. 
pode crerfete. 



upon my Honour^ or Cre- 
dit. 

believe me. 
I can tell you. 
1 can ajjure you. 
I could lay fome thing. 

don't you j eft. 
areyouferious, or are you 

in earneft ? 
I fpeak^ or I am in ear- 

nefl. 

I warrant you. 
you have gueffed right, 
you have hit the right Nail 

on the Head. 
I believe you. 
one may believe you. 



iflb nao he impoflivel. that is not impojjible. 



tudo pode fer. 



all may be. 



Dehir, 



122 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 



Dehir, devir, de fe 
mover. 

de onde vens ? 
a onde vas ? 

eu venho, eu vou. 

vem afima, vem abaixo. 

vem dentro, fay. 

aprefiate. 

nao te mo vas da qui. 

efpera ahy. 

vem junto amim. 

vaite. 

vay teu caminho. 

chegate, ou arredate atras, 

hum pouco. 
vem aqui. 
efpera hum pouco. 
efpera por mim. 
nao vas tao deprefla. 
tu vas muy deprefla. 
tirate da minha Vifta. 
nao me toques, 
deicha iflb. 
porque ? 

porque, por cauza. 
eu eftou bem aqui. 
a Porta efta fechada. 
a Porta efta aberta. 
abre a Porta. 
fecha a Porta. 
abre Ajanella. 
fecha Ajanella. 
vem por efte caminho. 



Of going, coming, ftir- 

6cc. 



from whence came you ? 
whither do you go, ou 

where are you going ? 
I come ', I go. 
come up, come down, 
come in, go out. 
make bafte. 

do not ftir from thence, 
ftay there, 
come near me. 
get you gone, 
go your ways. 
go back a little. 

come hither, 
flay a little, 
jtay for me. 
do not go fo faft. 
you go too faft. 
get you out of my Sight, 
do not touch me. 
let that alone, 
why ? 
becaufe. 
I am well here, 
the Door is Jhut. 
the Door is open, 
open the Door. 
Jhut the Door, 
open the Window. 
Jhut the Window, 
come this Way. 

vay 



Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 123 

vay por aquelle camin- go that way. 

ho. 
pafTa por efte caminho. come, ou pafs by that 

way. 

que bufcas ? what do you look for ? 

que perdefte ? what have you loft. 



Das Sezois. 

que fezao te agrada 
melhor. 

a Primavera he mais 
agradavel de todas as 
Sezoins. 

tudo feri comforme fua 
Natureza. 

o Tempo he muy fua- 
ve. 

o Ar he temperado. 

nem he muy quente, 
nem muy frio. 

todas as Criaturas fazem 
emtao o Amor. 

nos nao temos Prima- 
vera efte Anno. 

nada, avar^a, adiante. 

a Sezao efta bem atra- 
zada. 

nos temos hum quente 
verao ? 

que qu*"nte que efta ? 

efta excefllvamente quen- 
te. 

languido,anceadoTempo 

nao poffb aturar calor. 

eu fuo, eftou todo em 
hum fuor. 



Of the Seafons. 

what Seafon pleafes you 

bejt? 
the Spring is the moft 

pleafant of all Seafons. 

every thing fmiles in Na- 
ture. 
the Weather is very mild. 

the Air is temperate. 

it is neither too hot, nor 
too cold. 

all Creatures then make 
Love. 

we have no Spring this 
Tear. 

nothing forward. 

the Seafon is very back- 
ward. 

we have a very hot Sum- 
mer. 

how hot it is ? 

it is excejjive hot. 

it is faint Weather. 
I cannot endure Heat. 
I fweat, I am all over 
in a Sweat. 

eu 



124 Grammatica Lufoano-Anglica. 

eu nunca Exprimentey I never felt fucb Heat, ou 

fucb hot Weather. 



tal Calor, ou Tempo 

tao quente. 
efta hum bello Tempo 

para os Frutos da Ter- 
ra, 
ha muita Abundancia 

de Fruta. 
todas as Arvores eftao 

cheas de Fruta. 
nos necefiitamos de hua 

pouca de Chuva. 
O Tempo da fegada he 

chegado. 
comefaffe a fegar o 

Trigo. 
os Prados eftao fega- 

dos. 
neceffitamos recolher o 

Trigo. 
nos eftamos na Canicu- 

la. 
o verao paffou, ou fe 

foy. 
o Outono, ou o cahir 

da Folha, tern torna- 
do feu lugar. . 
vem chegando a Vindi- 

ma. 
ha huma bella Vindima. 



it is very fine Weather 

for the Fruits of the 

Earth, 
there is Abundance of 

Fruit. 
all the 'Trees are full of 

Fruit, 
we want a little Rain. 

harveft Time draws near* 

they begin to cut down 
the Corn. 

the Meadows are mowed. 

we mufl get in the Corn, 
we are in the Dog- Days, 
the Summer is gone. 



Autumn, or the Fall of 
the Leaf) has took its 
Place. 

Vintage draws near, 
there is a very fine Vin- 
tage. 

nos Vindimaremos em\ we Jhall gather Grapes 
tres ou quatro Bias (to make Wine) in 
(para fazer Vinho). three or four Days. 

ps Vinhos ferao bons the Wines will be good 
efte Anno. this Tear. 



Hua 



Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. \ 25 



Colleccao de Ad- A Collection of Adjec- 
tivos expreffando fives, expre/Jing fe- 
diverfas Qualidades. ^eral Qualities. 



tneat, puro. 
dirty, nafly, fujo. 
Jlutti/h, immunda. 
Jloven, immundo. 
hot, quente. 
cold, trio. 
dry, feco. 
wet, molhado. 
moift, humido. 
ftrong, forte. 
weak, fraco. 



bom. 

*'//, bad) ou naughty , mau. 
wife, fabio. 
great, grande. 
fmall, peqneno: 
thick, groffo. 
tfyin, delgado. 
tall, ou high, alto. 
low, baixo. 

long, longo, comprido. 
Jhort, curto, breve. 
wide, ou broad, largo. 
narrow, fir ait, eftreito. 
right, direito. 
left, efquerdo, canho.to. 
new, novo. 
old, velho. 
fat, gordo. 
lean, magro, 
heavy, pezado. 
dull, entorpecido. 
(light, leve, ligeiro. 
full, cheo. 
empty, vazio. 
hard, duro. 
foft, molle, brando. 



I eajy, facil. 
fweet, doce. 
bitter, amargo. 
four, azedo. 
clean, limpo. 



tezo. 

handfome, bello. 

proper, proprio. 

comely, bemparecido. 

pretty, bonito. 

ugly, homely, feo malfeito. 

flat Nofe, nariz chato. 

one Eye, monoculo, de 
hum olio. 

fquinty, vefgo, torto. 

blind, cego. 

purblind^ peticego. 

lame, coxo. 
i maimed, eflropeado. 

crooked, curvo, encur* 
vado, corcovado. 

bald, calvo. 
*dumb, mudo. 

deaf, furdo, mouco. 
I toothlefs, defdentado. 

drejfed, veftido. 

na- 



126 Grammatica Lufaano-Anglica. 



naked, nu. 

rich, rico. 

poor, pobre. 

odd, defigual. 
) expert, experto. 

Jkilful, entendido. 

unjkilful, defemtentido. 

drunk, bebedo. 

healthy, faudavel. 

fick, doente. 

happy, feliz. 

unhappy, infeliz. 
/ true, verdadeyro. 

falfe, falfo. 

\trcublefome, trabalhozo. 
ipeevi/h, rabugento. 

merry, akgre. 

glad, alegre. 

fad, firrowful, trifte. 

imprudent, imprudente. 

wife, fabio. 

mad, louco. 

juft, jufto. 

unjuft, injufto. 
\valiant, valente. 
tcouragious, animozo. 
icoward, cobarde. 
} loyal, leal. 
I 'faithful, fiel. 
\unfaitbful, infiel. 

holy, fanto. 
ipropbane, profano. 

godly, piadozo. 

ungodly, impio. 
j charitable, caritativo. 

proud, lofty, foberbo. 

humble, humilde. 

innocent^ innocente. 



t fencer e, finccro. 

' liar, mentirozo. 

deceitful, cnganador. 
running, aft u to. 
tjharp, agudo. 
)chafte, cafto. 

want en, lafcivo. 

modeft, modefto. 

bajhful, vergonhozo; 
"-\bold, atrevido. 
i fearful, medrozo. 
l affable, afavel. 
/courteous, cortez. 

rude, rudo. 
\clownijb, grofleiro. 
\agreeable, pleafant, agra- 
davel. 

civil, civil. 
ikind, benigno. 

clement, clemente. 
'merciful, mifericordiozo. 

pitiful, piadozo. 
I cruel, cruel. 
^revengeful, vingativo. 
(Jlubborn, teimozo, perti- 

naz, cabe^udo. 
(prodigal, prod i go. 
\cbftinate, obftinado. 
\liberal, liberal. 
i covetous, cobicozo. 
^niggardly, efcafo. 
grateful, agradecido. 

ungrateful, defagradeci- 

do, ingrato. 
glutton, glotao. 
i idle, ociozo. 

lazy, preguifozo. 
tfothful, vagarozo. 



Grammatica 

*bafty, aprefiado. 
conftant, conftante. 
inconstant, inconftante. 
ally todo 
none, nenhum. 
any, qualquer. 
fame, algum. 
fcmebody, alguem. 
certain, certo. 



LuJitano-Anglica. 127 

few, pouco. 

other, outro. 

another, eflfe outro. 

alone, fo. 

either, o hum, ou ou- 

tro. 
neither, nem hum, nem 

outro. 
both, ambos. 




Cartas 



128 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglka. 

Cartas Sobre a Mercancia ou Ncgocio. 

Senbor F. F. Londres, 30 de Janeiro, 1*750. 

AS de vm ce . de ge 15 do mez pafiado receby 
em ,5 do Corrente, pello Navio F. F. Capi- 
tao B. B. Meftre, enellas advirto q~. carregaraVnV. 
abordo do primeiro bom Navio deftinado p 1 . efta 
pra^a, as fazendas q* recommendey a feu cuydado 
na minha ultima, com efla vao mais moftras mais o 
q* Ihe pe?o he, de emcomendar a otintureiro q~. af- 
corres tenhao viveza e q". fejao dedura ; pello ultimo^ 
Navio mandey avm ce . a conta davenda da partida 
das meas de feda como tarn bem dos 3 Caxios de 
chapeos q". me vierao confignados pello Navio A 
fe fe ofFerecerem mais de qual quer dos generos fo- 
breditos fendo acomodados bem pode mandalos, por 
ferem agora pedidos, com efta condicam q~ fejam 
da moda e de bom, feitio , tenho contradado por fuas 
20 Pipas de azeite pellos primeiros navios de^afra 
e as 20 Pipas de Vinho tinto com as 20 Pipas e 3 
quatros de Branco ja eftam abordo do Navio S. F. 
Capitao F meftre dos quaes a Fa<5tura vay incluza 
e os conhecimentos irao pello correyo queyra Deos 
que cheque a falvamento fendo o que por oras fe 
ofFerece 

Mais olrigado Servidor de 7m e '. <f '. S.M.B. 



Mr. 



Gramir.atica Lufitano- Anglic a. 129 

Letters on Bufinefs, or Mercantile Affairs. 

Mr. F. F. London, the $otb of January, 1750.' 

2^0 UR S of the %dand i $tb of la/I Month, came 
to band on the $tb Current by the Ship F. F, 
Captain B. B. Commander ; and therein I take no- 
tice, thai you intend to -put on board the next good 
Ship bound hither, the Goods I recommended to your 
Care in my laft, herewith I fend you more Patterns, 
but I would defire you to be felicitous with your Dyer , 
that tie Colours may be lively and durable^ By the 
laft Ship 1 remitted you Account of Sales, of the 
Parcel of Silk) Stockings^ and the three Boxes of 
Hats, by the Ship A , and if you meet with a Par- 
cel of either^ or both, to your Mind, you may pleafg 
to fend i hem, being now in Demand, but great Care 
nuft be taken of the Fa/hion and Make. I have taken 
care to fecure your twenty Pipes of Oil for the firft 
Ships in the Seafon, and put 'on board the Ship N. 
your twenty Pipes of Red, and twelve Pipes and 
three Hog/heads of V/hile Wine, Capt. F. Comman- 
der, of which the Invoice goes herewith, and the 
Bills of Loading Jhall be fent by the Pcft, and hope 
will come fafe to hand ; which being the NeceJJary 
at prefint, I remain, 

S I R, 

Your humble Servant, 



K 



130 Grammatka Lufitano-Anglica. 

Senhor Jafinto Jones, 

Meu Senhor, 

ESTAS fervem para avizar a Vnr". como por eftc 
Navio, o Derby, tenho feito o Retorno do 
feu Cabedal em men Poder em duas Bolfas de Dia- 
mantes montando a Pagodas 4396, 25 Fan. 10 
Cajks tendoas regiftrado comforme fua Ordem nos 
Livros da Companhia, incluzo efta Conhecimento, 
junto com a Fadtura e fua Conta Corrente feichada 
a qual dezeijo q". chegue a Salvamento e q", Ihe fafa 
boa Conta , como eu eftou para Tornar com efte 
Trefpaffo para Europa, a minha chegada a Londres 
terey o Honor dever aVnV. e darlhe huma exacta, 
conta do Negocio na India, e fou Enteiramente. 

Forte St. George, Mais humilde Servidor, 

Nov. 12, 175- de Vnr. ^ S, M, B. 

Abraham True lock. 



Londres, a 4 Marco, 1750-1. 
A Lisboa. S r * Joao Ferrier. 

Meu Senhor, 

ESTOU favorceido com a de Vm". de gdo Cor- 
rente, e acho que em Comprimento a minha 
Ordem tem Vm". comprado os quinhentos Barils 
de Arenques de fumo a Livras onze por Laftre eu 
nao tenho duvida que efle foy o menor prefo por- 
que Vm c . os podia ter, e que fua boa Qualidade o 
Correfponda, meu Navio fe efta preparando com 
toda a preffa para hir Bufcalos elle fe pode carre- 

gar 



Grammatica Liiptam-Anglica. 131 

Mr. James Jones. 

Sir, 

?TH ESE will advife you, that by this Ship the 
Derby, I have made the Return of your Stock in 
my Hands in two Bulfes of Diamonds amounting to 
Pagcdas 4396, 25 Fan. 10 Cajks, having enregiftered 
them according to your Order in the Company* s 
Books, inclcfed is a Bill of Lading, together with 
Invoice, and your Account current clofed, which I 
wijh may come fafe to you, and turn to a good 
Account, as I am returning by this Conveyance into 
Europe, at my Arrival at London, IJJyall have the 
Honour to fee you, and give you an exact Account of 
the Trade in India, / am entirely, 

Sir, 

Fort St. George, Your humble Servant, 

Nov. 12. 1750. 

Abraham Truelock. 



London, 4 March, 1750-1. 


To Lifbon. Mr. John Ferrier. 

Sir, 
I Am favoured with yours of the %d Current, and 

find, in Compliance to my Order, you have bought 
the five hundred. Barrels of red- Herrings, at 1 1 j. per 
Laft, I make no doubt, but that was the loweft 
Price that you could get them for, and th^Goodnefs 
does anfwer it, my Ship is getting ready with all 
Speed to go down to fetch them, andjhe may be laden 
at y cur Key, being Jhe draws no more than nine Foci 

K 2 of 



132 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

gar em o feu Cays, fendo que nao tira mais de que 
nove Pes de Agua ; como Vm c \ he fervido de apon- 
tarme, que me apoparia de Gaftos quatro peniques 
por Baril, eu julgo que elle podera levar fette 
centos Barils ou mais, ie afiim for, quando elle che- 
gar, Vm ce . o podera defpachar, o Capitao nao tera 
Ocaziao de qualquer dinheiro, affim que nao have- 
ra mifter de nemhum Suprimento. Agradefo a 
VrrT. pella Informafao que meda em relajao dos 
Cambios de Usboa a efte Lugar mas como eu olho 
para Remeffas do Dinheiro aquy tao arifcado em 
Lettras do Exchequer. Vm r % fera fervido de facar 
fobre mim ao mais acomodado Cambio que Ihe 
for poffivel e fuas Lettras a o uzual Curfo as quais 
terao rodo o divide Honcr, 

Muy ferto Servidor de Vm f> . que S. M. B. 
Ambrozio Nimble-Tongue, 



Londres 18, Marfo, 1750-1. 
A Cadiz. Senior "Joao Fryer, 

Men, Senbor, 

DIverfas Cartas de Vm re . me vierao a mao a feu 
Tempo, como tarnbem minha conta Corrente 
a qual tenho notado em Conformidade com Vm ~. 
fua ultima foy de 29 do Mez paflado, na qual me 
da Vm ce . recibo das trez Letras importantes feis 
Mill Pieces de Oito as quais meo Irmao Jofepb 
mandou a Vm ce . por minha Conta, e por minha Or- 
dem -, eu farey hum trifle Negocio com t-llas depois 
do defembolfo de meu Dinheiro ha tanto Tempo, 
ademais que o Cambio me cuftou caro, eu Acho 
que feus limites a Vm ce . forao mais fomenos que o 
Preco, daPrata e Cambio ; agora fendo que tenho ef- 

perado 



Grammatica Lufitano-AngUca. 133 

Water, as you are pleafed to mention, which will 
fave me the Charge of f cur Pence -per Barrel, I judge 
Jhe will carry about feven hundred Barrels, or more, if 
fo when Jbe arrives, you may fit her up the Captain 
will not have Oceafion, for any Money fo 'will want no 
Supply. I thank you for the Information you give 
me in relation to the Exchange between Lisbon, and 
this Place, but as I look upon the Remittance of the 
Money hence, as hazardous in Exchequer Bills, you, 
will be pieafed to draw on me at the mcft commodious 
Exchange, that is pojjible, and your Bills at the 
ufual Courfe, which Jhall meet with all due Honour 

Sir, 

Your humble Servant, 

Ambrofe Nimble-Tongue. 



London, March 18, 1750-1. 
To Cadiz. Mr. John Fryer, 



URfeveral Letters came to Hand in due Time* 
as did my Accompt Current, which have noted in 
Conformity with you ; your laft to me was of 29 of 
laft Month, wherein you give me Receipt of the three 
Bills, amounting to Six Thoufand Pieces of Eight ', 
which my Brother Jofeph fent to you for my Account 
and by my Order , I Jhall make but a forry Bargain 
in them, after fo long a Disburfement , be/ides they 
coft me a dear Exchange, I find his Limi's to you 
were much under the Price of Plate and Exchange : 
Now Jim e I have waited all this Time, and there be- 
ing n& Probability of their falling, be plsafid to fend 

K 3 > 



134 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

perado todo efte Tempo e nao havendo Probilidadc 
de fua baixa ieja Vm r . fervido de mandarme meu 
Dinheiro como vem o Cambio tanro para efta pra- 
93, ou Amfterdam^ como Vm ce . julgar me fara me- 
Ihor Conta, fe a Prata ou Cochonilha baixar a prefo 
que a Vm ce . Ihe pareca fcr melhor do que por re- 
mtffa de Cambio, em tal cazo invifta Vm . meu 
Dinheiro em qualquer defies generos o que deixo 
inteiramente a Vm . eftando perfuadido queVm ce . 
adtuara cm meus Negocios como fe forao feus pro- 
prios, eu me alegraria ouvir da chegada da Frota 
que podera fer que defe algum alento a o Negocio 
para que hua peflba podece fazer algum emprego 
que a o prezente nao, Convida a nada fendo quanto 
fe offrece 

Servitor de Vm et . que M. B. 



LondreS) Marfo 21, 1751. 
A Cadiz, Senhor Joao Fryer, 

Senhor, 

DO outro lodo, efta a Copia da minha ultima de 
1 8 do Corrente, eu foponho que meu Irmao 
Jofeph tem feito algumas Remefas a Vm ". por min- 
ha Conta, do que faberey a quantia pello primeyro 
Correyo de Olanda ; com eftamando aVm :? . tres 
Letras, importantes quatro Mil pezos de Outo, 
fobre aboa peflfoa de Vm''". a quern as endoufey, 
valor em minha Conta, cujo Dinheiro, Vm' . fera 
fervido empregar, junto com aquelle que meu Ir- 
mao Jofepb Ihe tiver remetido, em dous, ou tres, 
Navios de Guerra, e me alegrarey que ifto chegue a 
Tempo baftante para alcancar Senhor John Trueman, 
e os outros Navios de Guerra, em tal Cazo, e nao 
de outro rnodo, podera Vm ce . facar mais do que fe 

Ihe 



Grammatica Lu fit ano- Anglic a. 135 

my Money as the Exchange comes either for this 
Place or Amfterdam, which you judge will turn 
moft to Account. If the Plate or Cochineal fljould fall 
to a Price ) which you may conceive will anfwer bet- 
ter than by remifs of Exchange, in fuch Cafe inveft my 
Money in either of them, which I do intirely leave to 
you, being perfuaded, you will aft in my Affairs e- 
qual to your own. I fhould be glad to hear of the 
Fleet's Arrival, for, -perhaps, might give fome Heat 
to Bujinefs, that a Body could make fome Employ , 
for at prefent, it does not invite to any thing, which 
is all from 

Sir, 

Your humble Servant. 



Londres, March 21, 1750-1. 
To Cadiz, Mr. John Fryer. 

Sir, 

/"} N the other Side is Copy of my laft to you of the, 
\ Stb Inftant ; / fuppofe my Brother Jofeph has 
mads you fome Remittances for my Account, of which 
I jlall know the Sum by the firft Dutch Poft. I 
herewith f-nd you three Bills amounting to four 
Thoufand Pieces of Eight on your goodfelf, to whom 
I have indorfed them Va'ut in my Account, which 
Money pleafe to employ, together with that my Bro- 
ther Jofeph has remitted you in two or three Men of 
War, andfejQuld be glad this Jhould get 'Time enough 
to reach Sir John Trueman'j, and the other Men of 
War : In fuch Cafe, and no other, you may draw 9 
ever and above what is remitted you for my Account, 
ten Tboufand Ducats, and put it wiih my other Inte- 

K 4 reft 



136 Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 

Ihe tern remetido por minha Conta, Dez Mil Duca- 
dos, e ponhaosVm ce . com o meu outro Interefe, 
em tres ou quatro Navios de Guerra, e feja fervi- 
do de obfervar que fern embargo que eu ordeney a 
Vnv'. na Copia da minha antecedente, para carre- 
gar em hua Galera ou Navio Marcante tres Mil Du- 
cados,, e em Navio de Guerra des Mil Ducados, e 
para facar ; eu revoco a Ditta Ordem, e pefo a 
Vm c '. que nao carregue em Galera, ou Navio Mar- 
cante, mais de dous Mil Ducados, e que nao fa 
que a o prefente, mas fomente que empregue o 
que tenho remetido a Vm ce . e feja fervido mandar- 
me hua diftincta Conta, com inteira informafao do 
Negocio para meu Governo, e ficou com todo o 
devido refpeyto. 

Muy certo Servidor de Vm el : Q^S. M. B. 



Hum efcritinho que vay aberto a hum vezinho, 
ou AmigO) em qualquer ocafiam. 

AO Senhor G. S. que T. M. o feu fervo e cri- 
ado beja a S. M. as maos mil vezes e que Ihe 
faca amerce de Ihemandar. pello portador delta 

fendolhe precifamente ne- 

ceffario nefta ocafiatn, e fempre ficara may promto 
as fuas Ordens, 

A. D. G. 



A Carta ou Inftrumento de Procuracam. 

SAibam todos quantos efte inflrumento ou Carta 
de procuracam virem que eu A. E. de Londres 
homem de negocio tenho nomeado e conftituido e 

por 



Grammatlca Jjufitano-Anglica. 137 

reft on three or four Men of War, and pleafe to ob- 
ferve, that notwithftanding 1 ordered you in the 
foregoing Copy for to load in any Gaily or Merchant- 
man^ three Thoufand Ducats, and in a Man of 
War, ?en Vhoufand Ducats, and for to draw, I do 
revoke the faid Order, and dejire you not to load in 
any Galley or Merchant-man, more than two Thoufand 
Ducats, and for the prefent not to draw, but only 
employ what have remitted you, and pleafe to fend mt 
a diftinft Account of the Coft with full Information 
of the Bufinefs for my Government, and remain with 
due Refpeff) 

Sir, 

Your humble Servant. 



A Jhort open Efcrito, or Meffage, to a Friend 
or 'Neighbour, for any Thing upon Occafion. 

TO Mr. G. S. that C T. M. his moft humble 
Servant, defires the Favour of him to fend 
by the Bearer 

having at prefent immediate Occafion for it, and he 
fhall always remain obliged to him as his 

Humble Servant. 



A Letter of Attorney. 

KNOW all Men, by thefe Prefents, That I 
A. 5. of London, Merchant, have named and 
conftituted, and by thefe Prefents do name, ordain, 

appoint* 



138 Grammatica LuJltano-Angtica. 

por eftes prefentes, nomeo, ordeno, conflituyo e 
fafo o Senhor B. C. de o meo verdadeiro e 

ligitimo procurador, por mim e em men Nome e ao 
meu ufo podc demandar, arecadar e refeber de T. B. 
Mercador, afomade amim devida por 

ditto 2". B. dando e por efta concedendo ao meu 
ditto Procurador o meu poder plenario e autoridade 
de exercitar e ufar de todas taes auc oes e outras cou- 
fas em dereito necefTarias para a cobrar^a da ditta 
divida, e em meu nome de dar e fajer quitaf oes ou 
outras defcargas, e geralmente de fazer e executar 
na materia fobre ditta tao plenariamente como fe 
eu mefmo fizefe ou pudefe fazer, eftando peflbal- 
mente prefente ratificandb, confirmando, e outor 
gando tudo e qualquer coufa que o ditto meu procu- 
rador legitimamente fizer ou caufar de fe fazer nella 
por eftes prefentes. Em teftemunha do que Afiiney 
c felley efta em aos 20 dias demez de dc 
1 7 por A. B. 

Aflinado e Sellado adiante 

J Teftimunhas. 



A Cart a ou o Inftrumento de Fretamento. 

ESTA Carta ou inftrumento de Fretamento con- 
tratado feito aos vintoSinco dias do mez de 
de Anno de mil efte centos do nacimento de 
nofo Senhor Jefus Cbrifto, &c. Entre f. B. Meilre 
de baixo de Deos do bom navio nomeado, 
de dozentas e fincoenta toneladas de carga P. M. 
que ao prefente efta Surto e ancorado no Rio de 
de hua parte e E. T. M, B. L, &c. ho- 
mens de negocio da outra parte : Certiftcao que o 
ditto Meftre tem dado em alguer e fretado o Ditto 
Navio aos dittos homens de negocio e que elles 

OS 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 139 

appoint, and make my trufty Friend, B. C. of 
Merchant, my true and lawful Attorney, for me, 
and in my Name, and to my Ufe, to demand, fue 
for, recover, and receive of . B. of 
Merchant, the Sum of to me due and ow- 

ing by and from the faid T. B. giving, and hereby 
granting unto my faid Attorney my full Power and 
Authority to ufe and exercife all fuch Acts, Things, 
and Devices in the Law, as mail be necefiary for 
recovering of the faid Debt, and Acquittance, or 
other Difcharges, in my Name, to make and give 
and generally to do and execute in the Premifes, as 
fully as I myfelf might or could do, being perfo- 
nally prefent ; ratifying, confirming, and allowing 
all and whatfoever my faid Attorney fhall lawfully 
do, or caufe to be done therein, by thefe Prefents. 
In witnefs whereof, 1 have hereunto fet my Hand' 
and Seal, in the 2Oth of 17 

Sealed and delivered 

in the Prefence of A. B. 

r. A. 

M. B. 



The Copy of a Charter Party of Affreightment. 

THIS Charter-party of Affreightment, in- 
dented, made the of the 
Month of Anno Domini, 
between 'T. B. Mafter, under God, of the good 
Ship or VefTel, called the of the Burthen 
of Tuns, or thereabouts, now riding at An- 
chor, in the River of of the one Part, and 
, T y M, B, L, &c. Merchants, of the other Part, 
witnefleth, that the faid Mafter hath granted and 
letten the faid Ship to freight unto the faid Mer- 
chants, and that they the faid Merchants have ac- 
cordingly 



140 Grammatica Lufitano-AngHca. 

os dittos Homens de negocio tern tornado em aln- 
ger pella viagem aos concertos eas condifoes, a 
Saber o ditto Meftre faz concerto, promete e 
otorga, por elle mefmo, ou feus Teftamenteiros e 
Adminiftradores e com os dittos homens de ne- 
gocio, e qualquer delles, ou feus e a qualquer dos 
leus Teftamenteiros Adminiftradores e Conftituin- 
tes, por eftes prefentes ; que o ditto Navio forte e 
fao de quilha, e bem baftantemente provido de 
mantimentos, enxarcias e gente, e aparelhado de to- 
das as coufas convenientes e necefiarias para fazer 
a viagem pordiante declarada ; com o primeiro 
vento favoravel e bom tempo que Decs premitira 
defpois da data defies prefentes, partira do porto 
de com todas as tacs fazendas e Merca- 

dorias que os dittos homens de negocio ou os Sens 
Conftituintes entrementes carregaram ou meteram 
abordo delle, e com ella em dereitura dara a vela 
eaplicara ao como ovento eo tempo mais 

favorecerem ao ditto Navio na fua viagem j e em 
chegando tao' perto do ditto lugar de elle 

o ditto Meftre ou os Seus Conftituintes dentro de 
Dias detraballo para fe contarem logo 
defpois de tal fua chegada, nao fomente defcarega- 
ram entergaram as dittas fazendas e mercadorias me- 
tidas bordo do dito Navio a o fobre ditto, 

aos dittos homens de negocio, aos feus Feitores ou 
Conftituintes ou a alguns ou algum ddles em Sal- 
vamento e bem acondicionadas falvante o rifco dos 
mares e o tolhimento de principes e Governadores 
mas tambem receberam, tornarao a caregar e toma- 
ram abordo do ditto Navio de e dos ditto homens 
de negocio, dos feus Feitores ou Conftituintes ou 
de alguns ou algum delles todas as taes fazendas e 
mercadorias que elles ou qualquer delles ali carega- 
ram ou meteram abordo delle athe o comprimento 
inteiro da carga do ditto Navio , a Saber : tanto 
quanto bem fern podra arrumar debaixo da cuberta 

no 



Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 141 

cordingly hired her for the Voyage, and upon the 
Terms and Conditions following : That is to fay, 
the faid Mailer doth covenant, promife and grant 
for himfelf, his Executors, and Adminiftrators, to 
and with the faid Merchants, and either of them, their 
and either of their Executors, Adminiftrators, and 
Afiigns, by thefe Prefents ; That the faid Ship, 
ftrong and (launch, and well and fufficiently victu- 
alled, tackled, manned, and apparelled, with all 
Things meet, needful, and neceflary for the Per- 
formance-of the Voyage hereafter mentioned, fhsll 
with the firft fair Wind and Weather, which God 
fhall fend, after the Date of thefe Prefents, depart 
from the Port of with all fuch Goods 

and Merchandifes as the faid Merchants, or their 
Afligns, mail in the mean time lade and put on 
board her, and therewith directly fail, and apply 
unto as Wind and Weather mall beft 

ferve for the faid Ship to fail, and being arrived as 
near to the faid Place of he the faid Maf- 

ter, or Afligns, mall and will within 
working Days next, from and after fuch her Arri- 
val to be accounted, not only unlade and deliver 
the faid Goods and Merchandifes put on board the 
faid Ship at aforefaid, unto the faid Mer- 

chants, their Factors, or Afligns, or fome or one 
of them, in Safety, and well conditioned, the 
Dangers of the Seas, and Reftraint of Princes and 
Rulers excepted, but alfo (hall and will receive, re- 
lade, and take on board the faid Ship, of and from 
the faid Merchan/s, their Factors or Afiigns, or 
fome or one of them, all fuch Goods and Merchan- 
difes as they or any of them fhall there pleafe to 
lade and put on board her, to the faid Ship's full 
and compleat Lading , that is to fay, as much as 
can conveniently be ilowed in the whole Hold, and 
between Decks, afore the Main-maft, Room only 
referved for the faid Ship's Provifions, Tackle, and 

Apparel, 



142 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

no conves, e adiante do mafto grande, Salvante fo 
Jugar pellos mantimentos enxarcias e a parelhos do 
ditto Navio, eos dittos dias de trabalho 

fendo a cabados ou o ditto navio fendo ali mais de- 
preffa defpachado, o que primeiro foceder elle o 
ditto Meftre ou os feus Conftituintes com a primeira 
boa ocafiam de tempo e vento favoravel em derei- 
tura navegarao e tornarao a vir com o ditto Navio 
e a Sua Carga do ditto porto de defcaregar, e re- 
caregar de aqui dentro de 

dias de trabalho logo defpois da entrada 
do ditto Navio dada na alfandega defta ditto 

elle o ditto Meftre ou o Seus Conftituintes 
defcaregam e entregarao as dittas fazendas e mer- 
cadorias carregadas abordo do ditto Navio ao feu 
defcarregar e recarregar fobre ditto aos 

dittos homens de negocio, e os feus Teftamenteiros, 
Adminiftradores ou Conftituintes em falvamento, 
falvante o rifco dos mares e o tolhimento de Princi- 
pes c Governadores, eafim fe acabara a ditta defti- 
nada Viagem Eos dittos homens de nego- 

cio concertam prometem e otorgam por elles mef- 
mos e qualquer dellcs, ou feus e qualquer de feus 
Teftamenteiros Adminiftradores e Conftituintes por 
eftes prefentes : que os Seus Teftamentei- 

ros, Adminiftradores, Feitores o Conftituintes nao 
Ibmente defcaregaram e recaregaram o ditto, na- 
vio ao feu porto de defcaregar e recaregar de 
fobre ditto, e defpacharam e defcaregaram o mef- 
mo nefte na maneira e forma afima decla- 

tado ; e dentro dos certos dias e tempos fobre no- 
meacios ; Mas tambem por inteiro de todo o frete 
que fe veneer, para fe pagar e pedir por e durante efta 
prefente deftinada viagem ; bem e verdadeiramente 
pagaram ou Coufaram que fe pague ao ditto Me- 
ftre, aos feus Teftamenteiros Adminiftradores ou 
Conftituintes a Conthia de 

de dinhero corrente de na maneira e 

forn a 



Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 143 

Apparel, and the faid working Days 

being expired, or the faid Ship there fooner dif- 
patched, which firft mall happen, he the faid Maf- 
ter, or his Afiigns, (hall and will, with the then 
next Opportunity of Wind and Weather from her 
faid unlading and relading Part of aforefaid, 

directly fail, return, and come back with the faid 
Ship and Lading unto the Port of and here 

within working Days next after the faid 

Ship mail be entered in the Cuftom-Houfe of this 
faid he the faid Mafter, or his Afiigns, 

fhall and will unlade, and deliver the faid Goods and 
Merchandizes, laden on Board the faid Ship at her 
lading and relading aforefaid, unto the faid 

Merchants, their Executors, Adminiftrators, or 
Afligns in Safety, and well-conditioned, the Dan- 
ger of the Seas, and Reftraint of Princes, and Ru- 
lers excepted, and fo end the faid intended Voyage , 
and the faid Merchants do covenant, promife and 
grant, for themfelves, and either of them, their, 
and either of their Executors and Adminiftrators, 
to and with the faid Mafter, his Executors and Ad- 
miniftrators, and Afiigns, by thefe Prefents, that 
their Executors, Adminiftrators, Factors, 
or Afiigns, fhall and will not only unlade and re- 
lade the faid Ship, at her unlading and relading Port 
of aforefaid, arrd difpatch and difcharge the 

fame at this in Manner and Form as 

above expreffed, and within the refpective Days 
and Times above mentioned, but alfo fhall and 
will, in full of all Freight to be due, payable, or 
demandable, for or during this prefent intended 
Voyage, well and truly pay, or caufe to be paid, 
unto the faid Mafter, his Executors, Adminiftra- 
' tors, or Afiigns, the Sum 

of of lawful Money of 

in Manner, and Form following : That is to fay, 
Part thereof within 

Days 



144 Grammatlca Luifitano-Anglica. 

forma feguinte A faber parte delle 

dentro em dias defpois da entrada 

do ditto navio dado na alfandega de 

Item mais delle dentro em dias proxi- 

mo feguintes, e o reftante do ditto frete inteiro den- 
tro em dias logo defpois da defcarga 
do ditto Navio aqui em ibbre ditto, E 
acordarfe reciprocamente por e entre ambas as par- 
tes por elles mefmos, os feos particulares Teftamen- 
teiros, e Adminiftradores que todos os gaftos dos 
portos que fe vencerem para pagarfe ou pedirfe, du- 
rante efta prefente deftinada viagem ; feram pagos 
c fatisfeitos na maneira e, forma feguinte ; Afaber 
delles pellos dittos homens de negocio ou 
feus Teftamenteiros ou Conftituintes : Alem diflb 
por efte fe concerta que prodra fer e feja licito aos e 
pellos ditto homeas de negocio, os feus feitores ou, 
Conftituintes de reter o ditto navio em detenfa ao feu 
porto de defcarga e recarga fobre ditto, e tambem 
a fobre ditto tanto tempo e tantos dias que 
fe requeiram, alem dos dias certos acima apontados 
falvo que nam paflem os, dias por inteiro ; 
Elles os dittos homens de negocio os feus Feitores 
Conftituintes por cada hum e cada tal dia pagando ao 
ditto Meftre ou aos feus Conft ituintes de dia em dia 
como mefmo fe veneer para Te pagar, qualquer cou- 
fa fobreditta em contrario nao* obftante , e pello eom- 
primento de todas e de cada hua das coufas acima de- 
claradas, as quaes por parte cpello que toca ao dit- 
to Meftre, aos feus Teftamenteiros Adminiftradores 
ou Conftituintes e cada hum delles fam e devem de 
fer avidas, tidas, obfervadas e compridas, O ditto 
Meftre fe obriga a fy mefmo os feus Teftamenteiros 
c Adminiftradores, juntamente com o ditto Navio, 
o feu frete, enxarcias e parelhos aos dittos homerrs 
de negocio. aos feus Teftamenteiros, Adminiftra- 
dores e Conftituintes e cada hum delles na foma ou 
pena de de dinheiro corrente de 

para 



Grammatica Lufitam-AngHca. 145 

Days after the faid Ship ihall be entered in theCuf- 
tom-houie of Item, 

more thtrcof within Days then next fol- 

lowing, and the remaining Part of. the faid whole 
Freight within Days next after the 

faid Ship fhall be delivered after lading here at 
aforefaid, and it is mutually agreed by and 
between the faid Parties to thefe Prefents, for them- 
felves, their feveral Executors and Adminiftrators, 
That all Port Charges which mail grow due, payable, 
or demandable, during this prefent intended Voyage, 
fhall be paid and fatisfied in Manner and Form fol- 
lowing , That is to fay thereof by the 
faid Merchants, their Executors, Factors, or Af- 
figns, and the other thereof by the faid 
Mafter, his Executors or Afilgns : Further, it is 
hereby agreed, that it mail and may be lawful unto 
and for the faid Merchants, their Factors or Af- 
figns, to keep the faid Ship in Demurrage at her 
unlading and relading Port above mentioned, and 
alfo at aforefaid, over and above the re- 
fpective Days aforementioned, fuch other Time and 
Number of Days as will be requifite fo as the fame 
exceed not Days in the whole, they the 
faid Merchants, their Factors, for each and every 
fuch Day, paying unto the faid Mafter or his Af- 
figns Day by Day, where the fame mail 
grow due and payable, any Thing aforefaid to the 
contrary notwithstanding ; and for the Peifor- 
mance of all and fingular the Premifes, which on 
the Part and Behalf of the faid Mafter, his Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators, and AfTigns, and every of 
them, are and ought to be well and truly holden, 
obferved and performed, the faid Mafter doth bind 
and oblige himlelf, his Executors and Adminiftra^ 
tors, together with the faid Ship and her Freight, 
Tackle and Apparel unto the faid Merchants, their 
Executors, Adminiftrators, and Afligns, and every 

L of 



146 Grarnmatica Lit/llano- Anglic a. 

para fe pagar bem everdareiramente por eftes pre- 
fentes e tambem pello comprimento de todas e de 
cada hua nas coufas fobre clittas, os quaes por parce 
epello que toca aos dittos homens de nogocio, aos 
feus Teftamenteiros, Adminiftradores, Conftituin- 
tes ou qualquer delles, Sam edevcm de fer guar- 
dadas, pagas e Compridas , os dittos homens de 
negocio fe obrigam a fy mefmos os feus Teftamen- 
teiros e Adminiftradores, junta e feparadamente 
com a fuas fazendas que fe caregaram abordo do dit- 
to Navio nefta prefente deftinada viagem, ao ditto 
Meftre aos feus Teftamenteiros, Adminiftradores e 
Conftituintes, e a cada hum delles, na femelhante 
Soma de pena de de Semelhante dinheiro 

corrente de para fer pago bem e verdadei- 

mente por eftas prefentes ; Em Teftimunha do que 
as partes Sobredittas affinaram e Selaram reciproca- 
mente eftas prefentes Cartas de fretamento contra- 
tadas, ao dia e anno primeiro acima declarado 

r.B. 

Sellado e entregue 

adiante de 
A. B. C. D. 



A Police de Seguro. 

EM o Nome de Deos, Amen 
Tanto no feu propio nome como por 
ou em o nome ou os nomes de todos e cada peffoa 
ou pefibas aquem o mefmo pretence, pofla ou po- 
dra pertencer, em parte ou em todo faco Seguro, 
caufa afy mefmo e a elles, e a cada hum delles de 
afiegurarfe, perdidos ou nao perdidos 

fobre qualqer genero de fazendas e Merca- 
dorias qualqer carregadas ou para fe carregarem 
abordo do bom Navio por nome da Carga 

de 



Gramma f/ca Lufitano-Anglica. 147 

of them, in the Sum or Penalty of Pounds 

of lawful Money of well and truly to be 

paid by thefe Prefents, and likewife for the Perfor- 
mance of all and fingular the Premifes, which on 
the Part and Behalf of the faid Merchants, their 
Executors, Adminiftrators, and Affigns, or any of 
them, are and ought to be kept, paid, and per- 
formed, the faid Merchants do bind and oblige 
themfelves, their Executo/s, and Adminifttators, 
jointly and feverally, together with their Goods, to 
be laden on board the faid Ship, this prefent intend* 
ed Voyage, unto the faid Mafter, his Executors, 
Adminiftrators, and Afligns, and every of them, 
in the like Sum and Penalty of of like 

lawful Money of alfo well and truly to 

be paid by thefe Prefents. In Witnefs, whereof, the 
Parties aforefaid to thefe prefent Charter-parties in- 
dented, have interchangeably put their Hands and 
Seals the Day and Year nrft above written. 

f.B. 

Sealed and delivered in 
the Prefence of 

A. B. C. D. 



A Policy of Ajjurance. 



IN the Name of God, 
as well in his own Name, as for and in the 
N:'me and Names of all and every other Perfon and 
Perfons to whom the fame doth, may, or (hall ap- 
pertain, in Part, or in all, doth make AfTurance, 
and caufeth himfelf and them, and every of them, 
to be infured, left, or not loft upon 

any Kinu of Goods and Merchandife whatfoever, 
loaden or to be loaden aboard the good Ship called 
the Burthen Tons , 

L 2 or 



148 Gramtnatica Lufitam-Anglica. 

de toneladas, P. M. do que he Me- 

ftre debaixo de Deos C. T. M. ou quern quer que 
for por Meftre do ditto Navio ou o Meftre delie fe 
ncmea ou nome.ua , piincipiando a aventura fobre 
as ciittas fazendas e Mercadorias de e logo defpois de 
carregallas abordo do ditto Navio e aflirn 

fe continuara e ficara ate que o ditto Navio com as 
dittas fazendas e Mercadorias quaefquer chegar 

cas mefmas ahi ddcarregadas em Salva- 
mento ; e fbra licito pello ditto navio , nefla via- 
gem, deparar e deterfe em quaiquer portos ou lu- 
gares 1cm prejuizo a efte Seguro. As 

dittas fazendas e, Mercadorias por concerto, fam e 
feram avaliadas em Sem que fede outra 

conta dellas mefmas, Tocante as Venturas e rifcos 
com que nos ou affeguradores contentamonos e que 
tomamos fobre nos nefta viagem, Ellas fam dos 
Mares, das naos de guerra, de fogo, inimigos. 
CofTairos, lad roes, Roubadores, Jettezonas ou fa- 
zendas perdidas e deitadas no mar lettras de Marte, 
e contra Marte, fobrefaltos tomadias no Mar, cita- 
c-oes, tolhimentos c detencas de todos os Reys, 
Princfepes e povos de nacam condicam ou qualidade 
quaiquer barratria e contraftes enganofas do meftre e 
dos Marinheiros, ede todos os outros perigos , per- 
das e defaftres que ja vieram ou que viram ou pre- 
juizo defaproveitamento ou dano das dittas fazen- 
das e mercadorias ou de algua parte dellas. E fe 
a cafo foceder algua perda ou defventura, fera 
licito aos Afleguradores Feitores, Servo's e Conftitu- 
intes de mandar fazer deligencias e trabalhar por, 
em a acerca da defeza Salvamento e recobramento 
das dittas fazendas e mercadorias ou dc algua parte 
dellas fem prejuizo ao defte Seguro, aos, gaftos do 
que nos os Afieguradores contribute mos cada hum 
conforme a Sua conthia nelle affegurada , e nos os 
Afifeguradones eftamos de acordo e concerto que 
efta efcritura e feguro tera tanta fotca cvalpr como 

amais 



Grammatica Lii/itcmo-Anglica. 149 

or thereabouts , wherefore P. M. is Mafter, under 
God, for this prefent Voyage or who- 

foever elfe ftialJ go for Mafter in the faid Ship, or 
by whatfocver Name or Names the faid Ship, or 
the Mafter thereof, is or mall be named or called ; 
beginning the Adventure upon the faid Goods and 
Merchandife from and immediately following the 
Loading thereof aboard the faid Ship 
and fo (hall continue and endure until the faid Ship, 
with the faid Goods and Merchandife whatfoever, 
(hall be arrived and the fame there fafely 

landed ; and it (hall be lawful for the (aid Ship in 
this Voyage; to ftop and ftay at any Port or Places 
without Prejudice to this Aflurance. 
The faid Goods and Merchandifes, by Agreement, 
are and mail be valued at without fur- 

ther Account to be given for the fame, touching 
the Adventures and Perils which we the Alfurers 
are contented to bear, and do take upon us in this 
Voyage, they are of the Seas, Man of War, Fire, 
Enemies, Pirates, Roveis, Thieves, Jettezons, 
Letters of Mart and Counter-mart, Surprizals, 
Takings of Sea, Arrefts, Reftraints, and Detain- 
ments of all Kings, Princes, and People, of what 
Nation, Conditions, or Quality foevtr, Baratry of 
the Mafter and Mariners, and of all ether Perils, 
LofTes, and Misfortunes, that have or fhall come 
to the Hurt, Detriment, or Damage of the faid 
Goods and Merchandizes, or any Part ^hereof ; and 
in Cafe of any Lofs or Misfortune, it ih.-tll be law- 
ful to the Affured Factors, Servants, and Affii,s, 
to fue, labour, and travel, for, in, and abut:i the 
Defence, Safeguard, and Recovery of the laid 
Goods and Merchandifes, or any Part thereof, with- 
out Prejudice to this Afibrance, to the Charges 
whereof, we the Afiurers will contribute each one 
according to the Rate and Quantity of his Sum 
herein allured : And it is agreed by us the infurers, 

L 3 that 



150 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

amais authentica Police ou efcritura deSeguro dantes 
feita em qualquer parte de Eafiim nos os AfTegura- 
cjores fomos contentes e por efte prometemos e 
obrigamonos cada hum por fua propria parte, os 
noffos Eredeyros, Teftamenteiros. Adminiftradores 
e Conftituintes pello verdareiro comprimento das 
coufas acima declaradas, confeffando que efta- 
mos pagos e fatisfeitos do que fe ROS deve aconta 
deftc Seguro. 

Em teftimunha do que nos os Afreguradores,afli- 
namos ao pe defte com as conthias affeguradas, 



Eu A. B. Sou Contente com efte Seguro 7 
por cem livras Efterl. L. em de J l )0 - 

*745- 



Conbecimento. 

JGO eu T. B. de Meftre ou Capi- 

tao que fou do Navio que Deos falve por 
Noi i q ie ao prefence efta. iiirto e 

ancorado no porto de para com o favor 

ce Deos feguir viagem ao porto de 
aonde he minha dereita cefcarga, que he verdade, 
que receby, e teniio carregado dentro do ditto 
Navio debaixo de cuberta enxuto e bem acondicio- 
nada de Marcado da marca defora o 

qual me obrigo,eprometo levandome Dtos abom 
falvamento o ditto Navio ao ditto Porto de entre- 
gar em nome do fobreditto a T". M. 
auzente aquem feus poder tiver pagando 

me de frete para afim comprir e guardar, 

obrigo minha pefiba.e bems e ditto Navio em cer- 
teza do qual dey tres conhecimentos de hum theor 
aflinados gor mim ou por meu Efcrivao, hum com- 

prido 



Grammatical Liijitano-Anglica. jri 

that this Writing and Afilirance mall be of as much 
Force and Effect as the fureft Policy or Writing 
of Afiurance heretofore made in or 

elfewhere in and fo we the AiTurers 

are contented, and do hereby promife and bind 
ourfelves, each one for his own Part, our Heirs, 
Executors, and Goods, to the A flu red, their Ex- 
ecutors, Administrators, and Afilgns, for the true 
Performance of the Premifes, conferring ourfelves 
paid the Confideration due unto us for this Afiu- 
rance, by In Witnefs whereof, we 
the Affurers have fubfcribed our Names and Sums 
affined in. 

I A. B. am contented with this Afiurance for 
One hundred Pounds. Witnefs my Hand 



A Bill of Lading. 

SHIPPED, by the Grace of God, in good Or- 
der, and well -conditioned, by in and 
upon the good Ship called the where- 
of is Matter under God, for this pre- 
fent Voyage and now riding at Anchor 
in and, by God's Grace, bound for 
to fiy being marked and numbered as in 
the M.irgin and are to be delivered in like 
o-ood O.der, and well-conditioned, at the afore- 
iaid Port of the Danger of the Seas only 
excepted, unto Mr. or his Affigns, he 
or they paying for the faid Goods 
with Primage and Avarage, as is accuftomed. In 
Witnefs whereof, the Mailer and Purfer of the 
faid Ship hath affirmed to three Bills of Lading, 
all of this Tenor and Date ; the one of which 
three Bills being accompliflied, the other two to 

L 4 Hand 



152 Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 

prido os outros nao valham -, feito em 
em de de 1745 Annos, 

Do que contem nao fey. 



Ou Injlrumento ou Efcritura de Compromiflb. 

Todos quantos efte prefente Inftrumento ou 
Efcritura de Compromiflb, virem, de nos 
Acredores de G. M. Mercardor de Saude ; 

Em como ditto G. M. ao prefente fica devendo e 
em dereito deve a nos os Acredores delie ditto G. 
M. varias e deverfas fomas de Dinhero, &c. As 
quaes em rafam de muitas dividas e alguas dellas 
muy grandes, que tambem em dereito fe Ihe devem 
a elle, nem fe podem arrecadar fern algua dilacam 
de tempo, epor ferem alguas dellas irrecuperaveis 
fern demanda, elle efta por ora muito defabilitado 
de fazer, pagamento a nos os feus Acredores da, 
nofa inteira e jufta divida conforme afua vontade e 
defejo j ao refpeito de que, elie nos pede com todo 
o encarecimento que nos os dittos Acredores, e cada 
hum de nos fofiemos fervidos de dar e conceder a 
elle o Ditto G. M. aos feus Teftamenteiros, Admi- 
niftradores, ou Conftituintes, tanta largeza o dilafam 
de tempo pello pagamento e fatisf :am de noffas 
dividas particulars que Ihe parecer jufto e razao 
pello alcance e cobranpa das dittos dividas, A faber, 
que nos e cada hum de nos ficaflemos coritentes a 
tomar e receber de n-^fTas dividas inteira fern 
para fe repartirem em partes, para fepa- 

garem em pagamentcs diverfos na maneira 

e forma Seguinte A Saber, o primeiro pagamento 
della hade fer e o refto pagarfea em 

proximo pella inteira paga e Satisfapam 

das dittas dividas efpeceficadas -, E pelio mais ple- 
Rario comprimento dos varios pagamentos fo ! _- 

dittos 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 153 

ihnd void. And fo God fend the good Ship to 
her defired Pore in Safety. Amen. Dated in 
on of 1 745. 

Infide and Contents unknown. 



A Letter of Licence. 

TO all People, to whom this prefent Writing 
fhall come, We the Creditors of G M. of 
Merchant fend greeting. Whereas the 
faid G. M. at this yrefcnc Time, doth (land in- 
debted, and doth juftly ow unto us me fiid Cre- 
ditors of him the faid G. M. diverfe and funory Sums 
of Money, &c. which by reafon of many Debts, 
and fome of them very great, that are like wife 
juftly owing unto him, and cann:.t be had or re- 
covered without fome Refpite of Time, and fome 
of them not without Suit, he is very m..ch difi- 
bled at prefent to make Payment unto us the 
faid Creditors, our whole and juft Debt, as he feem- 
eth willing and defirous , in Confideration whereof, 
he inftantly defireth us, That we the faid Creditors, 
and every of us, would be pleafed to give and grant 
unto the faid G M. his Executors, Admimftrators, 
or Afligns, fuch Liberty or Refpite of Time for the 
Payment and Satisfaction of our feveral Debts, as 
he thinketh reafonable for the obtaining, getting, 
and recovering of the faid Debts, viz. That we 
and every of us would be content to take, and ac- 
cept of our whole Debts in to be divided 
in Parts, to be paid at feveral 
Payments, in Manner and Form following, viz. 
The firft Payment thereof to be and the 
Refidue to be paid at rext in 
full Payment and Satisfaction of the faid feveral 
Debts : And for the more full Performance of the 
faid feveral Payments aforefaid, in fuch Manner and 

Form 



J54 Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 

dittos em tal maneira e forma como acima fe limita 
e declara, ao verdadeiro intento deftas prefentes, elle 
o ditto G. M. ao ou antes do fera obrigado 

a nos os dittos acredorts na mefma conform id ade, 
por hua obrigafam que fefara na melhor forma 
de dereito com todos e cada hum dos pagamentos 
na maneira em cima limitada, hum certo Jugar ou 
lugares convinientes de nos os dittos Acredores no- 
meados, e apena de cada hua das obrigacoes hade 
fer dobrada da Soma inteira incluza nella mefma 
para fer a nos entregue e acada hum de nos, os no- 
fos Teftamenteiros ou Conftituintes, ao ou antes do 

proximo Seguinte data efta ; por efta 
caufa Saibafe ; que nos os dittos Acredores a qui 
em baixo affinados, e cada hum de nos para fy em 
particular, e por feu. Teftamenteiros, Adminiftra- 
dores e Conftituintes ao refpeito do em cima efpeci- 
ficado e declarado, por eftes prefentes devomade 
propria confentimentos, contratamos, propetetnos 
e concordamos ao e com o ditto G. M. ou feus Tef- 
tamenteiros, Adminiftradores e Conftituintes por ef- 
tes prefentes que nos os dittos Acredores, e cada hum 
de nos, os noffos Teftamenteiros, Adminiftradores 
e Conftituintes aceitaremos do ditto G. M. dos feus 
Teftamenteiros, Adminiftradores e Conftituintes, 
todas e cada hua de taes dividas e conthias dinheiro 
do ditto G. M. a nos e cada hum de nos, devidas 
evencidas na vertude de taes obrigafones, Seguranfa 
ou Seguranfas fobredittas para fe pagarem em tal 
modo e maneira, e aos taes dias e tempos que aci- 
ma fe limitao e requerem. E alem, diffo, que nos 
os dittos Acredores e cada hnm de nos, ou noffos, e 
cada hum de noffos Teftamenteiros, Adminiftrado- 
res e Conftituintes em comformidade ao entregue da 
ditta Obrigacam anos e a cada hum de noffor Tef- 
tamenteiros Adminiftradores, e Confthuintes ao 
cufto do ditto G. M. os feus Teftamenteiros Admi- 
niftradores e Conftituintes, Sellaremos affmaremos e 

na 



Grammatica Lufitano-Anglica. 155 

Form as is above limited and declared, according 
to the true Meaning of thefe Prefents, he the faid 
G. M. m,ill and will, at, or before the be- 

come bound unto us the faid Creditors refpe&ively, 
by one Obligation in -due Form of Law to be made, 
including all and every the Payments in fuch Sort 
as is above limited, at fome convenient Place or 
Places by every of us the faid Creditors 

to be nominated and appointed, and the Penalty of 
every Obligation to be double the whole Sum in- 
cluded in the Condition of the fame to be delivered 
to us, and every of us, our Executors or Afligns, 
at or before the next enfuing the Date 

hereof: Know ye therefore, that we the faid Cre- 
ditors, whofe Names are here under written, and 
every of us for his own Part, and for his Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators and Afligns, for the Confide- 
ration above fpecified and exprefled, do by thefe 
Prefents willingly confent, covenant, promife and 
agree to and with the faid G. M. his Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators, and Afligns, to accept 
of the faid G. M, his Executors and Afligns, all 
and every of the faid Debts and Sums of Money 
by the faid G. M. unto us, and every of us, owing 
and paying upon fuch Obligations, Aflurance and 
Afiurances, as aforefaid, to be paid in fuch Man- 
ner and Sort, and at fuch Days and Times, as 
is above limited and required. And further, that 
we the faid Creditors, and every of us, our, 
and every of our Executors, Adminiftrators, and 
Afligns, refpecYively upon the Delivery of the 
faid Obligation to us, and to every of us, and every 
of our Executors, Adminiftrators, and Afligns, fhall 
and will, at the Charge of the faid G. M. his Execu- 
tors, Adminiftrators, and Afligns, feal, fubfcribe, 
and, in due Form of Law, deliver to the faid 
G. M. our fufficient general Releafe, for him, his 
Executors, Adminiftrators, or Afligns, to bear Date 

and 



156 Grammatlca Lufitano-Anglica. 

na melhor forma e dereito entregaremos ao ditto 
G. M. a nofia geral e fufficiente defcarga, para fer 
rendida por ellc o ditto G. M. ou feus Teftamentei- 
ros Adminiftradores e Conftituintes a data ea limita- 
am ante o do dia e data defta obriga^am nova , em 
teftimunha do que a efta teraos affinado efellado ao 
dia e no anno, 



A Letra de Cambio. 

Londm, por 300 Milreis. 

AVifta defta minha primeira Letra de Cambio 
pagara Vm. ao Senhor 2". M. ou Ortiem a 
Conthia de trezentos Milreis em duiiieiro corrente 
de Portugal, o Valor, recebido de Senhor "T. D. a 
tempo fara bom pagamento. lan^andoa na conta 
como por avizo de 

Ao Senhor <T. M. Mercador 5. D. V. M. 

em Lisboa. T. M. 



Lisloa em do 1746, por 250 . Starl. 

AQuarenta Dias Vifta defta minha Segunda 
Letra de Cambio, a primeira nao fendo paga, 
pagara Vm. ao Senhor F. G. & Compania, ou Or- 
dem a Soma de dozentas e Cinquenta libras Efter- 
linas em moeda corrente de Ingalaterra, o valor re- 
cebido de Senhor J. D. a tempo fara bom pagamento 
affentandoa na conta com por avizo de 

Ao Senhor T. B. Mercador H. S. 

em Londres. 



O 



Grammatlca Lufaano- Anglic 'a. 157 

and Limitation, before the Day of the Date 
of this New Obligation to be made for the Debt. 
In Witnefs whereof, we have hereunto fee our 
Hands and Seals. Dated the 
of fcfc. 



Bills of Exchange. 

London of *744 for 300 Milreas. 

AT Sight of this my firft Bill of Exchange, 
pleafe to pay to Mr. T. M. or Order, the 
Sum of Three Hundred Milreas, in current Money 
of Portugal, Value received of Mr. < T. D. at Time. 
Make good Payment, placing it to Account, as 
per Advice, from, SIR, 

<To Mr. T. M. Merchant Tours, H. S. 

in Lisbon. 3". M. 



Lisbon of 1744, for 250^. Sterl. 

AT Forty Days Sight, of this my fecond Bill 
of Exchange, my firft and third not being 
paid, pleafe to pay to Mr. F. G. and Company, or 
Order, the Sum of Two Hundred and fifty Pounds 
Sterling in current Money of England, Value re- 
ceived of Mr. J. D. at Time. Make good Pay- 
ment, and place it to Account, as per Advice, 
from SIR, 

?o Mr. T. B. Merchant Tours, H. S. 

in London, F. P. 

4 



158 Grammatica Lufitano-Angtica. 

O Protejlo de hua Letra de Cambio. 

SAIB AM todos a quern efla prefente efcritura to- 
car que aos domez de, do anno de ao requeri- 
mento de P. C. Mercador defeu M. N. Tabaliao de 
notas jurado e admitido pella autoridade del Rev, 
&c. fuy a cafa de morada de Senhor T. B. fobre 
quern a Letra de Cambio em cima referida he faca- 
da, e moftrey a original ao ditto T. B. requerendo 
a fua aceitacam della ; o que merefpondeo que na5 
aceitaria a ditta Letra por huas' razoens que efcre- 
vefle ao Senhor T. P. o facador ; pella qual razao 
eu o ditto Tabaliao proftetey, e por eftes prefentes 
protefto, tanto contra o ditto F. P. o facador como 
tambem contra o ditto T. B. fobre quern he facada, 
demais contra todas as outras peffoas, Endorfadores, 
ou outras nella intereflados, por todos os Cambios, 
Recambios, danos e intereffes quaefquer : Em pre- 
cenca de H. J. S. T. chamados por Teflemunhas 
a efte prefente a6to feito no meu Efcritorio em o 
dia e anno acima declarado. 

M' N. Notario Publico. 



Varias For mas de t Red bos. 

Dinheiro recibido por inteiro. 

REceby i Janeiro, 1750, do Senhor Thomas 
Crew, Ceis Livras Cete Xilins e Ceis peni- 
ques por inteiro comprimento de todas as contas, por 

Dinheiro recibido for Con fa de meu Amo. 

REciby a 22 de Fever eiro 1750, do Sr. Jonas 
Lee, quatro Livras e Cinco Xillins por Con- 
ta de meu amo Moifes 7V#/?, por. 

Din- 



Grammatica Lufltano-Anglica. 159 

A P rot eft of a Bill of Exchange. 

KNOW all Perfons whom this prefent Writing 
may concern, that the of in the 

Year at the Requeft of Mr. P. C. of 

Merchant, < T. M. N. Publick Notary, i worn and ad- 
mitted by Authority of his mod facred Majefty, 
did go to the Dwelling-houfe or Habitation of Mr. 
T. B. upon whom the abovenamed Bills of Ex- 
change is drawn, and mewed the Original unto 
the faid Mr. c f. B. demanding his Acceptance of the 
fame, who anfwered me he mould not accept the 
fame Bill for fome Reafons he mould write Mr. F. P. 
tha Drawer : Wherefore I the faid Notary did pro- 
teft, and by thefe Prefents proteft, as well againft 
the faid F. P. the Drawer, as like wife againft the 
faid T. B. upon whom it is drawn ; as alfo againft 
all other Perfons, Indorfers, or others therein con- 
cerned, for all Changes, Rechanges, Damages, and 
Intereft whatfoever, in Prefence of H. J. and S. T. 
called for Witnefles to this prefent Aft, done irf 
my Office in the Day and Year above men- 

tioned. M. N. Notary Publick. 

Various Forms of Receipts. 

Money received in full. 

REceived ift January^ 1750, of Mr. Thomas 
Cme;,SixPounds Seven Shillings and Sixpence, 
in full of all Demands, per 

For another's Ufe. 

REceived 22d February, 1750, of Mr. Jonas 
Lee, Four Pounds Five Shillings, for the Ufe 
of my Mafter Mofes Truft, per 

Money 



160 Grammatica Lufitanc- Anglic a. 

Dinbeiro recebido em parte. 

REciby a 3ode Marco, 1751, do Sr. Jaclnto 
Cooky Cinco Livras Cinco Xilins, em parte de 
doze J^ivras e dez Xilins, por Conca de men pay 
Antonio ( Truelo e ue i por 

Dinbeiro recebido em parte de Contas que nao* eftam 
ajuftadas. 

REciby a 24 de Abril, 1 75 1 , da Senhora Martha 
Ricb^ por maos de Pedro Cornet, onzeXivras 
a Conta, por 



R 



Quando hum Rol cu Conta fe paga per tnteiro. 

Eceiby a 15 de Mayo 1751, a conthia de efla 
Conta, por 



R 



Quandofe pagua dinbeiro a Cent a debum rol. 

1 Eceiby 6 de Junbo 17519 cete livras emparte 
delta Conta, por 



Notas ou Obrizacoem one faz hum Homcm 

* O -i */ 

quando tcma dinbeiro empreftado. 

Londres, 4 de Junbo 1751. 

EU abaixo firmado premeto pagar a o Sr. E. D. 
Banqueiro do Thezouro de iua Majeftade do 
Excife, ou afua ordem quarenta dias defpois da 
data defta obrigacao quatro centas e trinta livras por 
valor recebido. 

430 p Chrifiovo Wade. 

EU abaixo firmado premeto pagar a o Sr. Paulo 
Barker cavalheiro ou fua ordem em fendo re- 
querido trezentas, e noventa, e quatro livras dous 

Xilins 



Gratofi-.atica Litfitano-dtilica. 161 



Money received in Part. 

RRceived 3oth of March, 1751, of Mr. James 
Cook, Five Pounds Ten Shillings, in Part of 
Twelve Pounds Ten Shillings, for my Father An- 
thony Truelove, per 

Money received on Accounts unfettled. 

REceived 24th April, 1751, of Mrs. Martha 
Rich, by the Hands of Peter Cornet, Eleven 
Pounds on Account, per 

When a Bill is paid in full. 

Eceived i5th May, 1751, the full Contents 
hereof, per 



R 



When a Bill is paid in Part. 

Eceived 26th June, 1751, Seven Pounds in 
Part hereof, per 



Promiffbry Notes, for a Man's felf t 6cc. 



London, June 4th, 

IPromife to pay to Mr. Edward Draper, Cafhier 
of his Majefty's Revenue of Excife, or Order, 
forty Days after Date. Four hundred and thirty 
Pounds. Value received. 

430 per Cbriftopber Wadt. 



IPromife to pay to Paul Barker, Efq-, or Or- 
der on Demand-, Three hundred and ninety- 
four Pounds, Two Shilling-?, and Six-pence, 
M Value 



162 Grammatica Lufitano- Anglic a. 

Xilins e ceis peniques por valor recebido hoje 1 7 
de Julio 9 1751. 

394 2 6 ^> Philip Venham. 

EU abaixo firmado premeto pagar ao Sr. J. 7*. 
ou fua ordem quarenta, e nove livras, e tres 
Xilins 6 mezes defpois da data defta obrigafao* por 
valor recebido em verdade doque a afigney hoje 24 
de Agofto 1751. 

49 3 

N. B. Obfervece q~. em notas ou obriga^oens 
fempre fe declara a foma recebida fern a qual nao* 
iao' denenhumaforfanem tem Authoridade. 



FINIS. 




Grammatica Lufoano-Anglica. 163 
Value received this iyth of July, 1751. 

394 2 6 p*r P&#p Venbam. 



IPromife to pay to Mr. y. 7*. or Order, Forty 
nine Pounds Three Shillings, fix Months after 
Date, Value received. Witnefs my Hand this 
f^tf/, 1751. 
49 3 p*r William Jones. 



N. B. Obferve in promiflbry Notes that the 
Value received is mentioned, or they are of no 
Force. 



FINIS. 




* 

3 

^ ' .'- 



. 



\. \ 









* 



* 
x^ 

~v * 



\x * 
. -<< 

,T -' -^ 



V \V 

VX ^-S % ^ ^'v .-_ 



\ 

^. ^ J-%^^%'^ v * x 



S V sJ 




- V 



Vlfew X * 



. \ 




000 090 476 3